← Back to meetings

Meeting Economic Development and Equity Subcommittee-6/28/2023 complete

2023-06-28 · Economic Development and Equity Subcommittee

Items: 171

Economic Development and Equity Subcommittee

View on Agenda Online ↗


Synced: 2026-05-28 03:37 AZ

Item text
Summary
This item transmits recommendations from the Mayor and Council for appointment or
reappointment to City Boards and Commissions.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by the Mayor's Office.




Page 21
ATTACHMENT A




To: City Council Date: June 28, 2023
From: Mayor Kate Gallego

Subject: BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS – APPOINTEES

The purpose of this memo is to provide recommendations for appointments to the
following Boards and Commissions:


Alhambra Village Planning Committee

I recommend the following for appointment:

Martin Shultz
Mr. Shultz is a retiree and a resident of District 5. He fills a vacancy for a partial term to
expire November 19, 2023.

Audit Committee

I recommend the following for appointment:

Kesha Hodge Washington
Councilwoman Hodge Washington replaces Councilwoman Debra Stark for a term to
expire June 28, 2025.

Central City Village Planning Committee

I recommend the following for reappointment:

Veronyka Lockhart
Ms. Lockhart is serving her fifth term to expire November 19, 2024.

Citizens Transportation Commission

I recommend the following for appointment:




Page 22
Lina Bearat
Ms. Bearat is an Engineering Manager at Kimley-Horn & Associates. She replaces Rick
Naimark as the Transportation Expert representative for a term to expire June 30, 2026.

Mike Huckins
Mr. Huckins is the Vice President of Public Affairs for the Greater Phoenix Chamber of
Commerce. He replaces Jennifer Mellor as the Business and Industry representative for
a term to expire June 30, 2026.

Fallon Webb
Ms. Webb is a student at Arizona State University. She replaces Brookelynn Nisenbaum
as the Transit User representative for a term to expire June 30, 2026.

Deer Valley Village Planning Committee

Councilwoman Ann O’Brien recommends the following for appointment:

Gregory Freeman
Mr. Freeman is the Commercial Property Manager at MPB Realty Services, Inc. and a
resident of District 1. He fills a vacancy for a term to expire November 19, 2024.

Encanto Village Planning Committee

Councilwoman Laura Pastor recommends the following for appointment:

Mark Cardenas
Mr. Cardenas is a Manager of Consultation and Partnership at Rio Tinto America and a
resident of District 4. He fills a vacancy for a term to expire November 19, 2024.

Tom Doescher
Mr. Doescher is a retiree and a resident of District 4. He fills a vacancy for a partial term
to expire November 19, 2023.

Sabrina Perez
Ms. Perez is the President of Development Global and a resident of District 4. She fills a
vacancy for a term to expire November 19, 2024.

Human Relations Commission

I recommend the following for appointment:

Shane Anton




Page 23
Mr. Anton is the Tribal Historic Preservation Officer for the Salt River Pima-Maricopa
Indian Community. He replaces Ricardo Leonard for a term to expire May 3, 2026.

Human Services Commission

Councilwoman Laura Pastor recommends the following for appointment:

Brent Kleinman
Mr. Kleinman is a professor at Glendale Community College. He will serve a term to
expire June 28, 2025.

Councilwoman Debra Stark recommends the following for appointment:

Nina Poole
Ms. Poole is the Founder of Thrive Phoenix. She fills a vacancy for a term to expire
June 28, 2025.

Maryvale Village Planning Committee

Vice Mayor Yassamin Ansari recommends the following for appointment:

Melissa Acevedo
Ms. Acevedo is a Program Manager at Mountain Park Health Center and a resident of
District 5. She fills a vacancy for a term to expire November 19, 2024.

Phoenix Business Workforce Development Board

I recommend the following for appointment:

Nick DePorter
Mr. DePorter is the Senior U.S. Public Policy & Government Affairs Manager at
Linkedin. He replaces Latasha Causey as a Business representative for a term to expire
June 30, 2024.

Emily Paulson
Ms. Paulson is the Assistant Director at EY. She replaces Karen Hartson as a Business
representative for term to expire June 30, 2026.

Brandon Ramsey
Mr. Ramsey is the Membership Services Director at Phoenix Community Alliance. He
replaces Adam Hawkins as a Small Business representative and will fulfill his term to
expire June 30, 2024.

I recommend the following for reappointment:



Page 24
Jesus Love
Mr. Love will serve a third term to expire June 30, 2026.

John Soto
Mr. Soto will serve his first full term to expire June 30, 2026.

Plan Phoenix 2025 Leadership Committee

I recommend the following for appointment:

Carol Poore
Ms. Poore is the President of Poore & Associates Strategic Planning.

South Mountain Village Planning Committee

I recommend the following for reappointment:

Edward Aldama
Mr. Aldama is serving his first full term to expire November 19, 2023.




Page 25



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Anyway Smoke Shop

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 10076952.

Summary

Applicant
Jandark Savaya, Agent

License Type
Series 10 - Beer and Wine Store

Location
6245 E. Bell Road, Ste. 110
Zoning Classification: C-1
Council District: 2

This request is for an acquisition of control of an existing liquor license for a tobacco
shop. This location is currently licensed for liquor sales. This location requires a Use
Permit to allow package liquor sales.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 4, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, consideration may be given only to the applicant's personal
qualifications and not to the location.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of
Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,


Page 26

grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I am over the age of 21 years old with clean records, no felonies, no violations,
competent and responsible person, aware of City of Phoenix Rules and Regulation for
having beer and wine sales off site permit.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code or Ordinances.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 27



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - La Oaxaquena Mexican Food

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 012070017225.

Summary

Applicant
Theresa Morse, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
9822 N. 7th St., Ste. 6-8
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 3

This request is for an acquisition of control of an existing liquor license for a restaurant.
This location is currently licensed for liquor sales.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 3, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, consideration may be given only to the applicant's personal
qualifications and not to the location.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of
Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the


Page 28

applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I have acquired the restaurant from my brother. By trade I am a taxi driver however, I
have also cooked and served customers at this restaurant. I also have retained an
existing employee who has experience cooking and selling alcoholic beverages. She
will be my manager on file at the Arizona Department of Liquor and will attend both
Basic and Management liquor law training. I will also mandate all employees to attend
liquor law training. Additionally, this location has had an active liquor license serving
the community for several years. The alcohol is basically to complement the service of
food. The primary purpose is a restaurant not a bar.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 29



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Julio G's / Julio's Too

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 245552.

Summary

Applicant
Benjamin Christy, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
12631 N. Tatum Blvd., Ste. A102 and A103
Zoning Classification: C-2 PCD
Council District: 3

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 14, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of
Arizona.


Page 30


Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I have been working in the restaurant for 15 years. I am very familiar with rules and
regulations regarding alcohol sales. We always maintain the highest standards.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“So we can continue to serve our community by providing the best food, drinks and
service around.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - Julio G's / Julio's Too
Liquor License Map - Julio G's / Julio's Too

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 31
Page 32
Page 33
Page 34



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - MJ Mini Mart

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 245123.

Summary

Applicant
Lauren Merrett, Agent

License Type
Series 10 - Beer and Wine Store

Location
1201 W. Hatcher Road
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 3

This request is for a new liquor license for a convenience store that does not sell gas.
This location was previously licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with
an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 2, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of


Page 35

Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“Applicant is committed to upholding the highest standards for this business. Managers
and staff will be trained in the Title 4 and best practices for compliance with liquor laws
and for the safety of the community.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Applicants business is a neighborhood convenience store, featuring a variety of food
and beverage options. Providing continued alcoholic beverages for individuals 21 and
older will be a convenience for the customers to enhance their experience.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - MJ Mini Mart
Liquor License Map - MJ Mini Mart

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 36
Page 37
Page 38
Page 39



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Hana Japanese Eatery

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 07070216.

Summary

Applicant
Juanita Esparza, Agent

License Type
Series 7 - Beer and Wine Bar

Location
5524 N. 7th Ave.
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 4

This request is for an ownership and location transfer of a liquor license for a beer and
wine bar. This location is currently licensed for liquor sales with a Series 12,
Restaurant, liquor license. This location requires a Use Permit to allow outdoor dining
and outdoor alcohol consumption.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 3, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona


Page 40

The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the
State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations
on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within
the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

Hana Japanese Eatery (Series 12)
5524 N. 7th Ave., Phoenix
Calls for police service: 1
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“The owners of Hana Japanese Eatery are committed to upholding the highest
standards for it's business practices, employees and, patrons. The owners and
employees have been trained in the techniques of legal and responsibility and have
taken the Title 4 Liquor Law Training Course within the past 3 years. As owners of the
business they will oversee all employees and provide a safe enviroment”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“The owners of Hana Japanese Eatery wishes currently provide dining with alcohol on
a series 12 restaurant liquor license at the request of the general public. The series 7
beer and wine license will be used for occasional tasting and off sale priviledge. In
addition Hana Japanese Eatery will responsibly adhere to all state, city and, federal tax
laws and maintain a strict adherence security requirements”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - Hana Japanese Eatery


Page 41

Liquor License Map - Hana Japanese Eatery

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 42
Liquor License Data: HANA JAPANESE EATERY
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Microbrewery 3 1 0

Government 5 1 0

Bar 6 5 0

Beer and Wine Bar 7 10 0

Liquor Store 9 6 0

Beer and Wine Store 10 4 2

Restaurant 12 31 3


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 59.36 217.38 107.85

Violent Crimes 11.38 34.1 11.46

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 50 97

Total Violations 88 164




Page 43
Census 2010 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2010 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1066001 1444 82 29 4

1067032 1120 92 0 4

1074001 1280 80 4 15

1074002 1009 62 7 16

1074003 839 0 6 56

1074005 661 0 30 77

1074006 2186 16 13 53

1075002 1458 74 7 15

1075003 1599 46 15 14

Average 0 61 13 19




Page 44
Liquor License Map: HANA JAPANESE EATERY
5524 N 7TH AVE




Ü
Date: 5/5/2023
0 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
mi


City Clerk Department
Page 45



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Island Grill AZ

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 238335.

Summary

Applicant
Rickardo Coote, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
830 E. Indian School Road
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 4

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with an interim permit. This location
requires a Use Permit to allow outdoor dining and alcohol consumption as an
accessory use to a restaurant.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is June 30, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona


Page 46

This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of
Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I have a legally recognized and appropriate establishment. I comply with all applicable
laws and regulations, including alcohol regulations. I will show a commitment to
responsible alcohol service, such as implementing age verification and training staff on
responsible serving practices.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Having a licensed establishment within the community will provide residents with
convenient options for socializing, dining out and enjoying a variety of experiences.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - Island Grill AZ
Liquor License Map - Island Grill AZ

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 47
012345ÿ01789 8ÿ ÿ0 ÿ00ÿ
012345ÿ01789 8
8 751149 8518 ÿ18 ÿ18
! "
##ÿ%&ÿ'(%#ÿ ) *
+(,-.ÿ/0.# 1 " !
##ÿ%&ÿ'(%#ÿ/0.# * ! 2
3.0#4 *
5#60-%0 7 77 "

85198ÿ
8 751149 :85;8ÿ< ÿ18ÿ:85;8ÿ<< ÿ18ÿ:85;8<<<
=.>#0?ÿ@(A#6 *B* )"B7! 1)B22
C(.4#%0ÿ@(A#6 B2 ! B)1 ""B!)
D@(0?E(&#ÿF#G#ÿ>#ÿ6,-#ÿA(4#ÿDDHF#G#ÿ>#ÿ6,-#ÿA(4#ÿE(0I(%ÿÿA(4#ÿ&(-6ÿDDDHF#G#ÿ>#ÿ6,-#ÿA(4#ÿE(0I(%ÿJÿA(4#ÿ&(-6

K5485LÿM14 149ÿ
8 751149 :85;8 ÿ18ÿ:85;8
=N#46ÿEOC(.40(.%6 "1 )*
P.04ÿC(.40(.%6 Q) 7Q!




Page 48
012343ÿ6787ÿ9 ÿ86ÿ 1ÿ 43
4 6787ÿ4 2 21ÿ41 1312ÿ  2 1323ÿ2ÿ1
!"  #$% ! &' %
!" & % & (! #" %"
( &  ($ # #% #
"   &$ &' $ #%
" & ##' "% $ &%
" # !  &$ &' %'
$  &&"  (
)*+,-.+ " # '




Page 49
17ÿ16 6ÿ ÿ9ÿÿ
ÿÿ9ÿ0!""ÿ9




) 9 26ÿ#$#$%%


Page 50
&% &' & (&% (

0123ÿ05678ÿ96 72 6 2



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Special Event - Puppy Love Foundation

Request for a Series 15 - Special Event liquor license for the temporary sale of all
liquors.

Summary

Applicant
Jeffrey Stotler

Location
2209 N. 99th Ave.
Council District: 5

Function
Concert

Date(s) - Time(s) / Expected Attendance
July 1, 2023 - 6 p.m. to 10 p.m. / 2,000 attendees

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 51



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Special Event - Puppy Love Foundation

Request for a Series 15 - Special Event liquor license for the temporary sale of all
liquors.

Summary

Applicant
Jeffrey Stotler

Location
2209 N. 99th Ave.
Council District: 5

Function
Concert

Date(s) - Time(s) / Expected Attendance
July 8, 2023 - 6 p.m. to 10 p.m. / 2,000 attendees

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 52



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Special Event - Puppy Love Foundation

Request for a Series 15 - Special Event liquor license for the temporary sale of all
liquors.

Summary

Applicant
Jeffrey Stotler

Location
2209 N. 99th Ave.
Council District: 5

Function
Concert

Date(s) - Time(s) / Expected Attendance
July 15, 2023 - 6 p.m. to 10 p.m. / 2,000 attendees

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 53



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - 7- Eleven #18117N

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 245296.

Summary

Applicant
Andrea Lewkowitz, Agent

License Type
Series 10 - Beer and Wine Store

Location
2651 W. Glendale Ave.
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 5

This request is for a new liquor license for a convenience store that does not sell gas.
This location was previously licensed for liquor sales and may currently operate with
an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 4, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the


Page 54

State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations
on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within
the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

7- Eleven #26062H (Series 10)
2401 E. McDowell Road, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 56
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“Applicant is committed to upholding the highest standards for business and
maintaining compliance with applicable laws. Managers and staff will be trained in the
techniques of legal and responsible alcohol sales and service.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“7- Eleven #18117 is a one-stop shop for convenience items and has been in operation
for many years. Ownership was transferred back to corporate; applicant would like to
continue to offer beer and wine to its customers 21 and over.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - 7- Eleven #18117N
Liquor License Map - 7- Eleven #18117N

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.


Page 55
Liquor License Data: 7-ELEVEN #18117N
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Bar 6 3 1

Liquor Store 9 3 1

Beer and Wine Store 10 14 5

Restaurant 12 3 1


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 60.78 193.47 215.6

Violent Crimes 11.66 55.14 67.94

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 49 138

Total Violations 86 259




Page 56
Census 2010 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2010 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1059003 1609 59 5 25

1060011 1487 31 17 50

1060032 1673 52 15 25

1068011 1652 2 12 52

1068012 1670 5 28 55

1068021 1099 60 0 9

1069001 1043 81 11 4

1069002 2629 71 5 22

Average 0 61 13 19




Page 57
Liquor License Map: 7-ELEVEN #18117N
2651 W GLENDALE AVE




Ü
Date: 6/20/2023
0 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
mi


City Clerk Department
Page 58



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Da KiTcHiN Grill

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 227657.

Summary

Applicant
Charles Stewart, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
4902 E. Warner Road, Ste. 5, 7, 9
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 6

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 15, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the
State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations


Page 59

on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within
the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

Chariot Pizza & Pub (Series 12)
3930 N. Flowing Wells Road, Tucson
Calls for police service: N/A - not in Phoenix
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I have been in the restaurant industry for 20 years and I am dedicated to the
responsibility that requires the upmost attention to the law that govern the saftey of the
consumer in this industry.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“It provides tranquil path to serenity that all local communities would love to exercise at
their leisure in a responsible manor in a casual adult setting”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - Da KiTcHiN Grill
Liquor License Map - Da KiTcHiN Grill

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 60
Liquor License Data: DA KITCHIN GRILL
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Microbrewery 3 1 0

Bar 6 4 2

Beer and Wine Bar 7 6 3

Liquor Store 9 10 2

Beer and Wine Store 10 4 1

Hotel 11 1 0

Restaurant 12 24 6

Club 14 1 1



Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 60.01 69.77 76.96

Violent Crimes 11.51 6.76 12.1

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 50 11

Total Violations 87 18




Page 61
Census 2010 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2010 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1167081 1516 88 0 2

1167082 1243 52 3 17

1167083 1314 34 0 7

1167084 1551 93 10 2

1167111 758 80 4 15

1167171 1769 0 25 11

1167172 1663 40 18 17

1167181 2685 40 10 9

3199101 2488 92 3 12

8100001 1870 83 10 0

Average 0 61 13 19




Page 62
Liquor License Map: DA KITCHIN GRILL
4902 E WARNER RD




Ü
Date: 5/18/2023
0 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
mi


City Clerk Department
Page 63



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Trevor's

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 245148.

Summary

Applicant
Andrea Lewkowitz, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
3601 E. Indian School Road, Ste. A
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 6

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was not
previously licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit. This business
is currently being remodeled with plans to open in December 2023.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 2, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This information is not provided due to the multiple ownership interests held by the


Page 64

applicant in the State of Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“Applicant is an experienced licensee committed to upholding the highest standards to
maintain compliance with applicable laws. Managers and staff will be trained in the
techniques of legal and responsible alcohol sales and service.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Trevor's will provide a family-friendly, neighborhood restaurant offering a variety of
pizzas, sandwiches and salads in a relaxing atmosphere. Applicant would like to offer
alcoholic beverages to guests 21 and over.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - Trevor's
Liquor License Map - Trevor's

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 65
Liquor License Data: TREVOR'S
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Wholesaler 4 1 0

Bar 6 6 3

Beer and Wine Bar 7 6 0

Liquor Store 9 2 1

Beer and Wine Store 10 9 2

Restaurant 12 39 14


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 59.36 170.59 109.34

Violent Crimes 11.38 19.29 10.19
*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 50 64

Total Violations 88 95




Page 66
Census 2010 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2010 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1082003 1225 76 13 17

1083021 1229 70 16 3

1083022 1824 50 13 4

1109011 665 96 10 13

1109012 2669 23 19 27

1109021 2609 33 21 40

1109022 2224 39 7 18

1110001 781 25 11 3

1110002 1105 63 8 19

Average 0 61 13 19




Page 67
Liquor License Map: TREVOR'S
3601 E INDIAN SCHOOL RD




Ü
Date: 5/5/2023
0 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
mi


City Clerk Department
Page 68



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Latitude Wines

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 244149.

Summary

Applicant
Camilia Alarcon, Agent

License Type
Series 4 - Wholesaler

Location
5446 W. Roosevelt St., Ste. 109
Zoning Classification: A-1
Council District: 7

This request is for a new liquor license for a wholesaler. This location was previously
licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 2, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, consideration may be given only to the applicant's personal
qualifications and not to the location.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the
State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes: information about any
liquor license violations on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control
and, for locations within the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for
police service within the last 12 months for the address listed.

Latitude Wines (Series 4)
625 S. 27th Ave., Ste.130B, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 69


Page 69

Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“Applicant's members have interests in importer and wholesaler license throughout the
United States. Latitude Wines has held a wholesaler license in Phoenix without
incident since 2016, as well as an out-of-state producer license in Arizona since 2005.
The applicant will continue its commitment to adhering to all applicable liquor laws."

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 70



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - NICK THE GREEK

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 245448.

Summary

Applicant
Baljinder Sidhu, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
11 W. Washington St., Ste. 120
Zoning Classification: DTC- Business Core
Council District: 7

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was not
previously licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 11, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of
Arizona.


Page 71


Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I am a responsible and lawful citizen who always like to follow laws and regulations. I
am a masters degree holder who also currently hold a real estate Licence In California
for more than 5 years without any violation and Mortgage Loan originator license in
California and Arizona State, which requires very strict background check, ethic
training and credit check to obtain a license. Those licenses also requires to follow
very strict state laws and regulations. Also Ranvir Bains who is premises manager and
partner is also holding a liquor store Liquor License and California over 9 years without
any violations. So i can say with confident that i am capable, reliable and qualified to
obtain a liquor license.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Our Nick the Greek location is centrally located in the Cityscape complex where many
people come for entertainment. Whether it be for local events, the comedy club, or
simply to eat food, the community would definitely benefit from our ability to serve
alcohol. The restaurants around us all serve alcohol as well and we all feel that there
is definitely a demand for it. We have past experience with owning a liquor license (in
California), so we feel confident we can responsibly serve the community.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - NICK THE GREEK
Liquor License Map - NICK THE GREEK

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 72
Liquor License Data: NICK THE GREEK
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Producer 1 1 1

Microbrewery 3 4 1

Wholesaler 4 1 0

Government 5 7 4

Bar 6 45 30

Beer and Wine Bar 7 12 6

Liquor Store 9 3 2

Beer and Wine Store 10 17 2

Hotel 11 6 5

Restaurant 12 103 48

Club 14 3 0



Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 60.01 226.85 286.73

Violent Crimes 11.51 64.78 68.36

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 50 33

Total Violations 87 69




Page 73
Census 2010 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2010 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1131001 1015 7 8 28

1131002 1242 3 7 33

1141001 2299 16 37 44

1142001 1321 36 22 50

1143011 1389 22 15 57

Average 0 61 13 19




Page 74
Liquor License Map: NICK THE GREEK
11 W WASHINGTON ST




Ü
Date: 5/16/2023
0 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
mi


City Clerk Department
Page 75



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - LeDu Thai Restaurant

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 245982.

Summary

Applicant
Jeffrey Miller, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
915 N. 5th St.
Zoning Classification: DTC-Evans Churchill East
Council District: 8

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was not
previously licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit. This business
is currently being remodeled with plans to open in August 2023.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 11, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
This applicant does not hold an interest in any other active liquor license in the State of


Page 76

Arizona.

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“We will train all of our employees in responsible liquor service. We will ensure our
employees are Title 4 liquor law trained.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“LeDu Thai is an upscale restaurant that provides an authentic experience for people
interested in this style of food. Thai chefs that specialize in the preparation of food,
also an immersive experience in the interior decor. We are a sit down restaurant that
encourages relaxing over a meal and drinks designed to complement the food. We are
a restaurant that has a bar, not a bar that also sells food.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application noting the applicant must resolve any
pending City of Phoenix building and zoning requirements, and be in compliance with
the City of Phoenix Code and Ordinances.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - LeDu Thai Restaurant
Liquor License Map - LeDu Thai Restaurant

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 77
Liquor License Data: LEDU THAI RESTAURAUNT
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Producer 1 1 0

Microbrewery 3 4 2

Wholesaler 4 1 0

Government 5 7 4

Bar 6 43 12

Beer and Wine Bar 7 16 6

Liquor Store 9 4 0

Beer and Wine Store 10 14 7

Hotel 11 6 3

Restaurant 12 114 43

Club 14 2 0



Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 60.01 239.57 276.96

Violent Crimes 11.51 51.22 58.59

*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 50 147

Total Violations 87 289




Page 78
Census 2010 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2010 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1130001 1218 23 16 11

1130002 873 29 21 38

1131002 1242 3 7 33

1132021 731 33 20 74

1132022 1257 47 29 55

1132031 1473 30 20 57

1132032 638 28 7 70

1140001 1831 25 20 47

1141001 2299 16 37 44

Average 0 61 13 19




Page 79
Liquor License Map: LEDU THAI RESTAURAUNT
915 N 5TH ST




Ü
Date: 5/16/2023
0 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
mi


City Clerk Department
Page 80



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Liquor License - Taqueria Obregon

Request for a liquor license. Arizona State License Application 246089.

Summary

Applicant
Roberto Ramos, Agent

License Type
Series 12 - Restaurant

Location
3401 E. McDowell Road, Ste. 1
Zoning Classification: C-2
Council District: 8

This request is for a new liquor license for a restaurant. This location was not
previously licensed for liquor sales and does not have an interim permit.

The 60-day limit for processing this application is July 14, 2023.

Pursuant to A.R.S. 4-203, a spirituous liquor license shall be issued only after
satisfactory showing of the capability, qualifications and reliability of the applicant and
that the public convenience and the best interest of the community will be substantially
served by the issuance. If an application is filed for the issuance of a license for a
location, that on the date the application is filed has a valid license of the same series
issued at that location, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that the public
convenience and best interest of the community at that location was established at the
time the location was previously licensed. The presumption shall not apply once the
licensed location has not been in use for more than 180 days.

Other Active Liquor License Interest in Arizona
The ownership of this business has an interest in other active liquor license(s) in the
State of Arizona. This information is listed below and includes liquor license violations


Page 81

on file with the AZ Department of Liquor Licenses and Control and, for locations within
the boundaries of Phoenix, the number of aggregate calls for police service within the
last 12 months for the address listed.

Wing Kings (Series 12)
2836 E. Indian School Road, Ste. A-1, Phoenix
Calls for police service: 10
Liquor license violations: None

Public Opinion
No protest or support letters were received within the 20-day public comment period.

Applicant’s Statement
The applicant submitted the following statement in support of this application. Spelling,
grammar and punctuation in the statement are shown exactly as written by the
applicant on the City Questionnaire.

I have the capability, reliability and qualifications to hold a liquor license because:
“I am consistent in implementing policies and procedures. - Trainning of new staff and
ongoing for current staff. - Follow all state and federal law pertaining to the sell of
alcohol. - I have taken manager and alcohol handling classes.”

The public convenience requires and the best interest of the community will be
substantially served by the issuance of the liquor license because:
“Protecting the community and citizens is my top priority. Will do this by constant
training of staff and by monitoring the restaurant. Being a responsible retailer is my top
priority.”

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Attachments
Liquor License Data - Taqueria Obregon
Liquor License Map - Taqueria Obregon

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 82
Liquor License Data: TAQUERIA OBREGON
Liquor License

Description Series 1 Mile 1/2 Mile

Wholesaler 4 1 0

Bar 6 2 0

Beer and Wine Bar 7 1 0

Liquor Store 9 5 2

Beer and Wine Store 10 9 1

Restaurant 12 4 2


Crime Data

Description Average * 1 Mile Average ** 1/2 Mile Average***

Property Crimes 60.01 173.03 190.76

Violent Crimes 11.51 46.78 52.01
*Citywide average per square mile **Average per square mile within 1 mile radius ***Average per square mile within ½ mile radius



Property Violation Data

Description Average 1/2 Mile Average

Parcels w/Violations 50 149

Total Violations 87 266




Page 83
Census 2010 Data 1/2 Mile Radius

BlockGroup 2010 Population Owner Occupied Residential Vacancy Persons in Poverty

1114012 2000 67 23 29

1114022 2120 45 17 31

1115011 2020 44 16 43

1115023 1245 32 14 50

1115024 1708 40 25 53

1135011 2332 25 12 55

1135012 1738 41 26 36

1136011 1911 16 21 11

1136012 1471 36 14 49

1136021 1061 49 11 53

1136022 1619 48 14 40

Average 0 61 13 19




Page 84
Liquor License Map: TAQUERIA OBREGON
3401 E MCDOWELL RD




Ü
Date: 5/17/2023
0 0.2 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6
mi


City Clerk Department
Page 85



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Bingo License - Christian Care Apts

Request for a Class A Bingo License.

Summary
State law requires City Council approval before a State Bingo License can be issued.

Bingo License Types
Class A - gross receipts shall not exceed $75,000 per year
Class B - gross receipts shall not exceed $500,000 per year
Class C - anticipated gross receipts may exceed $500,000 per year

Applicant
Gerald Glen Burroughs

Location
2002 W. Sunnyside Ave.
Zoning Classification: R-3A, R-5
Council District: 3

Staff Recommendation
Staff recommends approval of this application.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.




Page 86




PAYMENT ORDINANCE (Ordinance S-49904) (Items 19-43)
Ordinance S-49904 is a request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse funds, up to amounts indicated below, for the purpose of
paying vendors, contractors, claimants and others, and providing
additional payment authority under certain existing city contracts. This
section also requests continuing payment authority, up to amounts
indicated below, for the following contracts, contract extensions and/or
bids awarded. As indicated below, some items below require payment
pursuant to Phoenix City Code Section 42-13.

19 City of Goodyear - Annual Water Utility Payment
For $436,000 in payment authority to the City of Goodyear, for the
Phoenix Goodyear Airport annual water utility charges, as provided in the
airport's annual operating budget for the Aviation Department. The airport
is physically located in the City of Goodyear and is required to pay for the
monthly water utilities received from the City of Goodyear. The airport will
be billed by the City of Goodyear for all water and sewer charges,
including the tenants' portion. Goodyear Airport will then charge back to
the tenants on a monthly basis for each tenant's responsible portion of the
utility payments.

20 ON Advertising Inc.
For $42,500 in payment authority to purchase graphic design services for
the Office of Environmental Programs. This service will support an update
of the City of Phoenix 2023 Climate Action Plan report and create
attractive and informative public outreach materials. The development of
public outreach materials will promote attendance at public meetings and
encourage review of the 2023 Climate Action Plan update. Funding is
available through the Office of Environmental Programs budget for Fiscal
Year 2022-23.




Page 87


21 Tata Consultancy Services Limited
For $326,596 in additional payment authority for the required software
support and maintenance services for the Tax Mantra system utilized by
the Finance and City Clerk departments. The Tax Mantra system holds
historical taxpayer information used by the Revenue Enforcement Division
in Finance for research and reporting. The City Clerk Department relies on
Tax Mantra to manage all regulatory license services for citizens and
businesses.

22 Phoenix Sister Cities, Inc.
For $70,000 in additional payment authority under Contract 154617 to
reimburse for hosting a community event that directly benefited Phoenix
residents. Specific associated costs include: event vendors, barricades,
street closures, public safety measures and stage/setup equipment.

23 Timothy F. Hendershott, dba Tartan Associates
For $8,775 in additional payment authority for Contract 148405, which
provides dispatcher chairs for the Fire Department, to extend the term
through Aug. 31, 2024, with an option to extend through Aug. 31, 2025.
The ergonomic work chairs provide the Dispatch Center with physical
support to minimize any health and physical issues to personnel by
regulating body temperature and comfort for lengthy work schedules. This
contract allows the Fire Department the ability to purchase new dispatch
chairs for the Alarm Headquarters to replace older chairs that have
exceeded their useful life.

24 Laborers' International Union of North America (LIUNA)
Local 777
For $20,000 in additional payment authority for Contract 158238, through
June 30, 2024, for City of Phoenix Apprenticeship Programs, to purchase
training materials, uniforms, promotional outreach materials, instructional
activities such as schools and workshops, and any other activity related to
LIUNA Local 777-City of Phoenix Apprenticeship Programs for Unit 1
members approved to participate in apprenticeship programs, for the
Human Resources Department. Approval will ensure compliance with the
Memorandum of Understanding.



Page 88


25 American Federation of State, County and Municipal
Employees (AFSCME) Local 2384
For $20,000 in payment authority for Contract 158239, through June 30,
2024, for designated members of the AFSCME Local 2384, Unit 2, to
attend schools, conferences, workshops and training to develop skills in
effective member representation, conflict resolution techniques,
labor-management cooperation, and other employee relations areas
which promote cooperative and harmonious relationships for the Human
Resources Department. Approval will ensure compliance with the
Memorandum of Understanding.

26 American Federation of State, County and Municipal
Employees (AFSCME) Local 2960
For $14,000 in additional payment authority for Contract 158240, through
June 30, 2024, for designated members of AFSCME Local 2960 - Unit 3
to attend schools, conferences, workshops and training to develop skills
in effective member representation, conflict resolution techniques,
labor-management cooperation, and other employee relations areas that
promote cooperative and harmonious relationships. Approval will ensure
compliance with the Memorandum of Understanding.

27 American Federation of State, County and Municipal
Employees (AFSCME) Local 2960
For $45,000 in additional payment authority for Contract 158240, through
June 30, 2024, for expenses of maintaining the AFSCME Local 2960 -
Unit 3 Honor Guard, a professional organization that represents the City of
Phoenix at official events, memorial services, and employee funerals and
provides public education and community service. Approval will ensure
compliance with the Memorandum of Understanding.

28 Digital Realty Trust, LP and Telx - Phoenix, LLC
For $94,000 in payment authority to purchase circuits, network and
connectivity services for departments Citywide. Digital Realty Trust, LP
and Telx - Phoenix, LLC, provide a point-of-presence space, and
interconnectivity for the City's fiber optic network. These critical
connections are required to maintain the daily operation of information,
communication, and technology for the City's enterprise data centers for


Page 89

all departments.

29 Iron Mountain Data Centers, LLC
For $16,000 in payment authority to purchase a power addition for new
cabinets for the Information Technology Services Department in support
of the City's alternate data center. The power addition supports new
cabinets which will house equipment for the Unified Communications
group supporting the City's call manager system. Critical upgrades for the
call manager system rely on this service.

30 Mitratech Holdings, Inc.
For $34,267 in payment authority for litigation management networking
services for the Law Department. Mitratech provides litigation
management networking services through a secure, private website for
e-billing and administration of legal matters. This amount will cover
invoices for provided services while the parties finalize the upcoming
contract.

31 Alan Conrad Aimone
For $72,000 in payment authority to purchase appraisal services for
Burton Barr Central Library. The appraisal for the Rare Book Collection
consists of 3,400 valuable and historical items, including rare books, first
editions, illuminated manuscripts, artists' books, and rare and historical
objects. The appraisal will provide up-to-date information on replacement
and comparable value since this collection was last appraised in 1990.
Funds are available through the Library Department's Fiscal Year 2022-23
operating budget.

32 Motion Picture Licensing Corp

For $50,000 in payment authority for the purchase of an annual license
subscription for the Parks and Recreation Department. This license
allows the right to publicly perform, as defined by the United States
Copyright Act, motion pictures, television programs and other audiovisual
content originally intended for personal use only. The payment authority is
for Calendar Years 2023 through 2027. The license will be renewed and
paid annually.




Page 90



33 Mayo Clinic Arizona


For $1,564,544 in payment authority for reimbursement of permit and plan
review fees to Mayo Clinic Arizona which equals the amount of
construction sales tax paid between Jan. 1, 2022, and Dec. 31, 2022, for
the Planning and Development Department. The payment will be made
from the Development Repayment Agreement Trust Fund, which is
reimbursed from City funds based on construction sales taxes remitted to
the City from applicable activity authorized by Development Agreement
CON 72047 executed between City of Phoenix and Mayo Foundation for
Medical Educational Research on Jan. 3, 1996.


34 Apple Inc.

For $21,727 in payment authority to purchase 13 Apple MacBook Pro
laptops for the Drug Enforcement Bureau's Human Exploitation and
Trafficking (HEAT) Unit of the Phoenix Police Department. The HEAT Unit
is comprised of two squads of detectives that have the primary role of
investigating human trafficking in all its forms. The HEAT Unit is also
partnered with the Federal Bureau of Investigation's Greater Phoenix
Child Exploitation and Human Trafficking Task Force to meet the HEAT
Unit’s investigative needs. Currently, the unit utilizes Apple products for
human trafficking investigations and operations. At this time, there are not
enough functioning laptops for investigators. These laptops are budgeted
to be funded through the United States Department of Justice Bureau of
Justice Assistance Human Trafficking Training and Technical Assistance
Grant for Fiscal Year 2022-23.


35 Rugged Solutions America dba Mobile Concept
Technology, LLC
For $92,582 in payment authority to purchase 100 patrol vehicle laptop
docks for the Information Technology (IT) Bureau of the Phoenix Police
Department (PPD). The Havis Premium Vehicle Docks are specially
designed to mount the Panasonic Toughbook 55 laptops that are utilized
in PPD patrol vehicles. Vehicle docks are necessary for patrol laptops to


Page 91

maintain global positioning systems (GPS), broadband, and power
connectivity throughout the shift. The docks also provide a method of
securing the laptop while the police officer’s vehicle is in motion to
prevent damage/injury to officers and equipment in the event of sharp
turns or hard braking. These vehicle docks will replace the
damaged/failed vehicle docks currently in use within the PPD patrol
vehicles at the various precincts. Funding for this purchase will be
provided by savings from the IT Bureau's Fiscal Year 2022-23 cellular
phone budget.

36 UCT, LLC
For $10,000 in additional payment authority for Contract 148127, which
provides laboratory items for the Police Department, to extend the term
through May 31, 2028. UCT, LLC, is the sole supplier of Styre Screen and
Clean Screen extraction columns used for analyzing urine and blood for
drug confirmations.

37 Oxford Instruments America, Inc.
For $25,000 in additional payment authority for Contract 148555, which
provides a Maintenance Agreement for Oxford equipment for the Police
Department, to extend the term through May 31, 2026. This agreement
provides software updates and annual preventative maintenance for the
Oxford Energy Dispersive Spectrometer (EDS) which processes crime
scene analyses to analyze gunshot residue, tape comparisons, and fiber
comparisons.

38 Stop Sticks, LTD
For $19,200 in additional payment authority for Contract 147777, for
purchase of Stop Stick devices for the Police Department. This contract
provides stop stick devices that the Police Department utilizes to safely
reduce the mobility of a target vehicle that is being pursued. Stop sticks
are designed to penetrate and deflate the tires of a moving target vehicle
in a manner that will avoid catastrophic failure of the penetrated tire. The
contract will be extended through May 31, 2024, with an option to extend
through May 31, 2025.

39 Knight-Swift Transportation Holdings, Inc.
For $43,593 in payment authority to purchase temporary freezer and


Page 92

refrigeration temperature-controlled storage services for the Phoenix
Police Department Property Management Unit (PPD-PMU). The Police
Department's evidentiary freezer and refrigeration evidence storage was
damaged and had to be emptied for emergency repairs. These
containers hold all biological and blood evidence for the Police
Department for criminal and civil investigations. Swift Transportation
Company's storage trailers have been extensively vetted and comply with
the required regulations for the temporary storage of evidentiary material.
These services are crucial in maintaining the integrity of the evidentiary
materials previously stored in the damaged evidentiary freezer and
refrigeration storage. The funds for this request are budgeted through the
Police Department's operating budget for Fiscal Year 2022-23.

40 Lennar Communities Development, LLC
Remit $29,929 of developer collected escrow funds to Lennar
Communities Development, LLC, for the completion of the constructed
south half median per the Sonoran Foothills Master Street Plan project,
permit number CPA 03029447. Lennar Communities completed the
ultimate median to replace the existing interim improvements. The project
will reimburse previously collected private escrow funds from the Street
Transportation trust account.


41 BC Graphics, Inc.

For $9,000 in additional payment authority for Contract 149658 for
resident parking permits for the Street Transportation Department. This
contract provides resident parking decals, visitor placards and year decals
to residents who are eligible to participate in the City of Phoenix Resident
Parking Permit Program.


42 AZ Pro Signs, Inc., dba AZPRO Group

For $35,000 in payment authority to purchase the services to have traffic
signal cabinets wrapped with art for the Street Transportation
Department. The Street Transportation Department has established a
pilot program to support decorative wraps for traffic signal cabinets to help
showcase and enhance public spaces and community identity.



Page 93



43 Settlement of Claim(s) 525 Bethany LLC v. City of Phoenix

To make payment of up to $300,000 in settlement of claim(s) in 525
Bethany LLC v. City of Phoenix, 21-1075-001, GL, PD, for the Finance
Department pursuant to Phoenix City Code Chapter 42. This is a
settlement payment of a claim involving the Water Services
Department that occurred on May 26, 2022.




Page 94



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Proposed I-17 and Jenny Lin Road Annexation (Ordinance S-50004)

Request City Council authorization to extend and increase the corporate limits of the
Phoenix, designated as the I-17 and Jenny Lin Road Annexation. Further request to
authorize current Maricopa County zoning to continue in effect until municipal zoning is
applied to the annexed territory.

Summary
The annexation was requested by Adam Baugh with Withey Morris, PLC, for the
purpose of receiving City of Phoenix services. The proposed annexation conforms to
current City policies and complies with Arizona Revised Statutes section 9-471
regarding annexation. The City Clerk Department has received signed petitions
representing 100 percent of the assessed value and 100 percent of the owners,
excluding utilities, within the proposed annexation area.

Public Outreach
A public hearing was conducted on Nov. 16, 2022, to allow the City Council to gather
community comment regarding the annexation proposal. Notification of the public
hearing was published in the Arizona Business Gazette newspaper, and posted in at
least three conspicuous places in the territory proposed to be annexed. Also, notice by
first-class mail was sent to each property owner in the area proposed to be annexed.

Location
The proposed annexation area includes Maricopa County Assessor parcel 202-22-
001B, located at I-17 and Jenny Lin Road (Attachment A). The annexation area is
approximately 7.91 acres (0.0124 sq. mi.) and the population estimate is zero
individuals.

Council District: 1

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.



Page 95
ATTACHMENT A




Page 96



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Proposed 35th Avenue and Elliot Road Annexation (Ordinance S-50028)

Request City Council authorization to extend and increase the corporate limits of the
Phoenix, designated as the 35th Avenue and Elliot Road Annexation. Further request
to authorize current Maricopa County zoning to continue in effect until municipal
zoning is applied to the annexed territory.

Summary
The annexation was requested by Brian Cameron, for the purpose of receiving City of
Phoenix services. The proposed annexation conforms to current City policies and
complies with Arizona Revised Statutes section 9-471 regarding annexation. The City
Clerk Department has received signed petitions representing 100 percent of the
assessed value and 100 percent of the owners, excluding utilities, within the proposed
annexation area.

Public Outreach
A public hearing was conducted on March 22, 2023, to allow the City Council to gather
community comment regarding the annexation proposal. Notification of the public
hearing was published in the Arizona Business Gazette newspaper, and posted in at
least three conspicuous places in the territory proposed to be annexed. Also, notice by
first-class mail was sent to each property owner in the are proposed to be annexed.

Location
The proposed annexation area includes Maricopa County Assessor parcel 300-11-
036H, located at 35th Avenue and Elliot Road (Attachment A). The annexation area is
approximately 2.63 acres (0.0041 sq. mi.) and the population estimate is 2.8
individuals.

Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the City Clerk
Department.



Page 97
ATTACHMENT A




Page 98



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Agreements with Aspirant Partners for Development of Property Located at 2nd
Avenue North of Van Buren Street in Downtown Phoenix (Ordinance S-49923)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a development
agreement, lease agreement, easements and other agreements as necessary
(Agreements), with Aspirant Partners, or its City-approved designee (Developer), for
the development of a two-phase multi-family rental and commercial project located on
2nd Avenue between Fillmore and Van Buren streets in downtown Phoenix. Further
request to authorize the City Treasurer to accept all funds related to this item. There is
no impact to the General Fund.

Summary
On June 11, 2020, the Developer submitted a project proposal requesting the City's
consideration of a Government Property Lease Excise Tax (GPLET) transaction for the
development of a multi-phased, mixed-use development on 2nd Avenue between
Fillmore and Van Buren streets in downtown Phoenix. Now that the project is ready to
move forward, the Developer re-submitted an updated project proposal on April 18,
requesting the City's consideration of a GPLET transaction for the development of a
two-phase, 697 rental unit, 229 hotel room, multi-family residential rental, and
commercial project that would include approximately 36,000 square feet (SF) of
commercial space, 185,000 SF of office space, and 1,156 parking spaces (Project) on
approximately 2.18 acres of surface parking lot on 2nd Avenue between Fillmore and
Van Buren streets in downtown Phoenix. The Project will bring a new co-living space
option into the area, offers workforce housing units, adds 147 exclusive parking
spaces for the neighboring YMCA, and extends a widened Paseo from its current
terminus at the YMCA, across the alleyway, through the development, and over 2nd
Avenue.

If approved, the Project will bring a capital investment of approximately $535 million to
downtown and create approximately 4,191 construction jobs and 2,563 permanent
jobs. Upon issuance of a certificate of occupancy (C of O) for the Project, and other
terms and conditions specified in the Agreements, the Developer will convey title of the
property to the City, and the City will lease the property back to the Developer for a
term not to exceed eight years. The GPLET on the Project will be abated for up to
eight years from the date of the C of O. The Developer has also agreed that the


Page 99

Project will generate to the City and other taxing jurisdictions new revenue in the form
of certain minimum tax payments (in the construction and leasing of the Project, and in
ad valorem property taxes after the lease term). These minimum tax payments would
be estimated by a third party economic impact study. Details regarding those minimum
tax payments will be specified in the Agreements, as well as other terms and
conditions deemed necessary by City staff.

The Developer also recognizes the issues relating to affordable housing in this and
other markets across the country. To help address this critical issue, the Developer has
proposed a one-time contribution of 200 percent of the City’s share of property taxes
otherwise due during each of the two lease terms to the City's Affordable Housing
Trust Fund, which will be used in the future by the City towards affordable housing in
Phoenix.

Evaluation
An evaluation panel, consisting of a representative from the Roosevelt Action
Association, the development community, and City staff from the Community and
Economic Development and Planning and Development departments, was convened
in September 2020 to review the proposal. The panel recommended the City begin
negotiations with the Developer.

Contract Term
The lease term for each phase will be for a maximum of eight years upon issuance of
the C of O for each phase. There are no extensions to the proposed lease, and upon
conclusion of the term, ownership of the property will be transferred back to the
Developer. The Developer will have the ability to terminate the lease at any time
subject to the terms of the Agreements.

Financial Impact
The Project will have no expense impact to the General Fund. The estimated one-time
construction sales tax revenue to the City is $5,382,000, plus an estimated annual
commercial rental and transaction privilege tax revenue generation of approximately
$4,396,500 at stabilization. The Developer will pay an annual rental payment, per
phase, starting at $25,000 in years one through four, and $75,000 in years five through
eight. The rent payments will be deposited into the Downtown Community
Reinvestment Fund. The estimated total deposit into the Affordable Housing Trust
Fund will be approximately $5,500,000.

Public Outreach
Staff presented to the Roosevelt Action Association on Dec. 15, 2020 and the
Downtown Voices Coalition on Jan. 9, 2021 and June 10, 2023. The Developer also


Page 100

met with the Phoenix Elementary School District No. 1.

Previous Council Action
The item was recommended for approval by the Economic Development and Equity
Subcommittee at the June 13, 2023 meeting by a vote of 4-0.

Location
333 - 377 N. 2nd Ave.
Council District: 7

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Community
and Economic Development Department.




Page 101



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Enter an Intergovernmental Agreement with Arizona State University
Edson College of Nursing and Health Innovation

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to allow Volunteer PHX to
enter into an Intergovernmental Agreement with the Arizona Board of Regents on
behalf of Arizona State University (ASU) Edson College of Nursing and Health
Innovation for student placements.

Summary
The Edson College of Nursing and Health Innovation trains and educates students
working towards undergraduate, masters and doctorate degrees in nursing. At all
levels of nursing education placements may be required or available for credit to
support student learning and educational experience.

With the addition of the Office of Public Health, there is an enhanced focus on
opportunities for public health programming. The City of Phoenix offers a unique
opportunity and setting for community and clinical nursing placements focused on
population and public health through a variety of departments and offices.

Volunteer PHX coordinates the City’s volunteer opportunities, including volunteer
placements and internships. Building on existing relationships with the College,
including a partnership with the Office of Heat Mitigation and Response, Volunteer
PHX will work closely with the Office of Public Health other departments to initiate and
coordinate routine opportunities for nursing placements across programs. These
placements will enhance the capacity of departments to address population health
issues and support the education and development of the local nursing workforce.

Examples of routine nursing placements include:
· We’re Cool summer outreach with vulnerable populations
· Vaccination support with Phoenix Fire’s Baby Shots program
· Health Education opportunities with Office of Public Health

Contract Term
The agreement will be valid for five years from the date of execution by all parties.



Page 102


Financial Impact
There is no cost or financial impact for these activities.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays, Deputy City Manager
Inger Erickson, Volunteer PHX and the Office of Public Health.




Page 103



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
V-Desk II System Operator - RFA 19-021 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49983)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 148626 with Skyline Productions, Inc., to extend the contract term and allow
additional expenditures. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all
funds related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $89,000.

Summary
This contract will provide highly technical, trained and skilled multi-robotics camera
operator services for the robotic camera system located in the PHXTV studios, which
provides live-broadcast capability for meetings in the City Council Chambers and City
Hall Assembly Rooms, both on-air and online. The use of robotic cameras in the City
Council Chambers and Assembly Rooms provides the City cost savings and staffing
efficiencies, as fewer people are required to produce meeting coverage for broadcast.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Sept. 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $89,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $219,000. Funds are available in the Communications Office
operating budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• V-Desk II System Operator Contract 148626 (Ordinance S-45033) on Oct. 3, 2018;
• V-Desk II System Operator Contract 148626 (Ordinance S-49165) on Nov. 16, 2022.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Communications Office.




Page 104



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Chapter 43, Articles II and III, Phoenix City Code Relating to Formal
Competitive Procurement Threshold (Ordinance G-7125)

Request City Council amend Phoenix City Code, Chapter 43, Article II, Section 43-10,
entitled "Contract authorizations" and Article III, Section 43-11, entitled "Available
source selection methods" to increase the formal competitive procurement threshold,
effective Sept. 1, 2023.

Summary
The amendment to Phoenix City Code, Chapter 43, Article II, Section 43-10, and
Article III, Section 43-11, will increase the formal competitive procurement threshold
from $100,000 to $250,000. Specifically, as shown in Attachment A, "$100,000" will be
removed and replaced with "$250,000" where it appears in Section 43-10 and Section
43-11.

City procurement staff must currently use formal competitive methods if the cost of
goods and/or services is anticipated to exceed $100,000. City staff evaluated
procurement processes and determined increasing the formal competitive
procurement threshold from $100,000 to $250,000 will allow for easier and increased
opportunities for small and local business entities and result in increased efficiencies
overall.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
the same on June 17, 2015, July 1, 2015, and May 10, 2017.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 105
ATTACHMENT A

43-10 Contract authorizations.

A. When determining which source selection method applies and what type of
authorization is required, the Procurement Officer shall consider the likely
aggregate price or cost of the goods or services to be procured.

B. The City Manager may authorize contracts and direct the City Controller to
expend public monies to procure goods or services.

C. The City Manager may submit to City Council an annual ordinance to authorize
contracts and contract payments, and to direct the City Controller to expend
public monies to procure goods or services when the price or cost of a single
contract is greater than the payment ordinance threshold but not more than
$100,000.00 $250,000.00.

D. All contracts for goods or services with a price or cost in excess of the payment
ordinance threshold must be submitted to City Council for contractual and
payment authorization.

43-11 Available source selection methods.

Except as otherwise required by law or permitted by this chapter, all contracts for
goods or services will be awarded by one of the following source selection
methods:

A. Procurements of goods or services where the price or cost is anticipated to
exceed $100,000.00 $250,000.00 will be solicited and awarded using one of the
following formal competitive methods in accordance with this chapter:

1. Competitive sealed bidding;

2. Multi-step competitive sealed bidding;

3. Competitive sealed proposals; or

4. Qualifications based selection.




Page 106
B. Procurements of goods or services where the price or cost anticipated will not
exceed $100,000.00 $250,000.00 may be solicited and awarded using informal
competitive methods in accordance with regulations.

C. Procurements of goods or services where the price or cost is not anticipated to
exceed the payment ordinance threshold may be purchased in accordance with
regulations.

D. Procurements of goods or services otherwise subject to competitive methods
under this chapter may be procured without competition or using an alternative
competitive method, in the following circumstances:

1. The procurement of goods or services without competition is authorized
when there is only one source for the required goods or services if the
Procurement Officer issues a determination describing the lack of other
sources.

2. The procurement of goods or services without competition is authorized
when there exists a threat to public health, welfare, safety, or other
conditions, if the Procurement Officer issues a determination describing the
emergency.

3. The procurement of goods or services without competition, or under an
alternative method of competition, is authorized when special
circumstances exist in accordance with the regulations. Any procurement
under this subsection shall be made with as much competition as is
practicable under the circumstances. The Procurement Officer will issue a
determination describing the special circumstances that justify the
alternative procurement.




Page 107



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Chapter 2, Article I, Phoenix City Code Relating to Payment Ordinance
Threshold (Ordinance G-7126)

Request City Council amend Phoenix City Code, Chapter 2, Article I, Section 2-4,
entitled "City Manager authority for the enforcement of ordinances; distribution of work;
settlement of claims" to increase the payment ordinance threshold, effective Sept. 1,
2023.

Summary
The amendment to Phoenix City Code, Chapter 2, Article I, Section 2-4(B), will
increase the payment ordinance threshold from $8,600 to $32,000. Specifically, as
shown in Attachment A, "eight thousand six hundred dollars" will be removed and
replaced with "thirty two thousand dollars."

Per Phoenix City Charter, Chapter IV, Section 12, City Council has authority to adjust
the payment ordinance threshold every four years to account for changes in the cost of
living. City staff evaluated adjustment of the payment ordinance threshold using the
Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment (GCE) Index. GCE
serves as a cost of living metric well suited for government entities. Applying the GCE
average four-year increase rate from 1990 until 2023 supports an increase in the
payment ordinance threshold to $32,000.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
(Ordinance G-3286) on Dec. 6, 1989 and (Ordinance G-4796) on May 10, 2006.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 108
ATTACHMENT A

2-4. City Manager authority for the enforcement of ordinances;
distribution of work; settlement of claims.

A. The City Manager shall be empowered and authorized to promulgate regulations
concerning the administration and enforcement of the purpose and intent of all existing
ordinances of the City and he may, pending the passage of an ordinance, distribute the work of
the departments or divisions in the administrative branch and establish temporary divisions.

B. The City Manager of the City of Phoenix shall be authorized to appropriate and expend any
public money for the City of Phoenix to settle all claims against the City which sum is less than
eight thousand six hundred thirty two thousand dollars.

C. The City Manager, or his representative, shall attend all Council meetings, unless excused by
Council. The City Manager, or his representative, shall have the right to take part in discussions
but may not vote.




Page 109



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Payment Ordinance for Summer Recess (Ordinance S-49939)

The request is prepared each fiscal year end to allow for continuance of operations
during the annual Council summer recess.

Summary
Request to authorize the City Controller to disburse funds, not to exceed $100,000 per
vendor, per occurrence, arising or otherwise due and payable during the period
commencing on July 3, 2023, through Aug. 29, 2023, for the purpose of continuing
payment authority for expenditure of public money for payment of claims against the

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 110



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Personnel Rule 15, Merit Pay Increase (Ordinance S-49971)

Request City Council approval of amendment to City of Phoenix Personnel Rule 15 (
Attachment A). This action establishes final rules and adopts changes to update the
City's Personnel Rules.

Summary
The proposed amendment to Personnel Rule 15 will remove 15g2, thereby permitting
time taken on industrial leave or light duty assignment to be creditable for establishing
the merit date.

Public Outreach
A public meeting was conducted by the Human Resources Department on May 30,
2023, to formally solicit comments on the proposed amendment.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Human Resources
Department.




Page 111
ATTACHMENT A



PURPOSE – The proposed amendment to Personnel Rule 15 repeals 15g2, thereby
permitting time taken on industrial leave or light duty assignment to be creditable for
establishing the merit date.

The amendment is highlighted in yellow, and the deleted language is indicated by
strikethrough.


Personnel Rule 15g is modified to read:

15g. Industrial Leave

* * *

15g2. Merit Pay Increase: Time taken on Industrial Leave or light duty
assignment, not in excess of thirty working days, shall be allowed
as creditable time in determining eligibility for a normal merit pay
increase. If the time exceeds thirty days and the circumstances of
the injury so warrant, the employee may receive a merit pay
increase on their anniversary date with the recommendation of
the department head and approval of the City Manager.





Page 112



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Acceptance of Easement for Drainage Purposes (Ordinance S-49940)

Request for the City Council to accept an easement for drainage purposes; further
ordering the ordinance recorded.

Summary
Accepting the property interest below meets the Planning and Development
Department's Single Instrument Dedication Process requirement prior to releasing any
permits to applicants.

Easement (a)
Applicant: CTC Properties, LLC, its successor and assigns
Purpose: Drainage
Location: 5815 S. 36th St.
File: FN 220085
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson, and the Planning
and Development and Finance departments.




Page 113



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Acceptance of a Quitclaim Deed from Las Haciendas de Paradise Village for Real
Property Near the Northeast Corner of Cactus Road and 40th Street (Ordinance
S-49906)

Request for the City Council to accept a quitclaim deed, Maricopa County recording
number 2013-0679775, from Las Haciendas de Paradise Village, for real property near
the northeast corner of Cactus Road and 40th Street; further ordering the ordinance
recorded.

Summary
The real property, identified by Maricopa County Assessor parcel numbers 167-27-
068A and 167-27-068B, is approximately 402,761 square feet and is shown as
drainage ways on the Las Haciendas de Paradise Village Plat, Maricopa County
recording 207-22. The Street Transportation and Parks and Recreation departments
have agreed to accept the fee title and maintain the property, including drainage ways,
landscaping, walking trails and wash areas through the implementation of the following
maintenance plan:

· Street Transportation Department - Maintain the concrete channel and its
underlying drainage easement area in perpetuity.
· Parks and Recreation Department - Maintain the wash area and its underlying
drainage easement area in perpetuity.

Location
Near the northeast corner of Cactus Road and 40th Street.
Council District: 3

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Street
Transportation, Parks and Recreation and Finance departments.




Page 114



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Acceptance of a Traffic Control Easement Along the West Side of 40th Street,
North of Bell Road (Ordinance S-49957)

Request for the City Council to accept a traffic control easement along west side of
40th Street, north of Bell Road, from Paradise Valley Unified School District No. 69, a
Political Subdivision of the State of Arizona; further ordering the ordinance recorded.

Summary
The approximate 100 square-foot traffic control easement was donated by Paradise
Valley Unified School District No. 69 for a traffic signal modernization project. The
permanent easement, located along the west side of 40th Street, north of Bell Road, is
within Maricopa County Assessor's parcel number 214-01-001H and is more fully
described in the legal description to be recorded with the ordinance.

Location
Along the west side of 40th Street, north of Bell Road.
Council District: 2

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Street
Transportation and Finance departments.




Page 115



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Revocable License with Option to Purchase Real Property Owned by the
State of Arizona at 1537 W. Jackson St. (Ordinance S-50021)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a revocable
license agreement with an option to purchase real property owned by the State of
Arizona at 1537 W. Jackson St. and to execute all agreements necessary in
furtherance of this ordinance. Further request authorization for the City Controller to
disburse, and for the City Treasurer to accept, all funds related to this item.

Additionally, request the City Council to grant an exception pursuant to Phoenix City
Code section 42-20 to authorize inclusion in the documents pertaining to this
transaction of indemnification and assumption of liability provisions that otherwise
would be prohibited by Phoenix City Code section 42-18 as required by the State of
Arizona.

Summary
The City will enter into short-term revocable license with an option to purchase real
property (“Agreement”) owned by the State of Arizona (“State”) located at 1537 W.
Jackson St. The property is zoned A-1 and consists of 4.22 acres, improved with an
approximate 12,000 square foot industrial storage facility. The term of the license
will not extend beyond Oct. 1, 2023, and the State may revoke the license for any
reason with 30 days' written notice.

The purchase price includes consideration for the license fee and fee title to the
property via quitclaim deed, not to exceed the market value set forth in the State’s
appraisal, to be reviewed and approved by the Finance Department's Real Estate
Division. As part of the Agreement, the City will pay a non-refundable deposit of
$1,700,000 in addition to the purchase price for the State's cost to relocate
operations from this location. The Agreement will include an Intergovernmental
Agreement with Arizona Department of Public Safety to provide the City's Police
Department primary jurisdiction over the property. The Agreement will contain
additional terms and conditions acceptable to the City.

During the license period, the Office of Homeless Solutions will work with the


Page 116

Planning and Development Department on approvals for a use of the property to
assist the unsheltered population. The City will move forward with the purchase of
the property, to be conveyed by quitclaim deed, if due diligence is deemed
satisfactory and the property is approved for the desired use.

The parcels included in this request are identified by Maricopa County Assessor's
parcel number and address:
· 112-07-164 located at 1501 W. Jackson St.
· 112-07-165 located at 1537 W. Jackson St.
· 112-07-166A located at 312 S. 15th Ave.

Financial Impact
Funding in the amount not to exceed a total of $5.4 million, plus administrative and
closing costs, is available through grant funds in the Human Services Department
and the Office of Homeless Solutions operating budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On Oct. 27, 2020, the Strategies to Address Homelessness Plan was approved by
the City Council.

Location
Southwest corner of W. Jackson Street and S. 15th Avenue.
Council District: 7

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays, Deputy City Manager
Gina Montes, the Office of Homeless Solutions, and the Human Services, Police
and Finance departments.




Page 117



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Termination of a Refuse Collection Easement Located West of 27th Avenue and
North of Colter Street (Ordinance S-49909)

Request City Council to terminate a refuse collection easement located west of 27th
Avenue and north of Colter Street; further ordering the ordinance recorded.

Summary
On Dec. 29, 1966, Donald M. and Mary Patrick granted the City a refuse collection
easement conveyed by Maricopa County Recording Instrument 1966-0128738. The
refuse collection easement is no longer required as the Public Works Department
does not provide service within the easement area. The action to terminate the
refuse collection easement will allow for the redevelopment of the area.

Location
West of 27th Avenue and north of Colter Street.
Council District: 5

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua, and the Public
Works and Finance departments.




Page 118



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Voluntary Acquisition of Improved Real Property Located at 4050 and 4102 E. Air
Lane for Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport (Ordinance S-49938)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to perform all acts necessary
to acquire real property located at 4050 and 4102 E. Air Lane in fee simple title,
together with associated improvements and appurtenances. Acquisition is to be by
voluntary purchase from OTH Holdings, LLC, at a price not to exceed appraised value
plus usual and customary closing costs. Further request to authorize the execution of a
lease to allow occupants time to relocate, as may be necessary to and in furtherance
of this acquisition. Additionally request to authorize the City Controller to disburse, and
the City Treasurer to accept, all funds related to this item.

Summary
OTH Holdings, LLC, initiated a voluntary acquisition of the property consisting of
26,891 square feet of land, improved with two office buildings and warehouse
structures totaling 16,059 square feet and associated land improvements. The
property is strategically located adjacent to Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport's
north airfield fence line and operations. Currently, the property is occupied by Almond
Brothers, LLC (Almond Brothers).

To allow occupants time to relocate, the City will lease 4102 E. Air Lane to Almond
Brothers for a term of 18 months, plus one 18-month option to extend, that may be
exercised at the sole discretion of the Director of Aviation, at a rental rate based on
market rent.

Once the property is acquired and as the buildings become vacant, the Aviation
Department intends to demolish the structures in favor of improvements to support
aeronautical development. If an agreement to purchase cannot be reached at this
time, the property may be acquired at a later date using other available means.

Financial Impact
The purchase price will not exceed appraised value, plus the usual and customary
closing costs. Funds are available in the Aviation Department's Capital Improvement
Program.



Page 119

Location
4050 and 4102 E. Air Lane, identified by Maricopa County Assessor parcel numbers
124-01-006 and 124-01-005.
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Aviation and
Finance departments.




Page 120



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Acquisition of Real Property for the Durango Street Mobility Project Along
Durango Street from Central Avenue to 5th Street, and Along 5th Street from
Durango to Mohave Streets (Ordinance S-49908)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to acquire all real property
and related property interests required by donation, purchase within the City's
appraised value, or by the power of eminent domain for the Durango Street Mobility
Project located along Durango Street from Central Avenue to 5th Street, and along 5th
Street from Durango to Mohave streets. Further request to authorize dedication of land
with roadway and/or public improvements to public use for right-of-way purposes via
separate recording instrument, accept and grant all easements along the alignments,
and execute all necessary licenses and agreements in furtherance of this ordinance.
Additionally, request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item.

Summary
Acquisition of real property is required to enhance the roadway and sidewalk
conditions for pedestrians, bicyclists and vehicular traffic. Roadway improvements
include Americans with Disabilities Act compliant sidewalks, street lighting, curb and
gutters. The project will include low-impact development facilities for storm water
management.

The parcels affected by this project are identified in Attachment A.

Financial Impact
Funding is available in the Street Transportation and Neighborhood Services
departments' Capital Improvement Program budgets.

Location
Along Durango Street from Central Avenue to 5th Street and along 5th Street from
Durango to Mohave streets.
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers Alan Stephenson and Gina Montes,


Page 121

and the Street Transportation, Neighborhood Services and Finance departments.




Page 122
ATTACHMENT A
Property Identification

Real Property for the Durango Street Mobility Project Along Durango Street from
Central Avenue to 5th Street and Along 5th Street from Durango to Mohave
Streets.

The following improved and/or unimproved parcels affected by acquisition and
included in this request are identified by the Maricopa County Assessor’s parcel
number (APN) and the address or location.
APN Address / Location
112-39-023 1748 S. 3rd St.
112-39-049 1725 S. 2nd St.
112-39-071 1745 S. 1st St.
112-39-072 1730 S. 2nd St.
112-39-086A 1755 S. Central Ave.
112-40-097 413 E. Mohave St.
112-40-131 1735 S. 4th St.
112-40-153 1728 S. 4th St.
112-40-157C 511 E. Mohave St.
112-40-971 1723 S. 3rd St.
112-41-970 331 E. Durango St.
112-42-003 123 E. Durango St.
112-42-014 2233 S. 2nd Place




1 of 1
Page 123



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Computer Hardware and Support Services - COOP 21-031 - Amendment
(Ordinance S-50008)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
Contracts 155722 with HP, Inc.; 155893 with Hewlett Packard Enterprise; 156003 with
Dell Marketing L.P.; 154977 with Transource Services Corporation; and 156814 with
NetApp, Inc., to extend the contract terms. Further request to authorize the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The additional expenditures will not
exceed $6,000,000.

Summary
These contracts will provide a wide variety of technology needs for all City
departments. Purchases made under these contracts include on-going replacement of
end user computer hardware, peripheral equipment, devices, laptops, tablets,
monitors, power cables, other end of life user devices and support services.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contracts will be extended through Oct. 31, 2023, with an option to
extend through Jan. 31, 2024.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $6,000,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
Contracts will not exceed $43,500,000. Funds are available in the various department
budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Computer Hardware and Support Services Contracts 155722, 155893, 156003
(Ordinance S-47594) on June 2, 2021;
• Computer Hardware and Support Services Contracts 155722, 155893, 156003
(Ordinance S-48765) on June 15, 2022.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.



Page 124



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Facilities Maintenance and Repair and Operations and Industrial Supplies -
COOP 20-056 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49914)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to allow additional
expenditures under Contract 151476, with W.W. Grainger, Inc., and Contract 151478,
with Fastenal Company for the purchase of facilities maintenance and repair and
operations and industrial supplies for Citywide use. Further request to authorize the
City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The additional expenditures
will not exceed $14,000,000.

Summary
These contracts will provide the City with maintenance, repair, and operational (MRO)
supplies which support the needs of City employees, facilities, and warehouses, as
well as the general public. MRO supplies include, but are not limited to: electrical
supplies, motors, lighting, hand and power tools, safety equipment, pumps, material
handling equipment, pneumatic equipment, machine/cutting tools, heating ventilation
and air conditioning (HVAC) equipment and supplies, test instruments, and wide
variety of goods and services required for the City to remain operational on a daily
basis. The primary departments utilizing the contracts are: Aviation, Fire, Parks and
Recreation, Police, Phoenix Convention Center, Public Works, Street Transportation,
and Water Services.

Contract Term
The contract term remains unchanged, ending on Dec. 31, 2024.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $14,000,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $39,433,410. Funds are available in the various departments'
budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Facilities Maintenance and Repair and Operations and Industrial Supplies Contracts
151476 (Ordinance S-46245) on Dec. 18, 2019;



Page 125

· Facilities Maintenance and Repair and Operations and Industrial Supplies Contracts
151476 (Ordinance S-48496) on April 20, 2022.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 126



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
MRO Supplies: Industrial, Building, Plumbing, Electrical and HVAC - COOP 20-
096 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49915)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to allow additional
expenditures for contracts 152625 with Voss Lighting; 152624 with Electric Supply,
Inc.; 152622 with Rexel USA Inc.; 152621 with Lighting Unlimited, Inc.; 152623 with
Border States Industries, Inc.; and 152620 with Ledergy Lighting LLC, for the purchase
of maintenance, repair, and operational (MRO) supplies, including industrial, building,
plumbing, electrical, and heating ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) supplies, for
Citywide use. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $6,000,000.

Summary
These contracts will provide MRO supplies which support the needs of City
employees, facilities and warehouses, as well as the general public. MRO supplies
include, but are not limited to industrial, building, plumbing, electrical and HVAC
supplies required for the City to remain operational on a daily basis. The primary
departments utilizing the contracts are Aviation, Fire, Phoenix Convention Center,
Public Works and Water Services.

Contract Term
The contract term remains unchanged, ending on June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $6,000,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $13,000,000. Funds are available in the various department
budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Industrial, Building, Plumbing, Electrical, and HVAC Supplies and Materials
contracts 152625, 152624, 152622, 152621, 152623, 152620 (Ordinance S-46753)
on June 17, 2020.




Page 127

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 128



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Armed, Unarmed and Event Security Guard Services - IFB 18-299 - Amendment
(Ordinance S-49912)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 148625 with Surveillance Security, Inc. Further request to authorize the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The additional expenditures will not
exceed $2,500,000.

Summary
This contract will provide armed, unarmed, and event security guard services to secure
public and private interior and exterior property, in addition to providing security at City-
sponsored events. Guard services will be used during operating and after hours to
monitor City buildings and patrol City locations to deter crime and protect City property.
Guard services will also be used to monitor video-surveillance systems, and fire
detection, alarm and communication systems as well as provide fire watch services
and emergency guard services, as needed. The contract will be available for Citywide
use.

Contract Term
The contract term remains unchanged, ending on Nov. 30, 2023.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $2,500,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $13,000,000. Funds are available in various department
budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Armed, Unarmed and Event Security Guard Services 148625 (Ordinance S-45063)
on Oct. 17, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 129



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Web Based Contract Management Software and Support Services Contract -
EXC 23-059 - Request for Award (Ordinance S-49916)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Askreply, Inc., DBA B2Gnow, to provide web based contract management software
and support services for the Equal Opportunity Department. Further request to
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of
the contract will not exceed $181,362.

Summary
This contract will provide web based contract management software and support
services to be used by the Equal Opportunity Department (EOD). This software helps
EOD manage the data intensive contracts and certification processes that are part of
contract management as required by the United States Department of Transportation
and Chapter 18. This software system supports diversity based contracting,
certification, and outreach programs. The software provides for instant data retrieval
from Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE), Airport Concessionaire
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (ACDBE), and Small Business Enterprise (SBE)
programs by North American Industry Classification Systems codes and work
descriptions, which are essential for DBE and SBE goal setting.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved determination memo due to sole source. This software
allows EOD to remain in compliance with the requirements associated with Title 49 of
the Electronic Code of Federal Regulation, specifically Parts 23 and 26, under Subtitle
A. The City of Phoenix is required by statute and federal regulations to maintain
historical records for three full fiscal years. The city adopted this historical retention
policy based upon Arizona state laws. EOD has determined that it would create an
unnecessary obstacle in compliance to migrate to a different software system that will
not contain any of the historical records necessary to manage the programs. EOD will
continue to manage the DBE/ACDBE/SBE programs to ensure that federal, state, and


Page 130

local requirements are being met.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about Aug. 1, 2023, for a five-year term with no options to
extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $181,362 for the five-year aggregate
term. Funding is available in the Equal Opportunity Department's operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Equal
Opportunity Department.




Page 131



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
***ITEM CORRECTED (SEE ATTACHED MEMO)*** Mobile Computing Solutions -
COOP 23-075 - Request for Award (Ordinance S-49985)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Panasonic North America Connect to provide mobile computing solutions, through
their authorized resellers Mobile Concepts Technology (MCT) and Route 1, for
Citywide departments. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all
funds related to this item. The total value of the contracts will not exceed $27,058,000.

Summary
This contract will provide Panasonic toughbooks, tablets, accessories and services for
Citywide departments. The devices are used as public safety measures to help
employees collect, organize and transfer data faster, more efficiently and in real-time.
These devices are the industry standard to be used for field work, work orders, and
asset management because they can easily withstand repetitive docking and
undocking. The device allows police officers to run license plates, scan fingerprints,
and check records carside, so they never leave a subject unattended. In addition, the
devices allow first responders to see addresses, hazard information, and sensitive
information.

Panasonic devices are durable and can withstand rigorous movement, including drops,
spills, dirt, intense shock and vibration, and have the ability to handle Arizona's
extreme temperatures. The City saves money in longer replacement cycles, and
experiences efficiency gains from less downtime associated with device failure.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved determination memo based on special circumstances, being
no alternative competition. The Finance Department has researched other mobile
computing solution cooperative contracts to find an alternative contract option. The
Omnia Partners contract with Panasonic North America Connect and their authorized
resellers provides the best volume discount, which equates to better pricing for the
City. In addition, it best aligns with the City's needs. The contract was awarded
consistent with the City's procurement processes.


Page 132

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about July 1, 2023, for a five-year term with no options to
extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value for will not exceed $27,058,000 for the five-year
aggregate term. Funding is available in various department budgets.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 133



To: Lori Bays Date: June 23, 2023
Assistant City Manager

Thru: Kathleen Gitkin
Chief Financial Officer

From: Adriana Philips
Assistant Finance Director

Subject: CORRECTION ON ITEM 65, COOP 23-075 MOBILE COMPUTING
SOLUTIONS ON THE June 28, 2023, FORMAL COUNCIL AGENDA
MEETING.


This memo requests that the first paragraph be changed on the 6/28/23 RCA as follows:

From: Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Panasonic North America Connect to provide mobile computing solutions, through their
authorized resellers Mobile Concepts Technology (MCT) and Route 1, for Citywide
departments. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to
this item. The total value of the contracts will not exceed $27,058,000.

To: Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Panasonic North America Connect to provide mobile computing solutions, through their
authorized resellers Mobile Concepts Technology (MCT), Rugged Solutions America, LLC,
and Route 1, for Citywide departments. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contracts will not exceed
$27,058,000.




r
,,,..�-.
I
I . .I
·)


I / (1

Approved by: r:-:\)\\
Lorj Bays \ ·., / )
Date:

AssThtanLCi{y Mahager



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Auctioneering Services - ADSPO17-174072 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49937)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 148111 with Sierra Auction Management, Inc., to extend contract term.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to accept and disburse all funds related
to this item. No funds are needed for this revenue generating contract, request to
continue using Ordinance S-44835.

Summary
This contract will provide auction services required by Administrative Regulation 5.13,
to protect the City's investments in fixed, sensitive, and low-value property. Fleet
vehicles, obsolete computers, office furniture, appliances, lawn equipment, confiscated
and unclaimed property are among the types of products auctioned. Sierra Auction
Management, Inc., collects auction proceeds and remits the proceeds to the City.

This contract is paid through proceeds received from the sale of the City's property
and revenue is deposited to the City's General and Enterprise Fund accounts.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Aug. 31, 2024.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of revenue generated through this contract for the City of Phoenix
is approximately $15,481,330.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Auctioneering Services - Contract 148111 (Ordinance S-44835) on June 27, 2018;

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 134



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
AV Equipment and Services - ADSPO17-00007302 - Amendment (Ordinance S-
49972)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
contracts 147007 with Commercial Computer Services, Inc., dba CCS Presentation
Systems; 147008 with Inter Technologies Corporation; 147009 with Bluum USA, Inc.;
147010 with Presentation Products, Inc., dba Spinitar; 147011 with Level 3 Audio
Visual, LLC; 147438 with Ford Audio-Video Systems, LLC; and 155410 with IES
Communications, LLC, to extend the contract terms and allow additional expenditures.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $1,480,000.

Summary
These contracts will provide the City with a broad range of audio video equipment and
related services. The associated contractors provide essential services and equipment
for the Emergency Operations Center, 911 Operations, PHXTV, Know99, City Council
Assembly Rooms and Council Chambers, as well as direct engineering support, such
as analysis, design, and configuration of existing systems. The extension of these
contracts and additional funds are needed to continue essential department
operations. The main users of these contracts include the Phoenix Convention Center,
Municipal Court, and the Water Services, Fire, Public Transit, Aviation, Library, Parks
and Recreation, Police, Human Resources, Public Works, and Human Services
departments.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Aug. 11, 2024.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $1,480,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of these
contracts will not exceed $10,730,000. Funds are available in various department
budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• AV Equipment and Services contracts 147007, 147008, 147009, 147010, 147011,


Page 135

147438, 155410 (Ordinance S-44246) on Jan. 24, 2018.
• AV Equipment and Services Contract 147010 (Ordinance S-45757) on June 5, 2019.
• AV Equipment and Services contracts 147007, 147008, 147009, 147010, 147011,
147438 (Ordinance S-46260) on Dec. 18, 2019.
• AV Equipment and Services Contract 155410 (Ordinance S-47907) on Sept. 8, 2021.
• AV Equipment and Services contracts 147007, 147008, 147009, 147010, 147011,
147438, 155410 (Ordinance S-49132) on Nov. 2, 2022.
• AV Equipment and Services contracts 147007, 147008, 147009, 147010, 147011,
147438, 155410 (Ordinance S-49521) on March 22, 2023.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 136



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment, Service and Maintenance - IFB 17-171
- Amendment (Ordinance S-49995)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
Contract 145554 with Titan Power, Inc., and Contract 145555 with Gruber Technical,
Inc. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $2,150,000.

Summary
This contract will provide uninterruptible power supply (UPS) equipment and
associated services and maintenance, which are vital for various City services that
require constant, uninterrupted power. The UPS units supply power in the event of an
outage, which allows continued operations until power resumes. Some critical
operations include 911 call centers, Citywide data rooms, and water production and
distribution functions. Additional funds are needed to conduct a replacement and
correction of the City of Phoenix Enterprise Data Center (EDC). Replacing the UPS
systems will aid the electrical security of the EDC and support the overall reliability and
uptime.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
The contract term remains unchanged, ending on June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $2,150,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $5,390,000. Funds are available in Information Technology
Services Department's budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment, Service and Maintenance 145554, 145555
Ordinance S-43740 on June 28, 2017.
• Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment, Service and Maintenance 145554, 145555


Page 137

Ordinance S-45948 on Aug. 28, 2019.
• Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment, Service and Maintenance 145554, 145555
Ordinance S-48753 on June 15, 2022.
• Uninterruptible Power Supply Equipment, Service and Maintenance 145554, 145555
Ordinance S-49753 on May 31, 2023.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 138



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Ready Mix Concrete - IFB 18-264 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49936)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 148122 with Cemex Construction Materials South, LLC, to extend the
contract term. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. No additional funds are needed; request to continue using
Ordinance S-44837.

Summary
This contract will provide a wide variety of ready mix concrete materials to City
departments, including the Aviation, Parks and Recreation, Street Transportation, and
Water Services departments. This contract is necessary for maintenance and upkeep
of sidewalks, curbs, gutters, concrete pavements, slabs and construction projects
throughout the City.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through June 30, 2024, with an option to
extend through June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $2,024,080, and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Ready Mix Concrete Contract 148122 (Ordinance S-44837) on June 27, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 139



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Master Agreement for Cloud Solutions - CTR046098 - Amendment (Ordinance S-
50001)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee to allow additional
expenditures under Contract 151147 with Carahsoft Technology Corporation for the
purchase of cloud-based and information technology solutions for Citywide
departments. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $2,982,453.

Summary
This contract will provide cloud-based and information technology solutions including
Software as a Service (SaaS), Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), and Platform as a
Service (PaaS). The contract is currently being used by the Planning and Development
Department to purchase software licensing. The additional funds will allow use by
additional City departments for the purchase of the full range of cloud-based and
information technology solutions services offered by Carahsoft Technology
Corporation.

Contract Term
The contract term remains unchanged, ending on Oct. 31, 2026.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $2,982,453 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
Carahsoft Technology Corporation contract will not exceed $14,582,453. Total
payment ordinance, to include Contracts 151147 (Carahsoft) and 151139 (Accenture,
LLP), will not exceed $64,565,410. Funds are available in various department budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Planning, Zoning, Plan Review, and Permitting Application - Contract 151147
(Ordinance S-46102) on Oct. 16, 2019;
• Planning, Zoning, Plan Review, and Permitting Application - Contract 151139
(Ordinance S-47874) on Aug. 25, 2021.




Page 140

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 141



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider - ADSPO 17-
00006933 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49970)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
contract 148480 with Guidesoft, Inc. DBA Knowledge Services to extend contract term.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. No additional funds are needed, request to continue using ordinance S-48944.

Summary
This contract will provide information technology professional services through a
Managed Service Provider (MSP) for technology projects and initiatives such as
project management, system implementation, data conversion, and hardware and
software configuration throughout the City. Extending this contract will enable the
continuation of ongoing work assignments.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Aug. 31, 2024, with an option to
extend to Aug. 31, 2025.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $12,076,000 and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-44975) on Sept. 5, 2018;
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-45196) on Dec. 5, 2018;
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-46189) on Nov. 20, 2019;
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-47922) on Sept. 8, 2021;
• Multi-Temporary Staffing Services - Managed Services Provider Contract 148480
(Ordinance S-48944) on Aug. 31, 2022;


Page 142


Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 143



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
IT Staffing Services Contract - ITS RFQu 23-005 - Request for Award (Ordinance
S-49964)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into contracts with
22nd Century Technologies, Inc., Acro Service Corporation, Compunnel Software
Group, Inc., DBA Compunnel, Inc., Compu-Vision Consulting, Inc., Guidesoft, Inc.
doing business as Knowledge Services, Lancesoft, Inc., MGT of America Consulting,
LLC, The Intersect Group, LLC to provide IT Staffing Services and Project Based
Professional Services for the Information Technology Services Department (ITS) and
in support of citywide departments. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contracts will not exceed
$20 million.

Summary
These contracts will provide IT Staffing Services and Project Based Professional
Services to fulfill short-term or highly specialized IT staffing needs and provide
flexibility in allowing the department to select resources with skill sets and experience
specific to the IT project being undertaken. The number and complexity of citywide IT
projects can vary over time and the City will utilize contract resources to ensure that
projects meet the necessary business requirements and expenses only occur as
needed to provide the specific and unique expertise ensuring projects are successful.

Procurement Information
A Request for Qualifications procurement was processed in accordance with
Administrative Regulation 3.10 to establish a Qualified Vendor List (QVL).

Sixteen offerors submitted qualifications and were deemed to be responsive and
responsible. An evaluation committee of City staff evaluated those offers based on the
following criteria with a maximum possible point of 1,000:

· Method of Approach 0-400 points
· Company History, Qualifications, and Experience 0-350 points
· Pricing 0-250 points

After reaching consensus, the evaluation committee recommends award to the


Page 144

following offerors:

· 22nd Century Technologies, Inc. - 867 points
· Acro Service Corporation - 810 points
· Compunnel Software Group, Inc. dba as Compunnel, Inc. - 802 points
· GuideSoft, Inc. dba Knowledge Services - 757 points
· Lancesoft, Inc. - 755 points
· Compu-Vision Consulting, Inc. - 746 points
· MGT of America Consulting, LLC - 641 points
· The Intersect Group - 620 points

Contract Term
The contracts will begin on or about June 28, 2023, for a five-year term.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contracts value will not exceed $20 million.

Funding is available in the various departments' budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Information
Technology Services Department.




Page 145



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Carrier and Broadband Provider Services - Amendments (Ordinance S-49955)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
contracts with CenturyLink Communications, LLC dba Lumen Technologies Group,
LLC, Contract 155451; Cox Arizona Telecom, LLC, Contract 155343; and Zayo Group,
LLC, Contract 155342 to allow additional expenditures and to extend the term of the
Letters of Agreement to continue to purchase carrier and broadband provider services
for departments Citywide. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse
all funds related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $4.6 million.

Summary
City departments utilize carrier and broadband provider services for telecommunication
lines, circuits and services used across the City. Services include internet, phone lines,
data circuits and distributed denial of service protection. The usage of these
technologies is critical to the operations of all City departments. Services are procured
utilizing the State of Arizona cooperative agreements, which offer significant cost
savings due to the benefit from local government pricing and volume discounts.
Existing services and related expenses are essential to the operations of the City, as
they provide telecommunication lines, circuits, and services used to satisfy a variety of
needs across the City. Continuation of these agreements allows the City to pay for
monthly carrier and broadband services while the City adopts the new State of Arizona
cooperative agreements.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contracts will be extended through June 30, 2024. This request will
allow additional time for the City to enter into and negotiate linking agreements and
obtain City Council authorization to adopt them.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $4.6 million in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $17.7 million. Funds are available in various City
departments' budgets.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:


Page 146

• Carrier and Broadband Provider Services through Ordinance S-48585 on May 11,
2022.
• Carrier and Broadband Provider Services through Ordinance S-48206 on Dec.15,
2021.
• Carrier and Broadband Provider Services through Ordinance S-47655 on June 2,
2021.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Information
Technology Services Department.




Page 147



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Wireless Communications Services, Accessories, and Equipment - Amendments
(Ordinance S-49956)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
contracts with AT&T Mobility National Accounts, LLC, Contract 155219; T-Mobile USA,
Inc. and Sprint Solutions, Inc., Contract 155270; and Cellco Partnership dba Verizon
Wireless, Contract 155221 to allow additional expenditures and to extend the term of
the Letters of Agreement to continue to purchase wireless communications services,
accessories, and equipment for departments Citywide. Further request to authorize the
City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The additional expenditures
will not exceed $7.5 million.

Summary
City departments utilize mobile devices, wireless services, equipment and accessories
to conduct City business every day. Equipment and services are procured utilizing the
State of Arizona cooperative agreements, which offer significant cost savings due to
the benefit from national government pricing and volume discounts. Existing
equipment and services are used by staff to provide critical services to the public in
various locations throughout the valley. Currently, the City pays for services for more
than 5,000 cellular phones, 6,000 air cards, 6,000 push to talk radios, 470 tablets, and
various other services and equipment. Continuation of these agreements is essential
to the City, as the agreements allow the City to pay for monthly cellular services and
purchase equipment and accessories as needed while the City adopts the State of
Arizona cooperative agreements.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contracts will be extended through June 30, 2024. This request will
allow additional time for the City to enter into and negotiate linking agreements and
obtain City Council authorization to adopt them.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $7.5 million in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $26,375,000 Funds are available in various Departments'
budget.



Page 148

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Wireless Communications Services, Accessories, and Equipment through Ordinance
S-48586 on May 11, 2022.
• Wireless Communications Services, Accessories, and Equipment through Ordinance
S-48207 on Dec.15, 2021.
• Wireless Communications Services, Accessories, and Equipment through Ordinance
S-47458 on April 7, 2021.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Information
Technology Services Department.




Page 149



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Communication Tower Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair - IFB 18-112 -
Amendment (Ordinance S-49954)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 148450 with Arizona West Builders and Communications, Inc. to extend the
contract term. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. No additional funds are needed, request to continue using
Ordinance S-44996.

Summary
This contract will provide communication tower inspection, maintenance, and repair
services for the Information Technology Services Department. These services support
the radio infrastructure used by public safety and municipal members of the Regional
Wireless Cooperative and include maintenance and support of radio towers and
communication equipment located throughout the valley. Support services include the
supervision, labor, materials, and equipment necessary to perform inspections,
maintenance, repairs, installation or removal of equipment or cabling, tower
remediation or modification, painting, testing, and structural engineering analysis.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Aug. 31, 2024, with an option to
extend through Aug. 31, 2025.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $1,725,000.00 and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Communication Tower Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair Contract 148450
(Ordinance S-44996) on Sep. 19, 2018;
• Communication Tower Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair Contract 148450


Page 150

(Ordinance S-47660) on June 16, 2021.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Information
Technology Services Department.




Page 151



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Disaster Recovery-as-a-Service Contract - ITS RFP 23-003 - Request for Award
(Ordinance S-50018)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Kyndryl, Inc. to provide Disaster Recovery-as-a-Service (DRaaS) for the Information
Technology Department and in support of departments citywide. Further request to
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of
the contract will not exceed $6.2 million. Additionally, request to grant an exception
from the indemnification and limitation of liability provisions of Section 42-18 of the City
Code.

Summary
This contract will provide a fully managed Disaster Recovery-as-a-Service (DRaaS)
solution. Kyndryl, Inc. proposed a fully managed DRaaS solution that integrates with
other existing cloud disaster recovery services, established security protections to
meet regulatory requirements, and offers effective approaches to keep City business
applications and data synchronized. The services also prevent unauthorized access,
disclosure, and/or modification of the City's data to preserve data integrity and
residents' trust.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Procurement Information
A Request for Proposal procurement was processed in accordance with City of
Phoenix Administrative Regulation 3.10.

Five vendors submitted proposals deemed responsive and responsible. An evaluation
committee of City staff evaluated those offers based on the following criteria with a
maximum possible point total of 1,000:

· DRaaS Solution Requirements 0-350 Points
· Method of Approach 0-300 Points
· Pricing 0-200 Points



Page 152

· Qualification and Experience 0-150 Points

After reaching consensus, the evaluation committee recommends award to the
following vendor:

Kyndryl, Inc., 840 points

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about July 1, 2023, for a four-year term with three two-
year options to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $6,200,000.

Funding is available in the Information Technology Department's operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Information
Technology Services Department.




Page 153



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into Agreement with Element Technologies, LLC
(Ordinance S-50000)

Request to authorize the City Manager through the City Attorney, or his designee, to
enter into an agreement with Element Technologies, LLC, as a technology consultant
to assist with the onboarding of NetDocuments, a cloud-based technology solution
procured by the Law Department to serve as a Document Management System
(DMS). Further request authorization for the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item.

Summary
The Law Department has an on-premise DMS that is being replaced by a user-friendly
cloud based system, NetDocuments. NetDocuments works with an implementation
partner, Element Technologies, to merge the data from the existing DMS into the new
platform, assisting with the implementation and configuration of the documents.
Element Technologies will review the data, work with staff to design the migration
strategy, build the repository, test the import, execute the migration and provide
training to the employees on the new system.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, the City completed a cooperative
procurement of NetDocuments. NetDocuments provided the option of two consultants
it works with to onboard their technology solution. The proper implementation of
NetDocuments as a document management system capable of integrating with other
technology solutions is critical to the operation of the Law Department. Element
Technologies submitted a more cost-effective proposal and has the required
experience to integrate NetDocuments with ProLaw, which is the Law Department’s
case management system that must also be integrated with NetDocuments.

Contract Term
The contract term will be a two year term from June 30, 2023, through June 29, 2025.



Page 154

Financial Impact
The contract value will not exceed $200,000 and funds are available in the Law
Department's budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Law Department.




Page 155



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Establish the Phoenix Community Court (Ordinance S-50026)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to establish the Phoenix
Community through the creation of 11 City positions and the appropriation of a rapid
response funding. Further requests to enter into contracts to provide navigation
services throughout the community, within jail facilities, and during court proceedings.

Summary
The Phoenix Municipal Court, in partnership with the City's Prosecutor's Office and
Public Defender's Office, currently offers three Specialty Courts. These Specialty
Courts are considered problem-solving courts that rely on evidence-based best
practices and procedures to provide long-term solutions to offenders through an
alternative path to traditional criminal justice systems. The current courts include the
Phoenix Veterans Court, Phoenix Behavioral Health Court and the Maricopa County
Regional Homeless Court.

The Veterans Court is a problem-solving alternative court that addresses the unique
needs of defendants who are veterans of the United States Armed Forces. The goal of
Veterans Court is to restore veterans to being successful, contributing members of the
community by ensuring that veterans entering the criminal justice system make contact
with specific programs to address the root causes of the behavior that resulted in the
veteran becoming a defendant in the criminal justice system.

The Behavioral Health Court (BHC) is a problem-solving alternative court setting, for
the unique needs of individuals with certain mental illnesses. The many goals of BHC
include: reduced recidivism and incarceration of individuals with mental illness through
early intervention and increased treatment engagement, collaboration and coordination
with criminal justice, mental health, and other community partners.

The Maricopa County Regional Homeless Court (MCRHC) is a regional court that
Phoenix participates in, which is designed to resolve outstanding issues, such as
addressing fines and other barriers for individuals experiencing homelessness who
demonstrate commitment to end their homelessness. This court is focused on
individuals who have already been through the judicial system. Creation of the City's
Community Court would allow a dedicated court to be created that engages all


Page 156

stakeholders in a more robust specialty court process, which engages with individuals
as they enter the Municipal Court process.

Each of the City's Specialty Courts have resulted in positive outcomes for individuals
and for the community. However, a continuing and significant challenge for the
community is assisting individuals currently experiencing homelessness. This
challenge has resulted in unsheltered members of the community often being cited or
arrested on minor charges, such as trespassing, and entering into the traditional
criminal justice system with limited opportunities to seek services, establish stable
housing, or access other resources. In order to better assist with this challenge, staff
from the Municipal Court, Prosecutor's Office, Public Defender, and the City's Office of
Homeless Solutions recommend establishing a new Specialty Court, the Phoenix
Community Court. The Community Court will be based on best practices from other
communities, such as the City of Mesa, that have provided an alternative approach
outside of the traditional criminal justice systems to better support individuals currently
experiencing homelessness.

The Phoenix Community Court will be a collaborative effort with staff from multiple City
departments, including the Municipal Court, Police, City Prosecutor's Office, Public
Defender, and Homeless Solutions. Attachment A provides a process flow of how the
Phoenix Community Court will operate.The proposed Phoenix Community Court
process is initiated through identification of individuals that have been cited or booked
for criminal behavior. Staff recommend that all violations considered by the Phoenix
Municipal Court, except domestic violence offenses and assaults, are eligible for the
Community Court process.

Identification
There are two primary ways that an individual would be identified to be entered into the
Phoenix Community Court. These include through citation/complaint, at arraignment,
or during the booking process and court proceedings in County jail.

One option is through a citation from the Phoenix Police Department or a complaint
from the City Prosecutor's Office. Staff recommends that citations proceed through the
normal arraignment process. During the arraignment, staff from the City Prosecutor's
Office, Public Defender's Office, and Municipal Court will identify individuals eligible to
enter into the Community Court.

A second option for an individual to be entered into Phoenix Community Court is after
the individual into jail following a violation and arrest. The Office of Homeless Solutions
will have navigators to help assist the individual with navigation of available resources
and work with staff from other departments to determine eligibility for Community


Page 157

Court. Ideally, this will occur during the individual's appearance at Jail Court.

Court Interaction and Navigation
Once identified as eligible for Phoenix Community Court, navigators and staff assigned
to each case will assist individuals throughout the duration of the remaining process.
The Community Court Team include representation from the Municipal Court,
Prosecutor's Office, Public Defender and Homeless Solutions. The process includes
three primary steps with regular court appearances throughout, to ensure the
individual is maintaining progress.

These steps include:
1. Needs Assessment and Screening - During this step, the Community Court Team
meet to discuss the individual. Once approved, the navigator provides the individual
with the option for Community Court. If the individual accepts, a customized
services plan is then created.
2. Customized Service Plan - The plan details the required progress for the individual
to proceed through the Community Court. An example of a milestone in the service
plan could include establishing more stable housing. While progressing through the
customized service plan, the individual will have regular court appearances and the
Community Court Team will update the service plan based on the program
participation.
3. Resolution - If the individual is able to complete their customized service plan, the
individual will graduate from Phoenix Community Court. This graduation will result
in either the dismissal of the person's case, a reduced charge, or a suspended
sentence. If the individual does not complete their customized service plan, the
individual will not graduate from the Phoenix Community Court and will be returned
to regular court proceedings.

By initiating the Phoenix Community Court as outlined in this report, the City will be
able to assist, empower and provide individuals with the tools and resources
necessary to establish stable housing, receive services to assist with addiction,
connect with mental health professionals, and reduce the tendency of criminal
behavior to become cyclical. The Phoenix Community Court will be centered around a
holistic and compassionate approach to provide long-term solutions that will positively
impact individuals currently experiencing homelessness, and benefit the entire
community.

Recommendation
In order to establish the Phoenix Community Court, staff recommends adding 11 full-
time positions across several City departments, hiring 10 contracted navigators,
creating the availability of rapid response funding, and purchasing equipment and


Page 158

other administrative needs, for an annual cost of an approximately $2.3 million.
Attachment B provides a detailed breakdown of the annual and one-time costs
associated with the recommendation.

The 11 full-time positions will include the following:
· Assistant City Attorney III in the Public Defender's Office
· Legal Assistant in the Public Defender's Office
· Casework Services Coordinator in the Public Defender's Office
· Two Attorney IIIs in the Prosecutor's Office
· Court/Legal Clerk I in the Prosecutor's Office
· Legal Assistant in the Prosecutor's Office
· Administrative Assistant II in the Prosecutor's Office
· Two Bailiffs in the Municipal Court
· Program Manager in the Office of Homeless Solutions

The 10 contracted staff will include the following:
· One lead navigator helping manage the entire navigation team
· Two court navigators focused on working with individuals identified in regular court
proceedings
· Three external navigators engaged throughout the community at the early stages of
the Community Court process
· Four jail navigators to assist individuals entering through Jail Court

Additionally, the rapid response funding will enable staff to quickly support individuals
seeking stable housing, at risk of losing housing, or other related challenges or needs.

Financial Impact
Staff estimates the annual cost of establishing the Phoenix Community Court will be
approximately $2.3 million with one-time costs of $45,000 for vehicles and other
equipment. Costs will be incorporated into the Fiscal Year (FY) 2023-24 estimate and
FY 2024-25 budget during the annual technical review process.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On June 14, 2023, the Public Safety and Justice Subcommittee recommended
approval by the City Council to establish the Phoenix Community Court.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays, and the Police, Law, City
Prosecutor, Public Defender and Homeless Solutions departments.



Page 159
ATTACHMENT A

Phoenix Community Court


1. Identified in Jail
2. Homelessness
Assessment
CITATION /
3. Navigators engaged Arraignment
4. Release with COMPLAINT
/ Pre-Trial
navigation support Jail Court
Conference
Appearance
at Regular
Court


Determination




Prosecutor
determines if the
individual qualifies
for Community Court.
Community Court




SERVICES NEEDS ASSESSMENT / SCREENING
Navigator meets with the individual


Community Court
Team and Navigator
update Services Plan
CUSTOMIZED COURT based on program
SERVICES PLAN APPEARANCES participation and
ongoing Court
appearances.




RESOLUTION




Returned to
Graduation OR Regular Court



Page 160
ATTACHMENT B

Phoenix Community Court Proposal



Estimated Annual Costs Amount

Adding 11 City Employees $ 1,431,900
Hiring 10 Contracted Navigators $ 620,000
Administrative Costs $ 25,000
Rapid Response Funding $150,000
Total Annual Cost $2,226,900



Estimated One-Time Costs Amount

Three Vehicles $ 30,000
Other Equipment $ 15,000
Total One-Time Costs $45,000




Page 161



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Amend City Code - Chapter 8 Animals - Sections 8-1 and 8-3
(Ordinance G-7131)

Request to amend Phoenix City Code, Chapter 8 Animals, sections 8-1 and 8-3.

Summary
Staff conducted a review of the City's Animal Cruelty Ordinance with input from animal
welfare organizations, several city departments, including the Police Department,
Prosecutor's Office, Neighborhood Services as well as City Council offices. As a result
of this review, staff proposes several updates intended to modernize, strengthen and
clarify the ordinance. These proposed updates include the following:
· Definitions of "Animal" and "Livestock"
· Definition of "Adequate Shelter"
· Requirements for restraint of a dog (tethering)

Definitions of "Animal" and "Livestock"
Staff proposes to revise the definition of "animal" to exclude "livestock", which has its
own definition. This update will help staff determine the appropriate response to animal
cruelty with a more well defined application of the ordinance.

Current language:
"Animal means a mammal, bird, reptile, or amphibian, but excludes rodents…"

Proposed language:
"Animal means a mammal, bird, reptile, or amphibian, but excludes livestock and
rodents…"
"Livestock is defined earlier in the ordinance as meat animals, horses, sheep, goats,
swine, mules and asses."

Definition of "Adequate Shelter"
Staff proposes to add the definition of "adequate shelter" to ensure animals are under
proper care.

Current language:
"Cruel neglect means fail to provide an animal with the necessary food that is


Page 162

appropriate for the species and fit for consumption, water that is suitable for drinking or
shelter suitable for weather conditions."

Proposed language:
"Cruel neglect means fail to provide an animal with the necessary food that is
appropriate for the species and fit for consumption, water that is suitable for drinking or
adequate shelter."

"Adequate shelter means any natural or artificial cover accessible throughout the year.
The shelter shall be structurally sound, maintained in good repair to protect the animal
from injury, and of sufficient size to permit the animal to enter, stand, turn around and
lie down in a natural manner. Shelter must protect the animal from extreme weather
conditions, have adequate ventilation and drainage, and shall be maintained in a
manner which minimizes the risk of disease, infestations or parasites."

Unlawful Restraint of a Dog
Staff propose to update the portions of the ordinance that consider the restraint of a
dog (tethering). The intention of the updates is to better align with recommended best
practices and clarify the use of restraints under the other updates detailed in this
report.

Current language:
"A restraint means a chain, rope, tether, leash, cable or other device that attaches a
dog to a stationary object or trolley system."

Staff does not recommend a prohibition on all types of “tethering” as it may cause an
increase in calls for loose animals, could subject citizens to criminal penalty if their
loose animal were to cause harm to others, or cause citizens that have no confinement
options to no longer own an animal or have a family pet. In order to address concerns
regarding tethering or restraining dogs, staff recommends limiting the types of
materials that can be used to remove "chain" from lawful options.

Proposed language:
"A restraint means a rope, tether, leash, cable or device other than a chain that
attaches a dog to a stationary object or trolley system."

Current language:
"An owner shall not restrain a dog outside by use of a restraint that unreasonably limits
the dog’s movement or during extreme weather conditions.

A restraint unreasonably limits a dog’s movement if the restraint:


Page 163


1. Uses a collar that is not properly fitted to the dog;
2. Is in length shorter than ten feet;
3. Places the dog in unsafe or unsanitary conditions;
4. Causes injury to the dog; or
5. Does not permit the dog access to food, water, shade, dry ground, or shelter."

The proposed language clarifies the types of collars that may not be used for tethering.
The proposed language also clarifies that access to food, water, shade, dry ground
and adequate shelter, as defined under the proposed definition, must be provided at all
times.

Proposed language:
"An owner shall not restrain a dog outside by use of a choke collar or pinch collar, or a
restraint that unreasonably limits the dog’s movement or during extreme weather
conditions.
A restraint unreasonably limits a dog’s movement if the restraint:
1. Uses a collar that is not properly fitted to the dog;
2. Is in length shorter than ten feet;
3. Places the dog in unsafe or unsanitary conditions;
4. Causes injury to the dog; or
5. Does not permit the dog access to food, water, shade, dry ground, or adequate
shelter at all times."

With these proposed ordinance updates, upcoming educational campaign, and
additional focus on hearing participation, staff will work to reduce the number of
violations throughout the City of Phoenix, particularly during the hot summer months.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On June 14, 2023, the Public Safety and Justice Subcommittee recommended the City
Council amend the City's Animal Ordinance.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police and Law
departments.




Page 164



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Transfer of Retirement Funds to Arizona State Retirement System (Ordinance S-
49952)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to transfer retirement funds for
Alisha Solano in the amount of $58,451.92 to the Arizona State Retirement System.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse the funds.

Summary
Pursuant to Arizona Revised Statutes, Sections 38-730 and 38-922, retirement service
credits for former members of the City of Phoenix Employees’ Retirement System
(COPERS) may be transferred to the Arizona State Retirement System upon approval
by the City Council. The following former City of Phoenix employee has requested
transfer of the balance of her credited service:

Solano, Alisha: $58,451.92

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was approved by the COPERS Board at the June 1, 2023 meeting.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Retirement
Office.




Page 165



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization for the Issuance of Water Obligations for the Water Department's
Capital Improvement Program (Ordinance S-49999)

An ordinance authorizing the City Manager to cause the issuance of obligations of or
by a municipal property corporation or by a private leasing company as short-term
and/or long-term obligations and to issue long-term obligations to refund short-term
obligations, including execution and delivery of all leases and other agreements
necessary or appropriate for the financing costs of expanding and improving the water
system of the City in a principal amount not to exceed $900 million, and in an amount
necessary to refund currently outstanding obligations issued for such purposes and in
each case, related financing costs; granting an exemption to Phoenix City Code
section 42-18 to include indemnification and legal remedy limitations, and authorizing
the City Controller to expend all necessary funds therefore.

Summary
As part of the rate setting process, the Water Services Department provided the City
Council with an overview of Water Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) infrastructure
needs over the next five years totaling over $1.5 billion. The Chief Financial Officer
expects to fund approximately $900,000,000 of the Water CIP with debt financing,
consisting of issuing tax-exempt bonds and entering into Water Infrastructure Finance
Authority (WIFA) of Arizona loans.

Financial Impact
This ordinance provides authorization to issue obligations to fund the Water CIP. All
expenditures related to the issuance and payment of any such obligations will be
funded by Water Services revenues.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 166



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization for the Issuance of Wastewater Obligations for the Water
Department's Capital Improvement Program (Ordinance S-49998)

An ordinance authorizing the City Manager to cause the issuance of obligations of or
by a municipal property corporation or by a private leasing company as short-term
and/or long-term obligations and to issue long-term obligations to refund short-term
obligations, including execution and delivery of all leases and other agreements
necessary or appropriate for the financing costs of expanding and improving the
wastewater treatment system of the City in a principal amount not to exceed $830
million, and in an amount necessary to refund currently outstanding obligations issued
for such purposes and in each case, related financing costs; granting an exemption to
Phoenix City Code section 42-18 to include indemnification and legal remedy
limitations, and authorizing the City Controller to expend all necessary funds therefore.

Summary
As part of the rate revenue setting process, the Water Services Department provided
the City Council with an overview of Wastewater Capital Improvement Plan (CIP)
infrastructure needs over the next five years totaling over $1.4 billion. The Chief
Financial Officer expects to fund approximately $830,000,000 of the Wastewater CIP
with debt financing, consisting of issuing tax-exempt bonds and entering into a Water
Infrastructure Finance Authority (WIFA) of Arizona loan.

Financial Impact
This ordinance provides authorization to issue obligations to fund the Wastewater CIP.
All expenditures related to the issuance and payment of any such obligations will be
funded by Water Services wastewater revenues.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton and the Finance Department.




Page 167



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Apply for the United States Environmental Protection Agency Environmental
Justice Government-to-Government Program Grant Opportunity for Federal
Fiscal Year 2022-23 - Federal Inflation Reduction Act Funding (Ordinance S-
49927)

Request to retroactively authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to apply for,
accept and, if awarded, enter into an agreement for disbursement of Federal funding
from the United States Environmental Protection Agency through the Federal Fiscal
Year 2022-23 Environmental Justice Government-to-Government Program grant
opportunity. If awarded, the funding will be used to pilot a Community Cool Corridor led
by community-based organizations in South-Central Phoenix. Further request to
authorize the City Treasurer to accept, and the City Controller to disburse, all funds
related to this item. Funding for this grant opportunity is available through the Federal
Inflation Reduction Act. The total grant funds applied for will not exceed $1 million, and
there is no local match required from the City. There is no impact to the General Fund.

Summary
The Office of Environmental Programs (OEP) worked with other City departments to
submit a grant application to the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
through the Federal Fiscal Year 2022-23 Environmental Justice Government-to-
Government (EJG2G) Program to fund a project to pilot the cool corridor concept in a
South Phoenix neighborhood. This Community Cool Corridor pilot project is expected
to mitigate climate and health risks from urban heat islands and extreme heat; facilitate
engagement, education and training of marginalized communities; and empower
community-based partners to implement resiliency and adaptation at a local level.

This project will include significant collaboration with community-based organizations
to provide the opportunity for residents to become directly involved in decision-making
to address environmental and public health challenges. This project implements
visions and actions already identified and recommended by the South-Central
community through previously completed transit, heat, and tree and shade plans. This
community led project enhances access to existing and future transit, integrates
publicly accessible drinking water, promotes opportunities for shade, and utilizes
Green Stormwater Infrastructure (GSI) within the right-of-way, to achieve a more
localized cooling effect. Art, culture and wayfinding will be incorporated into the project


Page 168

to celebrate this unique community. Through this project, resident and community
partnerships will create shared knowledge, installation and maintenance of native
trees, shrubs and GSI features by strengthening connections to existing community
destinations such as parks, schools, and libraries. This pilot will enable the City to
evaluate and replicate this model across varying context and community priorities.

The EJG2G grant submittal deadline was April 14, 2023.

Due to the timing of the deadlines and a shortage of City staff, the application was
submitted prior to obtaining City Council approval. If City Council does not approve this
retroactive request, the application will be withdrawn by OEP.

Financial Impact
The estimated total cost for the project is $1 million. No matching funds are required.
Grant funds will be managed through OEP and reimbursed through the United States
EPA. Potential grant funding received is available through the Federal Inflation
Reduction Act, from the United States EPA through the Federal Fiscal Year 2022-23
EJG2G grant opportunity.

Location
The project focuses on a smaller geographic segment of the South-Central
Communities identified as the North Area within the South Central TOD Community
Plan.
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers Mario Paniagua and Alan Stephenson
and the Office of Environmental Programs.




Page 169



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
American Rescue Plan Act Affordable Housing Gap Financing Program
Amendment (Ordinance S-50022)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Ordinance S-49895
amending the entity name listed from Morgan and Associates to Acacia Heights III
LLC, Trinity Housing Development LLC, Acacia Heights III Manager LLC, Housing for
Hope, Inc., Catholic Charities Community Services, or a City-approved nominee;
amending the project address from 615 W. Pierson St. to 4747 N. 7th Ave., for the
Acacia Heights III affordable housing development project; and to take all actions and
execute all documents to complete the loan. Further request to authorize the City
Controller to disburse all funds for the life of the contract.

Summary
The American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Affordable Housing Gap Financing program
will provide the entity with a low-interest loan to subsidize the creation of affordable
units serving households at or below 65 percent of the Area Median Income for a
minimum period of 20 years. The Acacia Heights III project is located at 4747 N. 7th
Ave. and plans to provide a total of 68 affordable units of which 41 will be ARPA funded
units.

Financial Impact
This program is funded by ARPA, and there is no impact to the General Fund.

Loan execution is anticipated for Fiscal Year 2023-24.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On June 14, 2023, the Phoenix City Council approved the entity under the name
Morgan and Associates.

Location
4747 N. 7th Ave.
Council District: 4




Page 170




Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Housing
Department.




Page 171



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
American Rescue Plan Act Affordable Housing Gap Financing Program
Amendment (Ordinance S-50023)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Ordinance S-49896
amending the entity name listed as Partners for Housing Solutions to Mesquite Terrace
Apartments LLC, Mesquite Terrace Apartments Manager LLC, Trinity Housing
Development LLC, H4H Mesquite Terrace LLC, Housing for Hope Inc., Catholic
Charities Community Services, or a City-approved nominee for the Mesquite Terrace
Apartments affordable housing development project, and to take all actions and
execute all documents to complete the loan. Further request to authorize the City
Controller to disburse all funds for the life of the contract.

Summary
The American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Affordable Housing Gap Financing program
will provide the entity with a low-interest loan to subsidize the creation of affordable
units serving households at or below 65 percent of the Area Median Income for a
minimum period of 20 years. The Mesquite Terrace Apartment project is located at
5055 N. 19th Ave. and plans to provide a total of 297 affordable units of which 41 will
be ARPA funded units.

Financial Impact
This program is funded by ARPA, and there is no impact to the General Fund.

Loan execution is anticipated for Fiscal Year 2023-24.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On June 14, 2023, the Phoenix City Council approved the entity under the name
Partners for Housing Solutions.

Location
5055 N. 19th Ave.
Council District: 4




Page 172


Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Housing
Department.




Page 173



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
American Rescue Plan Act Affordable Housing Gap Financing Program -
Amendment (Ordinance S-50024)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Ordinance S-49897
amending the entity name from Ulysses Development to Ulysses Development Group,
South 12th St. Owner LLC, South 12th St. UDG Developer LLC, Affordable Housing
Institute, Inc., or a City-approved nominee for the 12th Street Apartments affordable
housing development project, and to take all actions and execute all documents to
complete the loan. Further request the City Controller to disburse all funds for the life
of the contract.

Summary
The American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Affordable Housing Gap Financing program
will provide the entity with a low-interest loan to subsidize the creation of affordable
units serving households at or below 65 percent of the Area Median Income for a
minimum period of 20 years. The 12th Street Apartments project is located at 3616
and 3624 S.12th St. and plans to provide a total of 126 affordable units, eight of which
will be ARPA funded units.

Financial Impact
This program is funded by ARPA, and there is no impact to the General Fund.

Loan execution is anticipated for Fiscal Year 2023-24.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On June 14, 2023, the Phoenix City Council approved the entity under the name
Ulysses Development.

Location
3616 and 3624 S. 12th St.
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Housing
Department.


Page 174



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
American Rescue Plan Act Affordable Housing Gap Financing Program
Amendment (Ordinance S-50025)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Ordinance S-49892
amending the entity name listed from Chicanos Por La Causa to Chicanos Por La
Causa Inc., Chicanos Por La Causa Land Bank LLC, 25th & Bell LIHTC LLC, or a City-
approved nominee for the 25th @ Bell Apartments, and to take all actions and execute
all documents to complete the loan. Further request the City Controller to disburse all
funds for the life of the contract.

Summary
The American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Affordable Housing Gap Financing program
will provide the entity a low-interest loan to subsidize the creation of affordable units
serving households at or below 65 percent of the Area Median Income for a minimum
period of 20 years. The 25th @ Bell Apartments project is located at 16801 N. 25th St.
and plans to provide 53 affordable units of which 11 will be ARPA funded units.

Financial Impact
This program is funded by ARPA, and there is no impact to the General Fund.

Loan execution is anticipated for Fiscal Year 2023-24.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On June 14, 2023, the Phoenix City Council approved the entity under the name
Chicanos Por La Causa.

Location
16801 N. 25th St.
Council District: 2

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Housing
Department.




Page 175



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into Purchase and Sale Agreements with the Isaac School
District and Phoenix Community Enhancement, LLC. (Ordinance S-50009)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to allow the City to enter
into purchase and sale agreements (Agreements) with the Isaac School District
(District) and Phoenix Community Enhancement, LLC (PCE) for the acquisition and
immediate resale of approximately 3.4 acres of certain real property located at 3101
W. McDowell Road. This transaction will help facilitate the development of the Bret
Tarver Terrace Affordable Housing Project that will be operated pursuant to the terms
of a long-term ground lease between PCE and UMOM Housing 9, LLC (UMOM).
Additionally request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into
any additional agreements necessary to close this transaction. Further request
authorization for the City Treasurer to accept, and City Controller to disburse, any
funds under the term of the Agreements.

Summary
The City received a request from the Superintendent of the District to participate in the
sale of approximately 3.4 acres of surplus real estate (Property). Under Arizona law,
the District may only sell or lease school property to the State of Arizona, a county, a
city, another school district or a tribal government agency required for a public purpose
if the sale or lease of the property will not affect the normal operations of a school
within the District. The Property is to be developed to support the Bret Tarver Terrace
Affordable Housing Project (Project), which will create 96 affordable housing units of
which 87 units will serve households at 60 percent Area Median Income (AMI) and 9
units will serve households at 50 percent AMI. Under the terms of the Agreements, the
District shall sell the Property to the City, and upon taking title, the City shall record a
Land Use Restriction Agreement (LURA) with the Maricopa County Recorder requiring
the use of the Property be restricted to further the public purpose of increasing the
supply of affordable housing. The LURA will require affordability for a minimum period
of 40 years. Thereafter, the City shall immediately convey the Property to PCE, a
special purpose nonprofit and wholly controlled affiliate of the Phoenix Industrial
Development Authority (IDA). As required under the terms of the Agreements, PCE
shall enter into a long-term ground lease with UMOM to develop the Project. The
purchase price for the Property will be the lump sum rental payment under the long-
term ground lease paid by UMOM to PCE. The District’s Governing Board authorized


Page 176

the sale of the Property under the structure contemplated herein on June 8, 2023.

Financial Impact
There will be no financial impact to the City. The purchase price paid to the District for
the Property shall be the lump sum rental payment under the long-term ground lease
paid by UMOM to PCE. In addition, under the terms of the Agreements, PCE shall pay
any and all associated costs incurred by the City in connection with these transactions
including, but not limited to, any title, insurance and closing costs.

Location
3101 W. McDowell Road
Council District: 4

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Housing
Department.




Page 177



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Grant Writing Services Qualified Vendor List (Ordinance S-49961)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to award and enter into
contracts with responsive offerors to the Request for Qualifications (RFQu) for Grant
Writing Services. Further request authorization for the City Controller to disburse funds
in an amount not to exceed $395,000 for the life of the Qualified Vendor List (QVL).
Funding is available from the Human Services, Housing and Neighborhood Services
departments' budgets.

Summary
The City of Phoenix Human Services Department (HSD) provides a comprehensive
array of services to help people meet emergency, short-and long-term needs, and help
every individual reach their highest level of self-sufficiency.

The Housing Department (Housing) creates a stronger and more vibrant Phoenix
through increased housing options for residents at all income levels and family sizes.

The Neighborhood Services Department (NSD) partners with residents in building to
preserve, enhance and engage Phoenix neighborhoods. NSD helps neighbors work
together to connect, identify needs, build consensus, coordinate and advocate for their
neighborhoods.

To assist in further elevating the services provided by HSD, Housing, and NSD, the
departments seek to create a QVL with experienced professional grant writing
consultants with a proven track record of researching, developing, writing, preparing
and submitting successfully awarded grant proposals from diverse funding sources.
The goal is to identify one or more grant writers who would be engaged on an as-
needed project basis to assist program staff in pursuing grants and other funding
opportunities.

Procurement Information
RFQu-22-MSD-62 was conducted in accordance with City of Phoenix Administrative
Regulation 3.10. HSD received a total of eight offers on May 1, 2023, and all offers
were determined to be responsive and responsible to the solicitation requirements.



Page 178

The Procurement Officer evaluated all offers for Pass/Fail criterion on the following
minimum qualifications:
· Experience writing at least two successful grant applications on behalf of one or
more local governments from a federal, state, local, non-profit or private foundation
grant opportunity.
· Knowledge of researching and identifying potential grant opportunities.
· Skills in demographic data collection and analysis.
· Staffing and/or capacity and sufficient resources to complete tasks of the Scope of
Work.

The following offerors met all solicitation criteria and are recommended to be added to
the QVL:
· Ascend Nonprofit and Business Solutions, LLC
· Conethic Consulting Services, LLC
· Connected Philanthropy, LLC
· Hagerty Consulting, Inc.
· Intuitive Group, LLC
· NCW ‘GRANTS’ & Associates, PLCC
· River and Sparks, LLC
· Witt O’Brien’s, LLC

Contract Term
This QVL will be in effect from July 1, 2023, through June 30, 2028.

Financial Impact
Expenditures will not exceed $395,000 for the life of the QVL. Funding is available
from the Human Services, Housing, and Neighborhood Services departments'
budgets.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services,
Housing, and Neighborhood Services departments.




Page 179



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Enter Into a Agreement with the Booker T. Washington Child
Development Center for Use of a Modular Building for the Head Start Birth to
Five Program (Ordinance S-49907)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an agreement
with the Booker T. Washington Child Development Center to lease a modular building
for the Head Start Birth to Five Program. Further request authority to enter related
agreements to sublease and license the modular building to Head Start program
partners.

Summary
The Human Services Department requests to enter into a 15-year agreement with
Booker T. Washington Child Development Center to lease a modular building to
operate the Head Start Birth to Five Program. The Booker T. Washington Child
Development Center Head Start program has grown and requires more office space
and meeting rooms for its administrative staff, teachers, and community partners. The
new modular building will be placed in the same vicinity, ensuring continuity of services
for children and families in the area.

The Office of Head Start requires an agreement allowing use for a minimum of 15
years for any modular building purchased with Head Start grant funds and placed on
land owned by another entity. The City will lease the modular from Booker T.
Washington Child Development Center and sublease and license the modular to Head
Start program partners to ensure the modular is used for Head Start activities for a 15-
year period.

The lease at Booker T. Washington Child Development Center includes plumbing,
electricity, water, fencing, parking, a playground and access to the main campus.

Contract Term
The term of the facility use agreement will be 15 years from the installation of the
modular building, beginning on or about July 1, 2023, and ending on or about Aug. 1,
2038.




Page 180

Financial Impact
The Booker T. Washington Child Development Center does not charge a lease amount
or taxes for the property where the modular building will be placed. Consideration for
any subleases to Head Start Birth to Five Program sub-recipients and contractors will
be based on the subleasee's performance of Head Start Birth to Five Program
activities within the modular building.

Concurance/Previous Council Action
On May 8, 2023, the Head Start Birth to Five Policy Council approved this item by a
vote of 8-0.

Location
1519 E. Adams St.
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 181



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Amend the Facility Use Agreement Between the City of Phoenix Head
Start Birth to Five Program and the Alhambra Elementary School District
(Ordinance S-49913)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or appointed designee, to amend Facility Use
Agreement (FUA) 145634 with the Alhambra Elementary School District to authorize
payment of up to $100,000 for upgrades and renovations to district-owned buildings
used by the Head Start Birth to Five Program. Further, request to authorize the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. There is no impact on the General
Fund. Funding is provided by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services
Office of Head Start.

Summary
In July 2017, the City of Phoenix Head Start Birth to Five Program entered into an FUA
with the Alhambra Elementary School District to use space at 4730 W. Campbell Ave.
for an Early Head Start Home-Based socialization site and office space for staff. The
space houses six City of Phoenix Head Start Birth to Five staff. It is also used bi-
weekly for Early Head Start families living in the Alhambra Elementary School District
to interact and socialize.

The amendment to the FUA will provide a mechanism for the City of Phoenix Head
Start Birth to Five Program to pay a percentage of upgrades and renovations to district
-owned buildings. The upgrades and renovations include repairs to the Early Head
Start socialization classrooms, such as replacing the sink, replacing ceiling tiles, and
painting to ensure a healthy and safe environment for families during bi-weekly
socializations.

Contract Term
The current term of the FUA is July 1, 2022, through June 30, 2026.

Financial Impact
The contract total will not exceed $100,000. Funding is provided by the Office of Head
Start. There is no impact on the General Fund.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action


Page 182

On May 8, 2023, the Head Start Birth to Five Policy Council approved this item by a
vote of 8-0.

Location
Alhambra Preschool Academy, Building J at 4730 W. Campbell Ave.
Council District: 5

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 183



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into Contract with Community Legal Services to Provide
Tenants Eviction Assistance Project Services (Ordinance S-49929)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into contract with
Community Legal Services, Inc. (CLS) in an amount not to exceed $300,000 to provide
legal assistance, advocacy and representation to Phoenix tenants facing eviction
proceedings through local Justice Courts. Further request authorization for the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. Funding is provided from the
Arizona Department of Economic Security (DES). There is no impact to the General
Fund.

Summary
To address the impacts of COVID-19 and rising evictions on housing stability, in June
2020, CLS created the Tenants Eviction Assistance Project (TEAP) with financial
support through the City of Phoenix Human Services Department Community Services
Block Grant (CSBG) allocation. TEAP is staffed with attorneys providing legal
assistance, advocacy and representation to low-income Phoenix residents
experiencing eviction and court action. CLS does not charge a fee for this service and
has an established relationship with the Phoenix-area Justice Courts. CLS also has
considerable familiarity in working with low income and vulnerable populations.

The City Council approved Ordinance S-47988 for a new contract, Contract 155937
with CLS on October 6, 2021. This contract expired on September 30, 2022. City staff
and CLS began discussions to continue the much needed services shortly thereafter,
needing to identify a continuing fund source. Community Services Block Grant (CSBG)
funding has been identified to resume services for the next six months.

Contract Term
The term of the contract will begin on or about July 1, 2023 through June 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
The total value of this contract shall not exceed $300,000. Funding is provided from
the Arizona Department of Economic Security through its CSBG allocation to the City
of Phoenix Human Services Department. There is no impact to the General Fund.



Page 184

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 185



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Amend Emergency Shelter/Heat Related Respite Operator and
Supportive Services Qualified Vendor List (Ordinance S-49924)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to amend the Request for
Qualifications (RFQ) for Emergency Shelter/Heat Related Respite Operator and
Supportive Services Qualified Vendor List to add $13.3 million for a new not to exceed
amount of $23.3 million. Further request authorization for the City Controller to
disburse funds for the life of the Qualified Vendor List (QVL). Funding is available in
the Human Services Department operating budget and the Fiscal Year (FY) 2023
Arizona Department of Housing (ADOH) Homelessness Shelter and Services Fund.

Summary
The City of Phoenix Office of Homeless Solutions (OHS) provides support and
services for persons experiencing homelessness and is committed to ending
homelessness through a comprehensive, regional approach to housing and services.
With the dramatic rise of unsheltered individuals experiencing homelessness during
and after the COVID-19 pandemic, OHS is allocating additional resources to serve this
population and focus on housing and services for those most vulnerable. Qualified
vendors from this procurement could be awarded future contracts for specific projects
when opportunities become available. Examples of contracts that could be awarded
include city-owned projects in need of temporary emergency shelter/heat related
respite operators and/or supportive services to individuals or families experiencing
homelessness.

Contract Term
The term of the QVL is from Feb. 1, 2023, through June 30, 2028.

Financial Impact
The total cost of the contracts will not exceed $23.3 million over the life of the QVL.
Funding is available in the Human Services Department operating budget and FY
2023 ADOH Homelessness Shelter and Services Fund.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On Jan. 25, 2023, the City Council approved the QVL with Ordinance S-49352.



Page 186

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 187



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Accept Local Utility Assistance Funding from the Arizona Community
Action Association dba Wildfire (Ordinance S-49944)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an
agreement with the Arizona Community Action Association, DBA Wildfire, to accept
local utility assistance funds in an amount not to exceed $322,210 for the period of
July 1, 2023, through June 30, 2024. Further request authorization for the City
Treasurer to accept, and the City Controller to disburse, all funds related to this item.
There is no impact to the General Fund.

Summary
Funds provided to the City of Phoenix through this agreement will be used to assist
low-income individuals and families by removing barriers to self-sufficiency through
utility bill assistance. This funding will allow the City of Phoenix to provide financial
assistance to approximately 1,000 households to eliminate the threat of utility
disconnection.

Contract Term
The contract term is one year beginning July 1, 2023 and ending June 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
Funding for Fiscal Year 2023-24 will be provided by various local funding sources
awarded by the Arizona Community Action Association DBA Wildfire. There is no
impact to the General Fund.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 188



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Retroactive Authorization to Apply for, Accept and Disburse Arizona Department
of Housing Grant Funding (Ordinance S-49987)

Request retroactive authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to apply for
and accept Arizona Department of Housing (ADOH) grant funding in an amount not to
exceed $13.3 million. Further request to authorize the City Treasurer to accept, and
the City Controller to disburse, all funds related to this item for the life of the grant.

Summary
ADOH provides funding for housing and housing related services and currently has
available funding for homeless shelter and services. The available grant funding will be
used for programs that provide shelter and services to unsheltered persons who are
experiencing homelessness. Allowable activities include, but are not limited to:
operating support; motel and hotel vouchers; the acquisition and conversion of
temporary accommodations such as hotels and motels; and other quick occupancy
housing solutions. Funding will be used in support of efforts to address the issues
around the Human Services Campus. This request is retroactive because there was a
short window to apply, and there was not adequate time to request authority prior to
the submission due date.

Contract Term
The grant term will begin on or about July 1, 2023 and end on or about June 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
Funding in an amount up to $13.3 million will be provided by ADOH. No matching
funds are required. There is no impact to the General Fund.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 189



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Retroactive Authorization to Accept and Disburse Grant Funding from the
Arizona Child and Family Advocacy Network (Ordinance S-50012)

Request retroactive authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to accept
grant funding in an amount not to exceed $72,512.17 from the Arizona Child and
Family Advocacy Network (ACFAN). Further request to authorize the City Treasurer to
accept, and the City Controller to disburse, all funds related to this item. Funding is
available from ACFAN.

Summary
ACFAN provides a coordinated, evidence-based response to crime victims who have
been abused through a multidisciplinary team approach using co-located facilities.
Multidisciplinary teams consist of the following areas: Victim Advocacy, Law
Enforcement, Arizona Department of Child Safety, Prosecutors, Forensic Interviewers,
Medical and Mental Health professionals, and Community Partners.

Funding awarded to the City of Phoenix Human Services Department, Family
Advocacy Center (FAC) will be used to provide children and adult victims of crime with
mental health services at the FAC. These services are provided by professionals with
training, who deliver trauma-informed, evidence-supported, mental health treatment.
Funding also supports mental health services for FAC staff as they and their partners
in law enforcement, child welfare, social services, and prosecution are on the front
lines of the worst cases of child abuse and domestic violence.

The Human Services Department was notified on June 8, 2023, of the award thus not
allowing time to request authorization to accept the funding in advance.

Contract Term
ACFAN does not require the City to execute a contract to receive these grant funds.
Funds must be expended by March 29, 2024.

Financial Impact
Expenditures will not exceed $72,512.17. Funding is available from ACFAN. There is
no impact to the General Fund.



Page 190

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 191



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Accept and Disburse Area Agency on Aging, Region One, Inc.
Grant for Home Delivered Meals Program (Ordinance S-49975)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to accept annual home
delivered meals funding from the Area Agency on Aging, Region One, Inc. (AAA) in the
amount of $2,450,000. Further request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept,
and for the City Controller to disburse, all funds related to this item.

Summary
In spring of 2019, the City of Phoenix was awarded a five-year grant which began July
1, 2019, and ends June 30, 2024. Funds provided to the City of Phoenix through AAA
are used to fund the City’s Home Delivered Meals (HDM) program. The HDM program
assists with increasing the nutrient intake of at-risk older adults who are homebound
and/or disabled, to allow them to remain independent in their homes.

The Human Services Department (HSD), through a contracted vendor, is projected to
prepare and deliver approximately 300,000 nutritionally balanced meals to homebound
and disabled seniors annually.

Contract Term
The initial term of the contract under the five-year grant began July 1, 2019, through
June 30, 2020, with four one-year options to extend determined by AAA. AAA requires
the City to reapply for funding and enter into a new contract for each additional year
authorized under the grant.

The term of this contract extension is for the final year of the grant which will begin July
1, 2023, and end June 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
The contract amount for Fiscal Year (FY) 2023-24 shall not exceed $2,450,000. The
term of this contract is from July 1, 2023, through June 30, 2024. There is a 10 percent
match requirement that will be addressed through in-kind, program donations from
program participants, and general fund.




Page 192

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· Ordinance S-44610 was adopted on May 16, 2018, authorizing HSD to contract
with Selrico Services, Inc. for food management of the Senior Programs
Congregate Meal and HDM programs. Selrico Services produces and delivers
meals according to the specified AAA standards for the HDM program grant. The
contract term for Selrico Services is July 1, 2018, through June 30, 2023, with one
two-year options to extend.
· Ordinance S-45521 was adopted on April 3, 2019, authorizing HSD to apply for,
accept funding from and enter into the initial contract with AAA for an amount up to
$2,082,325 annually.
· Ordinance S-47112 was adopted on Nov. 18, 2020, authorizing HSD to accept an
additional $2,843,045 in funding for FY 2020-21.
· Ordinance S-47312 was adopted on Feb. 17, 2021, authorizing HSD to accept an
additional $500,000 in funding for FY 2020-21.
· Ordinance S-47799 was adopted on July 1, 2021, authorizing HSD to accept an
additional $5,425,370 in funding for FY 2021-22.
· Ordinance S-48842 was adopted July 1, 2022, authorizing HSD to accept an
additional $2,652,288 in funding for FY 2022-23.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 193



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Amend Contract with the Industrial Development Authority of
the City of Phoenix to Provide Case Management and Housing Navigation
Services for Mobile Home Residents (Ordinance S-50013)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Contract 157712
with the Industrial Development Authority of the City of Phoenix (IDA) to add an
additional $320,000 for a total contract value not to exceed $620,000 over the life of
the contract. Further, request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. There is no impact to the General Fund. Funding is available
through the City's allocation of the American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) and is in the
Utility and Rental Assistance program of the strategic plan.

Summary
The Human Services Department entered into Contract 157712 with the IDA for
housing navigation and financial assistance services for displaced mobile home park
residents up to $300,000 to include holistic case management as a priority. Services
may also include access to physical health care, behavioral health care, nutrition
assistance, cash assistance, workforce development, and assistance with emergency
rental/utility and housing voucher applications. This contract amendment will allow for
continued services to residents of Las Casitas and Weldon Court Mobile Home Parks
and will include assistance to individuals currently or formerly residing at Periwinkle
Mobile Home Park, located at 2728 W. Colter Street.

Contract Term
The term of the contract began on or about Nov. 16, 2022, and ends on June 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
The total contract value will not exceed $620,000 over the life of the contract. Funding
is available through the City's allocation of ARPA funding. There is no impact to the
General Fund.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· On Nov. 16, 2022, the City Council approved the contract with Ordinance S-49188.
· On March 22, 2023, the City Council approved to reallocate $2.5 million in ARPA



Page 194

funding to provide additional navigation services for the residents of the three
mobile home parks.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Human Services
Department.




Page 195



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Online Investment Research Database Subscription - RFA 17-181 - Amendment
(Ordinance S-49922)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 145959 with Morningstar, Inc. to extend contract term. Further request to
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The additional
expenditures will not exceed $76,000.

Summary
This contract will provide continued online access to the Morningstar Investment
Research Center, an internet-based investing reference and research database. This
database is available only through Morningstar, Inc. This database provides data on
approximately 525,000 investment offerings and real-time global investment market
data. The continuation of this subscription service is necessary for the Phoenix Public
Library to offer current and accurate materials on investing to City of Phoenix
residents. The utilization of the internet-based service reduces the time and cost of
maintaining and updating these extensive reference materials in physical form.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Aug. 31, 2028.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $76,000 in additional funds, the revised total value of the contract will
not exceed $154,054. Funds are available in the Library Department’s operating
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Online Investment Research Database Subscription - Contract 145959 (Ordinance S-
43817-57) on Aug. 30, 2017;
• Online Investment Research Database Subscription - Contract 145959 (Ordinance S-
46852-18) on Aug. 26, 2020.


Page 196


Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Library
Department.




Page 197



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Library Electronic Resources and Associated Services Contract - RFQu 23-001 -
Request for Award (Ordinance S-49930)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into contracts with
multiple offerors, detailed in Attachment A, to provide electronic resources and
associated services for the Library Department. Further request to authorize the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $12,500,000.

Summary
This contract will provide electronic resources and associated services for the Library's
16 branch libraries and the Central Library. The Library serves the needs of more than
900,000 registered borrowers. The Phoenix Public Library supports the City Manager's
Strategic Plan by promoting early literacy, preparing young children for academic
success, and achieving educational excellence for all Phoenix residents.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Procurement Information
A Request for Qualifications procurement was processed in accordance with
Administrative Regulation 3.10 to establish a Qualified Vendor List (QVL).

Seventeen offerors submitted qualifications and were deemed to be responsive and
responsible. An evaluation committee of City staff evaluated those offers based on the
following minimum qualifications:

1. Provide Internet-based electronic resources in one or more of the required content
areas.
2. Disallow advertising or solicitation in content targeted towards the ages of birth up to
18 years old.
3. Support access and compatibility with all major browser applications.
4. Allow Library users to access the resources while physically onsite at any of the
Library's locations.
5. Provide access 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.


Page 198

6. Achieve and maintain a greater than 98 percent uptime over 12 months.
7. Respond to technical issues within two days.
8. Provide two business day advance notice of critical security updates.
9. Provide promotional materials that describe available resources.
10. Provide technical support at no additional cost to the Library.
11. Allow users 18 and over to opt out of receiving advertising or solicitations.
12. Include content in either English or Spanish, or both.
13. Provide an English language version of any resource interface.
14. Provide basic encryption for all user-hosted information.

After reaching consensus, the evaluation committee recommends award to the
offerors in Attachment A.

Contract Term
The contracts will begin on or about July 1, 2023, for a five-year term with no options
to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $12,500,000.

Funding is available in the Library Department's Operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Library
Department.




Page 199
Attachment A



Legistar File No.: 23-1369


Library Electronic Resources and Associated Services Contract -
RFQu 23-001 – Request for Award
After reaching consensus, the evaluation committee recommends award to
the following vendor(s):

Baker & Taylor, LLC
Brainfuse, LLC
Cengage Learning/Gale Group
EBSCO Information Services, LLC
Global Intelligence Services, LLC
Kanopy, Inc.
Library Ideas, LLC
Midwest Tape, LLC
Niche Academy, LLC
OverDrive, Inc.
PBC Guru, LLC
Pronunciator, LLC
ProQuest, LP
Springshare, LLC
STEMfinity, LLC
World Book, Inc.







Page 200



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Enter into an Intergovernmental Agreement with Arizona State
University for Opioid Response Planning

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to allow the Office of Public
Health to enter into an Intergovernmental Agreement with the Arizona Board of
Regents on behalf of Arizona State University (ASU), ASU’s Substance use and
Addiction Translational Research Network (SATRN), for the City of Phoenix Opioid and
Substance Use Response Planning. Further authorize the City Controller to disburse
all funds related to this item.

Summary
In August 2021, 90 Arizona cities and towns and all 15 counties signed on to the One
Arizona Opioid Settlement Memorandum of Understanding (“One Arizona
Agreement”). Under the One Arizona Opioid Settlement Memorandum, funds must be
used for future nationally recognized opioid strategies. Approved uses include
evidence-based, evidence-informed strategies regarding:
· Treatment of Opioid Use Disorder (OUD)
· Support for people in treatment and recovery
· Support for people who have or are at risk of developing Opioid Use Disorder
· Prevention of overdose deaths and other harms
· Prevention of opioid misuse

As part of the initial assessment and planning phase and in accordance with the One
Arizona abatement strategies, the Public Health office has outlined the following key
activities:

1. Environmental scan of existing departmental policies and practices related to
substance use and strategies identified in the One Arizona Agreement.
2. Development of trainings and professional development opportunities for City
employees related to opioid prevention, treatment, harm reduction and evidence-
based strategies.
3. Development and implementation of a resident survey.
4. Planning and implementation of community information and feedback forums.




Page 201

The Public Health Office will work with ASU’s Substance Use and Addiction
Translational Research Network (SATRN) to support the identified activities and gain
advice and assistance related to opioid response planning. SATRN’s mission is to
foster collaborations among community and university partners to conduct research
related to substance use that impact the community and residents. Through SATRN
the City of Phoenix will be able to access research expertise in substance use and
leverage skills and capacity of ASU faculty, staff, and students.

Through the IGA, ASU may support the development and analysis of staff and resident
surveys, develop reports with trends and key findings, support qualitative data
collection via community focus group and assist with informing the city’s opioid
response plan.

Additionally, ASU will develop training modules for City staff on substance use
prevention, treatment, recovery, and harm reduction. The implementation of substance
use training for government staff is an identified strategy under the ONE Arizona
Agreement.

Lastly, ASU will provide strategic advice and student time for opioid, and substance
use related activities beyond the initial assessment, planning and training.

Contract Term
The agreement will be valid for five years from the date of execution by all parties.

Financial Impact
Activities under this agreement will be funded through Opioid Settlement dollars and in
accordance with the One Arizona MOU up to a maximum of $100,000. All costs must
be agreed by both parties.

Public Outreach
This project will support public outreach through citywide community based forums and
resident surveys.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Office of Public
Health.




Page 202



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Annual Review and Updates to the Neighborhood Services Department's Code
Enforcement Policy

Request City Council approval of changes to the Neighborhood Services Department's
(NSD) Code Enforcement Policy (CEP), based on the annual review.

Summary
The CEP provides guidelines for enforcement of the Neighborhood Preservation
Ordinance, Zoning Ordinance, and portions of other city codes/ordinances enforced by
NSD. Each year, staff present a review of the policy with any recommended updates to
the City Council, as stated in the policy, which was last updated June 15, 2022.

The CEP is comprised of five sections. Sections I through III of the CEP establish the
purpose of standard code enforcement and the notification and enforcement options
available to inspection staff; define recidivist person/properties and the possible
consequences for repeat offenders; and describe the inspection and enforcement
protocols for resident complaints, with exceptions for proactive code enforcement in
the immediate area of a complaint and in strategic initiative areas. Section IV includes
information encouraging the use of hardship assistance programs for low- and
moderate-income households where funding is available. Section V provides guidance
for NSD to work cooperatively with other departments and agencies to resolve
complex and hazardous cases.

In March 2023, staff provided a presentation to the Community and Cultural
Investment Subcommittee on the required annual review of the CEP. The presentation
included the following possible updates identified by staff, City Council and the
community to clarify and clean up current language and propose additional language
to allow deviations from the standard enforcement process to address specific
violations:

· Additional language addressing hardships related to homelessness and
modification of the enforcement process to include increased communication about
available resources to support compliance.
· Clarification of exceptions regarding health, safety, episodic and egregious



Page 203

violations.
· Additional language about enforcement limitations in private communities.
· Simplification of the pre-notification requirement regarding confusing recidivist
language more appropriately provided in the Notices of Ordinance Violation (NOV).
· Revision of the definition of recidivist to 12 months to be consistent with NSD's
strategic enforcement process.

During the presentation, a member of the subcommittee also recommended NSD
include a statement of intent in the policy.

Public Outreach
Following the Subcommittee presentation, NSD held three community outreach
meetings: two virtual and one in-person. Outreach included social media (FaceBook,
Twitter, Next Door, NSD Internet website), Neighborhood Associations listed with the
Department, Arizona Multihousing Association and Arizona Association of Realtors.
Approximately 56 residents attended the meetings and provided feedback on the
proposed changes. Overall, staff received positive feedback and support for the
proposed changes, with one resident expressing concern about the proposed
language addressing hardships related to homelessness. Additionally, the community
provided input specific to short term rental properties and the length of time for NOVs.
Based on the feedback, staff added the following recommended changes:

· Statement of Intent.
· Language to address Short Term Rentals as part of the episodic violations.
· Standard timelines for NOV re-inspections, which are part of NSD's existing
standard code enforcement practice.

All staff recommended updates to the CEP are highlighted in Attachment B, with the
current CEP provided as Attachment A for reference.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On May 3, 2023, the Community and Cultural Investment Subcommittee unanimously
recommended City Council approval of the CEP updates by a vote of 4-0.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Gina Montes and the Neighborhood
Services Department.




Page 204
ATTACHMENT A
Code Enforcement Policy (effective June 15,
2022)




NEIGHBORHOOD
SERVICES
DEPARTMENT


CODE
ENFORCEMENT
POLICY
The Code Enforcement Policy,
adopted by the Phoenix City Council,
provides guidelines for enforcement of
the Neighborhood Preservation
Ordinance, Zoning Ordinance and
portions of other codes and
ordinances.



Effective June 15, 2022



Page 205
Attachment A – Code Enforcement Policy (effective June 15, 2022)




Neighborhood Services Department Mission
To Preserve, Enhance and Engage Phoenix Neighborhoods




Contact Us

Report a code violation:
phoenix.gov/myPHX311
(602) 534-4444

Check the status of a code enforcement case:
nsdonline.phoenix.gov/CodeEnforcement
(602) 534-4444

For information about the Neighborhood
Preservation Code Compliance program:
phoenix.gov/nsd/programs/compliance




For a copy of this publication in an alternate format or for reasonable accommodations contact:
Neighborhood Services Department ADA Liaison,
200 W. Washington St., Phoenix, AZ 85003.
Voice (602) 534-4444. TTY 711.
Esta información está disponible en español.

Effective June 15, 2022




Page 206
Code Enforcement Policy

I. Standard Code Enforcement

A. Purpose
It is the intent of the city of Phoenix to promote the health, safety, and welfare of the
residents of Phoenix, Arizona. Part of this responsibility includes protecting
neighborhoods from blighting and deteriorating conditions that have a negative
impact on area property values and encourage social disorder and crime. This is
achieved through ordinances and by establishing a policy to guide enforcement of
the ordinances.

B. Standard Enforcement Policy
physical environment of their neighborhoods through standards set in local ordinances.
To assist in this endeavor, the following code enforcement policy has been established
to guide the city in addressing properties with code violations.

The following actions will be taken on properties where there has been no case history
or history of violations and/or previous enforcement action:

1. Inspection/Pre-notification
When a property complaint is received, the city will respond in the
following manner:
a. Immediate Inspections
If the alleged violation concerns a potential health or safety hazard to the
neighborhood or neighbors, inclusive of open/vacant buildings, fire and/or
health hazards, unsecured pools or other health and safety hazards, the city
will respond with an immediate inspection.

b. Pre-Notification Letter
If the alleged violation is not a potential health or safety hazard, if the property
is occupied and if a mailing address is available, the city will issue a pre-
notification letter to the owner/responsible parties notifying them that specific
complaints have been received and that an inspection will be conducted
within 10 days.

Included with the pre-notification letter will be an explanation that
recidivists will receive only one official notice of ordinance violation for a
violation and that future offenses of city ordinances may result in legal
action without issuance of further notices of ordinance violation.
Information on the most common blighting violations will also be included
with the pre-notification letter.

2. Formal Notice of Ordinance Violation (NOV)
Except in cases involving health and safety violations, cases with previous
history of code violations, violations of a transient nature such as commercial
business violations, home occupation violations and violations involving
vendors, the responsible party or parties will be officially notified that a
violation has been discovered through an inspection and will be advised of
specific corrective action required. They will also be advised through this
process of what further action




Effective June 15, 2022 Page 1
Page 207
Code Enforcement Policy

will be taken by the city if they do not comply. In addition, owners/responsible
parties will be advised of available appropriate assistance as enumerated in
Section IV.B. of this policy.

Also included with the NOV to owners/responsible parties who have not
previously received the information with a pre-notification letter will be an
explanation that recidivists will receive only one official notice of ordinance
violation for a violation and that future offenses of city ordinances may result
in legal action without issuance of further notices of ordinance violation.
Information on the most common blighting violations will also be included
with the NOV.

3. Civil Citation
Owners/responsible parties who fail to comply will be subject to the issuance
of a civil citation that will be adjudicated by a hearing officer/judge. In the case
of properties that are not owner occupied the following general guidelines will
apply:
• In general, tenants/occupants will be held responsible for items
concerning routine maintenance and for personal property items.
• In situations where tenants/occupants have failed to fulfill their
responsibility for compliance with city ordinances, owners/responsible
parties may also be held accountable.
• In cases involving unoccupied properties, owners/ responsible parties will
be held accountable for all property conditions.

4. Criminal Complaint
Failure to comply with any of the preceding actions will be cause to proceed
with a criminal complaint.

5. City Abatement
The city, at its own discretion, may choose to directly abate and assess
(lien) for any and all violations that remain in non-compliance with city
ordinances or regulations.

II. Recidivists Persons/Properties

A. Purpose
The recidivist process is designed to provide relief via an expedited enforcement
process for neighborhoods experiencing problems with residents who repeatedly
violate city ordinances and who have demonstrated an inability or unwillingness to
remain a good neighbor by maintaining their property.

B. Definition
A recidivist case is a newly opened case on a property involving the same
responsible party for the same violation or any of the common blight violations as
specified in Section III (B) (4) (a), where within the last 24 months, the responsible
party has been issued a Notice of Ordinance Violation and/or civil citation, and/or had
criminal charges filed for, and/or contractual abatement initiated.




Effective June 15, 2022 Page 2
Page 208
Code Enforcement Policy


A chronic recidivist case is a case on a property where within the last 24 months the
property has had unresolved notice(s) of violation of the City codes for six months
or more, excluding time for administrative appeals or hardship assistance
processes. A chronic recidivist designation shall apply until the property has
remained in compliance for past violation(s) and any of the common blight
violations, as specified in Section III
(B) (4) (a) for a period of 90 days following the date the prior case was closed.

If unusual or mitigating circumstances warrant, the City Manager or designee may
exempt a responsible party from the recidivist designation. In such cases, the City
Manager or designee will seek input from the complainant, neighborhood
associations or block watches in the area, area residents or other staff, as
appropriate, to assist in making a determination.

C. Notification Policy
Cases with violation which have been determined to be recidivist or chronic recidivist will not be
issued a pre-notification letter or standard NOV, and will proceed immediately to one of the
following code enforcement actions based on the unique facts of the case:
• issue a NOV requiring the abatement of the violations
• issue a civil citation
• issue a criminal summons

III. Inspection/Enforcement

A. Purpose
The Neighborhood Preservation Ordinance, Zoning Ordinance and other ordinances
and codes enforced by the Neighborhood Services Department are enforced on a
complaint basis. This is designed to encourage resident, neighborhood association,
block watch or other city department participation in the enforcement process. The
graffiti supplies non- access regulations (Section 39-10 D) of the Neighborhood
Preservation Ordinance and mobile vending regulations are enforced proactively.

Anonymous complaints will be accepted with the following exceptions: illegal
commercial business complaints; when past complaints for the same alleged violation
on the same property have been found to be invalid on three or more occasions; and
in situations when a street address is not provided. Complaints in these categories
will require that the complainant provide a name and contact phone number.

B. Exceptions
Exceptions to the complaint-based enforcement policy are as follows:

1. Active Neighborhood Fight Back Areas
The Neighborhood Fight Back Program is a resident mobilization effort that
provides a temporary increase in city services to assist in community
revitalization efforts. The increased services are targeted to reduce crime,
eliminate, or prevent blight and help restore or stabilize neighborhoods.
Deviation from the complaint-




Effective June 15, 2022 Page 3
Page 209
Code Enforcement Policy

based enforcement process will take place at the request of, and with the
active support and cooperation of, area residents.

2. Neighborhood Initiative Areas
Combined with the city's long-standing commitment to improve distressed
areas, the Neighborhood Services Department is focusing resources for
concentrated and comprehensive revitalization in five Neighborhood Initiative
Areas. The concept is to concentrate resources, complete revitalization, then
move to other areas of need. The neighborhoods identified and selected
require a comprehensive approach for restoration and revitalization. Staff
works with residents so that success can be defined, and a strategy
developed to achieve it.
These and future designated NIAs will allow for non-complaint-based
inspections and enforcement.

3. Redevelopment Areas, Neighborhood Revitalization Areas or other Target
Areas the Neighborhood Services Department works with resident advisory
committees and neighborhood organizations in the city's designated
Redevelopment Areas and other Target Areas to eliminate blight and to
promote residential and commercial redevelopment and revitalization. In
order to support and complement redevelopment and revitalization efforts
within the designated redevelopment and Target Areas, systematic and non-
complaint-based code enforcement may be required.

At the request of Phoenix City Council members, certain Neighborhood
Revitalization Areas are designated by the Neighborhood Services
Department for neighborhood organization and revitalization activities.
Based upon the request of, and in partnership with, the neighborhood
organization, non- complaint-based code enforcement may be
implemented in these areas.

4. Properties in the Immediate Area which are an Obvious Detriment
or Blight
When an initial inspection is conducted, based on a complaint, the inspector may:

a. Expand upon the initial complaint on the same property and determine
whether violations exist on the following items identified by City
Council:
• High weeds/grass or dead/dry bushes, trees, weeds and/or other
vegetation
• Inoperable vehicles
• Junk, litter and/or debris
• Open/vacant buildings and structures
• Outside storage
• Fences in disrepair
• Vehicles parked on non-dustproofed surfaces or in non-permitted
areas of residential front or side yards
• Graffiti



Effective June 15, 2022 Page 4
Page 210
Code Enforcement Policy

b. Inspect additional properties in the immediate area of the initial
reported violation; and
c. Limit the inspection to those items, which appeared as violations on the
initial property on which the complaint was received; and the items listed in
III (B)(4)(a).
d. Initiate appropriate enforcement action.

5. Environmental, Imminent Hazard and/or Fire Safety Conditions
In order to maintain and protect neighborhoods from imminent hazards,
environmental hazards, fire hazards and other types of similar conditions
that may immediately endanger or place residents in peril, the city will
summarily inspect/abate any and all conditions which are discovered
without benefit of complaint.

6. Seamless Service Efforts
The Neighborhood Services Department may be called upon by other
departments or governmental agencies to partner on issues of community
concern in areas outside of the city’s designated Target Areas. It is the
department’s goal to provide seamless and coordinated service in such
circumstances to facilitate the resolution of an identified community problem.
In order to support and complement these interagency/interdepartmental
efforts, systematic and non-complaint-based code enforcement may be
implemented with the approval of the City Manager or designee.

7. City-designated Slum Properties
In an effort to comprehensively and effectively address multiple violations at
city- designated slum properties, the Neighborhood Services Department may
implement non-complaint-based code enforcement.

8. Recidivist/Chronic Recidivist Properties
To address frequently recurring violations on recidivist properties, the
Neighborhood Services Department may initiate non-complaint-based
inspections/ code enforcement on recidivist properties after case resolution to
check for a recurrence of the same violation(s) and/or any of the common
blight violations as identified in Section III. (B) (4) (a).

To assure lasting compliance on chronic recidivist properties, the Neighborhood
Services Department shall initiate non-complaint based exterior inspections/
code enforcement on designated chronic recidivist properties after case
resolution, to check for a recurrence of the same violation(s) and/or any of the
common blight violations as identified in Section III. B. (4) (a).

IV. Hardship Assistance

A. Purpose
It is the intent of the city to provide assistance to all low- and moderate-income
households that are eligible for financial assistance. Assistance will be provided in
the




Effective June 15, 2022 Page 5
Page 211
Code Enforcement Policy

form of information, referral, counseling, the provision of volunteer labor and/or
the provision of direct financial assistance.

B. Available Resources
Based upon funding availability and in some cases participant eligibility the
Neighborhood Services Department will provide or coordinate the following types
of assistance:
Information
Housing, financial, landlord/tenant counseling
Referral to public, private, or nonprofit sources of
assistance Tool lending
Volunteer labor assistance
Graffiti abatement supplies and assistance
Financial assistance to bring violations into compliance
Housing rehabilitation/reconstruction (limited geographic areas only)

V. Interdepartmental/Interagency Cooperation

A. Purpose
The Neighborhood Services Department will cooperate with other departments
and agencies when appropriate to further the mutual goals of nuisance
abatement and neighborhood maintenance for the benefit of the entire
community.

B. Cooperation From Other Departments
Upon the request of the director or designee, the Police Department and any
other department of the city will assist and cooperate with the director in the
performance of duties related to the enforcement of ordinances. This
cooperation may include assistance in enforcement or abatement actions,
including removal of persons from buildings or structures to be demolished.

C. Hazardous Conditions
The city manager or designee may order immediate abatement of a hazard
without notice. The Neighborhood Services Department may also request official
concurrence from other departments as to whether immediate abatement action
is necessary. These departments or agencies include, but are not limited to,
Police, Fire, Public Works, Development Services, and the Maricopa County
Environmental Services departments.

VI. Annual Review by City Council
This Code Enforcement Policy will be reviewed and evaluated annually by the City
Council.




Effective June 15, 2022 Page 6
Page 212
ATTACHMENT B
Proposed Revised Policy




NEIGHBORHOOD
SERVICES
DEPARTMENT


CODE
ENFORCEMENT
POLICY
The Code Enforcement Policy,
adopted by the Phoenix City
Council, provides guidelines for
enforcement of the Neighborhood
Preservation Ordinance, Zoning
Ordinance and portions of other
codes and ordinances.




Effective June 28, 2023
Page 213
Code Enforcement Policy


Neighborhood Services Department Mission
To Preserve, Enhance and Engage Phoenix Neighborhoods




Contact Us

Report a code violation:
phoenix.gov/myPHX311
(602) 534-4444




Check the status of a code enforcement case:
nsdonline.phoenix.gov/CodeEnforcement
(602) 534-4444



For information about the Neighborhood
Preservation Code Compliance program:
phoenix.gov/nsd/programs/compliance




For a copy of this publication in an alternate format or for reasonable accommodations contact:
Neighborhood Services Department ADA Liaison,
200 W. Washington St., Phoenix, AZ 85003. Voice (602) 534-4444. TTY 711.
Esta información está disponible en español.




Effective June 28, 2023


Page 214
Code Enforcement Policy


Statement of Intent
The Code Enforcement Policy is to be used to guide the efforts of the Neighborhood Services
Department to address violations of the City Code. To achieve compliance, it is the intent of the
department to lead with education, provide resources when hardships exist, and enforce when
necessary. Code enforcement is intended to be used to foster partnership with residents to support
the overall health, safety, and welfare of the City, and to protect neighborhoods against hazardous,
blighting, and deteriorating influences or conditions. Neighborhood Preservation Inspectors provide
excellent customer service and will operate with fairness, integrity, transparency, and consistent
professionalism while working to meet the department’s intent.


I. Standard Code Enforcement
A. Purpose
It is the intent of the city of Phoenix to promote the health, safety, and welfare of
the residents of Phoenix, Arizona. Part of this responsibility includes protecting
neighborhoods from blighting and deteriorating conditions that have a negative
impact on area property values and encourage social disorder and crime. This is
achieved through ordinances and by establishing a policy to guide enforcement of
the ordinances.

B. Standard Enforcement Policy
maintain the physical environment of their neighborhoods through standards set in
local ordinances. To assist in this endeavor, the following code enforcement policy
has been established to guide the city in addressing properties with code
violations.

The following actions will be taken on properties where there has been no case history or
history of violations and/or previous enforcement action:

1. Inspection/Pre-notification

When a property complaint is received, the city will respond in the following
manner:

a. Immediate Inspections
If the alleged violation concerns a potential health or safety hazard to the
neighborhood or neighbors, inclusive of open/vacant buildings, fire and/or
health hazards, unsecured pools or other health and safety hazards, the city
will respond with an immediate inspection.

b. Pre-Notification Letter
If the alleged violation is not a potential health or safety hazard, if the property
is occupied and if a mailing address is available, the city will issue a pre-
notification letter to the owner/responsible parties notifying them that specific
complaints have been received and that an inspection will be conducted within
Effective June 28, 2023 1


Page 215
Code Enforcement Policy


ten days. Information on the most common blighting violations will also be
included with the pre-notification letter.

2. Formal Notice of Ordinance Violation (NOV)

Except in cases involving health and safety violations, cases with previous
history of code violations, violations of a transient nature such as commercial
business violations, home occupation violations and violations involving
vendors, the responsible party or parties will be officially notified that a
violation has been discovered through an inspection and will be advised of
specific corrective action required. They will also be advised through this
process of what further action will be taken by the city if they do not comply. In
addition, owners/responsible parties will be advised of available appropriate
assistance as enumerated in Section IV.B. of this policy.

a. Timelines for NOV Reinspection
i. Standard – 15 days (minor violations)
ii. Standard – 35 days (significant cost to correct)
iii. Abatement – 35 days
iv. Hazard – 0 to 24 hours
v. Graffiti – 10 days
vi. Rental Registration – 10 days
vii. Illegal Signs - 5 days
viii. Mobile Vending – 0 to 15 days

The NOV will include an explanation that recidivists will receive only one
official notice for a violation and that future offenses of city ordinances may
result in legal action without issuance of further notices of ordinance violation.
Information on the most common blighting violations will also be included with
the NOV.

3. Civil Citation

Owners/responsible parties who fail to comply will be subject to the issuance
of a civil citation that will be adjudicated by a hearing officer/judge. In the case
of properties that are not owner occupied the following general guidelines will
apply:

• In general, tenants/occupants will be held responsible for items concerning
routine maintenance and for personal property items.
• In situations where tenants/occupants have failed to fulfill their responsibility for
compliance with city ordinances, owners/responsible parties may also be held
accountable.
• In cases involving unoccupied properties, owners/ responsible parties will be
held accountable for all property conditions.



Effective June 28, 2023 2


Page 216
Code Enforcement Policy


4. Criminal Complaint

Failure to comply with any of the preceding actions will be cause to proceed
with a criminal complaint.

5. City Abatement

The city, at its own discretion, may choose to directly abate and assess
(lien) for any and all violations that remain in non-compliance with city
ordinances or regulations.

6. Exceptions

Exceptions to the standard code enforcement policy are as follows:

Episodic Violations

a. An episodic violation is one that occurs intermittently. To effectively
address episodic violations in an expediated manner, the Neighborhood
Services Department will deviate from the standard enforcement process
and proceed to an immediate citation.

Violations include, but are not limited to, non-permitted events where the
owner has been notified but activity continues, such as unauthorized
parties that occur on commercial properties and events with outdoor
entertainment without the appropriate use permit, as well as many of the
common issues experienced with Short Term Rentals.

II. Recidivists Persons/Properties and Egregious Violations

A. Purpose
The recidivist process is designed to provide relief via an expedited enforcement
process for neighborhoods experiencing problems with residents who repeatedly
violate city ordinances and who have demonstrated an inability or unwillingness to
remain a good neighbor by maintaining their property.

B. Definition
A recidivist case is a newly opened case on a property involving the same responsible
party for the same violation or any of the common blight violations as specified in Section
III (B) (4) (a), where within the last 12 months, the responsible party has been issued a
Notice of Ordinance Violation and/or civil citation, and/or had criminal charges filed for,
and/or contractual abatement initiated.

An egregious violation is when the condition or state of a property is in an extreme
state of violation, which could present health and safety issues, or is beyond the
reasonable scenario where the owner may not be aware there is a violation.


Effective June 28, 2023 3


Page 217
Code Enforcement Policy


If unusual or mitigating circumstances warrant, the City Manager or designee exempt
a responsible party from the recidivist designation. In such cases, the City Manager or
designee will seek input from the complainant, neighborhood associations or block
watches in the area, area residents or other staff, as appropriate, to assist in making a
determination.

C. Notification Policy
Cases with violation which have been determined to be recidivist or chronic recidivist
will not be issued a pre-notification letter or standard NOV, and will proceed
immediately to one of the following code enforcement actions based on the unique
facts of the case:

• issue a NOV requiring the abatement of the violations
• issue a civil citation
• issue a criminal summons


III. Inspection/Enforcement

A. Purpose
The Neighborhood Preservation Ordinance, Zoning Ordinance and other ordinances
and codes enforced by the Neighborhood Services Department are enforced on a
complaint basis. This is designed to encourage resident, neighborhood association,
block watch or other city department participation in the enforcement process. The
graffiti supplies non- access regulations (Section 39-10 D) of the Neighborhood
Preservation Ordinance and mobile vending regulations are enforced proactively.

Anonymous complaints will be accepted with the following exceptions: illegal
commercial business complaints; when past complaints for the same alleged violation
on the same property have been found to be invalid on three or more occasions; and
in situations when a street address is not provided. Complaints in these categories will
require that the complainant provide a name and contact phone number.

B. Exceptions

Exceptions to the complaint-based enforcement policy are as follows:

1. Active Neighborhood Fight Back Areas

The Neighborhood Fight Back Program is a resident mobilization effort that
provides a temporary increase in city services to assist in community
revitalization efforts. The increased services are targeted to reduce crime,
eliminate, or prevent blight and help restore or stabilize neighborhoods.

Deviation from the complaint-based enforcement process will take place at the
request of, and with the active support and cooperation of, area residents.


Effective June 28, 2023 4


Page 218
Code Enforcement Policy

2. Neighborhood Initiative Areas

Combined with the city's long-standing commitment to improve distressed
areas, the Neighborhood Services Department is focusing resources for
concentrated and comprehensive revitalization in five Neighborhood Initiative
Areas. The concept is to concentrate resources, complete revitalization, then
move to other areas of need. The neighborhoods identified and selected
require a comprehensive approach for restoration and revitalization. Staff
works with residents so that success can be defined, and a strategy developed
to achieve it.

These and future designated NIAs will allow for non-complaint-based
inspections and enforcement.

3. Redevelopment Areas, Neighborhood Revitalization Areas, or other Target
Areas

The Neighborhood Services Department works with resident advisory
committees and neighborhood organizations in the city's designated
Redevelopment Areas and other Target Areas to eliminate blight and to
promote residential and commercial redevelopment and revitalization. In order
to support and complement redevelopment and revitalization efforts within the
designated redevelopment and Target Areas, systematic and non-complaint-
based code enforcement may be required.

At the request of Phoenix City Council members, certain Neighborhood
Revitalization Areas are designated by the Neighborhood Services
Department for neighborhood organization and revitalization activities. Based
upon the request of, and in partnership with, the neighborhood organization,
non- complaint-based code enforcement may be implemented in these areas.

4. Properties in the Immediate Area which are an Obvious Detriment or Blight

When an initial inspection is conducted, based on a complaint, the inspector
may:

a. Expand upon the initial complaint on the same property and determine
whether violations exist on the following items identified by City Council:

• High weeds/grass or dead/dry bushes, trees, weeds and/or other
vegetation
• Inoperable vehicles
• Junk, litter and/or debris
• Open/vacant buildings and structures
• Outside storage
• Fences in disrepair
• Vehicles parked on a non-dust proofed surface or in non-permitted
areas of residential front or side yards
• Graffiti
Effective June 28, 2023 5


Page 219
Code Enforcement Policy


b. Inspect additional properties in the immediate area of the initial reported
violation
c. Limit the inspection to those items, which appeared as violations on the
initial property on which the complaint was received; and the items listed in
III (B)(4)(a).
d. Initiate appropriate enforcement action

5. Environmental, Imminent Hazard and/or Fire Safety Conditions

In order to maintain and protect neighborhoods from imminent hazards,
environmental hazards, fire hazards and other types of similar conditions that
may immediately endanger or place residents in peril, the city will summarily
inspect/abate any and all conditions which are discovered without benefit of
complaint.

6. Seamless Service Efforts

The Neighborhood Services Department may be called upon by other
departments or governmental agencies to partner on issues of community
concern in areas outside of the city’s designated Target Areas. It is the
department’s goal to provide seamless and coordinated service in such
circumstances to facilitate the resolution of an identified community problem.
In order to support and complement these interagency/interdepartmental
efforts, systematic and non-complaint-based code enforcement may be
implemented with the approval of the City Manager or designee.

7. City-designated Slum Properties

In an effort to comprehensively and effectively address multiple violations at
city- designated slum properties, the Neighborhood Services Department may
implement non-complaint-based code enforcement.

8. Recidivist/Chronic Recidivist Properties

To address frequently recurring violations on recidivist properties, the
Neighborhood Services Department may initiate non-complaint-based
inspections/ code enforcement on recidivist properties after case resolution to
check for a recurrence of the same violation(s) and/or any of the common
blight violations as identified in Section III. (B) (4) (a).

To assure lasting compliance on chronic recidivist properties, the
Neighborhood Services Department shall initiate non-complaint based exterior
inspections/ code enforcement on designated chronic recidivist properties after
case resolution, to check for a recurrence of the same violation(s) and/or any
of the common blight violations as identified in Section III. B. (4) (a).



Effective June 28, 2023 6


Page 220
Code Enforcement Policy


9. Private Communities

Enforcement of violations within private communities with private roads and/or
limited public access are generally the responsibility of the owner(s),
responsible party, property manager, and/or park managers. NSD will enforce
violations visible from the property boundaries and health and safety violations
reported by residents within the community.


IV. Hardship Assistance

A. Purpose
It is the intent of the city to provide assistance to all low- and moderate-
income households that are eligible for financial assistance, and support
for owners/responsible parties who are impacted by homelessness.
Assistance and support will be provided in the form of information, referral,
counseling, outreach, the provision of volunteer labor and/or the provision
of direct financial assistance. Additional time to achieve compliance may
also be necessary due to the resources offered.

B. Available Resources
Based upon funding availability and in some cases participant eligibility the
Neighborhood Services Department will provide or coordinate the following
types of assistance:

• Information
• Housing, financial, landlord/tenant counseling
• Referral to public, private, or nonprofit sources of assistance
• Tool lending
• Volunteer labor assistance
• Graffiti abatement supplies and assistance
• Financial assistance to bring violations into compliance
• Housing rehabilitation/reconstruction (limited geographic areas only)

V. Interdepartmental/Interagency Cooperation

A. Purpose
The Neighborhood Services Department will cooperate with other
departments and agencies when appropriate to further the mutual goals of
nuisance abatement and neighborhood maintenance for the benefit of the
entire community.

B. Cooperation From Other Departments
Upon the request of the director or designee, the Police Department and
any other department of the city will assist and cooperate with the director
in the performance of duties related to the enforcement of ordinances. This
cooperation may include assistance in enforcement or abatement actions,

Effective June 28, 2023 7


Page 221
Code Enforcement Policy


including removal of persons from buildings or structures to be
demolished.

C. Hazardous Conditions
The city manager or designee may order immediate abatement of a hazard
without notice. The Neighborhood Services Department may also request
official concurrence from other departments as to whether immediate
abatement action is necessary. These departments or agencies include,
but are not limited to, Police, Fire, Public Works, Development Services,
and the Maricopa County Environmental Services departments.


VI. Annual Review by City Council
This Code Enforcement Policy will be reviewed and evaluated annually by the City
Council.




Effective June 28, 2023 8


Page 222



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Apply for and Accept Grant Funds for the U.S. Department of Energy
Buildings Upgrade Prize (Ordinance S-50014)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to apply for, and, if awarded,
accept prize funds from the U.S. Department of Energy Buildings Upgrade Prize to
fund a solar for low-income pilot program. Further request to authorize a procurement
process to identify an entity to administer the pilot program to fund the installation of
solar on low-income homes in Phoenix. Additionally request to authorize the City
Treasurer to accept, and the City Controller to disburse, all funds related to this item.
The total prize funds applied for is $400,000.

Summary
The U.S. Department of Energy launched an innovative Buildings Upgrade Prize
(Buildings UP) on Jan. 18, 2023 to accelerate the transformation of U.S. buildings into
energy-efficient and clean energy-ready homes, commercial spaces, and communities.
In Phase 1 of Buildings UP, applicants will propose a concept to deliver scalable and
replicable upgrades to buildings in disadvantaged communities, low- and moderate-
income households, and underserved commercial, nonprofit, and public buildings.
Phase 1 Equity-Centered Innovation winners will each receive a $400,000 cash prize.

Staff are proposing to use the prize funds to offer free solar installations on twenty low-
income owner-occupied homes in the City of Phoenix on a first-come first-served
basis. The purpose of the program is to document the impact of solar on energy
affordability in homes where more than 15 percent of household income is typically
spent on energy. Roof-top solar energy can, in many cases, reduce annual energy
bills by 75 percent or more. The proposed program is envisioned to be administered
by a non-profit, who will assist the homeowner to select the solar installer, inspect the
installation and contracts to ensure a quality installation, and track and report the
impact for the two years following. The City's Human Services Department will provide
the income verification to qualify applicants.

Contract Term
The prize would likely be awarded in the fall of 2023 and will be free from any reporting
requirements back to the U.S. Department of Energy.



Page 223

Financial Impact
The prize is $400,000. No matching funds are required. Prize funds will be managed
through the Office of Sustainability.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning Subcommittee approved this item on
June 21, 2023 by a vote of 3-0.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Office of
Sustainability.




Page 224



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Apply for and Accept Spark Grant Funds for Community Engagement
in e-Mobility (Ordinance S-50017)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to apply for, and, if awarded,
accept grant funds from Vitalyst Health Foundation (Vitalyst) to enhance existing e-
mobility outreach to underserved neighborhoods and provide support to community-
based organizations such as Unlimited Potential that are assisting in the outreach.
Further request to authorize the City Treasurer to accept, and the City Controller to
disburse, all funds related to this item. The total grant funds applied for is $25,000.

Summary
Vitalyst Health Foundation offers $25,000 Spark Grants for unique initiatives that
support and enhance outreach to underserved communities. As part of the
Transportation Electrification Action Plan implementation, the City is currently
conducting listening sessions in underserved neighborhoods to better understand the
e-mobility and active transportation needs of the community and identify solutions such
as cool corridors, e-bike-share, and e-carshare, that would improve their quality of life.
Listening sessions have already been conducted in English and Spanish in Maryvale
and South Phoenix. This Spark Grant would support listening sessions to diverse
populations in Sunnyslope, Alhambra, North Phoenix, East Phoenix, Estrella, and
Laveen communities. The grant funds will include costs for community outreach and
listening session facilitation services by community-based organizations.

Contract Term
The grants funds would be awarded and disbursed in calendar year 2023.

Financial Impact
The Spark Grant is $25,000. No matching funds are required. The funds and the
listening sessions would be administered by the Office of Sustainability.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Office of
Sustainability.




Page 225



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Issue a Request for Qualifications to Create a Qualified Vendor
List for Solar Installations on City Property (Ordinance S-50015)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to issue a Request for
Qualifications (RFQu) to create a Qualified Vendor List (QVL) for solar services. The
requested procurement process will result in a recommended Qualified Vendors List
and associated contracts to be proposed for City Council approval in the fall.

Summary
On Feb. 7, 2018, City Council approved the creation of a QVL for solar contractors with
five-year contracts that extended to February 2023. Multiple solar projects were
implemented under those agreements at both Aviation and Public Works facilities to
bring the total number of solar installations on City property to 57 as shown in
Attachment 1. Staff are forecasting that up to 20 new solar installations are likely to
be completed by 2030, the majority of which could be completed through solar
services agreements under a new qualified vendor list. Staff are seeking Council
approval to proceed with the procurement process.

Procurement
The RFQu will be issued in accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, Qualified
Based Selection. Qualifications must include demonstrated past experience and ability
to finance installations through solar services agreements. The RFQu will result in a
list of qualified vendors established on specific criteria, such as statements of
qualification and work, key personnel and firm references.

Financial Impact
A recommendation for approval of firms will be brought back to City Council in the fall.
Once solar projects are developed, the primary means of financing will require no
upfront capital, but instead paid through solar services agreements that commit to
purchasing the power they produce at a stated price competitive with existing and
projected electric utility rates.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was approved by the Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning
Subcommittee on June 21, 2023 by a vote of 3-0.


Page 226


Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Office of
Sustainability.




Page 227
ATTACHMENT 1: Solar Installations on City Property
As of 5/30/2023


Location Name Address Dept Install Date KW-DC Est. kWh yr

Built, owned, operated, and managed by CoP.
1 Aviation HQ 2485 E Buckeye Rd AVN 2020 580 913,211
2 Fillmore Gardens I 802 N 22nd Pl HSG 2012 207 340,492
3 Burton Barr Central Library 1221 N Central Ave LIB 2011 150 227,064
4 Metro Facilities Building 2631 S 22nd Ave PWD 2012 100 152,051
5 PCC - West Bldg 100 N 3rd St CON 2007 100 160,567
6 Sunnyslope CC Gym & Main 802 E Vogel Ave PRD 2011 100 163,482
7 A.E. England Building 444 N Central Ave PRD 2008 53 85,608
8 Marcos de Niza I 305 W Pima St HSG 2012 44 72,253
9 Helen Drake Senior Center 7600 N 27th Ave HSD 2011 42 68,663
10 Paradise Village Apts 2525 E Aire Libre Ave HSG 2010 41 66,241
11 McCarty on Monroe 1130 E Monroe St HSG 2011 30 49,045
12 Pecos Community Center 17010 S 48th St PRD 2007 30 48,170
13 Central Station Transit Center 300 N Central Ave PTD 2011 24 39,890
14 24th St/Baseline PNR 7415 S 24th Pl PTD 2015 24 39,935
15 Happy Valley PNR 24725 N 29th Ave PTD 2012 45 73,790
16 Desert Sky Transit Center 7887 W Thomas Rd PTD 2015 21 35,692
17 Fire Station #1 305 N 4th Ave FIRE 2011 20 32,271
18 Fire Station #59 1111 S 65th Ave FIRE 2011 15 24,522
19 Fire Station #72 33027 N Cave Creek Rd FIRE 2010 14 22,379
20 Maryvale Pool 4444 N 51st Ave PRD 2009 12 19,443
21 Walker Building 300 W Washington St PWD 2013 10 17,167
22 Eastlake Park 1549 E Jefferson St PRD 2013 10 17,236
23 Fire Training Academy 2425 W Lower Buckeye Rd FIRE 2011 10 16,348
24 Washington Activity Center 2240 W Citrus Way PRD 2011 10 16,348
25 Camp Colley (off grid) FS Rd 95, Happy Jack, AZ PRD 2007 8 13,568
26 27 W Baseline Park & Ride 2727 W Baseline Rd PTD 2012 8 13,597
27 NG Transfer Station 30205 N Black Canyon Hwy PWD 2006 7 11,189
28 Dust Devil Park 10645 W Camelback Rd PRD 2012 7 10,838
29 North Mountain Visitor Ctr. 12950 N 7th St PRD 2008 3 5,081
30 Peace Park 5221 S 13th Pl PRD 2011 3 4,904
31 South Mt Preserve (Pima Canyon) 4500 E Pima Canyon Rd PRD 2018 2 3,709
32 Sonoran Preserve (Apache Wash) 1600 E Sonoran Desert Dr PRD 2014 2 2,734
33 Sonoran Preserve (Desert Vista) W Desert Vista Trail PRD 2012 2 2,709
1,735 2,770,197


Built by solar vendor with Solar Services Agreement
34 Lake Pleasant WTP 37000 N New River Rd WSD 2012 7,500 12,775,444
35 Rental Car Center 1805 E Sky Harbor Cir So AVN 2011 4,100 6,206,420
36 East Economy Parking Garages 4215 E Sky Harbor Blvd AVN 2011 1,300 1,967,889
37 Adams St. Garage 310 W Adams St PWD 2012 617 938,065
38 Fleet Services 2631 S 22nd Ave PWD 2022 540 926,100
39 305 Garage 305 Washington St PWD 2013 328 553,362
14,385 23,367,280


Built by CoP, operated, and managed by third parties
40 Frank Luke - Aeroterra Apartments 1650 E Villa St HSG 2016 241 403,578
41 Footprint Center Arena Garage 132 S 1st St PCC 2011 238 389,088
42 Pecos Park & Ride 17010 S 40th St PTD 2003 100 157,651
43 Phoenix Children's Museum 215 N 7th St PRD 2012 100 152,051
44 Audubon Visitor Center 3131 S Central Ave PRD 2011 30 49,045
45 Heritage & Science Park 603 E Adams St PRD 2012 30 49,263
46 NRG (Clearway) PCC Plant 75 N 2nd St PCC 2011 4 5,885
743 1,206,562



Page 228
On City property, but designed, built, owned, operated, and managed by third party
47 SR-85, DESERT STAR SR-85, Buckeye PWD 2015 11,200 18,625,600
48 Valley Metro - Op. Center 605 S 48th St PTD 2015 783 1,302,895
49 Summit Apartments 12830 N Paradise Village Pkwy HSG 2021 225 374,175
50 Marcos de Niza II 305 W Pima St HSG 2021 219 364,322
51 Washington Manor 1123 E Monroe St HSG 2021 150 249,450
52 Monroe Gardens 1441 E Monroe St HSG 2021 130 216,190
53 Sunnyslope Manor 205 E Ruth Ave HSG 2021 113 187,088
54 Fillmore Gardens II 802 N 22nd Pl HSG 2021 100 166,300
55 ASU DT - Walter Cronkite 555 N Central Ave CEDD 2011 77 125,881
56 PHX Zoo - Doornbos Center 455 N Galvin Pkwy PRD 2013 48 79,831
57 US Customs/Air National Guard Lot 3002 E Old Tower Rd AVN 2012 23 37,933
13,068 21,729,665


Grand total of solar on City property: 29,932 49,073,703




Page 229



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Issue a Request for Proposals for an Owner Representative for
Energy Performance Contracts (Ordinance S-50030)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to issue a Request for
Proposals (RFP) for an owner representative to assist City staff in evaluating energy
efficiency and renewable energy project proposals submitted by energy service
companies on contract with the City. Further request to authorize the City Manager, or
his designee, to execute an amendment to Contract 146596 with JBA Consulting
Engineers Inc. dba NV5 Consultants (NV5), that extends the end date of the current
contract by 12 months to October 31, 2024 to ensure adequate time is available to
conduct the full procurement process and contract signing prior to the current owner
representative contract expiring. Additionally request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item.

Summary
The City has contracts with five Energy Service Companies (ESCO) under the Job
Order Contract (JOC) program to install energy efficiency measures on a large number
of City facilities totaling approximately 11.5 million square feet of space. The Owner
Representative acts as a Project Facilitator, working with all ESCOs to achieve the
City's energy reduction goals and provide oversight. The scope of work includes
proposal analysis, project review, project implementation inspection, and post-
completion Measurement and Verification (M&V) reviews.

The procurement process may require more than six months to complete and,
therefore, staff are requesting an extension on the current owner representative
contract with NV5 in order to ensure City services and projects are not interrupted.

Contract Term
The amendment to the current owner representative contract will extend the end date
of the NV5 contract from Oct. 31, 2023 to Oct. 31, 2024.

Financial Impact
A recommendation for approval of the selected firm will be brought back to City
Council at a later date. The current authorization for the Owner Representative was
previously approved for expenditures not-to-exceed $544,000 using the existing


Page 230

revolving energy fund cost center. No additional spending authority is required.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council approved:
· Owner Representative for Energy Performance Contracts with JOC Vendors
Contract 146596 (Ordinance S-44026) on Nov. 1, 2017.
· Owner Representative for Energy Performance Contracts with JOC Vendors
Contract 146596 - Amendment (Ordinance S-45818) on June 19, 2019.
· Owner Representative for Energy Performance Contracts with JOC Vendors
Contract 146596 - Amendment (Ordinance S-48046) on Oct. 27, 2021.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Office of
Sustainability.




Page 231



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Issue a Request for Qualifications for Energy Service
Companies for Energy Performance Contracting (Ordinance S-50016)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to issue a Request for
Qualifications (RFQu) for Energy Service Companies (ESCOs) to implement turnkey
energy-saving projects in City facilities. The requested procurement process will result
in a recommended Qualified Energy Contractors List for City Council approval in the
fall.

Summary
On July 6, 2017, City Council approved five Energy Service Companies (ESCOs) to be
on a Qualified Vendors List (QVL) to undertake cost-effective turn-key energy
efficiency solutions to achieve energy savings that are sustainable throughout the
operating life of the facilities. The scope of work included: surveying applicable sites
and facilities; conducting investment grade audits and identifying energy-saving
solutions that maximize the economic benefit to the City; providing project
recommendations and evaluating cost-saving potential; constructing, implementing,
commissioning, and financing of the projects.

Under the current QVL, energy upgrade projects have been completed at the airport,
the convention center and in Public Works managed facilities, and numerous
Investment Grade Audits (IGAs) are nearing completion. However, the current job
order contracts expire at the end of September 2023. Staff are seeking Council
approval to issue a Request for Qualifications (RFQu) to select an updated list of
qualified vendors to undertake additional energy efficiency projects.

Projects completed by the current qualified vendors have been directly funded by the
City using capital or other funds made available at the time of project proposals.
However, under the proposed RFQu, vendors will be required to offer a Contingency
Payment Agreement (CPA) such that the City can request the projects be fully funded
by the vendor and paid exclusively out of energy savings verified by the third party. In
this form of contract, no upfront capital is required by the City, but instead, payments
are "contingent" on verified energy savings. In addition, because the payments are not
fixed but contingent on savings, the rating agencies have confirmed the projects would
not effect the borrowing capacity of the City. Lastly, because the savings are


Page 232

guaranteed, the vendors typically underestimate the savings to manage their risk, so
additional savings may be realized by the City beyond what is guaranteed in the
payment agreements.

Procurement
The RFQu will be issued as soon as possible. Qualifications must include
demonstrated past experience and ability to finance installations through contingency
payment agreements. In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10,
Qualifications Based Selection, a list of qualified vendors shall be established based
on specific criteria, such as statements of qualification and work, key personnel, and
firm references.

Financial Impact
A recommendation for approval of firms will be brought back to City Council in the fall.
Once procurement is complete and projects are underway, participating departments
may elect to use capital or other funds to pay for energy efficiency projects, however,
the procurement will require that all vendors offer contingency payment arrangements
as described in the narrative above. The Finance Department will review and approve
all contingency payment agreements arising from approved energy performance
contractors.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
Council previously approved:
· Energy Efficiency Services Job Order Contract - 4108JOC157 (Ordinance S-43807)
on July 6, 2017.
· This item was approved by the Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning
SubCommittee on June 21, 2023 by a vote of 3-0.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Office of
Sustainability.




Page 233



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Donation from STACK Americas for the Parks and Recreation Department
(Ordinance S-49982)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to accept a donation of
$200,000 from STACK Americas for the Parks and Recreation Department. Further
request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept, and for the City Controller to
disburse, all funds related to this donation.

Summary
The Planning and Development Department confirmed that submittal and receipt of the
donated funds to the Parks and Recreation Department will satisfy the intent and
constitute compliance with Stipulation 8 regarding Rezoning Case No. PHO-2-07-Z-
341-85-8.

Financial Impact
This donation does not require any matching funds.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Parks and
Recreation Department.




Page 234



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Van Rental - IFB 18-179 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49966)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute contract
amendments for van rental transportation with A-1 Leasing, Inc Contract (147968) and
Carl Van Rentals Contract (147969) to extend the contract terms. Further request to
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. No additional
funds are needed; request to continue using Ordinance (S-44797).

Summary
These contracts enable the Parks and Recreation Department to rent vans to support
various summer and recreational programs offered by the City to the community. The
contracts include two different types of vans: a 15-passenger van and a 4-passenger
wheelchair accessible van. The ability to rent vans for youth summer activities
supports and enhances the quality of summer and recreational programs. The term
extensions will allow staff additional time to conduct a competitive procurement
process.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contracts will be extended through June 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
No additional funds are requested. The aggregate value of the contracts will not
exceed $100,000.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Van Rentals (Ordinance S-44797) on June 20, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Parks and
Recreation Department.




Page 235



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Intergovernmental Agreement with Arizona Game and Fish Commission for City
of Phoenix Community Fishing Program - Amendment (Ordinance S-49968)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
the Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA) with Arizona Game and Fish Commission to
continue the City's participation with the Community Fishing Program by extending the
contract beyond term. Further request additional funding in the amount of $66,000 and
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. Funding for this
item will not exceed $353,879.

Summary
The City has participated in the Community Fishing Program since 1986 and it is very
popular with Phoenix residents. The program provides urban fishing opportunities at
seven City parks: Cortez, Cesar Chavez/Alvord Lake, Desert West, Encanto, Papago,
Steele Indian School and Roadrunner. As part of the IGA, the Arizona Game and Fish
Department will stock the seven lakes with various fish species for anglers and will
market the program through its Community Fishing Program brochure and website. In
addition, fishing education clinics will be offered, including an information station at
each lake location.

Arizona Game and Fish Commission requested to enter into an amendment for
beyond term to allow additional time for negotiating the next five-year agreement.

Contract Term
Upon approval, the contract will be extended through June 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $66,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $353,879. Funds are available in the Parks and Recreation
Department’s budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:

• Intergovernmental Agreement with Arizona Game and Fish Commission for City of


Page 236

Phoenix Community Fishing Program S-44943 on Aug. 29, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Parks and
Recreation Department.




Page 237



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Fee Increase for Use of Phoenix Tennis Center (Ordinance S-50007)

This report requests the City Council increase court and light fees at the Phoenix
Tennis Center. There will be no financial impact to the City as a result of this item.

Summary
The Phoenix Tennis Center (PTC) is located at 6330 N. 21st Ave. within Washington
Park. The PTC is the largest public tennis complex in the Phoenix metropolitan area.
Amenities at the PTC include 25 tennis courts, a hitting wall, pro-shop, clubhouse and
restroom facilities.

In September 2019, Ragland Tennis Services, LLC (RTS) was awarded the
concessionaire contract of the PTC for an initial five-year term with two five-year
renewal options. RTS has installed a new online reservation system, scoring
equipment and umpire chairs; and upgraded and painted the hitting wall. Additionally,
RTS offers discounted or free services and equipment for low-income youth, employs
members from the local community, offers wheelchair tennis instruction and play, and
has an outreach program to local area schools. RTS has hosted tournaments for local
and regional colleges and universities, high schools, and paraprofessional tennis clubs
and organizations.

Per the existing contract, RTS has the right to renegotiate any provisions of the
agreement, including court fees and light fees at select intervals during the agreement.
The current fees were approved nine years ago by the Parks and Recreation Board
and the Phoenix City Council in 2014. The current fees are as follows:

Per Person Court Fee
$4.00 Adults per 1.5 hours
$2.00 Juniors per 1.5 hours
$5.00 Light fee added per court for any usage 6 p.m. or later

Due to current inflation rates, increases in minimum wage and rising utility costs, the
PTC experienced a 36.3 percent increase in operating expenses between 2019 and
2023.



Page 238

Staff recommends City Council approve increased fees for the Phoenix Tennis Center
to be $6 per adult per 90 minutes and $6 per court for lighting per 90 minutes. Further
recommend City Council approve no change to the current juniors fees of $2 per junior
per 90 minutes. The fee increase will allow the Phoenix Tennis Center to continue to
provide affordable tennis options for the community in alignment with other municipal
tennis centers while also providing a quality tennis facility.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was recommended for approval by the Parks and Recreation Board on April
27, 2023.
This item was recommended for approval by the Community and Cultural Investment
Subcommittee on June 7, 2023.

Location
6330 N. 21st Ave.
Council District: 5

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Inger Erickson and the Parks and
Recreation Department.




Page 239



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Entertainment District Formation Consulting Services - Authorization to Issue
Solicitation (Ordinance S-49918)

Request City Council to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to issue a
Request for Proposals (RFP) for a consultant to assist in the identification,
establishment, and activation of an entertainment district. There is no impact to the
General Fund with this action.

Summary
In 2019, Conventions, Sports & Leisure International (CSL) completed a market study
on behalf of the Phoenix Convention Center (PCC). The study included an analysis of
the PCC's strategic advantages along with recommendations to enhance the PCC
market capture through near and long-term space and site planning, hotel
development, and destination enhancement. In 2022, an update to the study was
completed to incorporate the effects and changes of the COVID-19 pandemic to the
industry. A key finding and recommendation of both the 2019 study and the 2022
update was the creation of an entertainment district, to generally surround PCC. An
entertainment district would provide conventioneers, visitors, and residents a walkable,
vibrant, safe, and navigable area that could include amenities such as density of
restaurants, bars, attractions, street performers, public art, significant lighting and
landscaping, scooter docks, and electric vehicle shuttles.

With approval, staff will issue an RFP to obtain entertainment district formation
consulting services. The procurement will be led by the Community and Economic
Development Department with support from key stakeholder departments and City
partners.

The scope of work will include:

· Identification of potential boundaries for the Entertainment District.
· Market and feasibility analysis.
· Evaluation of land use and zoning ordinances that impact the recommended area.
· Stakeholder engagement and feedback.
· Plan development including location, Zoning/Code change recommendations, and


Page 240

an implementation strategy.

Each proposer and its primary consultant will be required to have five years
experience providing entertainment district formation consulting services. Prior to
issuance, staff will complete research on best practices regarding the analysis and
implementation of an entertainment district, and selection of a consultant.

Responsive proposals will be evaluated by a panel based on the following evaluation
criteria:
· Primary Consultant’s Qualifications and Experience (0-300 points).
· Approach to Scope of Work (0-250 points).
· Proposer’s Qualifications and Experience (0-250 points).
· Fees (0-200 points).

Staff will return to City Council for contract award approval. Following the contract
award, staff will conduct outreach to stakeholders concerning the results of the study
as well as recommended strategies that will form the implementation plan.

Financial Impact
There is no impact to the General Fund as a result of this action.

Previous Council Action
The item was recommended for approval by the Economic Development and Equity
Subcommittee at the June 13, 2023 meeting by a vote of 4-0.

Location
Council Districts: 7 and 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Community
and Economic Development Department.




Page 241



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Western Maricopa Coalition (WESTMARC) Dues for Fiscal Years 2023-26
(Ordinance S-49921)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to pay membership dues to
Western Maricopa Coalition (WESTMARC) for Fiscal Years (FY) 2023-26 in the
amount of $20,000 annually, plus a consumer price index escalator each year after the
first year, for a total not to exceed $75,000 for the three years. Further request
authorization for the City Controller to disburse funds related to this item.

Summary
WESTMARC was formed in 1990 to address important issues facing the West Valley's
economic prosperity. WESTMARC, a public-private partnership, actively promotes the
West Valley region of Greater Phoenix (area west of I-17) and represents 15 cities and
the West Valley business community and education sector. In partnership with the
Community and Economic Development Department (CEDD), WESTMARC gives
specific focus to the Villages of Alhambra, Estrella, Deer Valley, Laveen, Maryvale,
North Gateway, North Mountain, and Rio Vista.

CEDD participates in many of WESTMARC's committees, including the Economic
Development, Quality of Life, Workforce and Marketing committees. Participation in
these committees promotes collaboration with other west valley cities, businesses,
investors and stakeholders. In addition, WESTMARC provides statistical information
regarding workforce and West Valley demographics, which are utilized in preparing
strategies for retail and business attraction to West Phoenix. CEDD has also had
opportunities to promote West Phoenix Opportunity Zones and featured sites for
restaurant and retail development at WESTMARC pitch events. The membership
provides a table of 10 to each of WESTMARC's signature events including its annual
meeting, Governor's State of the State Luncheon, Economic Development Summit,
and the Best of the West Awards.

Financial Impact
Membership dues are based on population and communities with more than 100,000
residents, the cost is $20,000 for FY 2023-24. A consumer price index escalator will be
applied for subsequent years. The three-year, cumulative amount for Fiscal Years
2023-26 will not exceed $75,000. Funding is available in CEDD's General Fund


Page 242

budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was recommended for approval by the Economic Development and Equity
Subcommittee at the June 13, 2023, meeting by a vote of 4-0.

Location
Council Districts: 1, 4, 5, 7 and 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Community
and Economic Development Department.




Page 243



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Arizona BioIndustry Association Annual Membership for Fiscal Year 2023-24
(Ordinance S-49917)

Request City Council to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to pay
membership dues to the Arizona BioIndustry Association (AZBio) for Fiscal Year (FY)
2023-24 in the amount of $15,000. There is no impact to the General Fund with this
action. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to
this item.

Summary
CBRE, Inc., a national commercial real estate firm, has recognized the City of Phoenix
as a hub of bioscience activity and has ranked Phoenix fifth in the nation as an
Emerging Life Science Market in its 2020 annual U.S. Life Science Report and first for
Life Science Job Growth in Emerging Life Science Markets in its 2021 report. The City
has been a member of the AZBio for six years and staff recommend continuing this
membership for FY 2023-24 to maintain and grow the City's position in the industry.
AZBio is the only statewide organization exclusively focused on building Arizona’s
bioindustry and it is committed to building a top-tier life science industry in Arizona and
is a critical partner for Phoenix. As specialists, AZBio provides industry insight,
programs specifically designed for life science organizations, visibility into investment
opportunities, and a voice for the industry in the media, across the community, and
with elected leaders and government agencies at the local, state, and federal levels.

Financial Impact
Annual membership is $15,000. Funding is available in the Genomic Facilities and
Operations Fund. There is no impact to the General Fund.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The item was recommended for approval by the Economic Development and Equity
Subcommittee at the June 13, 2023, meeting by a vote of 4-0.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Community
and Economic Development Department.



Page 244



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Business Attraction and Development Services Contract Award - Greater
Phoenix Economic Council (Ordinance S-49920)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
the Greater Phoenix Economic Council (GPEC) for business attraction and
development services. The cost for year one of the contract will not exceed $811,450.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. Funding is available in the budgets of the Aviation, Community and Economic
Development, Public Works and Water Services departments.

Summary
GPEC's mission is to attract and grow quality businesses in the region and advocate
for Greater Phoenix's competitiveness. Its efforts include marketing the region,
including coordinating regional prospect proposals and real estate tours, domestic and
international sales missions, and other strategic activities resulting in business
investment in Greater Phoenix.

The City has been a member of GPEC since the organization's inception in 1989. The
fee for each GPEC member in Maricopa County is calculated using a per capita rate of
$0.4897, which has remained constant since 2020, and is based on the most current
population estimates from the Arizona Office of Economic Opportunity. The 2022
population estimate for Phoenix is 1,657,035. Based on this formula, the Fiscal Year
(FY) 2023-24 contract amount is $811,450, which will be shared equally by the
Aviation, Public Works, Water Services, and Community and Economic Development
(CED) departments.

GPEC regularly collaborates with CED to generate prospects and attract new business
investment from outside the region. As of Feb. 2023, GPEC's efforts this fiscal year
have helped locate 25 companies to the region, with the expectation of creating nearly
5,000 jobs and capital investments exceeding $397.4 million. To date, eight of those
companies have chosen to locate in Phoenix. Over the past five years, Phoenix's
return on investment from our partnership with GPEC has been $107 of direct revenue
for every $1 invested.

GPEC represents 23 municipalities in the region, including Maricopa County, and


Page 245

conducts a variety of diverse and value-added services and activities on behalf of its
members. In addition to the public sector members, more than 190 private investors
contribute resources to support GPEC's efforts.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, an exception to the procurement
process was approved to select this vendor as a Sole Source given its unique role in
performing business attraction and development services for the Greater Phoenix
region.

Contract Term
If approved, the term of the contract will be one year with four one-year renewal
options to be exercised at the City's discretion. Staff will return to Council for approval
of each year's proposed contract amount. The contract term will begin on or around
July 1, 2023.

Financial Impact
The FY 2023-24 contract amount is $811,450, which will be shared equally by the
Aviation, Public Works, Water Services and CED departments.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was recommended for approval by the Economic Development and Equity
Subcommittee at the June 13, 2023 meeting by a vote of 4-0.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers Mario Paniagua and Ginger Spencer,
Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan, and the Aviation, Public Works, Water
Services and Community and Economic Development departments.




Page 246



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Phoenix Sister Cities, Inc. - Authorization to Extend Contract (Ordinance S-
49942)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to extend the City's contract
with Phoenix Sister Cities, Inc. (PSC). The original contract dates were July 1, 202,
through June 30, 2024. The extension would continue the contract through June 30,
2026. The contract supports program coordination in youth and education, municipal
and technical cooperation, business, and arts and culture with Phoenix's 11 Sister
Cities. Additional expenditures are not to exceed $1,350,000 through June 30, 2026.

Summary
Phoenix Sister Cities, Inc. is a 501(c)(3) nonprofit organization established in 1972. It
is responsible for coordinating exchange programs in youth and education, municipal
and technical cooperation, business, and arts and culture with Phoenix's 11 Sister
Cities. Currently, the City has Sister Cities relationships with Calgary, Canada; Catania,
Italy; Chengdu, China; Ennis, Ireland; Hermosillo, Mexico; Himeji, Japan; Grenoble,
France; Prague, Czech Republic; Ramat-Gan, Israel; Suwon, South Korea; and Taipei,
Taiwan.

PSC exists to create people-to-people relationships between the residents of Phoenix
and its Sister Cities through commercial, educational, cultural, and artistic exchange
programs and events that create and sustain global, long-term, international
partnerships, and business opportunities for Phoenix. The City has contracted with
PSC since the mid-1980s. The organization is administered by a Board of Directors
composed of PSC Commission members, appointed by the Mayor and approved by
the City Council, the chairpersons of the 11 Sister Cities committees, and the Disability
Awareness Committee. Currently, four other community members serve as at-large
Board members.

During the contract period July 1, 2021 through the present, PSC coordinated:

· The establishment of a Sister Cities relationship with Suwon, South Korea;
· Events and activities to welcome to Phoenix employees of the Taiwan
Semiconductor Manufacturing Company and their families, including a celebration



Page 247

at Arizona State University (ASU) West for Double Ten (Taiwan's national holiday);
· A trade mission of companies from Calgary, Canada, exploring opportunities to
launch their U.S. operations in consumer packaged goods from Phoenix;
· A trade mission of companies from the Czech Republic in artificial intelligence,
biotech, fintech, and cybersecurity, exploring opportunities to launch their U.S.
operations from Phoenix;
· An event to introduce Phoenix economic development opportunities to 27 economic
attaches of the European Union (stationed in their respective embassies in
Washington, D.C.) during a visit to Phoenix;
· A delegation of Phoenicians to Hermosillo, Mexico, to explore baseball, art, and
cuisine in Phoenix's oldest Sister City;
· An event to introduce Phoenix economic development opportunities to 31 members
of the Global Federation of Chinese Business Women (headquartered in Taipei,
Taiwan) during a visit to Phoenix;
· Negotiations to establish a Sister Cities relationship with Medellin, Colombia,
including sending a working delegation to Medellin and receiving a working
delegation, in turn, to determine the terms of a Sister Cities agreement; and more.

These activities are accomplished by outsourcing the coordination of events and
exchanges through a great number of PSC volunteers, totaling more than 13,000
hours and valued at more than $400,000 between July 1, 2021 and June 30, 2022.

In March 2020, Council approved an International Trade Strategy to advance the City’s
economic development activities with multiple partners internationally. Described in the
plan, amongst its many components, is the expansion of international inbound and
outbound delegations to grow new international activity as well as partnerships.

Beginning in Fiscal Year 2024, PSC will expand its scope beyond its traditional role
and provide support to the City’s International Trade Strategy. To meet this expanded
role and continue the work already undertaken, funding for PSC will support:

· The adoption of up to three new Sister Cities: one in India; one in Africa; and
Medellin, Colombia (contingent upon City Council approval);
· Business Development programs - continuing the work that began with the trade
missions outlined above; and
· Costs associated with the Phoenix Global Forum - an international economic
development conference to be presented annually beginning in May 2024 in
partnership with the International Economic Forum of the Americas.




Page 248

The PSC program has been recognized by Sister Cities International for its excellence,
receiving the award for Best Overall Program in the U.S. (for a city with a population
over 500,001) 10 times in the last 24 years - most recently in 2022.

Procurement Information
In compliance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, an exception to the procurement
process was approved to select this vendor as a sole sources given its unique role in
providing these services to the City.

Contract Term
If approved, the revised contract term will be extended through June 30, 2026.

Financial Impact
City funds pay for staff salaries and benefits. All PSC exchanges, events and travel are
privately funded. The budget for the remaining contract period through June 30, 2026,
totals $1,350,000. The funding increase for these expanded services in FY 2023-24
will come from the Downtown Community Reinvestment Fund and the funding for FY
2024-25 and FY 2025-26 will come from the General Fund.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The Economic Development and Equity Subcommittee recommended approval of this
request on June 13, 2023, by a vote of 4-0.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Community
and Economic Development Department.




Page 249



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into a Temporary Parking License Agreement with
Translational Genomics Research Institute (Ordinance S-49988)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a temporary
parking license agreement with Translational Genomics Research Institute (TGen) for
temporary parking staging needs. Further request to authorize the City Treasurer to
accept all necessary funds related to this item. There is no impact to the General Fund
as a result of this action.

Summary
The Community and Economic Development Department (CEDD) manages the
property at the southwestern corner of Fillmore and 7th streets. The property has been
vacant for a number of years and is occasionally used to support development
activities in the Phoenix Biosciences Core. CEDD requests authorization to enter into a
temporary parking license agreement with TGen for the temporary parking of a mobile
testing unit, MindCrowd. The mobile unit utilizes online 'games' to assess brain health
and insights for brain diseases, including Alzheimer's. The mobile testing unit is
expected to require six parking spaces.

Contract Term
The term of the license will be 30 days, with a maximum of two 30-day extensions as
defined in the license, and will begin later this year. The specific start and end dates
will be determined once the mobile testing unit's schedule has been finalized.

Financial Impact
The license fee will be based on market rent and/or other valuable consideration, and
any fees received will be deposited into the City's Genomic Facilities and Operations
Fund.

Location
Southwestern corner of Fillmore and 7th streets
Council District: 8




Page 250

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Community
and Economic Development Department.




Page 251



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Development Agreements with Phoenix IG, LLC for Redevelopment of
the Former Metrocenter Mall (Ordinance S-49950)

Authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend City Contracts 157702 and
157703 (Agreements) with Phoenix IG, LLC, or its City-approved designee
(Developer), to facilitate proposed bond financing through the Phoenix Industrial
Development Authority (Phoenix IDA) for the future redevelopment of Metrocenter Mall
at 9617 N. Metro Parkway West (Site), as well as construction of additional public
amenities at the Site and commitment of additional future transaction privilege tax
(TPT) revenues generated by the project. Staff requests further authorization to enter
into an intergovernmental agreement (IGA) with the Phoenix IDA and other
agreements necessary to effectuate the terms of the amendments and authorization
from the City Controller to disburse funds related to this item.

Summary
Developer has entered into Agreements with the City to facilitate the demolition and
redevelopment of the Site into a mixed-use transit oriented development. In
conjunction with executing those Agreements, Developer successfully purchased 65
acres of the former mall in January 2023.

Following the acquisition, Developer approached the City concerning its desire to
utilize bond financing through the Phoenix IDA. To support the construction of bond-
financed public amenities as part of the redevelopment, Developer has requested the
City exercise its authority to facilitate assessments on the Site to re-pay the bond
trustee to the extent permitted by law. There will be no financial obligation or debt
liability to the City as a result of this action; the City will only be utilizing its authority to
perform assessments to the extent permitted by law.

In addition, Developer has proposed to build further public amenities at the Site,
including an expansion of the public plaza on the roof deck of the proposed garage
and construction of shell office space for use by the Phoenix Police Department at the
new development. Furthermore, additional private streets where public access will be
beneficial to the City have been identified. The Developer has agreed to dedicate
public access easements across these streets. These proposed additional public
amenities will qualify for reimbursement by project-generated TPT payments as


Page 252

contemplated by the TPT Development Agreement (TPT DA) (157703) previously
authorized by City Council.

To support the public amenities constructed by Developer, City will pledge the
additional non-restricted three percent portion of the City’s Hotel Tax for a period equal
to the 25-year period that is currently pledged under the TPT DA for the General Fund
share of the Hotel Tax. This will only apply to the Site-generated TPT.

Beyond the public amenities at the Site, Developer has also committed to entering into
maintenance agreements and revocable permits with the Street Transportation
Department to accept maintenance and beautification of the City Right-of-Way at
Cheryl Drive and Metro Parkway East adjacent to the new Metro Parkway Transit
Center and Park and Ride, which is under construction.

All other terms and conditions of the Agreements will remain in full force and effect.

Financial Impact
The additional City financial impact will be the contribution of the full non-restricted
portion of the Hotel TPT generated from properties within the Site. Staff estimates the
additional non-restricted Hotel TPT over the term of the Agreements to equal $7.2
million. Financial terms of the Agreements will be provided to the Budget and
Research and Finance departments for review prior to execution of the Agreements.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· Transaction Privilege Tax Development Agreement (Ordinance S-48677) on May
25, 2022; and
· Government Property Lease Excise Tax (GPLET) Development Agreement on Nov.
16, 2022.

Location
9617 N. Metro Parkway West
Council District: 1

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by City Manager Jeffrey Barton, Interim Deputy City Manager
John Chan, and the Finance and Community and Economic Development
departments.




Page 253



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into an Intergovernmental Agreement with Arizona State
University for the Development of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Programs in
Downtown Phoenix (Ordinance S-50019)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an
Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA) with Arizona State University (ASU) for the
development of entrepreneurship and innovation programs in downtown Phoenix.
There is no impact to the General Fund as a result of this action.

Summary
On Oct. 18, 2017, City Council authorized an IGA with ASU (Contract 146961) for the
development of programs designed to assist Phoenix community-based entrepreneurs
with launching, growing and scaling their ventures, and commercializing technologies,
in downtown Phoenix. The ASU programs will also provide the opportunity to enhance
learning environments, offering students a location to learn the practical application of
coursework while providing the entrepreneur, hobbyist, inventor, and small-business
community with access to the tools, services and physical space needed for startup
business development. Services available to assist startup businesses will include
hands-on instruction, mentorship, and business services such as legal, marketing and
operational services. The programs will increase opportunity for connectivity and
collaboration, and will leverage existing resources and clusters of active
entrepreneurs. Additionally, the programs will increase intensity and attention, by
highlighting downtown Phoenix's assets, enhance the reputation and visibility of
Arizona as a leading state to support startups as well as development of an
entrepreneurial ecosystem.

Due to COVID-19, the program planning and implementation efforts were halted. At
the end of 2022, ASU began to re-imagine what these programs may look like moving
forward, considering the change in the downtown landscape and programmatic needs
post-COVID. The agreement expired in February 2023; this new IGA will contain
substantially the same terms as the previous agreement. This IGA will alter the
timeline and site requirements as follows:
· The term of the agreement shall be for three years.
· ASU and the City shall work together to identify a mutually agreeable site(s) for



Page 254

program implementation.

Financial Impact
There is no impact to the General Fund as a result of this action.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· The Downtown, Aviation, Economy and Innovation Subcommittee recommended
approval of this item on Oct. 4, 2017.
· City Council approved IGA 146961 (Ordinance S-44006) on Oct. 18, 2017.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Community
and Economic Development Department.




Page 255



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Issuance of Multifamily Housing Revenue Bonds (Bret Tarver Terrace Project),
Series 2023 (Resolution 22136)

Requests City Council approval for the issuance of Multifamily Housing Revenue
Bonds (Bret Tarver Terrace Project), Series 2023, to be issued in one or more tax-
exempt and/or taxable series, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$20,000,000.

Summary
Request City Council adoption of a resolution granting approval of the proceedings
under which The Industrial Development Authority of the City of Phoenix, Arizona (the
“Phoenix IDA”) has previously resolved to issue up to $20,000,000 of Multifamily
Housing Revenue Bonds (the “Revenue Bonds”) for use by UMOM Housing 9, LLC
(the “Borrower”), an Arizona limited liability company, to:
a.) finance, and/or refinance, as applicable, the acquisition, construction, development,
improvement, equipping and/or operation of a multifamily residential rental housing
community to be comprised of 96 units in Phoenix, Arizona, and

b.) pay certain costs related to the issuance of the Revenue Bonds.

Contract Term
The Phoenix IDA Board has previously resolved to issue the Revenue Bonds at its
meeting held on May 18, 2023.

Location
The Project is located at or near 3101 W. McDowell Road.
Council District: 4

With the exception of certain housing bonds/notes, the Phoenix IDA can finance
projects located anywhere in Arizona. In addition, the Phoenix IDA may issue
bonds/notes to finance projects outside of Arizona, if the out-of-state project provides a
benefit within the State.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer.


Page 256



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Intelligent Lighting Fixtures Installation, Maintenance, Repair and Parts Contract
IFB PPC 23-0080 - Request for Award (Ordinance S-49910)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Clearwing Systems Integration, LLC to provide intelligent lighting fixtures, installation,
maintenance, repair, and parts for the Phoenix Convention Center Department
(PCCD). Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to
this item. The total value of the contract will not exceed $150,000.

Summary
This contract is for intelligent lighting fixtures, installation, maintenance, repair, and
parts for the PCCD over a five-year period. The services will involve an annual visit by
a factory-certified technician to inspect and service the highly specialized and sensitive
computer components within the complex computerized lighting equipment. These
components are extensively utilized in the Orpheum Theatre.

Procurement Information
An Invitation for Bid was processed in accordance with City of Phoenix Administrative
Regulation 3.10.

One vendor submitted bids deemed to be responsive to posted specifications and
responsible to provide the required goods and services. Following an evaluation based
on price, the procurement officer recommends award to the following vendor.

Selected Bidder:
Clearwing Systems Integration, LLC

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about July 1, 2023, for a five-year term with no options to
extend.

Financial Impact
The contract value will not exceed $150,000.

Funding is available in the Phoenix Convention Center Department operating budget.


Page 257


Location
Phoenix Convention Center Department, 100 N. 3rd St.
Council Districts: 7 and 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manger John Chan and the Phoenix
Convention Center Department.




Page 258



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Audio Visual System Replacement Project, Phoenix Convention Center - IFB
PCC 23-0098 - Request for Award (Ordinance S-49932)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into contracts with
Bluum USA Inc., Clearwing Systems Integration, Ford Audio Video Systems LLC,
OGMIS Group Inc., and Spinitar to provide audio visual equipment for the Phoenix
Convention Center Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contracts will not exceed
$300,000.

Summary
These contracts will provide various audio-visual equipment for the West Building 200
level audio-visual replacement items at the Phoenix Convention Center. The provided
audio-visual equipment will be used in client meeting spaces to support, enhance, and
complement the contracted client event activities within the department's facilities and
meeting spaces. The current systems are more than 17 years old with outdated
technology and are approaching the end of useful life. To maintain performance,
reliability, and adhere to industry standards in conventions and live events, it is
necessary to update the audio and video equipment and components specified in the
contracts. The contracts offer a comprehensive selection of audio and visual
equipment, along with the required account and delivery services. Examples of the
equipment available through this contract include sound system components,
microphones, and video equipment.

Procurement Information
An Invitation for Bid procurement was processed in accordance with City of Phoenix
Administrative Regulation 3.10.

Five vendors submitted bids deemed to be responsive to posted specifications and
responsible to provide the required goods and services. Following an evaluation based
on price, the procurement officer recommends award to the following vendors:

1 - Bluum USA Inc.
2 - Clearwing Systems Integration
3 - Ford Audio Video Systems LLC


Page 259

4 - OGMIS Group Inc.
5 - Spinitar

Contract Term
The contracts will begin on or about July 1, 2023 for a five-year term with no options to
extend.

Financial Impact
The value of the contracts will not exceed $300,000.

Funding is available in the Phoenix Convections Center Operating budget.

Location: 100 N. Third St.

Council Districts: 7 and 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Phoenix
Convention Center Department.




Page 260



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Event Security Services - RFP 16-005 - Amendment 7 (Ordinance S-49953)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute Amendment 7 to
Contract 143908 with Contemporary Services Corporation to extend the contract term.
Further request to authorize the City Treasurer to accept, and the City Controller to
disburse, all funds related to this item.

Summary
This contract provides Event Security Services at the Phoenix Convention Center
Department (PCCD) and is set to expire on Nov. 1, 2023. The PCCD is scheduled to
host several large, high-profile events through the end of the year. It is in the best
interest of all parties to extend the current Event Security Services contract through
Feb. 1, 2024, to provide a continuity of services and on-boarding to the awarded
vendor at a time that is more conducive for our clients and the PCCD event calendar.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Feb. 1, 2024.

Financial Impact
This is a revenue-generating contract with a 10 percent commission that generates
approximately $73,000 in revenue per year. PCCD clients pay the cost of all vendor
services.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· The Downtown, Aviation, Economy and Innovation Subcommittee recommended
· City Council approved Contract 143908 (Ordinance S-47596) with Contemporary
Services Corporation on Sept. 21, 2016.

Location
Council Districts: 7 and 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Interim Deputy City Manager John Chan and the Phoenix
Convention Center Department.


Page 261



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
One-Time Purchase of Ambulances (Ordinance S-49993)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Redsky Fire Apparatus LLC., to provide six ambulance units for the Phoenix Fire
Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The total value of the contract will not exceed $2,875,000.

Summary
The Public Works Department seeks to purchase new ambulances on behalf of the
Fire Department to replace aging units. These units are vital to responding to residents
and other emergencies throughout the City and is essential to safety, health and well-
being of City residents and visitors.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition, due to the unique build specifications that
have been reviewed and deemed acceptable by the Phoenix Fire and Public Works
departments.

Contract Term
The contract will begin upon City Council approval, June 28, 2023, for the one-time
purchase of six ambulance units.

Financial Impact
The contract value will not exceed $2,875,000.

Funding is available in the Fire Department's budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and Deputy City Manager
Mario Paniagua, and the Fire and Public Works departments.




Page 262



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
One-Time Purchase of Fire Pumper Trucks (Ordinance S-49996)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into separate
contracts with Hughes Fire Equipment, Inc, H&E Equipment Services Inc., and
Freightliner of Arizona, LLC, DBA Velocity Truck Centers to provide fire pumper trucks
for the Phoenix Fire Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contracts will not exceed
$18,400,000.

Summary
The Public Works Department is seeking to purchase fire pumper trucks on behalf of
the Fire Department to replace aging units. These units are critical as they are used to
provide emergency response services, including combating structural fires and
providing emergency medical services to Phoenix residents and surrounding
municipalities.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition due to the unique build specifications
reviewed and deemed acceptable by the Fire and Public Works Department.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about City Council approval on June 28, 2023, for the
purchase of pumper trucks.

Financial Impact
The contract value will not exceed $18,400,000.

Funding is available in the Fire Department's budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and Deputy City Manager
Mario Paniagua, and the Fire and Public Works departments.



Page 263



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
One-Time Purchase of Fire Ladder Trucks (Ordinance S-49994)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
H&E Equipment Services, Inc. to provide fire ladder trucks for the Phoenix Fire
Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The total value of the contract will not exceed $8,050,000.

Summary
The Public Works Department is seeking to purchase fire ladder trucks on behalf of the
Fire Department to replace aging units. These units are essential for operations and
provide sure suppression to multi-story structure fires and large volume fire
suppression needs.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition. Due to the unique build specifications
reviewed and deemed acceptable by the Phoenix Fire and Public Works departments.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about June 28, 2023, for the purchase of the fire ladder
trucks.

Financial Impact
The contract value will not exceed $8,050,000. Funding is available in the Fire
Department's budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and Deputy City Manager
Mario Paniagua, and the Fire and Public Works departments.




Page 264



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
One-Time Purchase of Fire Utility and Ladder Tender Trucks (Ordinance S-49997)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Freightliner of Arizona, LLC DBA Velocity Truck Centers to provide utility trucks and
ladder tender trucks for the Phoenix Fire Department. Further request to authorize the
City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contract
will not exceed $4,945,000.

Summary
The Public Works Department is seeking to purchase fire utility trucks and ladder
tender trucks on behalf of the Fire Department to replace aging units. The ladder
tender units are critical and respond to emergency medical and vehicle patient
extraction, along with response to fire calls. The utility trucks are used to respond to
structure fires and other multi-unit incidents to provide air from large on-board
compressors for breathing apparatus, as well as provide drinking fluid and scene
lighting.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition, due to the unique build and specifications
reviewed and deemed acceptable by the Fire and Public Works Departments.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about City Council approval on June 28, 2023, for the
purchase of utility trucks and ladder tender trucks.

Financial Impact
The contract value will not exceed $4,945,000.

Funding is available in the Fire Department's budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays, Deputy City Manager
Mario Paniagua, and the Fire and Public Works departments.


Page 265



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Donation from Donald Mills Jr. for Phoenix Fire Department Historical
Preservation Purposes (Ordinance S-50005)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to accept a donation of
historic fire equipment valued at approximately $2,000 from Donald Mills Jr. for
Phoenix Fire historical preservation purposes. Further request authorization for the
City Treasurer to accept and for the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
donation. If not approved, the donation would be declined.

Summary
Donald Mills Jr. wishes to donate various fire equipment to the Fire Department for
historical preservation.

The donation consists of the following equipment:
· Two three-wheeled hand pulled hose carts
· Electric golf cart fire truck (not operational)
· Four miscellaneous lamps
· Two Fire extinguishers
· Play pipe
· Photos
· Helmets
· Two standup call pull boxes
· Brass bell
· United States flag

This request adheres to the Fire Department's charitable donations process.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Fire Department.




Page 266



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into Agreement with Arizona Center for Fire Service
Excellence (AzCFSE) (Ordinance S-49933)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an
agreement with Arizona Center for Fire Service Excellence (AzCFSE) for the annual
Arizona Fire School to be hosted at the Phoenix Fire Department (PFD) Training
Academy. Further request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept, and the City
Controller to disburse, all funds related to this item.

Summary
The Arizona Fire School (AFS) was created in 1973 to improve the safety and
effectiveness of Arizona firefighters through education and training. AFS operates out
of the Office of the State Fire Marshal and is actively managed by the AzCFSE. Held
annually in early September, the AFS lasts for five days and includes a combination of
classroom and hands-on fire training. All participants must be either an employee or
representative of the sponsoring fire department or active emergency service
personnel.

The PFD hosts the AFS and provides support and instructional assistance through the
use of its facility, apparatus and training staff. Training includes the standard functions
of a firefighter, such as search and rescue, hose line deployment and management,
live fire training, and self-rescue and victim removal techniques. Training follows all
applicable standards and guidelines including National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) 1403 Standard on Live Fire Training.

Contract Term
The term of the agreement, if approved, will be for five years, beginning Sept. 1, 2023,
through Aug. 31, 2028.

Financial Impact
PFD will receive an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000 from AzCFSE to host
and provide training for the annual Arizona State Fire School.

Location
The PFD Training Academy is located at 2425 W. Lower Buckeye Road.


Page 267

Council District: 7

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Fire Department.




Page 268



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
International Code Council Reference Materials Contract - EXC 23-036 - Request
for Award (Ordinance S-49960)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
International Code Council, Inc. to provide reference materials for construction codes,
building standards, safety professional and related training services for the Phoenix
Fire and Planning and Development departments. Further request to authorize the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contract will
not exceed $344,000.

Summary
This contract will provide construction code reference materials, guides and
publications, subscription to premium digital codes, and related training and seminars,
as necessary, to the departments' staff conducting inspections and testing within the
enhance the city's building and fire codes. Building codes are published to meet the
needs of local jurisdiction charged with enforcement of building standards for
construction and use, and are updated to reflect the latest standards of life-safety and
construction technology. The City of Phoenix is a member of the International Code
Council. On June 6, 2018, the Phoenix City Council approved the adoption of the 2018
Phoenix Building Construction Code (PBCC). Departments intend to refer to the 2018
building codes, the 2021 fire codes through new code adoption and the 2024 building
codes once adopted.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition. The City is a member of the International
Code Council, which adopt building standard codes to meet compliance of the local
jurisdiction.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about July 1, 2023, for a five-year term with no options to
extend.



Page 269

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value for will not exceed $344,000 for the five-year term.
Funding is available in the Phoenix Fire and Planning and Development departments’
operating budgets.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays, Deputy City Manager Alan
Stephenson and the Fire and Planning and Development departments.




Page 270



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Paramedic Textbooks and Dictionaries - IFB 18-088 - Amendment (Ordinance S-
49951)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
Contract 148191 and Contract 148192 with Complete Book and Media Supply, LLC,
and Jones & Bartlett Learning, LLC, to extend the terms of the contracts. Further
request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The
additional expenditures will not exceed $100,000.

Summary
These contracts will provide a wide variety of paramedic textbooks for the Fire
Department used to train firefighters to become Emergency Medical Technician (EMT)
and Advanced Life Support (ALS) certified. The training is needed for the Fire
Department to provide immediate emergency response to medical situations.

Contract Term
Upon approval, the contracts will be extended through June 30, 2024, with an option to
extend through June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $100,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $458,963. Funds are available in the Fire Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Paramedic Textbooks and Dictionaries Contract 148191 and Contract 148192
(Ordinance S-44867) on July 5, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Fire Department.




Page 271



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Fire Fighting Equipment - RFP 1605 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49974)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
Contract 149261 with Municipal Emergency Services to extend the contract term.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. No additional funds are needed, request to continue using ordinance S-45008.

Summary
This contract will provide fire protective clothing and personal protective equipment for
Phoenix firefighters which is intended for extensive use and provides high thermal
protection, and protection from body injuries related to structural firefighting activities.
This gear is a critical part of the Fire Department's efforts to provide life safety services
to the public.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Aug. 31, 2024, with an option to
extend through Aug. 31, 2025.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $1,200,000 and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Fire Fighting Equipment, Contract 14926 (Ordinance S-45008) Sept. 19, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Fire Department.




Page 272



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Firefighting Personal Protective Equipment - PS16008 - Amendment (Ordinance
S-49977)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 148481 with LION First Responder PPE, Inc., to extend contract term.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $4,000,000.

Summary
This contract will provide Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), such as protective
coats, pants, and turnout gear, that are used by the Fire Department to protect the
firefighters from radiant and thermal exposure, unexpected flashover conditions, and
puncture and abrasion hazards during firefighting. This PPE also protects firefighters
from extreme heat and flames, while battling fires. This gear is a critical part of the Fire
Department's efforts to provide life safety services to the public. The contract extension
will allow for the continued purchase of protective coats, pants and turnout gear
needed for newly hired recruits, and to replace any expired or damaged PPE to stay
current with the National Fire Protection Association standards.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Aug. 31, 2024, with an option to
extend through Aug. 31, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $4,000,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $18,725,000. Funds are available in the Fire Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Firefighting Personal Protective Equipment Contract 148481 (Ordinance S-45007) on
Sept. 19, 2018.
• Firefighting Personal Protective Equipment Contract 148481 (Ordinance S-47249) on
Jan. 20, 2021.



Page 273

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Fire Department.




Page 274



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Contract with Maricopa Association of Governments for 9-1-1 System
Planning (Ordinance S-50006)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an
amendment to City Contract 154162 to accept additional funds in the amount of
$135,000 from the Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG) to continue to provide
emergency 9-1-1 system management and planning. Further request authorization for
the City Treasurer to accept and for the City Controller to disburse all funds related to
this item.

Summary
Contract 154162 was approved by the City Council on March 3, 2021, to provide
emergency 9-1-1 system management and planning. MAG will provide an additional
$135,000 for the renewal period of July 1, 2023, through June 30, 2024.

The System Administrator Agency for the Regional 9-1-1 Program Maricopa Region is
the City of Phoenix (Fire Department). The City of Phoenix is the contracting agent of
ongoing operations of the 9-1-1 call routing system. This authority is given through
signed resolutions by MAG member agencies. These agreements act as the governing
documents for the oversight of the 9-1-1 system design, implementation, and
management in the MAG Region.

MAG is the recipient of 9-1-1 Special Assessments and intends to contract with the
information transport into the 9-1-1 emergency system, support the economic goals of
the State, provide an easily accessible emergency service to the community, and
emergency 9-1-1 planning services.

Contract Term
The amended contract term is July 1, 2020, through June 30, 2024, with an additional
one-year period, not to exceed a total extended term of five years.

Financial Impact
The Fire Department will be reimbursed for emergency 9-1-1 planning efforts in an
amount not to exceed $135,000 for Fiscal Year 2023-24.


Page 275


Concurrence/Previous Council Action
Contract 154162 was approved by the City Council on March 3, 2021.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Fire Department.




Page 276



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Allow Additional Expenditures Under Contract 152101 for Fire Department
Medical Direction (Ordinance S-50011)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to allow additional
expenditures under Contract 152101 with International Medical Direction, LLC for the
provision of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Medical Direction and related
services for the Fire Department’s EMS Program. Authorization is also requested for
the City Controller to disburse funds. The additional funding will not exceed $225,250.

Summary
The City entered into a five-year contract for medical direction services with
International Medical Direction, LLC in May 2020.

The Phoenix Fire Department (PFD) is required to have medical direction for the
Emergency Medical Services (EMS) program including its Emergency Medical
Technician (EMT) and Emergency Medical Technician-Paramedic (EMT-P) programs.
The Medical Director is responsible for establishing the following:
· Overall medical direction for patient care in accordance with state rules and
regulations;
· Standards for basic and advanced training; providing continuing education
programs for all EMS personnel;
· Appropriate medical protocols for all operational phases of the basic and advanced
life support programs; and,
· Policy on the selection and use of medications, supplies and medical equipment in
coordination with the Fire Department.

The Medical Director is also responsible for the management and coordination of
online direction to PFD paramedics and for providing oversight to other physicians that
may be used to provide medical direction to PFD paramedics while they are working in
the field.

Additional funding is needed to add an Assistant Medical Director to the EMS section
to support the Administrative Medical Director that is already in place. This position will
liaison and support the Fire Department’s nationally accredited Paramedic Training


Page 277

program. This position will also participate in EMS programs that will result in quality
improvement initiatives, including developing and implementing strategies to improve
patient care outcomes and reduce gaps in pre-hospital patient management to the
community.

Contract Term
The term of this Agreement is July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $225,250 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $2,247,389. Funds are available in the Fire Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Fire Department Medical Direction, Ordinance S-46583 on May 6, 2020.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Fire Department.




Page 278



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
inPURSUIT Records Management System Professional Services and Support -
Amendment (Ordinance S-49935)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
Contract 148218 with Intergraph Corporation dba Hexagon Safety & Infrastructure to
extend the contract term and allow additional expenditures for continued maintenance
of the inPURSUIT Records Management System for the Phoenix Police Department.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $1,643,000.

Summary
This contract provides annual licensing, software maintenance, support and
professional services in support of the heavily customized Records Management
System (RMS) for Phoenix Police Department. The additional contract term and
expenditures will allow the City to transition and replace its current system.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through July 31, 2024.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $1,643,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $10,143,000. Funds are available in the Police Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· inPURSUIT Records Management System contract award, Contract 148218,
Ordinance S-44430, on April 4, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays, Deputy City Manager
Inger Erickson, and the Information Technology Services and Police departments.


Page 279



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Firearms Transfer Agreement (Ordinance S-50010)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee to execute an agreement with
D.T. Gruelle (Gruelle) to transfer unclaimed firearms.

Summary
The City has selected approximately 500-600 unclaimed firearms to transfer through
Gruelle, a private company which provides export and import services. Gruelle will
transfer to the National Police of Ukraine. Only 9mm, 45mm, 39mm and 12 gauge
firearms will be sent. Firearms are unclaimed when there has been no owner contact
after a thirty day notice, in which case the City can dispose of them.

Contract Term
Contract term is for two years, from June 28, 2023 to June 28, 2025.

Financial Impact
No funds expended by the City.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 280



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Radar and Lidar Units Repair and Maintenance - RFA 18-143 - Amendment
(Ordinance S-49973)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 148378 with Arizona Law Enforcement Radar Technology, LLC. to extend
contract term. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $125,000.

Summary
This contract will provide radar and lidar units repair and maintenance services for the
Police Department's Traffic Bureau. This service is vital for the Traffic Bureau to
provide certification, annual function tests and frequency count on the handheld units,
mounted units and radar trailers. In addition, this service will provide repairs, parts, and
labor to the handheld units. This equipment is part of the Police Department's effort to
provide life safety services to the public and will be used in critical incidents and
complicated scenes. A five-year extension is recommended to continue the supply of
products and services, with distinct specifications and limited suppliers, which are
critical for Police Department operations.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through Aug. 31, 2028.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $125,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $275,000. Funds are available in the Police Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Radar and Lidar Units Repair and Maintenance Contract 148378 Ordinance
S-44902-0055, Aug. 29, 2018;
· Radar and Lidar Units Repair and Maintenance Contract 148378 Ordinance
S-46550-0016, May 06, 2020;
· Radar and Lidar Units Repair and Maintenance Contract 148378 Ordinance
S-48152, Dec. 01, 2021


Page 281

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 282



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Body Worn Cameras - RFP 18-056 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49931)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 149316 with Axon Enterprise, Inc. to modify scope of work and extend
contract term. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $39,263,040.

Summary
This contract will provide a Body Worn Camera (BWC) equipment and software
solution for use by the Phoenix Police Department. This request is for a bundled set of
new features and functionality offered by the vendor which will increase operational
efficiencies for the City and community. The five-year extension will allow for continued
use and support of the City's BWC program, of the Police Department's continued
commitment to transparency and accountability.

Examples of the additional features and functionality include:
· Unlimited 3rd-party storage to upload and store non-Axon videos and evidence.
· Capture Application, which allows officers to use City-issued smart phones to
capture, upload, store and share digital evidence.
· Citizen Application, which allows citizens to directly share digital evidence with the
Phoenix Police Department via smart phones.
· Investigative Pro Application and Training, used by the Forensix Imaging Unit for
processing surveillance videos and other digital evidence.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through June 30, 2028.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $39,263,040 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $47,445,125. Funds are available in the Police Department’s
budget.


Page 283


Concurrence/Previous Council Action
This item was recommended for approval by the Public Safety and Justice
Subcommittee on June 14, 2023.

The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Body Worn Cameras - Contract 149316 (Ordinance S-45348) on Feb. 6, 2019.
· Body Worn Cameras - Contract 149316 (Ordinance S-46104) on Oct. 16, 2019.
· Body Worn Cameras - Contract 149316 (Ordinance S-48125) on Nov. 17, 2021.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 284



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Hardware and Software Maintenance for Mug Photo Workstations - ADSPO 13-
038745 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49946)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
Contract 145552 with ImageWare Systems, Inc. to extend the contract term. Further
request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The
additional expenditures will not exceed $60,000.

Summary
This contract will provide hardware and software maintenance and support of the mug
photo workstations located at several Police precincts and bureaus.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through June 30, 2024, with an option to
extend through June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $60,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $288,166. Funds are available in the Police Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Hardware and Software Maintenance for Mug Photo Workstations Contract 145552
(Ordinance S-42657) on June 15, 2016.
· Hardware and Software Maintenance for Mug Photo Workstations Contract 145552
(Ordinance S-43686) on June 21, 2017.
· Hardware and Software Maintenance for Mug Photo Workstations Contract 145552
(Ordinance S-48767) on June 15, 2022.




Page 285

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 286



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
CovertTrack Global Positioning Units & Surveillance Equipment - RFA 18-017 -
Amendment (Ordinance S-49943)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 148210 with CovertTrack Group Inc. to extend contract term. Further request
to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The additional
expenditures will not exceed $350,000.

Summary
This contract will provide the Police Department with electronic surveillance including
GPS trackers, surveillance cell phones, unlimited five-second updated monitoring, and
maintenance for the devices. The equipment is used for felony investigations by the
Police Department's Drug Enforcement Bureau, as well as other bureaus within the
department to aid in ensuring public safety.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through June 30, 2028.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $350,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $658,000. Funds are available in the Police Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously approved this request:
· CovertTrack Global Positioning Units & Surveillance Equipment Contract 148210
(Ordinance S-44833) on June 27, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 287



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Diving Equipment - IFB 18-144-Amendment (Ordinance S-49963)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
contracts 148475 with AHS Rescue, LLC, 148476 with Saguaro Diving & Sports, Inc.,
148477 with House of Scuba, Inc., 148478 with Dive Rescue International, Inc. and
148479 with American Diving Supply, LLC to extend the contract terms. Further
request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The
additional expenditures will not exceed $61,170.

Summary
These contracts will provide a wide variety of diving equipment for the Police
Department. The Department's Underwater Search and Recovery Dive Team is
responsible for providing underwater search and recovery of drowning victims,
evidence to crime scenes and removal of items deemed as hazardous to navigation.
The team also provides rescue services to victims of water accidents. All dive
equipment will be maintained in accordance with Commercial Diving Standards,
Occupational Safety and Health Act and Arizona Division of Occupational Safety and
Health guidelines.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contracts will be extended through Aug. 31, 2024 with an option to
extend through Aug. 31, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $61,170 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $411,776.42. Funds are available in the Police Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Diving Equipment contracts 148475, 148476, 148477, 148478, 148479 (Ordinance
S-44911) on Aug. 29, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.


Page 288



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
LexisNexis Accurint and Accurint Crime Analysis Services - RFA 18-009 -
Amendment (Ordinance S-49969)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
Contract 148401 with LexisNexis Risk Solutions FL, Inc. to extend the contract term
and allow additional expenditures. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed
$650,000.

Summary
This contract will provide two software applications for legal investigative research for
the Phoenix Police Department (PPD). The two applications include Accurint LE and
Accurint Crime Analysis.

The Accurint LE application allows PPD personnel to locate suspects, persons of
interest and potential crime witnesses. Accurint LE will also provide the capabilities of
locating individuals, discovering associations, visualizing complex relationships,
investigating businesses and uncovering assets. The Accurint Crime Analysis
application provides a secure online dashboard with a public-facing component that
enables crime data sharing, pattern analysis, and crime mapping. Accurint Crime
Analysis receives data from multiple established interfaces and is updated upon the
finalization of each crime report. This ability to combine data from various sources into
a seamless, standardized data set allows PPD personnel to view, analyze, and share
data with other law enforcement agencies.

The combined capabilities of these applications are critical to PPD's operations as they
allow personnel to solve open cases faster and they reduce the volume of public
records requests received for neighborhood crime statistics. This ensures that staff
have more time to work on high-priority case work and that costs associated with
lengthy investigations are minimized. The extension of this contract and additional
funds are necessary to maintain access to these vital applications.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.



Page 289

Contract Term
Upon approval, the contract will be extended through Aug. 31, 2028.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $650,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $1,054,000. Funds are available in the Police Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· LexisNexis Accurint LE and Accurint Crime Analysis Contract 148401 (Ordinance S-
44909) on Aug. 29, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 290



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Service Support Agreement for Forensic Equipment - RFA 17-158 - Amendment
(Ordinance S-49934)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 147535 with Qiagen, Inc. to extend the contract term. Further request to
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The additional
expenditures will not exceed $80,000.

Summary
This contract provides the Police Department, Laboratory Services Bureau, Forensic
Biology Section, with maintenance and repair services on the QIAsymphony and
QIAcube equipment. The forensic instruments are used to process deoxyribonucleic
acid (DNA) evidence collected from crime scenes. Regular maintenance of the
instruments is vital to maintaining the appropriate International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) standards. Qiagen is the sole provider of the maintenance and
repair services of the forensic instruments.

Contract Term
Upon approval, the contract will be extended through May 31, 2024, with an option to
extend through May 31, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $80,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $281,030. Funds are available in the Police Department’s
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Service Support Agreement for Forensic Equipment Contract 147535 (Ordinance S-
44551) on May 16, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 291



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Maintenance and Certification of Chemical Hoods and Biological Safety
Cabinets - ADSPO17 00007025 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49947)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
Contract 145129 with Controlled Environment Management, LLC to extend the
contract term. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The additional expenditures will not exceed $9,000.

Summary
This contract will provide annual certification, including velocity profile, maintenance,
calibration and repair of chemical fume hoods and bio-safety cabinets for the Phoenix
Police Department, which is needed to ensure that the equipment remains within
compliance and in proper working order.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through May 23, 2024, with an option to
extend through May 23, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $9,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $44,000. Funds are available in the Police Department's
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Maintenance and Certification of Chemical Hoods and Biological Safety Cabinets
Contract 145129 (Ordinance S-43530-0036) on May 31, 2017.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 292



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Pre-Employment Psychological Examination and Evaluations - RFQu 23-111
Request for Award (Ordinance S-50003)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into contracts with
Arizona Police Psychology PLLC; IMA Evaluations LLC; and Jeni McCutcheon, PSY.D,
PLLC to provide Pre-Employment Psychological Examination and Evaluation Services
for the Police Department's Employment Services Bureau (ESB). Further request to
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of
the contracts will not exceed $802,332.

Summary
The contracts will provide the ESB comprehensive psychological evaluation services
for recruits, and expert witness testimony, as needed, for police personnel and police
officers. The purpose of the pre-employment psychology evaluation is to determine the
fitness of a recruit to perform the sworn duties of a police officer. Pre-employment
psychological assessments for the Police Department are essential to ensure that
candidates are psychologically suited for the demanding and critical nature of law
enforcement work, to mitigate risks, and to support the well-being of the officers and
the communities they serve.

Procurement Information
A Request for Qualifications procurement was processed in accordance with
Administrative Regulation 3.10 to establish a Qualified Vendor List (QVL).

Three offerors submitted qualifications and were deemed to be responsive and
responsible. An evaluation committee of City staff evaluated those offers based on the
following minimum qualifications:
· Experience
· Qualifications
· Capacity

After reaching consensus, the evaluation committee recommends award to the
following offerors:




Page 293

· Arizona Police Psychology PLLC
· IMA Evaluations LLC
· Jeni McCutcheon, PSY.D, PLLC

Contract Term
The contracts will begin on or about Aug. 1, 2023, for a five-year term with no options
to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contracts' value will not exceed $802,332. Funding is available in the
Police Department's operating budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 294



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into an Agreement with the Arizona Attorney General's
Office and Accept Funds for the Internet Crimes Against Children Task Force
Program (Ordinance S-49984)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or designee, approval for the Police
Department to enter into an agreement with the Arizona Attorney General's Office and
accept funding for the Internet Crimes Against Children (ICAC) Program. Further
request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept and the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item.

Summary
The Police Department will enter into an agreement with the Arizona Attorney
General's Office for the Internet Crimes Against Children (ICAC) Task Force program.
Additionally, the Police Department requests ratification of Arizona Internet Crimes
Against Children Task Force Intergovernmental Agreement 150924--0 (KR-2019-0852)
and all related amendments between the Police Department and The Arizona Attorney
General's Office. The Arizona Attorney General's Office agreement will provide
reimbursement to support ICAC Task Force investigations. The agreement supports
the ICAC Task Force by providing funding for personnel, technology, equipment and
supplies. The goal of this task force is to identify, investigate and prosecute individuals
who exploit children.

Contract Term
The contract term will be from July 1, 2023, through June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
No matching funds are required. Costs to the City would be in-kind resources only.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 295



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into Agreement with Arizona Peace Officer Standards and
Training Board (Ordinance S-50027)

Request authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an
agreement with the Arizona Peace Officer Standards and Training Board (AZPOST) for
the reimbursement of basic training costs at the Phoenix Regional Police Academy.
Further request authorization for the City Controller to receive and disburse all funds
related to this item.

Summary
The Phoenix Regional Police Academy is managed by the Phoenix Police Department
Training Bureau and trains recruits from multiple Arizona law enforcement agencies.
The Phoenix Regional Police Academy holds approximately 12 classes per fiscal year.
In Fiscal Year 2023-24, AZPOST shall pay $2,500 per recruit who graduates and $900
per recruit who completes at least 50 percent of the academy but does not graduate.

Contract Term
This agreement is effective when ratified by all signatories, and terminates June 30,
2028, with annual options to amend for the per recruit amount.

Financial Impact
Funds will be used for recruit training supplies, equipment, vehicle maintenance, fuel
and capital improvements at the training facilities.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously approved this request:
· Authorization to Enter into Agreement with Arizona Peace Officer Standards and
Training Board 148135-003 (Ordinance S-44896) on July 5, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 296



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Arizona Criminal Justice Commission Project Safe Neighborhoods Drive Test
Scanner Grant (Ordinance S-49992)

Request retroactive authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to allow the
Police Department to apply for, accept, and enter into an agreement with the Arizona
Criminal Justice Commission for the Project Safe Neighborhoods (PSN) Drive Test
Scanner grant. Funding provided under this grant will not exceed $194,975. Further
request authorization for the City Treasurer to accept and the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item.

Summary
The PSN grant is a nationwide initiative that brings together federal, state, local, tribal
and territorial law enforcement officials, prosecutors, community-based partners and
other stakeholders to identify the most pressing violent crime problems in a community
and develop comprehensive solutions to address them.

The U.S. Department of Justice, Bureau of Justice Assistance, has awarded each
State funding to implement a PSN Project within their jurisdiction. The Police
Department is applying for funding in the amount of $194,975 for equipment for the
Violent Crimes Bureau. If authorization is denied, the grant application will be
rescinded.

Contract Term
The term of the contract will be for six months, beginning on April 11, 2023, through
Sept. 30, 2023.

Financial Impact
The amount of funding available is $194,974. No matching funds are required.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 297



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into Agreement with Vertical Growth Partners LLC for
Police Programs 2022 (Ordinance S-49981)

Request retroactive authorization for the City Manager, or his designee, to allow the
Police Department to enter into an agreement with the Vertical Growth Partners, dba
Vitanya, to use Phoenix Police (PPD) locations to provide programs for first
responders.

Summary
Vitanya seeks to enter and use a designated room at the Phoenix Police Headquarters
and precinct locations to provide brain programs to volunteer participants, such as City
employees and first responders. The intent of this agreement is to provide programs
that will optimize the brain's health and increase mental resilience for first responders.

Contract Term
Services will be from Dec. 27, 2022 through Dec. 27, 2023.

Financial Impact
There will be no financial impact for this agreement.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the Police Department.




Page 298



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Interim Executive Services Agreement 157017 (Ordinance S-50029)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
Agreement 157017 with Michael Sullivan that outlines terms of his temporary
employment with the City of Phoenix and extend the agreement to Oct. 31, 2024.

Summary
On Sept. 1, 2022, the City and Michael Sullivan entered into an agreement to fill a
temporary employee position as Interim Police Chief. This temporary position included
a salary of $232,000 as well as executive level benefits available to temporary
employees including a nine percent Deferred Compensation Plan contribution, $120
per month communication allowance, vacation and sick leave accruals, life insurance
benefits and access to other voluntary benefits.

Additional terms include a provision for termination with cause, or if without cause to
be paid the remaining balance due under the term of the agreement, and requirement
for 90 day notice of resignation.

Upon approval, the agreement will include the following amendments:
· Base salary to increase in alignment with Pay Ordinance Section 5(k) regarding
Unit 18 (Police Executives), effective July 10, 2023 as well as Section 10(a) and
Pay Plan 027 Grade 976, effective Aug. 7, 2023.
· Except as otherwise amended, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement and
any prior amendments not in conflict will remain in full force and effect. If there is a
conflict or ambiguity among amendments and the Agreement, the documents in the
following order prevail and control: (a) the most recent amendment; and (b) the
original Agreement.

Contract Term
Upon approval, the agreement will extended to Oct. 31, 2024. The initial term was for
12 months, which may be extended for up to 24 months, the length of which will be
determined by the parties.




Page 299

Financial Impact
Funds are available in the Police Department's
budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Interim Executive Services Agreement 157017 (Ordinance S-48963) on Aug. 31,
2022.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Assistant City Manager Lori Bays and the City Manager's
Office.




Page 300



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
GPT GIG BOA PORTFOLIO OWNER, LLC and RT Sky Harbor, LLC Ground Lease
Amendment (Ordinance S-49980)

Request to authorize the amendment of Ground Lease Agreement 48819 with GPT
GIG BOA PORTFOLIO OWNER LLC (GPT) and Ground Lease Agreement 102545
with RT Sky Harbor, LLC by requesting that the extension option on Lease 48819 be
approved and in exchange the $11 million capital improvement be transferred to Lease
102545 with the condition that the capital improvement investment be completed as a
condition to exercise the first extension option for Lease 102545.

Summary
The current premises consist of three separate parcels within Sky Harbor Center under
two separate Ground Lease Agreements (Lease 48819 and Lease 102545). GPT is
the tenant under Lease 48819 and RT Sky Harbor, LLC is the tenant under Lease
102545. GPT and RT Sky Harbor, LLC are owned by the same corporation, Link
Logistics, LLC which is a division of Blackstone. Lease 48819 currently has a provision
that GPT must spend $11 million in capital improvements to the premises in order to
achieve a 14-year lease extension option. Lease 102545 currently has no capital
investment improvement provisions and has three extension options. Both parties are
requesting that the extension option on Lease 48819 be approved and in exchange the
$11 million capital improvement investment be transferred to Lease 102545 with the
requirement that the capital improvement investment be completed as a condition to
exercise the first extension option under Lease 102545.

Contract Term
The current term for Lease 48819 will expire in 2053. This action will amend the term
to Nov. 29, 2067. The current term for Lease 102545 ends Nov. 30, 2067. This action
will amend the term by adding the required capital improvement investment condition
for the extension options.

Financial Impact
There is no financial impact.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council approved:


Page 301

· Ground Lease 48819 Amendments (Ordinance S-22521, Ordinance S-45116 and
Ordinance S-267373) on Jan. 11, 1995, on Nov. 7, 2018, and on Aug. 31, 2022; and
· Ground Lease 102545 Amendment (Ordinance S-37964) on June 8, 2011.

Location
Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport - 1825 E. Buckeye Road
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Aviation
Department.




Page 302



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Request to Amend City Contract 154552 Lease and Development Agreement
154552-0 with Chicanos Por La Causa (Ordinance S-49990)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Unsubordinated
Ground Lease No. 154552 (Ground Lease) and Development Agreement No. 154552-
0 (collectively, Agreements), and any other agreement, as necessary, with Chicanos
Por La Causa, an Arizona non-profit corporation (CPLC) to develop approximately 35
acres of land in Sky Harbor Center at Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport located
at the northeast corner of 16th St. and Buckeye Rd. and the northeast corner of Sky
Harbor Circle North and Buckeye Rd. (Site); to consent to CPLC partnering with
Trammel Crow Company (TCC) to form a limited liability company to develop the Site
as “Developer” in the Development Agreement and as “Tenant” in the Ground Lease;
to amend the term of the Ground Lease to include one 15-year option to extend the
term subject to Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) approval; to allocate 2.5-acres
on the Site for the development of a convenience store-gas station, including electric
vehicle charging infrastructure and the delivery of other alternative energy services,
such as hydrogen, as future demand warrants; and to modify certain development and
business terms and conditions.

Summary
At the direction of Phoenix City Council, staff from the Aviation and Community and
Economic Development Departments negotiated with CPLC for the use of the Site,
which was purchased by the Aviation Department in the 1980s as part of the West
Approach Land Acquisition program, which includes the historic Sacred Heart building.

On May 11, 2021, the City entered into a separate Unsubordinated Ground Lease No.
154383-0 with Sacred Heart Roman Catholic Parish Phoenix for the rehabilitation and
activation of the historic Sacred Heart building on Parcel 2 of the Site.

On June 4, 2021, the City entered into the Agreements with CPLC for the development
of a mixed-use project on the Site that included a focus on compatible, commercial
uses and the construction of an 80,000 square foot corporate headquarters facility for
CPLC on Parcel 1.

CPLC recently notified the City that it has been working with TCC on a development


Page 303

for the Site and, in order to complete the development, CPLC requested modifications
of certain business terms.

Subject to City Council and FAA approval, the following business terms have been
negotiated with CPLC and would be implemented throughout the Agreements:

1. CPLC to partner with TCC to form a limited liability company to develop the Site as
“Developer” in the Development Agreement and as “Tenant” in the Ground Lease.

2. Modify the Site Parcel Map exhibit in the Agreements to re-label the parcels as
depicted on the parcel map attached and marked Attachment A.

3. Remove the 80,000 square foot corporate headquarter facility for CPLC on Parcel 1
and allow for the Site development to focus on employment-generating uses based
on federal requirements for compatible land uses, including leasing buildings to
general industrial, manufacturing, aviation-related, and aerospace tenants. The Site
development will include community-orientated attributes and CPLC’s initiative of
workforce training in the manufacturing space.

4. The Site will be designed and developed to a premium standard consistent with
Commerce Park/General Commerce Park. If there are any zoning changes from
the current Class A-1 Light Industrial zoning, then the zoning changes must be
compatible uses for Sky Harbor Center and zoning uses that allow for distribution
as the primary source of business operations are prohibited from the Site.

5. Provide a reinvestment capital requirement of cumulative $10 million in upgrading
existing or adding new building and leasehold improvements as tenant
improvements. All improvements, whether completed by CPLC and TCC or the
subtenants, must be documented and approved by the Aviation Department to
qualify as part of the $10 million reinvestment capital requirement.

6. Amend the Ground Lease term to include one fifteen-year option to extend the term
that is subject to FAA approval. A request exercise the option to extend will be
contingent in part upon the completion of the full reinvestment capital requirement
and the Ground Lease shall be in good standing and not in default.

7. Modify the development timeline requirements for Phase 1 to include Parcels 1, 3,
4, and building(s) at a minimum of 10,000 square feet and a maximum of 210,000
square feet. Phase 1 must be completed within 24 months from the date the
Phoenix City Council approved the amended terms. If construction is not completed
and a certificate of occupancy is not issued on all subsequent phases, excluding


Page 304

Phase 1 and Phase 2, within 72 months of the date the Phoenix City Council
approved the amended terms, the City reserves its to terminate CPLC's and TCC's
development rights, lease rights, and any subleases to those remaining parcels.

8. Allocate 2.5 acres of the Site as Parcel 1A located at the northwest corner of Sky
Harbor Circle North and Buckeye Rd. for the development of a convenience store-
gas station, including electric vehicle charging infrastructure as Phase 2 (see
Attachment A). If construction does not commence on Parcel 1A within 30 months
from the date the Phoenix City Council approved the amended terms, the City may
terminate the Ground Lease and sublease for Parcel 1A and terminate CPLC's and
TCC's development rights to Parcel 1A. In addition to the existing requirements to
pay 10% of annual gross sales for a convenience store-gas station operation and a
fuel flowage fee of $0.10 per gallon, CPLC and TCC or the approved gas station
operator subtenant agrees to pay $0.50 per transaction for electric vehicle charging.

9.Establish short-term development milestones to ensure timely construction of the
project, as well as development milestone payments based on modified
development timeline performance benchmarks for Phase 1.

10. Modify Ground Lease rental rates (Rent) for each parcel (see Attachment A for
parcel map):
- Parcel 1: $1.05 per square foot per year, or approximately $622,900 per year.
- Parcel 1.A: $1.02 per square foot per year, or approximately $111,078 per year.
- Parcel 3: $1.05 per square foot per year,or approximately $528,344 per year.
- Parcel 4: $1.05 per square foot per year, or approximately $266,450 per year.

11. Modify the Rent commencement date for Parcels 1, 3, and 4 to commence 24
months from the date the Phoenix City Council approved the amended terms or
upon issuance of construction permits for Phase 1, whichever occurs first. Rent for
Parcel 1A will commence 36 months from date the Phoenix City Council approved
the amended terms or upon issuance of a certificate of occupancy for Phase 2,
whichever occurs first.

12. Modify Rent adjustment to a Rent escalation schedule with Rent increasing every
five years by a cumulative three percent and fair market value (FMV) adjustment
based on an appraisal every ten years. The FMV Rent cannot decrease from the
previous year’s Rent by more than 95 percent or increase by more than 105
percent.

13. Amendments may include other terms and conditions deemed necessary or
appropriate by the City Manager or his designee.


Page 305


Contract Term
Subject to FAA approval, a one 15-year option to extend the term will be added to the
Ground Lease for a total lease term of 65 years. In order to request the extension
option, CPLC and TCC must complete the $10 million capital reinvestment
requirement and the Ground Lease contract must be in good standing and not in
default. Extension of the term may be exercised at the sole discretion of the Director of
Aviation Services.

Financial Impact
If amended, the project will have no expense impact on the General Fund. CPLC and
TCC will pay Rent of approximately $1.5 million for the first year and subject to a Rent
escalation schedule for the remaining years.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The Phoenix City Council authorized the City to enter into a Ground Lease and
Development Agreement with CPLC on Dec. 13, 2017 (Ordinance S-44141) and
extended the execution deadline of the Ground Lease and Development Agreement on
Dec. 12, 2018 (Ordinance S-45258).

Location
The Site is generally located on the northeast corner of 16th St. and Buckeye Rd. and
the northeast corner of Sky Harbor Circle North and Buckeye Rd. in Sky Harbor Center
at Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport.
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and Interim Deputy
City Manager John Chan, and the Aviation and Community and Economic
Development Departments.




Page 306
ATTACHMENT A
Revised Exhibit A – Site Map Plan




Page 307



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend City Contract 154383 with Sacred Heart Roman Catholic Parish Phoenix
(Ordinance S-50020)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Unsubordinated
Ground Lease 154383 (Lease) with Sacred Heart Roman Catholic Parish Phoenix, an
Arizona non-profit corporation, or its City-approved designee (Tenant), to extend the
term of the Lease.

Summary
At the direction of the Phoenix City Council, staff from the Aviation and Community and
Economic Development Departments negotiated with Tenant and Chicanos Por La
Causa for the use of approximately 35 acres of land in Sky Harbor Center. The site,
which includes the historic Sacred Heart Church (Building), was purchased by the
Aviation Department in the 1980s as part of the West Approach Land Acquisition
program.

On June 20, 2018, the Phoenix City Council approved business terms with the Tenant
to lease the 5,200 square foot Building and approximately three acres of land for the
establishment and use of a consecrated Catholic church and other potential
development consistent with the uses in the Lease. The Lease was executed on May
11, 2021 (Effective Date) and the Tenant began its plans to rehabilitate the Building.
Due to the COVID pandemic, inflation, and other economic impacts, the Tenant is
seeking an additional two-years to renovate and activate the Building as required by
Article 10.1(A) of the Lease. The current requirement is 36 months from the Effective
Date and this amendment would change that requirement to 60 months from the
Effective Date.

No other terms or conditions of the Lease will be amended.

Contract Term
The Lease Term is 50 years. This amendment would not change the term.

Financial Impact
This action will have no impact on the General Fund.



Page 308

Concurrence/Previous Council Action

Location
The site is generally located on the northeast corner of 16th Street and Buckeye Road
and the northwest corner of Sky Harbor Circle North and Buckeye Road in Sky Harbor
Center at Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport.
Council District: 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua, Interim Deputy City
Manager John Chan, and the Aviation and Community and Economic Development
Departments.




Page 309



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Temporary Traffic Signal Trailers Contract - RFA 24-FSD-009 - Request for Award
(Ordinance S-49928)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
OMJC Signal, Inc. to purchase temporary traffic signal trailers. Further request to
authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The contract
value will not exceed $1,200,000.

Summary
When large mast arm traffic signal poles are damaged, knocked down due to
accidents or inclement weather, or inoperable, the Street Transportation Department
uses 25-foot portable temporary traffic signal trailers. These trailers have adequate
mast arm length to be positioned appropriately over the roadway for visibility to
vehicles and pedestrian traffic. The purchase of temporary traffic signal sets on trailers
will allow staff to create on-demand intersections. On-demand traffic intersection needs
would include signaling needs during monsoon events or during special events
requiring additional traffic signals for improved traffic flow.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason: Sole
Source. OMJC Signal, Inc. is the only local provider that can provide these specialized
25-foot mast arm trailers with signals.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about Sept. 1, 2023, for a five-year term with no options
to extend.

Financial Impact
The contract value will not exceed $1,200,000 for the five-year term. Funding is
available in the Street Transportation Department's budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers Alan Stephenson and Mario Paniagua
and the Street Transportation and Public Works departments.


Page 310



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Fleet Management and Smart Cities Contract - COOP 23-042 Request for Award
(Ordinance S-49967)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a cooperative
participating agreement/contract with Samsara Inc., to provide fleet management
technologies with related software solutions under the cooperative established by
Sourcewell solicitation number RFP #020221 for the Public Works Department. City
Council previously awarded a participating agreement/contract to Rubicon Global,
LLC. under this cooperative. Samsara Inc. was not included at that time as the City
was still in negotiations with them. Funds previously authorized by the City Council to
vendor(s) under the cooperative may be applied to this agreement. Further request an
exception to the indemnity and assumption of liability provisions of Phoenix City code
42-18. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to
this item. No additional funds are needed.

Summary
This contract will provide safety camera systems for the Solid Waste Division vehicles,
this will be utilized by all divisions within the solid waste utility at Union Hills, Okemah,
Salt River, Glenrosa, North Gateway, 27th Avenue, and SR85 landfill. The safety
camera system will be used to ensure safety standards are adhered to following
federal, state, city laws, policies, and guidelines. Drivers will be provided instant
feedback to correct risky driving behavior, and pictures or recordings taken by the
camera system may be utilized to provide evidence against false claims filed against
the city.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Alternative Competition. The Public Works Department
conducted a Request for Information (RFI) to learn about technologies on the market
that would fit the requirements of the utility. Samsara Inc. responded to the RFI and
through research Public Works has determined that the contract with Samsara Inc.


Page 311

from Sourcewell is the best fit for the City. Sourcewell contract covers the purchase of
fleet management technologies with related software solutions and was awarded
consistent with the City of Phoenix's procurement processes.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about June 29, 2023 and expire on May 3, 2028.

Financial Impact
The contract value will not exceed $3,780,000 and no additional funds needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
• Fleet Management Technology for Heavy-Duty Vehicles (Ordinance S-49672) on
May 3, 2023.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Public
Works Department.




Page 312



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Refuse Truck Body Repair Contract - IFB 24-FSD-003 Request for Award
(Ordinance S-49979)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into separate
contracts with American Equipment Services, AMREP Manufacturing Company LLC.,
Balar Holding Corp. dba. Balar Equipment, BTE Body Company, Inc, Short Equipment,
Inc., Spartan Truck Manufacturing, Inc. and Terrific Trucks & Equipment Sales, LLC, to
provide refuse truck body repair services for the Public Works Department. Further
request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The
total value of the contracts will not exceed $18,534,264.

Summary
The Public Works Department manages a fleet of approximately 300 solid waste
refuse trucks, predominantly automated side loaders. Last fiscal year, approximately
400 different body repairs were made to the refuse truck fleet. Quick repair of these
trucks minimizes downtime, allowing for timely provision of solid waste collection
service to Phoenix residents. Contractors will perform all work in accordance with the
current standards set forth by the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) for
electrical, welding and repair of refuse trucks.

Procurement Information
An Invitation for Bid was processed in accordance with City of Phoenix Administrative
Regulation 3.10. Nine groups were identified with the following different body types:
Curbtender, Scorpion, AMREP, Heil, Spartan, Galbreath, McNeilus, NewWay, and
Other Manufacturers. The Public Works Department, Procurement Section, received
seven bids for all eight groups of refuse body types with an evaluation occurring on
labor rate and pickup/delivery fees. All bids are deemed to be responsive to posted
specifications and responsible to provide the required goods and services.

Selected Bidders
American Equipment Services - All groups: $390.00
AMREP Manufacturing Company LLC - All groups: $260.00
Balar Holding Corp. dba. Balar Equipment - All groups: $493.00
BTE Body Company, Inc. - All groups: $431.43
Short Equipment, Inc - All groups: $363.00


Page 313

Spartan Truck Manufacturing, Inc. - Only Group E - Spartan: $332.50
Terrific Trucks & Equipment Sales, LLC. - All groups: $387.00

Contract Term
The contracts will begin on or about July 1, 2023, for a three-year term with two one-
year options to extend, for a total contract term of up to five years.

Financial Impact
The value of the contracts will not exceed $18,534,264.

Funding is available in the Public Works Department's budget.

Location
Locations that could request on-site or mobile repairs are:
Glenrosa Service Center: 4021 W. Glenrosa Ave., District 5
Okemah Service Center: 3828 E. Anne St., District 8
Salt River Service Center: 3045 S. 22nd Ave., District 7
Union Hills Service Center: 138 E. Union Hills Drive, District 2
Council Districts: 2, 5, 7 and 8

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Mario Paniagua and the Public Works
Department.




Page 314



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Emergency Vehicle Preemption System Contract - EXC 23-118 - Request for
Award (Ordinance S-49978)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into a contract with
Tomar Electronics, Inc. to provide Emergency Vehicle Preemption (EVP) system
equipment for the Street Transportation Department. Further request to authorize the
City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the contract
will not exceed $15,000,000.

Summary
This contract will provide the Street Transportation Department with EVP system
equipment designed for full integration between Street Transportation's existing traffic
control intersections and the existing Fire Department emergency vehicles. EVP
system equipment allows responding Fire Department vehicles to manipulate the
traffic signal light from red to green thereby expediting passage through an intersection
to arrive at an emergency faster than having to wait at a red light. Devices are already
installed on several existing traffic control boxes and traffic signal poles as well as
Fire's emergency vehicles. Tomar's EVP system is also integrated with the City's traffic
network management system.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition. Pursuing an alternate EVP system could
create a financial and operational challenge for the City.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about June 30, 2023, for a five-year term with one five-
year option to extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value for will not exceed $15,000,000 for the 10-year


Page 315

aggregate term.

Funding is available in the Street Transportation Department's Operating and Capital
Improvement Program budgets.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Street
Transportation Department.




Page 316



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Intelligent Transportation System Devices and Communication Equipment -
COOP 20-100 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49941)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
Contracts 152715 with AM Signal, LLC, 152773 with Clark Electric Sales, Inc., 152759
with Enterprise Network Solutions, Inc., 152772 with MSI Tec, Inc., and 152739 with
Summit Traffic Solutions, LLC to extend the contract term and add additional funds.
The additional expenditures will not exceed $2 million. Further request to authorize the
City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item.

Summary
These contracts will provide specialized equipment and supplies needed to perform
critical maintenance on citywide infrastructure of the traffic signal system. Extension of
these contracts and the additional funds requested will allow the City to maintain the
current inventory, keep pace with changing technologies, and allow for consistent
repairs and maintenance to the City's traffic signals.

Contract Term
Upon approval, the contracts will be extended through June 30, 2024.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $2 million in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contract will not exceed $5 million. Funds are available in the Street Transportation
Department’s budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously approved:
· Intelligent Transportation System Devices and Communication Equipment - 152715,
152773, 152759, 152772 and 152739 (Ordinance S-46649) on June 3, 2020; and
· Intelligent Transportation System Devices and Communication Equipment - 152715,
152773, 152759, 152772 and 152739 (Ordinance S-48755) on June 15, 2022.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Street
Transportation Department.


Page 317



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Speed Hump/Speed Cushion Program - 2-Step Job Order Contracting Services -
4108JOC213 (Ordinance S-49925)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into separate master
agreements with two contractors to provide Citywide Speed Hump/Speed Cushion
Program 2-Step Job Order Contracting services. Further request to authorize
execution of amendments to the agreements, as necessary within the Council-
approved expenditure authority as provided below, and for the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The total fee for all services will not exceed $2
million.

Additionally, request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to take all action
as may be necessary or appropriate and to execute all design and construction
agreements, licenses, permits, and requests for utility services relating to the
development, design and construction of the project. Such utility services include, but
are not limited to: electrical, water, sewer, natural gas, telecommunications, cable
television, railroads and other modes of transportation. Further request the City
Council to grant an exception pursuant to Phoenix City Code 42-20 to authorize
inclusion in the documents pertaining to this transaction of indemnification and
assumption of liability provisions that otherwise should be prohibited by Phoenix City
Code 42-18. This authorization excludes any transaction involving an interest in real
property.

Summary
The contractors' services will be used on an as-needed basis to provide Speed
Hump/Speed Cushion Program 2-Step Job Order Contract (JOC) services for
installation, repair, replacement, or removal of speed humps, speed tables and speed
cushions; furnish and install permanent signage with post, pavement markings and
Blue Stake; apply crack seal to all pavement cracks; remove permanent signage and
pavement markings; and proper disposal of debris. Additionally, the JOC contractors
will be responsible for fulfilling Small Business Enterprise program requirements.

Procurement Information
The selection was made using a two-step qualifications and price-based selection
process set forth in section 34-604 of the Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.). In


Page 318

accordance with A.R.S. section 34-604(H), the City may not publicly release
information on proposals received or the scoring results until an agreement is
awarded. Three firms submitted proposals and are listed below.

Selected Firms
Rank 1: Swaine Asphalt Corp.
Rank 2: M.R. Tanner Development and Construction, LLC

Additional Proposer
Rank 3: Sunland Asphalt & Construction, LLC

Contract Term
The term of each master agreement is up to five years. Work scope identified and
incorporated into the master agreement prior to the end of the term may be agreed to
by the parties and work may extend past the termination of the master agreement. No
additional changes may be executed after the end of the term.

Financial Impact
The combined master agreement value for the JOC contractors will not exceed $2
million, including all subcontractor and reimbursable costs.

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute job order
agreements performed under these master agreements for up to $1 million each. In no
event will any job order agreement exceed this limit without Council approval to
increase the limit.

Funding is available in the Street Transportation Department's Capital Improvement
Program and Operating budgets. The Budget and Research Department will review
and approve funding availability prior to issuance of any job order agreement.
Payments may be made up to agreement limits for all rendered agreement services,
which may extend past the agreement termination.

Public Outreach
Planned resident notification will be conducted by flyers and/or door hangers to be
handed out prior to construction.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson, the Street
Transportation Department and the City Engineer.




Page 319



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Materials - IFB 18-249 - Amendment
(Ordinance S-49945)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendments to
Contracts 147994 with Geveko Markings, Inc., 147995 with Ennis-Flint, Inc., and
147996 with Centerline Supply West, Inc. to extend the contract term. Further request
to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. The additional
expenditures will not exceed $50,000.

Summary
These contracts will provide the Street Transportation Department Signing and Striping
Shop a variety of preformed thermoplastic pavement marking materials, such as turn
arrows and bicyclist symbols, in addition to straight line segments to enhance traffic
pavement markings throughout the City on street infrastructure. In addition, to
standard white and yellow material, these contracts will also include colored marking
materials for specialized applications.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contracts will be extended through June 30, 2024, with an option to
extend through June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
Upon approval of $50,000 in additional funds, the revised aggregate value of the
contracts will not exceed $792,905. Funds are available in the Street Transportation
Department’s budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Materials Contracts 147994, 147995
and 147996 (Ordinance S-44815) on June 20, 2018;
· Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Materials Contracts 147994, 147995
and 147996 (Ordinance S-46432) on March 18, 2020;
· Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Marking Materials Contracts 147994, 147995
and 147996 (Ordinance S-47429) on April 7, 2021.



Page 320


Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Street
Transportation Department.




Page 321



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Reflectorizing Glass Beads - IFB 18-250 - Amendment (Ordinance S-49962)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
Contract 147983 with Potters Industries, LLC to extend contract term. Further request
to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. No additional
funds are needed; request to continue using Ordinance S-44704.

Summary
This contract will provide reflectorizing glass beads that the Street Transportation
Department uses to add a retro-reflective element to pavement markings, making them
more visible to the motoring and biking public. The beads are used by the Signing and
Striping Shop for paint striping operations and are applied to all paint and
thermoplastic pavement markings for use throughout the City of Phoenix street
infrastructure.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended through June 30, 2024, with an option to
extend through June 30, 2025.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $1,259,400, and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council previously reviewed this request:
· Reflectorizing Glass Beads Contract 147983 (Ordinance S-44704) on June 6, 2018.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Street
Transportation Department.




Page 322



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Salt River Project Distribution Design and Construction Contracts for
Installation of Electrical Facilities along Grand Canal from 47th to 75th Avenues -
ST87600131 (Ordinance S-49959)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into 12 Distribution
Design and Construction Contracts with Salt River Project for the design and
construction of electrical facilities along the Grand Canal from 47th Avenue to 75th
Avenue for City of Phoenix Project ST87600131. Further request to grant an exception
pursuant to Phoenix City Code 42-20 to authorize inclusion in the documents
pertaining to this transaction of indemnification and assumption of liability provisions
that otherwise should be prohibited by Phoenix City Code 42-18. Additionally, request
to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to these items. The total
value of the contracts will not exceed $56,034.25.

Summary
The City is constructing canalscape improvements along the Grand Canal 47th
Avenue to 75th Avenue which will include the design and construction of new electrical
facilities. These contracts represent the costs for Salt River Project's design and
construction to provide power services to new streetlights, High Intensity Activated
CrossWalk (HAWK) signals, landscaping, and pathway lighting throughout the scope
of the project limits.

Contract Term
The contracts will begin on or about July 10, 2023, and will end in one year.

Financial Impact
Funding in the amount of $56,034.25 is available in the Street Transportation
Department's Capital Improvement Program budget.

Location
Grand Canal from 47th Avenue to 75th Avenue
Council Districts: 4 and 5




Page 323

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson, Street
Transportation Department and the City Engineer.




Page 324



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Apply for and Accept Transportation Funding for Design
Assistance Grants through Maricopa Association of Governments (Ordinance S-
49989)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to apply for, accept, and if
awarded, enter into agreements, if necessary, for transportation funding through the
Maricopa Association of Governments Design Assistance Program. Further request an
exemption from the indemnification prohibition set forth in the Phoenix City Code
section 42-18 for a governmental entity pursuant to Phoenix City Code section 42-20.
The total value of requested grant funding will not exceed $120,000.

Summary
Maricopa Association of Governments (MAG) has announced and shared the grant
schedule for the upcoming Call for Projects for its Design Assistance Program, which
provides funding to develop a project assessment or feasibility study up to a 15
percent design level on prospective bicycle and/or pedestrian projects. The goals of
eligible projects under the Design Assistance Program should be focused on improving
the quality of life, completing a regional shared use path and/or canal network,
improving bicycle and pedestrian access to transit, or providing safety improvements
for bicycle and pedestrian facilities. If funding is awarded for a City project, Street
Transportation Department staff will select a consultant from MAG's approved on-call
list, and MAG will enter into a contract for consulting services and manage the
contract. Street Transportation Department staff will interact with MAG staff and the
consultant to develop the project assessment or study for the project.

For Fiscal Year 2024, $500,000 is available through MAG's Design Assistance
Program and applications are due by June 30, 2023. Projects will be competitively
scored and evaluated based on their individual merits.

Financial Impact
The total value of requested grant funding will not exceed $120,000. There is no
financial impact to the general fund as a local agency match is not required for this
grant opportunity.




Page 325

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and Street
Transportation Department.




Page 326



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Wireless Communications Equipment in Right of Way License Agreement with
DISH Wireless (Ordinance S-49958)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute a non-exclusive,
revocable license agreement with DISH Wireless to construct, install, operate,
maintain and use the Public Highways in the City of Phoenix for wireless
communications equipment in, under, over and across the public rights of way in the
City, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the license and Phoenix City
Code. Further request that the licensee sign the license within 60 days of Council
action, or this authorization will expire. Additionally, request to authorize the City
Treasurer to accept all funds related to this item.

Summary
DISH Wireless is a communications company that has approached the City desiring to
enter into a License Agreement to utilize City rights of way for the purpose of installing
wireless communication equipment to serve wireless customers. The license will be for
a period of 10 years with two five-year renewal options; contain appropriate insurance
and indemnification provisions; require a performance bond and a security fund;
provide for terms of transfer and revocation; and provide for compensation for the
commercial use of public rights-of-way while permitting the City to manage the rights-
of-way.

Contract Term
The license term is for a 10-year Wireless Communications Equipment in Right of Way
License Agreement with up to two successive five-year renewal periods.

Financial Impact
There is no financial impact to the City. Licensee will pay an annual fee based on the
type and location of the antenna structure and the cubic footage of ground equipment.
The annual fee will have a three percent per year escalator.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson, the Street
Transportation Department and the City Engineer.



Page 327



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Street Planning and Design Guidelines Manual (Ordinance S-49991)

Request City Council approval of amendments to the Street Planning and Design
Guidelines Manual (SPDGM).

Summary
The Street Transportation Department has amended its current SPDGM which was
last updated Dec. 1, 2009 (Attachment A). This update references appropriate State
and Federal guidelines, aligns recent City adopted policies and plans, and
incorporates many visual graphics and exhibits to increase ease of use. This plan
provides design guidelines for public and private sector developments.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· Ordinance S-44639, approved June 6, 2018, procured the professional services
contract for the updated SPDGM.
· The SPDGM was recently reviewed and approved by the Development Advisory
Board (DAB), Technical Subcommittee Dec. 20, 2022, with Formal DAB approval
Feb. 13, 2023.
· The Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning Subcommittee recommended
approval of this item by a vote of 4-0 on May 17, 2023.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson, the Street
Transportation Department and the City Engineer.




Page 328
ATTACHMENT A




Street
Planning
and Design
Guidelines
Manual
AUGUST 2022




Page 329
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents ...................................................................................................................... i
--- Introduction .................................................................................................... 1
--- Geometric Design Standards ........................................................................ 8
2.1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................... 8
COMPLETE STREETS .....................................................................................................................................8
FLEXIBILITY IN DESIGN ..................................................................................................................................8
RIGHT-OF-WAY ZONES .................................................................................................................................8
2.2 SUMMARY OF GEOMETRIC DESIGN CRITERIA BY ZONE .................................................. 9
2.3 TRAVEL LANE ....................................................................................................................... 11
DESIGN SPEED............................................................................................................................................ 11
DESIGN VEHICLE......................................................................................................................................... 11
STREET CROSS-SECTIONS............................................................................................................................ 13
TRAVEL LANE AND TURN-LANE WIDTH ....................................................................................................... 18
PAVEMENT TRANSITION TAPERS ................................................................................................................ 18
TURN LANES .............................................................................................................................................. 18
MEDIANS ................................................................................................................................................... 20
CURB TYPE ................................................................................................................................................. 22
HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT .......................................................................................................................... 23
VERTICAL ALIGNMENT.............................................................................................................................. 23
ALIGNMENT SIGHT DISTANCE ................................................................................................................... 26
2.4 FLEX ZONE............................................................................................................................ 27
BICYCLE FACILITIES ..................................................................................................................................... 27
ON-STREET PARKING .................................................................................................................................. 27
TRANSIT ..................................................................................................................................................... 28
2.5 PEDESTRIAN ZONE .............................................................................................................. 29
SIDEWALKS ................................................................................................................................................ 29
2.6 Intersections ......................................................................................................................... 30
CURB RETURN RADII .................................................................................................................................. 30
INTERSECTION SIGHT DISTANCE ................................................................................................................. 30
VISIBILITY FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES ................................................................................................. 35
2.7 Intersection Control Evaluation ........................................................................................... 35
SCOPING .................................................................................................................................................... 36


i
Page 330
ALTERNATIVE SELECTION ........................................................................................................................... 36
2.8 Roundabouts......................................................................................................................... 37
ROUNDABOUT CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................................................... 37
TRAFFIC VOLUMES ..................................................................................................................................... 39
DESIGN SUBMITTAL AND REVIEW REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................... 40
2.9 Special Considerations ........................................................................................................ 40
CONSTRUCTION OF HALF-STREETS ............................................................................................................. 40
STREET TERMINATIONS AND ALLEYS .......................................................................................................... 41

--- Street Construction ...................................................................................... 43
3.1 Pavement Design .................................................................................................................. 43
DEFINITIONS .............................................................................................................................................. 43
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 43
DESIGN PARAMETERS ................................................................................................................................ 43
3.2 Culverts ................................................................................................................................. 46
POURED-IN-PLACE REINFORCED CONCRETE ARCHES BRIDGES IN SUBDIVISIONS ......................................... 46
CULVERTS UNDER HALF-STREETS ............................................................................................................... 46
3.3 Bridges and Major Structural Plans ..................................................................................... 47
BRIDGES .................................................................................................................................................... 47
STRUCTURAL CLEARANCES ......................................................................................................................... 48
3.4 Cut or Fill Slopes .................................................................................................................. 49
3.5 Pavement Transitions ........................................................................................................... 50
3.6 Stormwater Management ..................................................................................................... 50
3.7 Green Infrastructure ............................................................................................................. 50
PERMEABLE PAVEMENT ............................................................................................................................. 51
LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT CURB OPENINGS .......................................................................................... 51
SEDIMENT TRAPS ....................................................................................................................................... 52
STORMWATER HARVESTING BASINS .......................................................................................................... 52
VEGETATED OR ROCK BIOSWALES AND BIORETENTION SYSTEMS ............................................................... 52
DOMED OVERFLOW STRUCTURES .............................................................................................................. 53
3.8 Right-of-way Management Procedures ............................................................................... 53
--- Traffic Signal, Signing, and Striping........................................................... 55
4.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 55
TRAFFIC DESIGN REFERENCES..................................................................................................................... 55
4.2 Traffic Signal Design ............................................................................................................ 56
DEVELOPER TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK OVERVIEW .......................................................................................... 56

ii
Page 331
DEVELOPMENT REVIEW PROCESS............................................................................................................... 56
TRAFFIC SIGNAL PLANS .............................................................................................................................. 57
4.3 Pavement Markings and Sign Plans .................................................................................... 58
DESIGN – SIGNS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ............................................................................................. 58
DEVELOPER REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................................... 58
SIGNING..................................................................................................................................................... 58
PAVEMENT MARKINGS............................................................................................................................... 59
CITIZEN INITIATED REQUESTS ..................................................................................................................... 59

--- Neighborhood Traffic Calming .................................................................... 60
5.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 60
5.2 Resident Requested Traffic Calming ................................................................................... 60
SPEED HUMP PROGRAM ............................................................................................................................ 60
SPEED CUSHION PROGRAM ........................................................................................................................ 61
5.3 Traffic Calming Guidelines ................................................................................................... 61
CITY OF PHOENIX POLICIES ......................................................................................................................... 62
TRAFFIC CALMING AND FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION ............................................................................... 62
5.4 Traffic Calming Strategies .................................................................................................... 62
SPEED HUMPS/CUSHIONS .......................................................................................................................... 62
SPEED TABLES (RAISED CROSSWALKS) ........................................................................................................ 62
CHICANES .................................................................................................................................................. 64
CHOKERS ................................................................................................................................................... 65
CENTER ISLANDS ........................................................................................................................................ 66
T-INTERSECTION BULB-OUT........................................................................................................................ 68
NEIGHBORHOOD TRAFFIC CIRCLES ............................................................................................................. 68
5.5 Maintenance .......................................................................................................................... 69
--- Access Management .................................................................................... 70
6.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 70
6.2 Greenfield vs. Existing/ Redevelopment ............................................................................. 70
6.3 External Agency Coordination ............................................................................................. 71
ARIZONA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ........................................................................................... 71
ADJACENT MUNICIPALITY OR ENTITY.......................................................................................................... 71
6.4 Access Management Summary ........................................................................................... 71
DISCLAIMER ............................................................................................................................................... 71
AUTHORITY OF STREET TRANSPORTATION DIRECTOR ................................................................................. 71
ACCESS MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES SUMMARY ......................................................................................... 72

iii
Page 332
6.5 Signalized Intersections ....................................................................................................... 72
SIGNALIZED INTERSECTION SPACING .......................................................................................................... 72
URBAN, DOWNTOWN CORE, AND WALKABLE URBAN AREAS...................................................................... 73
SIGNALIZED ACCESS TO PRIVATE DEVELOPMENT ........................................................................................ 73
6.6 Unsignalized Median Openings ........................................................................................... 73
6.7 Driveways .............................................................................................................................. 73
SPACING .................................................................................................................................................... 73
DRIVEWAYS FREQUENCY AND LOCATION ................................................................................................... 73
ALIGNMENT ............................................................................................................................................... 74
CORNER CLEARANCE .................................................................................................................................. 75
NON-GREENFIELD/EXISTING CONSTRAINED ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................... 76
DRIVEWAY WIDTH ..................................................................................................................................... 77
ONE-WAY DRIVEWAYS ............................................................................................................................... 77
CROSS ACCESS AND COMMON DRIVEWAY ................................................................................................. 77
LIGHT RAIL CORRIDORS .............................................................................................................................. 78
6.8 Auxiliary Turn Lanes ............................................................................................................ 78
RIGHT-TURN LANES.................................................................................................................................... 78
LEFT-TURN LANES ...................................................................................................................................... 79
ANGLE OF ENTRY/EXIT AND DRIVEWAY THROAT LENGTH ........................................................................... 79
DRIVEWAY SIGHT VISIBILITY TRIANGLE ....................................................................................................... 80
INTERSECTION SIGHT VISIBILITY TRIANGLE ................................................................................................. 80
TURN RESTRICTIONS .................................................................................................................................. 82
ALLEYS ....................................................................................................................................................... 82
6.9 Driveway and Intersection Spacing Near Roundabouts .................................................... 83
6.10 Driveways at Bus Bays ....................................................................................................... 83
--- Subdivision Street Planning ........................................................................ 84
7.1 Street Type and Arrangement .............................................................................................. 84
LOCAL STREETS .......................................................................................................................................... 84
COLLECTOR STREETS .................................................................................................................................. 85
ARTERIAL STREETS ..................................................................................................................................... 85
7.2 Street Design......................................................................................................................... 85
BLOCK LENGTHS ......................................................................................................................................... 86
CUL-DE-SAC STREETS.................................................................................................................................. 86
KNUCKLES .................................................................................................................................................. 86
EYEBROWS................................................................................................................................................. 87

iv
Page 333
ALLEYS ....................................................................................................................................................... 87
RESIDENTIAL SUBDIVISION STREET CROSS SECTIONS .................................................................................. 87
7.3 Block Design ......................................................................................................................... 87
7.4 Easement Planning ............................................................................................................... 87
STREET ABANDONMENT ............................................................................................................................ 88
STREET AND UTILITY IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................ 88

--- Bikeways and Active Transportation.......................................................... 91
8.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 91
PLANNING FOR ACTIVE TRANSPORTATION ................................................................................................. 91
8.2 Bikeway System Components ............................................................................................. 92
8.3 On-Street Bicycle Boulevard ................................................................................................ 93
8.4 On-Street Bicycle Lanes ....................................................................................................... 93
BIKE LANES ON BRIDGES/TUNNELS/GRADE SEPARATION ............................................................................ 93
BIKE LANES ON RURAL STREETS.................................................................................................................. 93
BIKE LANES ON STREETS WITH ON-STREET PARKING/PARKING PROTECTED BIKE LANES .............................. 94
BIKE LANE WIDTH ...................................................................................................................................... 94
BICYCLE STENCILS....................................................................................................................................... 94
8.5 On-Street Buffered Bike Lanes ............................................................................................ 96
8.6 Protected Bike Lanes ........................................................................................................... 98
8.7 Curb Inlets/Storm Drain Grates............................................................................................ 99
8.8 Connections to Private Property ......................................................................................... 99
8.9 Shared-Use Paths ............................................................................................................... 100
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................................................................................ 100
EASEMENTS, DEDICATIONS, AND ABANDONMENTS ................................................................................. 101
8.10 Transit Stops ..................................................................................................................... 102
8.11 Rail Crossings ................................................................................................................... 105
8.12 Transition Points and Ending Bicycle Facilities ............................................................. 105
8.13 Conflict zone Markings ..................................................................................................... 106
--- Traffic Impact Analysis .............................................................................. 107
9.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 107
SCOPING PROCESS ................................................................................................................................... 107
CITY OF PHOENIX STREET CLASSIFICATION MAP ....................................................................................... 107
9.2 City of Phoenix TIA Requirements..................................................................................... 109
SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMITS................................................................................................................... 109


v
Page 334
ZONING APPLICATIONS ............................................................................................................................ 109
PLANNED COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT (PCD) .......................................................................................... 109
PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) ...................................................................................................... 109
DOWNTOWN CODE, WALKABLE URBAN CODE, AND TRANSIT-ORIENTED DESIGN DISTRICTS ..................... 109
GUIDELINES FOR TRAFFIC STUDY SCOPE ................................................................................................... 110
9.3 Traffic Impact Study Content ............................................................................................. 110
REQUIRED SECTIONS ................................................................................................................................ 111
REQUIRED FIGURES .................................................................................................................................. 111
9.4 Special Considerations for Traffic Counts ........................................................................ 112
9.5 Trip Reductions for Pass-by and/or Internal Trips ........................................................... 113
9.6 Off-Site Future Traffic ......................................................................................................... 113
9.7 Level-of-Service Analysis................................................................................................... 113
9.8 Auxiliary Turn Lanes .......................................................................................................... 114
INTERSECTIONS........................................................................................................................................ 114
SITE DRIVEWAYS ...................................................................................................................................... 114
9.9 Mitigation............................................................................................................................. 115
APPROACH TO MITIGATION ..................................................................................................................... 116
NON-AUTOMOTIVE NETWORK IMPACTS .................................................................................................. 116
NON-AUTOMOTIVE NETWORK ENHANCEMENTS ...................................................................................... 116
PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES ............................................................................................................................ 117
BICYCLE FACILITIES ................................................................................................................................... 117
TRANSIT FACILITIES .................................................................................................................................. 117
ROADWAY OPERATIONAL AND GEOMETRIC CHANGES ............................................................................. 117
INTERSECTION CONTROL .......................................................................................................................... 118

References ........................................................................................................................ 119
Chapter 2 ................................................................................................................................... 119
Chapter 3 ................................................................................................................................... 121
Chapter 4 ................................................................................................................................... 123
Chapter 6 ................................................................................................................................... 124
Chapter 8 ................................................................................................................................... 125




vi
Page 335
11 1
1.112
INTRODUCTION 12
11 1
Overview
The City of Phoenix has developed this
11 1
updated Street Planning and Design
Guidelines (SPDG) Manual to assist City
staff and others with the planning and
design of streets that reflect City of
Phoenix policies and guidelines informed
by multimodal planning best practices.

It is intended that application of the
transportation design and planning
principles outlined in this manual will
improve safety for all users, including
bicyclists, pedestrians, and transit users.




Page 336
Cith of Phoenix | Street Planning and Design Guidelines Manual



1.1 Authority of this Document
These design guidelines, along with all future amendments, shall be
known as the City of Phoenix Street Planning and Design Guidelines
(hereinafter called “this manual”).
Preliminary approval of projects after adopted date shall fall under the
requirements as outlined within this manual.



1.2 Purpose of this Street
Planning and Design Manual
The purpose of this manual is to provide concise, usable information to
assist in transportation planning and road design.
This manual:
• Integrates current adopted • Provides reference to other
codes, plans, and policies accepted local and national
that support the City’s state of the practice
proactive efforts to make planning and design
the streets safer and more standards, policies, and
comfortable to use for all. guidelines.

This manual standardizes roadway design elements where necessary
for consistency and to ensure, as practical, that minimum requirements
are met for efficiency, safety for all users (vehicles, bicyclists, and
pedestrians), welfare, convenience, pleasant appearance, environmental
sensitivity and economical maintenance.
The guidelines outlined in this manual cannot apply to all situations. They
are intended to assist the professional engineer’s judgment but not serve
as a substitute. Professional engineers are expected to bring the best of
their skills and abilities to each project so that it is designed in an optimal
manner.
For items not covered by this manual, the City of Phoenix may require the
use of the resource standards as identified in Section 1.4 below.
These guidelines are not intended to unreasonably limit any innovative or
creative effort that might result in a higher quality or increased savings.
Any proposed departure from these guidelines will be evaluated based
on whether such exception will yield an equivalent or better result for the
road users and City residents.
While every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy and
completeness of this manual, the City of Phoenix shall not be held
responsible for any errors or omissions. It is the responsibility of the
design engineer to ensure a proper design and the accuracy and
completeness of construction documents sealed and signed by a
registered professional engineer.




Page 337
Cith of Phoenix | Street Planning and Design Guidelines Manual 5




Vision, Goals and Objectives for Street Design in the City Of Phoenix
The overall philosophy of street design in the City of Phoenix is summarized in the Street
Transportation Department Vision and Mission Statements:




Objectives
Vision
We will provide a EFFICIENCY, PUBLIC SAFETY AND
safe and sustainable CONVENIENCE. To protect the public
transportation health, safety, and welfare to the greatest
network and deliver extent possible and minimize inconvenience
infrastructure services resulting from construction and maintenance
through a forward activities within the public right-of-way.
thinking and dedicated
workforce to address
the changing needs of
the City. 2 MAINTAINING PUBLIC USE. To assure
that bicycle, pedestrian and vehicular
uses of rights-of-way are the primary uses
thereof, and that the rights-of-way are
properly maintained during construction and
To provide for the




Mission
repair work in these areas.
safe, efficient, and
convenient movement
of people and goods
within the City and
support citywide
3 STANDARDIZING CRITERIA.
To protect the City’s infrastructure
investment by establishing standardized
infrastructure projects design, materials, construction, and repair
to improve the quality criteria for all public improvements.
of life in Phoenix.
To best address the
changing needs of
the City, this manual
4 OPTIMIZING USE. To optimize the use
of the limited physical capacity of public
rights-of-way held by the City of Phoenix.
is a forward-looking
manual and provides
insights to emerging
trends and potential
5 PROTECTING PRIVATE PROPERTY.
To protect private property from
damages that could occur because of faulty
future developments design during the construction of public
in transportation. improvements within public rights-of-way.




Page 338
Cith of Phoenix | Street Planning and Design Guidelines Manual



1.3 City of Phoenix is Committed to Street Planning and Design
for All Users
Over the past several years, the City of Phoenix has completed several multimodal-focused
plans and initiatives, such as the following:
1. Comprehensive Bicycle Master Plan and Comprehensive Downtown Transportation Study:
20-year plan to develop, growth and connect bicycle facilities in Phoenix.
2. Plan PHX and Reinvent PHX: commits to develop walkable, opportunity-rich communities
connected to light rail.
3. Transportation 2050 Program: emphasizes street needs including; street maintenance,
new pavement, bike lanes, sidewalks and ADA accessibility which will all compliment the
increase in transit services; commits to new sidewalks and new bike lanes.
4. City of Phoenix Complete Streets Design Guidelines (adopted in 2018) advances Phoenix’s
goal to create a multimodal transportation system that is safe and accessible for everyone.
Complete streets provide infrastructure that encourages active transportation such as
walking, bicycling, transportation choices and increased connectivity.
These advancements reflect the aspirations of elected officials, City staff, and residents to
embrace a progressive approach to mobility, through context sensitive solutions that support
neighborhood character, and provides mobility choices for a diverse population and their
individual needs.
However, leveraging these investments into successful mobility is continually challenged by
the diversity of needs and available choices. Public rights-of-way are being asked to provide
more and more functions within existing footprints—“every road, every user, every function”.
This City of Phoenix Street Planning and Design Guide is written to address this challenge and
provides the information and guidance to plan and design streets that reflect and balance
community context area sensitivity, roadway function, capacity requirements, right-of-way,
and mode-specific plans/design considerations.


1 2 3 4 5
Community Roadway Capacity/ Right-of-
Lane Mode-Specific Street Design
Context Function Requirements Way Plans



CONSIDERATION OF EACH STREET ELEMENT WILL HELP ALL STAKEHOLDERS TO
NAVIGATE THE COMPLICATED QUESTIONS SUCH AS:



Is there enough room to accommodate How should this driveway be designed to
all of the desired features within the maximize safety for pedestrians?
existing right-of-way?



What does a separated bicycle How do I prioritize roadway design features
facility look like on a City street? when there is simply not enough room to
accommodate all modes of travel?




Page 339
Cith of Phoenix | Street Planning and Design Guidelines Manual 7



1.4 Resources
Engineers and planners follow established standards and guidelines to prepare designs for
roadway projects.
Relationship between this Manual and Other City Documents/Plans
This manual is intended to assist City staff and others with the planning and design of streets that reflect City of
Phoenix policies and guidelines informed by multi-modal planning best practices.
Where possible, this manual refers to established policies, guidelines, and ordinances. The user is directed to
ensure that they are following the most current and recent version of the referenced document.




NATIONAL STANDARDS, POLICIES, AND • NACTO Urban Street Design Guide, 2013, https://
GUIDELINES nacto.org/publication/urban-street-design-guide/
• AASHTO Guide for the Development of Bicycle • NCHRP Report 672, Roundabouts: An Informational
Facilities, 2019 (PENDING PUBLICATION) Guide, 2nd Edition, 2010, http://www.trb.org/
• AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways Publications/Blurbs/164470.aspx
and Streets (AASHTO Green Book), 7th Edition, • United States Department of Justice, 2010 ADA
2018, https://store.transportation.org/item/ Standards for Accessible Design, https://www.ada.
collectiondetail/180 gov/2010ADAstandards_index.htm
• ADOT Arizona Supplement to the 2009 Edition of the • USDOT MUTCD for Streets and Highways, https://
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/
and Highways, January 2012, https://www.azdot.gov/
docs/business/arizona-supplement-to-the-manual-on- STATE AND REGIONAL RESOURCES
uniform-traffic-control-devices-(2009-mutcd-edition). • MAG Uniform Standard Details for Public
pdf?sfvrsn=0 Works Construction, 2019 Revision to the 2015
• FHWA Achieving Multimodal Networks: Applying Edition, http://azmag.gov/Portals/0/Documents/
Design Flexibility & Reducing Conflicts, FHWA- MagContent/2019_Detail-Drawings-All-Bookmarked.
HEP-16-055,2016, https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/ pdf
environment/bicycle_pedestrian/publications/ • MAG Uniform Standard Specifications for Public
multimodal_networks/ Works Construction, 2018 Revision to the 2015
• FHWA Flexibility in Highway Design, https://www. Edition, http://azmag.gov/Portals/0/Documents/
fhwa.dot.gov/environment/publications/flexibility/ MagContent/2019_Specifications_and_Details_Book.
flexibility.pdf pdf

• Highway Capacity Manual - Sixth Edition: A Guide for CITY OF PHOENIX POLICY DIRECTION
Multimodal Mobility Analysis, 2016, http://www.trb. • City of Phoenix Zoning Ordinance, https://www.
org/Main/Blurbs/175169.aspx codepublishing.com/AZ/Phoenix/
• ITE Designing Walkable Urban Thoroughfares: • PlanPHX, 2015 General Plan, Adopted March 4, 2015,
A Context Sensitive Approach, 2010, https:// https://www.phoenix.gov/pdd/pz/phoenix-general-
www.ite.org/pub/?id=e1cff43c%2D2354%2Dd714 plan
%2D51d9%2Dd82b39d4dbad
• Reinvent PHX - Transit-Oriented Development Policy
• NACTO Blueprint for Autonomous Urbanism, module Plans, 2015, https://www.phoenix.gov/pdd/topics/
1, https://nacto.org/publication/bau/ reinvent-phx
• NACTO Transit Street Design Guide, https://nacto.
org/publication/transit-street-design-guide/
• NACTO Urban Bikeway Design Guide (2nd Edition),
2014, https://nacto.org/publication/urban-bikeway-
design-guide/

Page 340
Cith of Phoenix | Street Planning and Design Guidelines Manual


BUILDING COMMUNITY REFERENCE MATERIAL OTHER CITY OF PHOENIX GUIDELINES, STUDIES, AND
• 2012 City of Phoenix Supplements to MAG, PLANS
https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/ • An Ordinance Establishing Complete Streets Guiding
referencematerial/2012maguniformstd Principles, Ordinance S-41094, July 2014, https://
www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/Complete_
• 2015 City of Phoenix Supplement to the 2015
Streets_Principles_Ordinance.pdf#search=An%20
Edition MAG Uniform Standard Specifications for
Ordinance%20Establishing%20Complete%20
Public Works Construction, https://www.phoenix.
Streets%20Guiding%20Principles%2C
gov/streetssite/Documents/2015%20City%20of%20
Phoenix%20Supplement%20to%20the%202015%20 • Complete Streets Design Guidelines, Adopted March
MAG%20Specifications.pdf 8, 2018, https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/
Documents/CSAB%20Complete%20Streets%20
• 2015 City of Phoenix Supplemental Standard Details
Advisory%20Board%20Recommended%20
for Public Works Construction, https://www.phoenix.
Guidelines%20March%208%202018.pdf
gov/streetssite/Documents/2015%20City%20of%20
Phoenix%20Supplemental%20Details.pdf • Comprehensive Bicycle Master Plan, November 2014,
https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Pages/Bicycle-
• Administrative Procedure 155 (Project Development
Master-Plan.aspx
Requirements and Guidelines), February 2012,
https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/ • Tree and Shade Master Plan, 2010, https://www.
ap155.pdf.pdf phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/Shade%20
Master%20Plan/Tree%20and%20Shade%20
• AutoCAD Tools for Consultants, https://www.
Master%20Plan.pdf#search=Tree%20and%20
phoenix.gov/streets/reference-material/autoCADhelp
Shade%20Master%20Plan
• City of Phoenix Standard Traffic Signal Details,
• Phoenix Comprehensive Downtown Transportation
https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/
Study: Final Study Report, September 2014, https://
COP_Standard_Traffic_Signal_Details_09152017a.pdf
www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/Downtown
• City of Phoenix Standard Specifications and Details Comprehensive Transportation Plan/Final Dwntwn
for Public Works Construction, 2015 Edition, Report.pdf
https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/
• Traffic Barricade Manual, 9th Edition, 2017, https://
City%20of%20Phoenix%20Specifications%20
www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/d_039129.
and%20Details%20for%20Public%20Works%20
pdf
Construction,%202015%20Edition.pdf
• Design & Construction Management AutoCAD
Standards, https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/
Pages/DCM-AutoCAD-Standards.aspx
• SB1598 Licensing Time Frames, https://www.phoenix.
gov/streetssite/Documents/091967.pdf
• Storm Water Policies and Standards Manual, https://
www.phoenix.gov/streets/reference-material/sw-
manual
• Street Classification Map, https://www.phoenix.gov/
streetssite/Documents/7546mar2014.pdf
• Street Landscape Standards (2006), https://www.
phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/streetman.pdf
• Street Light Information for Development Projects,
https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/reference-material/
street-light-information-for-development-projects




Page 341
Cith of Phoenix | Street Planning and Design Guidelines Manual 9



1.5 Manual Overview
This manual is comprised of ten chapters. A brief overview of these chapters is provided as follows.

INTRODUCTION: This chapter ACCESS MANAGEMENT: Topics
introduces the purpose, vision and discussed in this chapter include City
goals of the Street Planning and of Phoenix requirements for:
Design Guidelines Manual and
• Driveways • Median opening
provides links to local and national
design
design standards and policies that are • Frontage roads/
references for this Manual. access roads • Mid-block
crossings
• Alleys
GEOMETRIC DESIGN STANDARDS • Location of bus
• Median spacing
Key topics include design bays and pads
considerations, pedestrian zone
design, flex zone design (shared street SUBDIVISION STREET PLANNING:
areas that can be used for multiple Topics discussed include requirements
purposes), roadway design, mobility of the Subdivision Ordinance and
zone design, intersections, crossings, Zoning Ordinance (Chapter 32) and
and design details. the Downtown Urban Walkable Code
as well as information on cul-de-sac
street lengths, private street and
STREET CONSTRUCTION: This gated access design standards.
chapter provides information
specific to the City of Phoenix and
references source materials where BIKEWAYS AND PEDESTRIANS: This
possible. Topics include information chapter discusses integrating bicycle
on pavement thickness and approved and pedestrian infrastructure into
asphalt mixes for street classes, roadway design. This chapter provides
use of alternative paving materials, opportunities for design guidance on bikeway system
incorporating other transportation improvements into the components, shared use paths, transit
repair process, and stormwater management and green stops, and rail crossings, among
infrastructure construction. others.


TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNING, AND TRAFFIC IMPACT ANALYSIS: This
STRIPING: An overview of relevant chapter is prepared to assist an
design standards and policies for applicant to satisfy the requirement
traffic signal improvements are of performing a Traffic Impact Analysis
provided in this chapter. Requirements (TIA) when requesting access to a city
for level of improvements for new street.
development and funding in escrow
are discussed.

TRAFFIC CALMING/TRAFFIC
MANAGEMENT: This chapter
discusses traffic calming and traffic
management policies. Requirements
for level of improvements for new
development and funding in escrow
with respect to traffic calming and
traffic management are discussed.

Page 342
1223 23
22. Geometric
2 Design 2
122Standards 23
22 2
Overview
Chapter 2 presents the geometric design
standards for streets and roadways.
The design standards support Complete
Streets principles, including safety for all
travelers—pedestrians, bicyclists, transit
users, and motorists




Page 343
--- GEOMETRIC DESIGN STANDARDS
2.1 INTRODUCTION
Chapter 2 presents the geometric design standards for streets and roadways. The design standards support
Complete Streets principles, including safety for all travelers—pedestrians, bicyclists, transit users, and
motorists.

The design standards presented in this chapter are not a substitute for experience, professional judgment, or
ongoing communication between the designers and reviewers. An exception process provides flexibility when
necessary to accommodate site-specific opportunities and constraints. All exceptions will be evaluated based
on whether it will provide an equivalent or better result for the road users and City residents. When
reviewing and approving projects in City of Phoenix right-of-way, the City makes every attempt to balance the
vision for a project with adopted policy, regulation, user acceptance, and public safety.

COMPLETE STREETS
The City of Phoenix adopted Complete Street Guidelines on March 8, 2018, contains the following design
principles:

• Design for Safety, returning balance to the transportation network for users of all modes of
transportation

• Design for Comfort and Convenience

• Design for Context

• Design for Sustainability

• Design for Cost-Effectiveness

A Complete Streets design approach using context-sensitive methods may result in variable design
parameters, function, and appearance throughout the City based on community input, surrounding land
uses, available right-of-way, street type, adopted general and specific plans and overall intent of the corridor
in coordination with other city codes and ordinances.

FLEXIBILITY IN DESIGN “Design flexibility is of critical
In many cases, existing right-of-way or utility requirements importance because each project has
may not allow for the desired typical cross section to be a specific purpose and need, has
constructed. Consistent with the desired function of the specific context and constraints,
roadway, the design engineer must use engineering serves a unique set of users, and fills
judgement to determine appropriate design values within a unique position in the transportation
limited or constrained right-of-way. network.” — (AASHTO A Policy on
Geometric Design of Highways and
RIGHT-OF-WAY ZONES Streets)
The City of Phoenix Street Classification Map defines
right-of-way widths for City of Phoenix street cross-sections. The street cross section can be organized into
three basic zones of the right-of-way, as illustrated in Figure 2.1-1.



Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 8
Page 344
• Travel Lane: Travel lanes can serve all modes or be dedicated to serve specific modes such as a bus or
light rail.

• Flex Zone: Flex Zone is the space between the Travel Lane Zone and the Pedestrian Zone. This zone
can contain multiple uses such as bike lanes, transit stops, commercial deliveries, on-street parking,
taxi zones, passenger loading, and shared mobility areas. The Flex Zone serves as a buffer between
moving vehicles in the Travel Lane Zone and the users in the Pedestrian Zone.

• Pedestrian Zone: This space includes the sidewalk, planting areas, bus shelters, street furniture,
sidewalk cafes, and bicycle racks. It is always desirable to achieve preferred design widths to
accommodate these features. At times accommodating preferred widths in urban settings is not
possible due to various contextual constraints. When this occurs, design flexibility should be applied,
and minimum widths considered where appropriate.




Source: Adapted from Seattle Right-of-Way Improvements Manual, Standard 2.1 Right-of-Way Allocation,
https://streetsillustrated.seattle.gov/street-types/row-allocation/
Figure 2.1-1 Right-of-Way Zones

2.2 SUMMARY OF GEOMETRIC DESIGN CRITERIA BY ZONE
Table 2.2-1 summarizes Geometric Design Criteria for each zone. Subsequent sections include additional
discussion and detail regarding each zone. All street design should follow City Code 32-27.




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 9
Page 345
Table 2.2-1 Roadway Geometric Design Criteria by Zone
A B C CM D E F G H I

Major Arterial Local
Arterial and Local (Single- Local (Single-
Street Design Element Major Arterial Major Arterial & Arterial
Major Minor Commercial & Family Family
Major Arterial with Raised
& Arterial & Arterial Median Collector
Collector Collector Multi -Family Residential) Residential)
Posted Posted Posted Posted Posted Posted Posted Posted Posted Posted
Design Speed
+10 mph +10 mph +10 mph +10 mph +10 mph +10 mph +10 mph +5 mph +5 mph +5 mph
Right-of-Way Width 140’ 130’ 110’ 110’ 100’ 80’ 60’ 50’ 50’ 50’
Pavement Width,
Measured from Face of Curb 104’ 94’ 74’ 74’ 64’ 50’ 36 – 40’ 7 36’ 32’ 28’
to Face of Curb
Number of Travel Lanes 6 6 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2

Travel Lane Width (Typical)1 10' – 11' 10' – 11' 11' z11' 10’ – 11' 12' 12' – 14’8 - - -
12’ Two-Way 10’ Two-Way 10’ Two-Way
Median Width (Typical) 24’ Raised 14’ Raised Left-Turn 14’ Raised Left-Turn Left-Turn - - - -
Lane Lane Lane
Bicycle Lane2 6’ 6’ 6’ 6 6’ 6’, 5.5 min.3 5.5’ - - - -
Page 346

Vertical;
Curb Type4 Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical
Ribbon/Flush
Sidewalk5 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 5’ 4’ – 5’ 4’ – 5’ 4’ 4’
Note:
1. 10’ wide outside travel lane will typically only be considered in cases of limited pavement width, as a retrofit to accommodate on-street bicycle facilities. Final lane widths will
be determined by Street Transportation Department.
2. 5.5’ wide bicycle lane allowable when combined with 2.5’ wide buffer; may require width of other travel lanes to be narrowed; bike lane width measured from face of curb.
3. Bicycle lane may not be able to be accommodated within Cross-Section D. Final lane widths will be determined by Street Transportation Department.
4. Refer to City of Phoenix supplement to Uniform Standard Specifications and Details for Public Works Construction for cross sections and elements including curb type.
5. City of Phoenix Downtown Code (DTC) , Walkable Urban (WU) Code, or other zoning overlays supersede published sidewalk widths.
6. 3’ wide buffer allowed; travel lane width will be adjusted to provide width for the buffer.
7. Rear facing home (F) allows for 36’ wide section.
8. 12’ wide lanes with on-street parking or 14’ wide lanes with a 6’ wide bike lane.




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 10
2.3 TRAVEL LANE

DESIGN SPEED
Streets help define the character of neighborhoods. A street’s design should interact with the
surrounding context including its history, character, land uses, and nearby landmarks. Design speed
contributes to the function and character of a street to be more walkable and bikeable, support
investments in transit, foster social engagement and community pride, support the local economy and
property values, and improve livability.

Design speed should be established considering surrounding land uses, available right-of-way, street
type, adopted general and specific plans and overall intent of the corridor in coordination with other city
codes and ordinances.

On City of Phoenix collector and arterial streets in typologies outside of urban and downtown, the
design speed is equal to the posted speed limit plus 10 MPH. Design speed is governed by geometrics
such as vertical and horizontal curves.

Within urban core and downtown street typologies, the design speed may be equal to the posted
speed limit, in consultation with Street Transportation Department.

On local streets, the design speed is Lower speeds are desirable for thoroughfares in
equivalent to the posted speed limit walkable, mixed use urban areas and this desire for
plus 5 MPH. Design speeds are lower speeds should influence the selection of the
shown in Table 2.2-1. design speed. For the design of such speeds, a
target speed should be selected. (AASHTO A Policy
DESIGN VEHICLE on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets)
The design vehicle is a frequent user
of a given street and dictates the minimum required turning radius and lane widths for street
intersections and driveways. The design vehicle should be able to make all movements on the street and
at intersections without encroaching in the travel way of conflicting vehicles. If the design vehicle is too
small or has too small a minimum turning radius, conflicts in the pedestrian zone or street edge may
occur. If a vehicle is excessively large for the context, there may be too much space allocated for motor
vehicles.

The control vehicle is an infrequent large user. A control vehicle dictates how an intersection
accommodates a larger vehicle’s turning needs. In some cases, the control vehicle can encroach on
other lanes or overhang an area unlikely to be occupied by other road users. The decision is made
considering the context of the surrounding land uses and priority of the roadway.

• The design vehicle in downtown and urban typologies is a SU-30 truck.
• The design vehicle in suburban and rural typologies is a BU-40 school bus.
• The control vehicle on all city streets is a 49-foot fire truck.
• The control vehicle on streets in industrial areas is a WB-67 interstate semitrailer.

Design vehicles and control vehicles are shown in Figure 2.3-1 unless otherwise dictated by the values in
Table 2.2-1.



Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 11
Page 347
Downtown/Urban Areas: SU-30, 42-Foot Minimum Turning Radius




Suburban/Rural Areas: School Bus, BU-40, 39.1-Foot Minimum Turning Radius




Control Vehicle: Rear-Mounted Aerial Fire Truck




Sources:
SU-30 Design Vehicle: AASHTO, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, Page 2-65.
BU-40 Design Vehicle: AASHTO, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, Page 2-71.
Three Axle, Rear-Mounted Aerial Fire Truck, AUTOTURN program.
Figure 2.3-1 Design Vehicle Illustrations




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 12
Page 348
STREET CROSS-SECTIONS
There are 11 street cross-sections (Figure 2.3-2 through Figure 2.3-12) based upon the type and level of
use for which the streets are intended. The adopted street cross-sections are shown on the Street
Classification Map for each arterial and collector within the City.

The corresponding figures show the geometric details of each of the cross-sections. Lane dimensions
are typical, and subject to striping review from Street Transportation Department. Lane widths may be
modified with approval from the Street Transportation Department. Pavement width, as measured from
curb face to curb face, generally remains fixed.




*Preferred minimum width is 10’, and is subject to character area, neighborhood, or specific plans.

Figure 2.3-2 Cross-Section “A,” Major Arterial




*Preferred minimum width is 10’ and is subject to character area, neighborhood, or specific plans.

Figure 2.3-3 Cross-Section “B,” Major Arterial and Arterial

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 13
Page 349
*Preferred minimum width is 10’ and is subject to character area, neighborhood, or specific plans.
Figure 2.3-4 Cross-Section “C,” Major Arterial and Arterial




-
*Preferred minimum width is 10’ and is subject to character area, neighborhood, or specific plans.
Figure 2.3-5 Cross-Section “CM” (C with Raised Median), Major Arterial and Arterial



Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 14
Page 350
*Preferred minimum width is 10’ and is subject to character area, neighborhood, or specific plans.
Figure 2.3-6 Cross-Section “D,” Arterial, and Major Collector




*Preferred minimum width is 10’, and is subject to character area, neighborhood, or specific plans.
Figure 2.3-7 Cross-Section “E”, Collector
Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 15
Page 351
Figure 2.3-8 Cross-Section “F,” Minor Collector with Parking




Figure 2.3-9 Cross-Section “F,” Minor Collector with Bike Lane




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 16
Page 352
Figure 2.3-10 Cross-Section “G,” Local Figure 2.3-11 Cross-Section “H,” Local
(Commercial and Multi-Family) (Single Family Residential)




*Utilization of cross-section “I” requires approval of the Street Transportation Department; See Section 7.2.6 of this Manual.

Figure 2.3-12 Cross-Section “I,” Local (Single Family Residential)




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 17
Page 353
TRAVEL LANE AND TURN-LANE WIDTH
Travel lane widths are measured from the center of each longitudinal pavement marking lane line.
Outside lane widths are measured to the face of curb and are inclusive of the gutter pan. Lane widths
are specified in Table 2.2-1. Chapter 4 contains additional information about pavement markings.

PAVEMENT TRANSITION TAPERS
AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets specifies design criteria and guidelines
for pavement tapers for lane transitions (Figure 2.3-13).

When development causes the widening of a portion of the pavement of an existing road, pavement
transitions are required at each end of the widened portion. The transitions should be made on a
tangent section whenever possible. Locations with horizontal and vertical sight distance restrictions
should be avoided. Whenever feasible, the entire transition should be visible to the driver of a vehicle
approaching the narrower section. Intersections at grade within the transition area should be avoided. A
pavement taper is required regardless of the striping transition in the adjacent area.

Transition to a Wider Pavement Section
If right-of-way is available, a transition from a narrower cross-section to a wider cross-section should
have a taper that is 25:1. Additional taper length may be required based on the location of cross streets
and driveways downstream from the new improvements.

Transition to a Narrower Pavement Section
If right-of-way is available, a transition from a wider cross-section to a narrower cross-section should
have a length equal to the difference of the two (2) widths in feet times the street design speed in miles
per hour.




Source: Adapted from AASHTO Green Book, Straight Line Taper, page 9-103
Figure 2.3-13 Lane Transition Tapers

Turn Lanes
Right-Turn Lanes
At intersections or driveways, the width of a right-turn lane is 12’ measured from face of curb to center
of longitudinal lane line.



Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 18
Page 354
Typical storage length is 100’ from curb return or driveway wing. The maximum allowable storage length
is 250’ and must be supported by a traffic study.

The taper length may be calculated by applying a taper rate of 8:1 for design speeds up to 30 mph; for
35 mph and 45 mph design speed the taper length may be 125’; and 180’ for design speeds 50 mph and
greater.

Continuous right-turn lanes between driveways will not be allowed. There will be a minimum of 20’ from
curb return/wing of driveway to the start of the approach taper for the next right-turn lane.

Left-Turn Lanes
Left-turn lane storage requirements are subject to a traffic engineering study. Storage lengths are
typically as follows in Table 2.3-1 and Table 2.3-2.

For high-speed rural highways, deceleration distances and large truck volumes must be considered when
determining the total left-turn lane length.

Any left-turn storage lengths that differ from the guidelines must be reviewed and approved by the
Traffic Services Division of the Street Transportation Division.

Refer to Detail 73361, Intersection Flare, available from Street Transportation Department for lane
transitions. The detail shows transitions for addition of through lanes, right-turn lanes, and left-turn
lanes for each cross-section. A representative depiction of how a Cross-Section F transitions to include
taper and turn lane is shown in Figure 2.3-14.

Table 2.3-1 Arterial Street Left-Turn Lane Storage

Arterial Street
Intersection Type
Storage Length
Intersection with Arterial Streets (including dual left turns) 250’1
Intersection with Collector Streets 150’
Intersection with Local Streets 100’
Intersection with Driveways 100’
1Dual left-turn lanes are required when vehicle queue exceeds 250’.




Table 2.3-2 Collector Street Left-Turn Lane Storage

Collector Street
Intersection Type
Storage Length*
Intersection with Arterial Street 100’
*Collector street turn lanes may be required based on TIA recommendations




https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/reference-material;
Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 19
Page 355
Figure 2.3-14 Intersection Flares, Cross-Section F

MEDIANS
Medians shall be provided as identified by street classification and may be permitted on collector and
local streets with the approval of the Street Transportation Department and the inclusion of a private
maintenance agreement. Raised median islands are intended to separate opposing traffic flows, restrict
indiscriminate crossing maneuvers, control turns, and protect vehicles waiting to turn left. The basic
purpose of a median island is to expedite traffic and increase vehicle and pedestrian safety. Too
frequent openings may void these benefits.

Median Widths
The width of a raised median is measured from the face of median curb to the face of median curb. The
nominal width of a raised median island is specified in Table 2.2-1.

At intersections, when a raised median island is narrowed for a left-turn pocket, the minimum width
should be 4’. Only in exceptional circumstances will a raised median be approved to a width of less than
4’.

Raised Medians
Raised medians that are more than 4’ in width are normally landscaped. Landscaping and other median
features shall not restrict the sight distance for vehicles turning left on the through street. Median
landscaping shall not restrict sight distance in the vicinity of intersections for side street traffic. Per City
of Phoenix Street Landscape Manual, no plant material within 10’ of the end of street median islands
and no trees planted within 80’ of the end of the street median. Street median islands 0 to 800’ in length
must maintain an open area equal to 30’ in length at either end or have turning lane (non-signaled) to
provide for parking a service vehicle. Street median islands greater than 800’ in length must maintain an
open area equal to 75’ length at the mid-point, and either end or have a turning lane (non-signal) to
provide for parking of a service vehicle. A mid-point open area should be provided for each additional
1,000’ of median island.

Street median island 4’ or less in width to be hardscaped, including stamped concrete. Concrete to be 6”
thick, 3000 psi with welded wire reinforcement and stamped brick finish. Coordinate with Street
Transportation Department for texture, brick pattern, and color.

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 20
Page 356
Raised medians on collector and local public streets shall be maintained by the Development’s
Homeowners Association and/or applicable private maintenance agreement with the City of Phoenix.

Where initial development constructed only one-half of the travel way, the development that completes
the cross-section is responsible for construction of the median. This construction may extend beyond
property frontage to tie to existing constructed medians.

Median Nose Islands
A median island nose of 4’ to 5’ in width should be paved. The paved surface should have the same
cross-slope as the street pavement. Acceptable paving material is Portland concrete cement. The
median island nose shall be constructed per City of Phoenix Standard Details for Construction.

Spacing and Location of Median Openings
See Chapter 6, Access Management, for median opening criteria.

Intersection Raised Median Positive Offset
Medians at intersections should be constructed with positive offset. A positive offset of left-turn lanes
improves sight distance and reduces risk of left-turn crashes.

At intersection approaches that have straight alignment with no horizontal curves and the roads
intersect at or close to 90 degrees, a 2’ positive offset provides unrestricted sight distance when the
opposing left-turn vehicle is a passenger car, as shown in Figure 2.3-15. A 3.5’ positive offset provides
unrestricted sight distance when the opposing left-turn vehicle is a truck (based on a truck width of 8.5’,
which corresponds to City Transit Bus, WB-50, and WB-67). These conditions generally apply to existing
conditions where retrofit improvements are being made. Use truck offset conditions where 10% or
more trucks are present.

When installing left-turn lanes or designing new intersections where left-turning traffic must yield to on-
coming traffic, designer shall provide a minimum of 3.5’ of positive offset for opposing left-turn lanes, as
shown in Figure 2.3-16 to ensure adequate sight distance for left-turning drivers. When median width is
less than 2’, the raised median may be terminated at the point where the median narrows to 4’. Striping
and raised pavement markers, in accordance with City of Phoenix standards, is then carried through the
remainder of the median taper and storage length, as shown in Figure 2.3-17.




Source: Adapted from MAG Left-Turn Crash Mitigation Implementation Template and Guidance, May 2018, p. 3
Figure 2.3-15 Positive Offset for Left-Turn Lanes

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 21
Page 357
Source: Adapted from MAG Left-Turn Crash Mitigation Implementation Template and Guidance, May 2018, p. 3
Figure 2.3-16 Minimum Positive Offset for New Left-Turn Lanes




Figure 2.3-17 Truncated Raised Median to Striping for New Left-Turn Lanes

CURB TYPE
Vertical Curbs
Vertical curbs (6” typical) are required for all streets except local single-family residential streets, where
traffic calming is not being implemented. Vertical curb is required on collector streets. New subdivisions
must be platted accordingly to accommodate vertical curb. For new development within in-fill areas,
front-facing single-family homes will need to be wing-type driveways when on collector designated
streets.

Vertical curb shall be used through the curb return from the Point of Curve (PC) to the Point of Tangent
(PT) regardless of whether the tangent curb sections are vertical, ribbon or roll curb. All curb returns
shall be provided with curb ramps with sidewalk from PC to PT per the applicable City of Phoenix
sidewalk ramp detail as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

Local single-family residential streets with special narrower cross-sections will be constructed with
vertical curbs and offset (separated) sidewalks. Vertical curbs should also be used where drainage
considerations make such use desirable. Vertical curbs with gutter are to be constructed in accordance
with the current City of Phoenix supplements to the MAG (Maricopa Association of Governments)
standard details.
Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 22
Page 358
Vertical curb and gutter type shall match the adjacent pavement slope to the gutter cross slope
direction. The curb height shown on the standard detail is 6”, but the following variations may be used
where appropriate:

• Where fire lane or public maintenance vehicle access to abutting property must be provided
over the curb, use mountable curb and gutter.

Ribbon Curb
Ribbon curb is permitted as specified by the City of Phoenix Zoning Ordinance, Section 32-35.C Option
2.2. Local residential streets may be paved with ribbon curbs if drainage and pedestrian traffic permit;
all collector streets are to have vertical curbs and sidewalks. Ribbon curbs may be provided if the
sidewalk is set back a minimum of 5’ from the curb. Ribbon curb is discouraged but may be used in lieu
of roll curb for local residential streets, where attached sidewalks are not provided. When ribbon curb is
used, drainage runoff from the road shall not drain with the road but shall be directed to roadside
drainage ditches.

Roll Curb
Roll curb is permitted on local single-family residential streets except where vertical curb is required for
drainage and is to be constructed in accordance with the current City of Phoenix supplements to the
MAG Standard Details.

HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT
AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets specifies design criteria and guidelines
for horizontal curves. The City of Phoenix also requires:

Tangent Sections Between Reverse Curves
• On arterial and collector streets a tangent section must be provided between two curves that
curve in the opposite direction. AASHTO requires that a tangent be provided between reverse
curves long enough to satisfy superelevation transitions. For urban roadways without
superelevation, a minimum tangent length of 100’ is desired between reverse curves. Generally
abrupt reversals in alignment should be avoided.

Tangent Sections Approaching Intersections
• Tangent sections must be provided between an intersection and a curve on collector and
arterial streets. The tangent section should be designed to satisfy AASHTO’s criteria for
intersection sight distance.

Tangent Sections Between Curves in the Same Direction
• If super-elevation is provided in the curved portions of the roadway, tangent lengths will be
determined by the super-elevation transition lengths indicated in AASHTO A Policy on
Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.

VERTICAL ALIGNMENT
Longitudinal Grades
Longitudinal grades should follow the guidelines:

• Arterial streets. As determined by the Street Transportation Director.

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 23
Page 359
• Collector streets. Maximum of seven percent.

• Local streets. Maximum of nine percent.

• All streets: Minimum of 0.4 percent; grades less than 0.4 percent to 0.15 percent require
written approval from Street Transportation Department.

Cross Slopes
Cross slopes should follow the guidelines:

• Streets with concrete gutters:

 Cross-slope desirable: 2 percent.

 Cross-slope maximum: 3 percent

 Cross-slope minimum: 1 percent, with a gutter slope minimum of 0.3 percent .

Where rigid adherence to these standards causes unreasonable or unwarranted hardship in design or
cost without commensurate public benefit, exceptions may be made by the Street Transportation
Department upon review and approval of the Department’s Deputy Director.

Vertical Curves
AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets specifies design criteria and guidelines
for vertical curves. Vertical curves shall be designed to provide adequate sight distance, safety,
comfortable driving, good drainage, and a pleasant appearance.

Algebraic difference in grades without a vertical curve on continuous roadways shall be equal to or less
than the values specified for the following conditions:

• 0.2% Federal Aid Projects (applies to National Highway System roads)
• 0.3% Equal to or greater than 55 mph design speed
• 0.5% Equal to or greater than, 40 mph, but less than 55 mph design speed
• 1.0% Less than 40 mph design speed
• 2.0% Local residential street

Minimum Vertical Curve Lengths
Vertical curve should be in compliance with City Ordinance 32-27C.

A parabolic vertical curve is to be used. AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets
provides all necessary mathematical relations for computing a vertical curve for both crests and sags.
Minimum vertical-curve lengths are determined by sight distance requirements for a given design
speed.

Crest Vertical Curve Lengths
Minimum crest curve lengths are determined by either the stopping sight distance or the passing sight
distance, whichever provides the greatest curve length, unless the street is striped for no passing.

i) The minimum crest vertical curve lengths on streets with two or more through travel lanes per
direction must only meet stopping sight distance requirements.


Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 24
Page 360
ii) Two-Lane Streets – Passing sight distance requirements should be met on streets with one through
travel lane per direction. When crest curve construction in accordance with passing sight distance
requirements would result in the creation of drainage problems or excessive cuts or fills, the curve
length may be reduced with the installation of appropriate traffic control measures.

iii) Minimum Crest Vertical Curve Length Determined by Stopping Sight Distance – The following
equations are to be used to determine the minimum crest vertical curve lengths based upon stopping
distance requirements (assumes AASHTO minimum requirements of 3.5’ driver height and a 2.0’ object
height):
𝐴𝑆 2
𝑠
When Ss < L, 𝐿 = 2158

When Ss > L, 𝐿 = 2𝑆𝑠 − 𝐴


Where:
Ss = Stopping sight distance in feet for a given design speed
L = Length of curve in feet
A = Algebraic grade difference in percent

iv) Minimum Crest Vertical Curve Length Determined by Passing Sight Distance – The following
equations are to be used to determine the minimum crest vertical curve lengths based upon sight
distance requirements (assumes AASHTO minimum requirements of 3.5’driver height and a 2.0’object
height):
𝐴 𝑆𝑝2
When Sp< L, 𝐿 = 2800
When Sp> L, 𝐿 = 2𝑆𝑝 − 𝐴

Where:
Sp = Passing sight distance in feet for a given design speed
L = Length of curve in feet
A = Algebraic grade difference in percent

Sag Vertical Curve Lengths
Minimum sag vertical curve lengths are determined by either the stopping sight distance or comfort
factors. The longer of the two possible minimum curve lengths will be used.

i) Minimum Sag Vertical Curve Length Determined by Stopping Sight Distance – The following equations
are to be used to determine the minimum sag vertical curve length based upon stopping sight distance
requirements (assuming AASHTO minimum requirements of two ft headlight height and a 1°
divergence):
𝐴 ×𝑆 2
When Ss < L, 𝐿 = 400+3.5𝑠× 𝑆𝑠
400+3.5×𝑆𝑠
When Ss >L, 𝐿 = 2 × 𝑆𝑠 −
𝐴

Where:

Ss = Stopping sight distance in feet for a given design speed
Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 25
Page 361
L = Length of curve in feet
A = Algebraic grade difference in percent

ii) Minimum Sag Vertical Curve Length Determined by Comfort – The following equation is to be used to
determine the minimum sag vertical curve length based upon comfort:

𝐴 × 𝑉2
𝐿=
46.5
L = Length of curve in feet
A = Algebraic grade difference in percent
V = Design speed in mph

Combined Horizontal and Vertical Curves
Where horizontal and vertical curves are required, care should be taken to understand resulting
alignment for sight distance and visual perception. Sharp horizontal curves should not be introduced at
or near the top of significant crest vertical curves where sight distance may be limited. Horizontal curves
near the bottom of short sag vertical curves appear foreshortened and influence driving. Where
horizontal and vertical curves are combined, the horizontal curve lengths should lead (i.e., be made
longer) than the vertical curve. Refer to AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets.

ALIGNMENT SIGHT DISTANCE
Stopping sight distance is the minimum sight distance to be provided at all points on streets. Stopping
sight distance is that required for a vehicle traveling at the design speed to bring the vehicle to a stop
after an object on the road becomes visible under worst case (wet pavement, slow-driver reaction)
conditions.

Stopping sight distance shall also be provided in the vicinity of intersections. Sight distance is measured
from the driver’s eye, 3.5’ above the pavement to the top of an object on the pavement 2.0’ high for
stopping sight distance.

Minimum stopping sight distances is consistent with AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways
and Streets, shown in Table 2.3-3 Stopping Sight Distance on Level Roadways. These distances vary with
design speed.


Table 2.3-3 Stopping Sight Distance on Level Roadways

Design Speed (mph) 25 30 35 40 45 50 55
Stopping Sight Distance (ft) 155 200 250 305 360 425 495
Source: AASHTO Green Book, 2018, Tables 3-1

Superelevation
Superelevation is not used on downtown and urban roadways. Superelevation is discouraged on
suburban, rural, and industrial roadways. Superelevation may only be used when other means of design
is not feasible. All superelevation will be reviewed by the Street Transportation Department. When
superelevation is used, the following criteria shall be followed:

Superelevation 0.02 ft/ft (2%)

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 26
Page 362
Superelevation of 0.02 ft/ft may be used when the standard radius cannot be provided due to
circumstances beyond the control of the engineer and the general alignment cannot be changed.

Superelevation Greater than 0.02 ft/ft (2%)

Superelevation greater than 0.02 ft/ft may not be used except when approved by the Street
Transportation Department. In no case shall a superelevation exceed 0.04 ft/ft.

Transition for superelevation is consistent with AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and
Streets. A 1% minimum slope is required in at least one direction for drainage purposes.

2.4 FLEX ZONE
The flex zone is the part of the right-of-way adjacent to an existing curb face that can be used for
multiple purposes such as bicycle facilities, transit stops, parking, delivery zones, and drop off zones. The
flex zone in relation to other right-of-way zones is depicted in Figure 2.4-1.




Source: Adapted from Seattle Right-of-Way Improvements Manual, Standard 2.1 Right-of-Way
Allocation

Figure 2.4-1 Right-of-way Zones

BICYCLE FACILITIES
On-street bike lanes may be used where a minimum of 6’ from curb face can be obtained. Where
practical, it is desirable to provide 8’ from curb face to provide a buffered bicycle lane.

ARS 28-815 prohibits motorized vehicles to park or stop in the bike lane. To recognize the needs of
residents along commuter routes on collector/local streets, the bike lane may be signed as in effect for
only part of the day and imposing parking restrictions only during commute periods (7:00 a.m. - 6:00
p.m. Monday through Friday).

More information on the design of bicycle facilities is provided in Chapter 8, Bikeways.

ON-STREET PARKING
General principles for when parking is desirable or allowed are described in this section.




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 27
Page 363
Local streets and collectors provide for on-street parking to provide access to dwelling units but may be
limited by specific ordinances which require a neighborhood parking permit or equivalent or in
situations where parking would obstruct access to fire hydrants or cause a safety issue.

In general, parking is accounted for in the design of typical cross sections for local streets and collectors.

Streets in an industrial context should be designed for parking of the WB-67 interstate semi-trailer
design vehicle, and parking is included in the typical cross section design for streets in industrial areas.

Arterials should not be designed for parking.

On-street parking may be desirable on collector streets in an urban context where sufficient curb width
is available.

TRANSIT
Flex zone may include bus stops or bus pullouts/bus bays, boarding-bulb stops, and side-boarding island
stops.

Transit Stops
Transit Stop Placement
The preferred location for a bus stop is on the intersection exit (far side) rather than the intersection
approach. Near side bus-stop locations are normally less desirable than far-side bus stops, particularly
near signalized intersections, because they:

• Block vehicles from turning right on red.

• Force following vehicles to stop even when there is a green signal.

• May partially obstruct motorist’s and pedestrian’s view of each other at crosswalks.

The Public Transit Department decides if a transit stop is needed to service their patrons and staff
reviews operational considerations and determines the optimal location for signs. The following criteria
should be considered in selecting bus stop locations:

• At unsignalized intersections, bus stops should normally be far-side and clear of the crosswalk to
prevent blocking of pedestrian movements.

• At signalized intersections, bus stops should offer additional clearance from the crosswalk at
locations with three through lanes. When only two through lanes exist, the bus stop should be
further down the street if there is no bus pullout. For example, on signalized collector streets,
the left lane is normally blocked by left turns, leaving only one lane, this means the bus stop
should be located sufficiently downstream to not block the only effective through lane.

Design engineers should consult City of Phoenix Standard Details for location and layout design.

Bus Bays
Location of bus bays, bus bay shelters and installation and removal of existing bus bays/bus bay shelters
are an important design feature and shall be evaluated and approved early in design with Valley Metro,
Street Transportation Department, and the Public Transit Department.

Design engineers should reference City of Phoenix Standard Details for bus bay, pad, and shelter design.
Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 28
Page 364
2.5 PEDESTRIAN ZONE
The pedestrian zone is the portion of a street that is between the flex zone and the edge of right-of-way.
It is comprised of the landscape/streetscape/furniture area, the pedestrian clear area, and the frontage
area.

Landscape/Streetscape/Furniture Area (including the curb) is the area between the roadway curb face
and the front edge of the pedestrian-clear zone. This area buffers pedestrians from the adjacent
roadway and is the appropriate location for, street trees and vegetation, as well as amenities permitted
by revocable permit with the city and includes the 6” curb in its dimensions. It is also the preferred
location for other elements, such as signage, pedestrian lighting, hydrants, and above and below grade
utilities. Clearance and setback requirements apply to many elements located in the landscape/furniture
area.

Pedestrian Clear Area is the area of the sidewalk corridor that is specifically reserved for pedestrian
travel. As required by City of Phoenix Zoning Ordinance or policy plans, wider clear area widths are
required within transit areas and high-pedestrian activity areas street furniture, street trees, planters,
and other vertical elements such as poles, fire hydrants and street furniture, as well as temporary signs
and other items shall not protrude into the pedestrian clear area. The desirable clear area width is 5’.
The clear area width must be compliant with ADA requirements.

Frontage Area is the area between the property line and pedestrian clear area. Frontage area can
accommodate store entrances outdoor dining, landscaping, or other amenities. A minimum of 2′ is
recommended for the frontage area to allow for shy distance from fixed objects.

SIDEWALKS
Sidewalks shall be provided along all streets unless a specific exemption allows. Exceptions require
approval by the Street Transportation Director.

Sidewalks should be constructed a minimum of 5’ wide on arterial and collector streets, and 4’ wide on
local streets, and in no case less than identified on the City-approved Street Classification Map and/or
adopted Neighborhood or Area Specific Plans. In areas with high pedestrian volumes, wider sidewalks
may be required. Sidewalks shall be constructed consistent with current City of Phoenix standard cross-
sections.

Sidewalks shall be designed in accordance with current ADA guidelines. A 5’ by 5’ passing area must be
provided every 200’ to allow wheelchairs to pass on all sidewalks less than 5’ wide. Driveways and other
connecting sidewalks may be used to provide the passing area, as long as the cross-slope meets ADA
standards. Poles and fire hydrants may encroach into the pedestrian realm, but the sidewalk must meet
current ADA minimum clear widths.

Sidewalks should stay at-grade and level (1.5 percent preferred cross-slope) across driveway openings.

Slopes of pedestrian facilities shall not exceed the maximum grades indicated in ADA: sidewalk cross
slope of 2 percent, ramp slope of 8.33 percent, ramp and landing cross slope of 2 percent and flared side
(wing) slope of 10 percent. Expansion joints and contraction joints are required to be constructed per
the MAG Uniform Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction and Standard Details and the


Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 29
Page 365
The surface of concrete sidewalk or curb ramp shall not deviate in excess of 1/8” over 5’ as tested with a
five-foot straightedge except for the ¼” recess of the preformed material in expansion joints.




Pedestrian Zone

Figure 2.5-1 Pedestrian Zone Example

2.6 INTERSECTIONS

CURB RETURN RADII
Table 2.6-1 presents curb return radii to accommodate turning movements of vehicles by street
typology.

Table 2.6-1 Curb Return Radii

Classification of Curb Return Radii (ft) by Area Type
Intersecting Streets Downtown/Urban Residential Suburban Industrial
Arterial and Arterial 20’ 35’ 35’ 35’
Arterial and Collector 20’ 30’ 30‘ 35’
Arterial and Local 20’ 25’ 25‘ 35’
Collector and Collector 10’ 30’ 25’ 35’
Collector and Local 10‘ 20’ 20’ 35’
Local and Local 10’ 20’ 20’ 35’
Local and Private 10 ‘ 20’ 20’ 35’

INTERSECTION SIGHT DISTANCE
Intersection sight distance is the distance a motorist can see approaching vehicles before their line of
sight is blocked by an obstruction near the intersection. The driver of a vehicle approaching or departing
from a stopped position at an intersection should have an unobstructed view of the intersection,
including any traffic control devices, and sufficient lengths along the intersecting roadway to permit the
driver to anticipate and avoid potential collisions. Examples of obstructions include crops, hedges, trees,

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 30
Page 366
parked vehicles, utility poles, or buildings. In addition, the horizontal and vertical alignment of the
roadway approaching the intersection can reduce the sight triangle of vehicles navigating the
intersection. Sight distance must also be provided for left-turning traffic turning from the major road.

The required intersection sight distance is dependent upon the traffic speed and width of the major
road. Sight distance triangles should be calculated based on AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of
Highways and Streets. The design speed shall be 10 mph higher than the speed limit of the major road.

The design must demonstrate that other vehicles, such as opposing left-turn vehicles, do not block sight
distance, particularly along curves. Both approach triangles and departure sight triangles must be shown
in intersection plans.

Landscaping plans must be consistent with sight visibility requirements. It is the responsibility of the
developer to provide landscaping between the property line and the curb consistent with sight visibility
triangle requirements. Vegetation within the sight triangle is allowable if it is of a low variety that
remains below 24” when mature. Trees may be considered as long as the canopy is above 10’ and if it is
a single trunk variety and less than 12” in diameter.

Driveways shall not be placed where it creates a sight visibility issue with existing large diameter power
poles, landscaping, and other obstructions. Conflicts should be resolved through utility relocation or by
demonstrating through a sight distance analysis performed by a registered traffic engineer in
conformance with AASHTO guidelines.

Approach Sight Triangles
Approach sight triangles demonstrates that drivers have sufficient time to react to vehicles on
uncontrolled or yield-controlled intersecting cross streets. According to AASHTO A Policy on Geometric
Design of Highways and Streets, “Each quadrant of an intersection should contain a triangular area free
of obstructions that might block an approaching driver’s view of potentially conflicting vehicles. The
length of the legs of this triangular area, along both intersecting roadways, should be such that the
driver can see any potentially conflicting vehicles in sufficient time to slow or stop before colliding within
the intersection.” Approach sight triangles are illustrated in Table 2.6-2 and Figure 2.6-1.

Departure Sight Triangles
AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, states “A second type of clear-sight
triangle (departure sight triangle) provides sight distance sufficient for a stopped driver on a minor-road
approach to depart from the intersection and enter or cross the major road.” Departure sight triangles
are illustrated in Table 2.6-3 and Figure 2.6-2.

Alignment and Profile
Intersections occurring on horizontal, or crest vertical curves are undesirable. When there is latitude in
the selection of intersection locations, vertical or horizontal curvature should be avoided. An alignment
or grade change is frequently warranted when major intersections are involved. If a curve is
unavoidable, it should be as flat as site conditions permit. Where the grade of the through roadway is
steep, flattening through the intersection is desirable as a safety and efficiency measure. Grade breaks
through major-major, major-collector, and any other signalized or potentially signalized intersections
shall not exceed 2.5 percent desirable or 3.0 percent absolute maximum. Sight triangles on horizontal
curves are illustrated in Table 2.6-4 and Figure 2.6-3.


Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 31
Page 367
Table 2.6-2 Required Sight Distance, Left Turn from Major Road

A B C, CM, D E
Cross-Section
Through Road Pavement Width 104’ 94’ 64’, 74’ 50’
Time Gap (sec) 8.25 7.75 7.25 6.5
Design Speed
30 mph 364’ 342’ 320’ 287’
35 mph 424’ 399’ 373’ 334’
40 mph 485’ 456’ 426’ 382’
45 mph 546’ 513’ 480’ 430’
50 mph 606’ 570’ 533’ 478’




*Passenger car, at-grade/level; adjustments required for trucks and grades
Figure 2.6-1 Sight Triangles, Left-Turn from Major Road




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 32
Page 368
Table 2.6-3 Sight Distance (feet), Left-Turn from Stop

F
A B C, CM, D E (Residential),
Cross-Section (Industrial)
FN, G, H, I
64’,
Through Road Pavement Width 104’ 94’ 50’ 50’ 36’
74’
Time Gap (sec) 9.75 sec 9.5 sec 8.75 sec 8.5 sec 8 sec 7.75 sec
Design Speed
30 mph 430’ 419’ 386’ 375’ 353’ 342’
35 mph 502’ 489’ 450’ 437 ‘ 412’ 399’
40 mph 573’ 559’ 515’ 500’ 470’ N/A
45 mph 645’ 628’ 579’ 562’ 529’ N/A
50 mph 717‘ 698’ 643’ N/A N/A N/A
Values are provided for guidance only based on passenger car equivalent and minor road approach grades of 3 percent or less;
professional engineer should verify site-specific conditions including vehicle type, grades, and pavement widths




Figure 2.6-2 Sight Triangles, Left-Turn from Stop




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 33
Page 369
Table 2.6-4 Sight Distance, Horizontal Curve


3-Lane Streets
(Bike Lane, Thru, Left, Thru, Bike Lane) or Smaller
Speed Length Passenger Length Single Acceptable
Vehicle Unit Truck Average
25 mph 280’ 350’ 315’
30 mph 335’ 420’ 380’
35 mph 390’ 490’ 440’

5-Lane Streets
(Bike Lane, Two Thru, Left, Two Thru, Bike Lane)
Speed Length Passenger Length Single Acceptable
Vehicle Unit Truck Average
25 mph 295’ 375’ 335’
30 mph 353’ 450’ 402’
35 mph 412’ 525’ 469’
40 mph 471’ 600’ 536’
45 mph 530’ 675’ 603’
50 mph 588’ 750‘ 670’

6-Lane Streets
(Bike Lane, Three Thru, Left, Three Thru, Bike Lane)
Speed Length Passenger Length Single Acceptable
Vehicle Unit Truck Average
25 mph 315’ 400’ 358’
30 mph 380’ 481’ 431’
35 mph 438’ 561’ 500’
40 mph 500’ 641’ 571’
45 mph 563’ 721’ 642’
50 mph 625’ 801’ 713’
Figure 2.6-3 Sight Triangles, Horizontal Curve




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 34
Page 370
VISIBILITY FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
Stop Signs
All stop signs shall be fully visible to approaching traffic from a distance no less than the stopping sight
distance. Design speed is 5 mph over the speed limit.

Stopping sight distance triangles for approaches controlled by stop signs are shown on Figure 2.6-4.
There shall be no fence, wall, shrubbery, tree, or any other obstruction to vision between a height of
2.5’ and 10’ above the sidewalk within the stopping sight distance triangle approaching a stop sign.



Table 2.6-5 Stopping Sight Distance,
Approaching Stop Signs


Speed Limit of
Minimum Stopping
Street
Sight Distance
Approaching
(feet)
STOP Sign (mph)

25 200’

30 250’

35 305’

40 360’

45 425’

50 495’
‘a’ = eye location, approximately measured from
center of outside travel lane; lateral location of sign is
defined by MUTCD Figure 2A-2.




Figure 2.6-4 Sight Triangles Approaching
STOP Signs

Traffic Signals
Visibility of traffic signal indications shall be maintained per Section 4D.12 of the current Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).

2.7 INTERSECTION CONTROL EVALUATION
As described by FHWA2, Intersection Control Evaluation (ICE) is a data-driven, performance-based
framework and approach used to objectively screen alternatives and identify an optimal geometric and

https://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/intersection/ice/fhwasa18076.pdf
Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 35
Page 371
control solution for an intersection. ICE is recommended for new intersections or when considering any
substantive changes to the traffic control or geometry of existing intersections. Substantive changes are
often considered for the following reasons:

• Safety improvement

• Congestion mitigation

• Broader corridor improvement/widening

• Multimodal facility enhancement

• Change of access to an adjacent parcel of land or land development

improvements:

• Roundabout

• Displaced Left-Turn/Continuous Flow Intersection

• Median U-turn/Indirect Left-Turn/Thru-Turn/Michigan Left-Turn

• Signalized or Unsignalized Restricted Crossing U-Turn Intersection Jug Handle
Intersection/Quadrant Intersection

ICE is typically conducted in two scoping stages as described below.

SCOPING
The purpose of the scoping phase of ICE is to determine, from dozens of potential alternatives, which
intersection type and control solutions merit further consideration for the project. The scoping phase of
ICE occurs early in project development, helping to inform a project scope and develop a cost estimate
and schedule. The purpose of Stage I is to assess the alternatives individually to determine if and to
what extent they potentially meet project purpose and need, strategic program goals, project context,
and funding constraints. The Stage I scoping analysis involves a combination of quantitative and
qualitative performance metrics:

• Does the alternative meet the transportation purpose and need?

• Does the alternative address the key system performance criteria (e.g., safety, non-motorized
user accommodation, operational quality, etc.)?

• Does the alternative meet the needs and values of the local community and directly affected
stakeholders?

The scoping analysis includes and assessment of safety benefits, operational analysis, and multimodal
considerations.

Alternative Selection
Stage II Alternative Section is intended to differentiate among the intersection alternatives brought
forward from the Stage I screening analysis. Stage II analysis is conducted as part of preliminary
engineering and includes the estimating of environmental, utility, and right-of-way impacts. The analysis

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 36
Page 372
occurs at a level of detail that allows objective comparisons of alternatives to each other. Stage II
evaluates each viable alternative based on the following aspects:

• Safety performance (motorized and non-motorized)

• Operational performance (present vs. projected, peak vs. off-peak)

• Cost

• Benefit-cost

• Environmental, utility, and right-of-way impacts

• Multimodal accommodations (pedestrian, bike, and transit)

• Public opinion and input

• Context (consistency with future land use, transportation plans for the surrounding area)

2.8 ROUNDABOUTS
Roundabouts are circular intersections with design and traffic control features including yield control of
all entering traffic, channelized approaches, and geometric curvature to ensure that travel speeds on the
circulatory roadway are typically less than 30 mph. Roundabouts provide fewer conflict points, lower
speeds, and easier decision points than intersections controlled by stop signs or traffic signals.

Roundabouts can offer advantages that conventional intersections (signalized or unsignalized) do not.
Benefits can include enhanced safety and operational efficiency (capacity). Safety improvements at
roundabouts may be realized due to fewer vehicle conflict points and reduced speeds. From an
operations perspective, roundabouts typically function with lower vehicle delays as compared to other
intersection forms and control types.

The City of Phoenix generally adheres to Roundabouts: An Informational Guide, U.S. Department of
Transportation, Federal Highway Administration for development and design of roundabouts.3

For guidance regarding traffic circles for traffic-calming purposes, see Chapter 6 of this manual.

Roundabout Considerations
A majority of roundabouts within the City of Phoenix are at intersections of local/local, local/collector or
collector/collector streets. All roundabouts on arterial and collector streets must be approved by the
Street Transportation Department.

Locations recommended for roundabout design should be evaluated based on many factors including:

• At intersections where stop-control causes unnecessary delay

• At intersection with a high left-turn percentage from one or more intersection approaches

• Where a disproportionately high number of crashes involve crossing or turning traffic, resulting
in head-on and right-angle crashes



https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/publications/research/safety/00067/00067.pdf
Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 37
Page 373
• Where it is not desirable to give priority to either roadway

• At intersections with unusual geometry

Roundabouts are NOT typically recommended for the following intersection conditions, but MAY be
considered with City approval:

• At the intersection of a collector/arterial where any leg is posted 45 mph or higher

• Where the grade for any intersection leg exceeds 4 percent

• Where traffic volumes are unbalanced with higher flows on one or more intersection
approaches

• Where a collector/arterial intersects with a local street and a roundabout would result in
unacceptable delays to the collector/arterial street

• Where there is high pedestrian activity including special needs pedestrians

• Where there is inadequate sight distance

• Where there is a large volume of bicycle traffic

• Where a downstream traffic control device such as a traffic signal would result in a queue that
extends into the roundabout

Locations where roundabouts are not recommended include intersections:

• Where a satisfactory design cannot be provided

• Where reversible lanes are required

• At a single intersection in a network of linked traffic signals

• Where a signal interconnect system provides a better level-of-service

• Where it is desirable to adjust traffic movements via signal timing

For operational and design purposes, roundabouts have several unique features and dimensions that
must be considered.

Informational Guide, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, for
development and design of roundabouts. Figure 2.8-1 illustrates these elements.

FHWA describes the inscribed circle diameter as the basic parameter in roundabout design. The
inscribed circle diameter is the distance across the circle inscribed by the outer curb (or edge) of the
circulatory roadway. It is the sum of the central island diameter (which includes the apron) and twice
the circulatory roadway. The inscribed circle diameter is determined by a number of design objectives,
which must be optimized for a given location. At single-lane roundabouts, the size of the inscribed circle
is largely dependent upon the turning requirements of the design vehicle. At double-lane roundabouts,
the size of the roundabout is usually determined either by the need to achieve deflection or by the need
to fit the entries and exits around the circumference with reasonable entry and exit radii between them.

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 38
Page 374
Generally, the inscribed circle diameter of a double-lane roundabout should be a minimum of 45 mph
(150’).




Source: Adapted from Roundabouts: An Informational Guide, Chapter 6, Geometric Design, FHWA
Figure 2.8-1 Key Roundabout Dimensions (Source: Roundabouts: An Informational Guide)

Traffic Volumes
Single-lane roundabouts can generally accommodate up to 25,000 veh/day (4-leg conditions) while
double-lane roundabouts can service approximately 50,000 veh/day. To confirm effectiveness,
roundabout traffic operations are to be evaluated in accordance with Highway Capacity Manual
procedures. A variety of software tools are available for these purposes. Table 2.8-1 provides
preliminary guidance on capacity of a roundabout considering traffic volumes, number of lanes, and the
percentage of left-turn traffic. The table shows that AADT may be used to predict the possible number
of circulating lanes required for planning-level consideration.




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 39
Page 375
Table 2.8-1 Roundabout Planning-Level Daily Intersection Traffic Volumes (Source: Roundabouts: An
Informational Guide)

Design Submittal and Review Requirements
All roundabout design submittals submitted to the City of Phoenix will need to include:

• Roundabout layout (including but not limited to the inscribed circle diameter, splitter islands,
entry width, circulatory roadway, central island, entry and exit radius, and truck apron)

• Capacity Analysis

• Design Vehicle Accommodations and Tracking

• Fastest Path Review Documentation

• Sight Distance Review (stopping sight distance and intersection sight distance)

• Drainage

• Landscaping

Additionally, accommodations for pedestrians and bicyclists are to be appropriately designed.

2.9 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

Construction of Half-Streets
Local half-street construction is avoided as per City Ordinance, Section 32 – 26 (k), which states “Half-
streets at subdivision boundaries should be discouraged except where necessary for continuation of
existing patterns. Where a platted half-street abutting the tract to be subdivided exists, and said half-
street furnishes the sole access to residential lots, the remaining half shall be platted within the tract.”
Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 40
Page 376
Design of Cross-Section for Half-Streets
Local and Collector Streets
If a half-street must be constructed, a minimum of 24’ of pavement shall be provided for local and
collector streets. In the event that right-of-way is not available, and the developer is unable to obtain
the additional right-of-way necessary to construct 24’ of pavement, a minimum of 18’ of paving for local
streets or 20’ for collector streets, shall be provided. Half-street construction should provide adequate
transitions and full-depth asphalt tapers to the adjoining roadways.

Arterial Streets
Arterial half-street construction shall provide a minimum of ½ of the approved cross-section of the
street, as per the Street Classification Map.

Design of Half-Street to Join Existing Street Pavement
The half-street shall be designed to match existing construction unless doing so is likely to create an
unsatisfactory condition. If changes are needed to correct conditions on an existing half-street to
properly construct the other half of the street, the solutions must be developed with Planning and
Development Department, and/or Street Transportation Department staff. Plans for the new half-street
must contain sufficient information on the profile and cross-sections of the existing street to
demonstrate that the new construction shall match the old construction and result in a full street with a
proper cross-section. Tapers are not limited to the frontage of the subject parcel and should extend
beyond the subject parcel to the maximum extent consistent with available right-of-way.

Design of Half-Street at Intersections
Collector and arterial half-streets must be flared at all arterial street intersections to provide one lane in
each direction and a left-turn lane. The inbound lane on a half street, at an arterial or collector street
intersection should be a minimum of 18’ in width. The outbound lane should be a minimum of 12’ wide.
Additional consideration must be given to the lane alignment if a street exists on the opposite side of
the arterial street.

Street Terminations and Alleys
Cul-de-Sac Streets
Cul-de-sac streets in residential subdivisions shall terminate in a circular right-of-way 50’ in radius with
an improved traffic turning circle 45’ in radius. The Street Transportation Department may approve an
equally convenient configuration where extreme conditions justify.

Dead-End Streets
Sites designed with dead-end streets will not be approved except in locations designated by the Street
Transportation Department as necessary for future extension in development of adjacent lands. In any
case, a dead-end street serving more than four lots shall provide by easement a temporary turning circle
with a 50-foot radius or other acceptable design to accomplish adequate access with an improved
surface.

Access roads adjacent to arterial streets will be provided as required by current City standards.




Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 41
Page 377
Alleys
Alley intersections and sharp changes in alignment must be avoided. When intersections or alignment
changes are allowed, the inside corners shall be mitered on each side to provide a tangent section
between the two sides as shown in Figure 2.9-1.

When alleys are provided, they shall be 16’ wide where there is single-family residential zoning on both
sides; and 20’ wide if abutting or in multi-family zoning district or in commercial and industrial zoning
districts. Alley intersection and sharp changes in alignment shall be avoided. Dead-end alleys shall be
prohibited except when necessary for future extensions. All initial partial alleys shall have a minimum
width of 12’. Alleys are to be constructed as follows:

1. Alleys intersecting at right angles shall have a triangle to assist turning vehicles at the inside of the
right-angle turn, dimensioned as shown in the table below.

ALLEY #1 (Width) ALLEY #2 (Width) ALLEY TRIANGLE
16’ 16’ 15’ x 15’
16’ 20’ 15’ x 15’
20’ 16’ 15’ x 15’
20’ 20’ 10’ x 10’
2. If it is not possible to obtain a triangle, an additional area as shown is required.

ALLEY #1 (Width) ALLEY #2 (Width) WIDTH (A)
16’ 16’ 10’
16’ 20’ 10’
20’ 16’ 6’
20’ 20’ 6’




Figure 2.9-1 Alley Triangle

Chapter 2 | Geometric Design Standards 42
Page 378
233 3
33. Street
34 34
233Construction 3
334 34
Overview
This chapter provides information specific
to construction of City of Phoenix streets.
Topics addressed include pavement design,
culverts, stormwater management, and
green infrastucture, among others.




Page 379
--- STREET CONSTRUCTION
This chapter provides information specific to the City of Phoenix and provides reference sources for
design guidance.

3.1 PAVEMENT DESIGN
This section describes references for procedures to be used in the design of the structural section of
flexible pavements which are to be constructed in Phoenix’s public rights-of-way.

Definitions
• Structural section: the combination of an asphalt concrete surface course and a base course of
either rock aggregate materials or asphalt concrete.

• Subgrade: native soil or fill material over which the structural section is to be placed.

• Asphalt concrete course: the total depth of asphalt concrete which may be placed in one or
more layers. The upper layer is called asphalt concrete surface course (ACSC) and the lower
layer is called asphalt concrete base course (ACBC).

• Rock aggregate base material: the total depth of rock aggregate material which may be placed
in one or two layers. If one layer is placed, it shall be “Aggregate Base Course” (ABC) in
accordance with Table 702 of the MAG Specifications. If two layers are placed, the top 4” must
be ABC and the bottom layer may be ABC or “Select material” in accordance with Table 702 of
the MAG Specifications. The rock aggregate base material is called the “base course’ in this
manual.

Geotechnical Investigation Requirements
General procedures for geotechnical investigation are provided in the City of Phoenix Street
Transportation Department Design and Construction Management Division, Administrative Procedure
(AP) No. 155, Project Development Requirements and Guidelines.

A geotechnical investigation shall be performed for all projects that include roadways; major structures
in the right-of-way, such as bridges or box culverts; or underground facility design, including storm drain,
water, and sewer. Additional borings shall be taken to clearly define limits of anomalous conditions
including but not limited to poor soil conditions, hard rock if encountered, etc.

In addition to soil borings, most projects that have significant underground work shall also require
seismic refraction surveys to provide understanding of subsurface soil conditions.

structural section(s) for the new pavement.

Design Parameters
Resilient modulus (MR)
MR can be determined by any of the following methods:
A. From relationships proposed by AASHTO,
MR=1000+555*R-value (for R-value<20) or

Chapter 3 | Street Construction 43
Page 380
MR (psi) = 2555 (CBR)0.64
B. From back-calculation of surface deflections measured using non-destructive devices such
as Dynaflect or Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD)
C. From laboratory test on representative sample using AASHTO T274 procedure
D. From Arizona Department of Transportation (ADOT) procedure using actual and correlated
R-values.
The geotechnical engineer utilizes engineering judgment in choosing the most appropriate value of
resilient modulus for the design.

Reliability
Arterials Reliability=95%
Collectors Reliability=90-95%
Local Streets Reliability=80%
Overall Standard Deviation(s)
Arterials s=0.4
Collectors and local streets s=0.45
Serviceability
Initial serviceability Po=5.0
Terminal serviceability Pt=2.5
Change in serviceability index PSI=2.5
Regional Factor
This factor is used to adjust the Structural Number for climatic and environmental conditions different
from those of the AASHTO road test site. The Regional Factor to be used for Phoenix is 1.0.

Projected Traffic Loading
The Projected Traffic Loading is based on the cumulative expected 18-kip single axle load (ESAL) during
the analysis period, which is a minimum of 20 years. The information is typically obtained from project
specific traffic studies or geotechnical design reports.

Design Procedure
Pavement thickness designs shall be determined using the AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement
Structures 1993 version (1993 AASHTO Guide) except as modified herein. The minimum thickness of
asphalt concrete shall be calculated using the Layered Design Analysis presented in section 3.1.5 of the
1993 AASHTO Guide. The analysis shall be provided as an appendix in the geotechnical report.

Unsuitable Subgrade Soils
The geotechnical report shall address and provide roadway subgrade mitigation measures for conditions
including but not limited to the following with concurrence of the City’s materials Lab:
• Moderate to high plasticity and/or expansive (swelling) soils per Table 3.1-1.
• Non-granular soils with % fines >35% and Plasticity Index >10.
• Collapsible soils.
• Otherwise poor subgrade soils.




Chapter 3 | Street Construction 44
Page 381
Table 3.1-1 Expansion Potential Mitigation

Expansion Potential Recommended Treatment
< 2 percent None

2 percent to 5 percent Stabilizea in-place to depth determined by designer, but not less than 8”

> 5 percent Stabilizea in-place to depth determined by designer, but not less 12”
aThe soil can be stabilized with either lime, cement, or lime/cement combination by specifying the requirements of MAG Section

309 Lime Slurry Stabilization or MAG Section 311 Soil Cement Base Course. For either method, a minimum compressive strength
of 160 psi shall be achieved when tested as required by the specification.

The soil should be stabilized with lime in at least two layers following the requirements of MAG Section 311. The bottom layer
can be stabilized in place.

Structural Coefficients
Design structural number (SN) can be converted to thickness of various flexible pavement layers by
using structural layer coefficients. In the absence of specific values, the following structural coefficients
are recommended (Table 3.1-2 ):

Table 3.1-2 Structural Coefficients

Material Structural Coefficient
Asphaltic Concrete 0.39
Aggregate Base 0.12
Select Material 0.11
Cement Treated Base 0.27
Bituminous Treated Base 0.31

Minimum Pavement Thickness
For the City’s streets, the following are provided as the minimum allowable thicknesses for asphaltic
concrete and base materials or full-depth sections on prepared subgrade (Table 3.1-3). Minimum
pavement thickness only applies after a 20-year pavement design is conducted and the resulting design
pavement thickness is less than the required minimum values in Table 3.1-3. If the resulting pavement
design is thicker than the minimum, then the design thickness applies.

Table 3.1-3 Minimum Pavement Thickness

Option 1 Option 2
Street Type Full-Depth AC on
AC ABC
Prepared Subgrade
All Arterial Classifications 6” 8” 9”
All Collector Classifications1 5” 8” 8”
Local and Cul-de Sacs2 3” 6” 5”
1. Also applies to local commercial/industrial streets
2. Also applies to paved alleys



Asphaltic Concrete Mixes
The following mixes and oil contents are general guides for arterial/high traffic volume streets and local
streets/low volume streets.
Chapter 3 | Street Construction 45
Page 382
Arterial/Collector Streets/High Traffic Volume:
A-1 1/2” Base Course only, Asphalt Binder Content: 4.3 +/- 0.4%
C- 3/4” Base and Surface Course, Asphalt Binder Content: 5.0 +/- 0.4%
D- 1/2” Surface Course only, Asphalt Binder Content: 5.1 +/- 0.4%
D-1/2” or Polymer modified Asphalt Concrete Surface course only, Binder: 8.0 +/- 0.4%

Local Streets/Low Traffic Volume:
C- 3/4” Base and Surface Course, Asphalt Binder Content: 5.5 +/- 0.4%
D- 1/2” Surface Course only, Asphalt Binder Content: 5.6 +/- 0.4%
D-1/2” or Polymer modified Asphalt Rubber Concrete Surface Course only, Binder 8.5 +/- 0.4%

The current list of approved mixes can be found at the following link:
https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Pages/COP-MaterialsLab.aspx

The City of Phoenix Materials Lab can review other asphalt mixes for use on a project-by-project basis.

Substitution of Asphalt Concrete for Aggregate Base Material
If the total structural section depth determined is undesirable, a deeper asphalt concrete section can be
used in lieu of some or all the aggregate base material at a rate of 1” of asphalt concrete for 3” of
aggregate base material.

Recycled Asphalt Concrete and Asphalt Millings (RAP)
If these materials meet the MAG specifications for aggregate base course, then these materials shall be
allowed in sub-base and as backfill. However, RAP can be used in the pavement structure on a case-by-
case basis only with the approval of the Engineer and the City’s Materials Lab and appropriate client
Department.

3.2 CULVERTS
Storm drain design will be consistent with the most recent version of City of Phoenix Storm Water
Policies and Standards.

Poured-in-Place Reinforced Concrete Arches Bridges in Subdivisions
tunnels, and culverts. It is the policy of City of Phoenix that, if installed, they will be maintained by the
developer, homeowners association, or neighborhood. A maintenance agreement between the City of
Phoenix and the developer, homeowners association, or neighborhood is required, as part of the
platting and development approval process, for installation of poured-in-place reinforced concrete arch
system.

Poured-in-place reinforced concrete-arch bridges, tunnels, and culverts shall be designed with
pedestrian facilities (sidewalk) and access ramps both upstream and downstream.

Culverts Under Half-Streets
A culvert provided in conjunction with half-street construction (Figure 3.2-1) must extend beyond the
edge of the traveled way a minimum of 10’ into the area where the other half of the street shall be
constructed in the future. The 10’ distance is measured perpendicular to the street alignment. The

Chapter 3 | Street Construction 46
Page 383
culvert capacity, flow line slope, and alignment must be based upon the ultimate design requirements
for the culvert if it were to be built under the full cross-section where it could be considerably longer.




Figure 3.2-1 Culvert Under Half-Street

3.3 BRIDGES AND MAJOR STRUCTURAL PLANS

Bridges
ADOT Standard Specifications and Details serves as primary design reference for major structures, such
as bridges, culverts, or special vaults. The Consultant shall provide any necessary special provisions or
details.

the required method with the City of Phoenix Project Manager at the time of project scoping.

The Consultant shall refer to City of Phoenix Storm Water Policies and Standards Manual
(http://phoenix.gov/STREETS/index.html) for other bridge design criteria.

The City of Phoenix Administrative Procedure (AP) No. 155, Project Development Requirements and
Guidelines provides information on the sheet sequence for bridge and other major structural plans and
references for bridge design guidelines. If a bridge structure exceeds 20’ in length, there is a need to
request a bridge number from ADOT.



Chapter 3 | Street Construction 47
Page 384
Bridge Roadbed Width
The clear width of all bridges, including grade separation structures, shall equal the full width of the
physical improvements of the approaching roadway, consisting of sidewalk, street, median, and curb
and gutter.

Approach Guardrail
If a vehicular railing or safety-shaped barrier is provided, which is within 10’ of a traveled way with or
without a sidewalk, approach guardrails should be installed on all approach ends in accordance with
AASHTO guidelines.

Several types of approach railings are available, including Metal Beam Guardrail, Bridge Approach
Guardrail (Types I and II), and Safety-Shape Barriers. The type of approach railing selected should match
the rail to be used on the bridge. When long runs of guardrail (such as embankment guardrail) precede
the bridge, the guardrail should connect to the bridge railing and thus serve the approach railing
function.

Cross Slope
The crown is normally centered on the bridge except for one-way bridges, where a straight-cross slope
in one direction shall be used. The cross slope shall be the same as for the approach pavement.

Median
On multi-lane divided highways, a bridge median that is 26’ wide or less shall be decked. The decking of
all medians greater than 6’ wide should be grated to allow natural light into the structure. Exceptions
must be submitted to the Street Transportation Department for approval.

Railings
The railings to be used are the ADOT standard design railings.

Structural Clearances
Horizontal Clearance
All roadways shall comply with its approved street cross sections which all include a curb, gutter, and
sidewalk. For curbed sections, the MUTCD, in chapter 2 and chapter 4, indicate that the distance for
objects behind a curbed section shall be a minimum of 2’ from the face of the curb. Designers should
increase that distance when practicable.

If a standard street cross section cannot be constructed for a segment of roadway, then a clear zone
shall be provided along that segment. The term “clear zone” is used to designate the unobstructed,
relatively flat area provided beyond the edge of the traveled way for the recovery of errant vehicles. The
clear zone includes any shoulders or auxiliary lanes. Horizontal clearances must follow AASHTO roadside
design guidelines and ADOT standards. Horizontal clear zone requirements are presented in Figure 3.3-1
and Table 3.3-1. If the clear zone requirements cannot be met at a segment of roadway, a guardrail
section shall be used along that segment. Guardrail design shall be consistent with ADOT standards.




Chapter 3 | Street Construction 48
Page 385
Figure 3.3-1 Horizontal Clearance Requirements
Table 3.3-1 Preferred Clear Zone Distances

Foreslopes Backslopes
Steeper than 6:1,
4:1 or flatter, up
6:1 or flatter up to and Steeper than 4:1 6:1 or flatter
to 6:1
including 4:1
40 mph or less 16 18 16 16 16
45 – 50 mph 22 28 16 20 22
55 mph 24 32 18 22 24
60 mph 32 44 22 26 28

Vertical Clearance
The minimum vertical clearance shall be 16.5’ over the entire width of the traveled way of an arterial
street or major collector street. On other streets, the minimum shall be 14.5’. Exceptions must be
submitted to, and approved by, the Street Transportation Department. Vertical clearance requirements
are shown in Figure 3.3-2.




Figure 3.3-2 Vertical Clearance Requirements

3.4 CUT OR FILL SLOPES
Side slopes shall be designed for functional effectiveness, ease of maintenance, and pleasing
appearance. Cut or fill lines shall be shown on the plans and roadway typical sections where significant
cuts or fills shall be required to match proposed work to existing adjacent property.



Chapter 3 | Street Construction 49
Page 386
The maximum slope of the cut or fill slope behind a sidewalk or shoulder area is 4:1. Cut slopes steeper
than 4:1 may need to be set further back from the roadway or sidewalk. Retaining walls may be
necessary. Fill slopes steeper than 4:1 may require vehicular protection, such as guard rail or barrier
wall.

The top of all cut slopes shall be rounded where the material is other than solid rock. A layer of earth
overlaying a rock cut also shall be rounded. The top and bottoms of all fill slopes for, or adjacent to a
traveled way, sidewalk, or bicycle path shall also be rounded. Cut or fill slope requirements are
presented in Figure 3.4-1.




Figure 3.4-1 Cut or Fill Slopes

3.5 PAVEMENT TRANSITIONS
When development causes the widening of a portion of the pavement of an existing road, transitions
between pavements of different widths should be consistent with the design standards of the superior
facility. Taper treatments for lane transitions are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.3.5, Lane Transition
Tapers.

3.6 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT
Design and construction guidance is provided in the most current version of the City of Phoenix Storm
Water Policies and Standards.4

The City of Phoenix also uses storm water design software – Drainage Design Management System for
Windows (Phoenix – DDMSW).

3.7 GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE
Green infrastructure (Figure 3.7-1) are techniques designed to help mitigate flooding, reduce runoff and
stormwater, reduce heat-island effect, preserve natural wildlife. Common examples of green
infrastructure are vegetated bioswales or stormwater harvesting basins, permeable pavement/pavers,
and curb openings, sediment traps, and domes overflow structures.




https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/reference-material/sw-manual.
Chapter 3 | Street Construction 50
Page 387
The information in this section is based on the Greater Phoenix Metro Green Infrastructure and Low
Impact Development (LID) Handbook (2019). Current City adopted LID details are available in the City of
Phoenix Supplement to the MAG Uniform Standard Specifications and Details.

Permeable Pavement
Permeable pavements can effectively reduce pollutants and elements can include pervious concrete,
pervious concrete pavers, and permeable pavement with underground reservoir and underdrain.

Permeable pavement is not appropriate for use on areas exposed to vehicular traffic within the right-of-
way. However, permeable pavement and pavers could potentially be used for private development on-
site uses and privately maintained parking areas.

Refer to MAG Uniform Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 323, Placement of
Pervious Concrete and Section 723, Pervious Concrete.




Green Infrastructure


Figure 3.7-1 Green Infrastructure

Low Impact Development Curb Openings
Curb openings (LID-02 and LID-03) convey runoff into and out of features, such as swales or bioretention
areas. This treatment can be retrofitted into an existing roadway or can be built as part of new
construction. Considerations for use of these curb openings are:

Chapter 3 | Street Construction 51
Page 388
• Acceptable for use with detached sidewalks. Curb openings are not recommended for use with
attached sidewalks.

• Minimum 24” curb opening required to prevent clogging.

• A private maintenance agreement issued by the street transportation department is required in
coordination with use of bioswales or
bioretention areas within the right of way.

• Use in combination with MAG Detail 206,
Concrete Scupper. The metal plate on top of
the curb opening, as shown in the details, is not
required.

Sediment Traps
Sediment traps should be installed at curb openings
and/or inlets that receive concentrated stormwater
flows. A sediment trap provides a collection point for
sediment and other debris before runoff enters a
stormwater capture or LID facility. They are typically
used in conjunction with curb openings and
vegetated/rock bioswales.

Stormwater Harvesting Basins
Stormwater harvesting basins (Figure 3.7-2) are shallow
vegetated earthen depressions that collect stormwater
and cleanse it prior to the water percolating into the
subsurface. These differ from typical retention basins in
that they provide subsurface storage within the Stormwater Harvesting Basin
constructed facility. Harvesting basins require a larger
area to implement. Implementation considerations are: Figure 3.7-2 Stormwater Harvesting Basin
• This feature is appropriate for use in subdivisions.

• Because of space requirements, it is typically not suitable for use on public road projects,
however there maybe occasions when appropriate right-of-way space is available to
accommodate this feature. Stormwater harvesting basins are not permitted along arterials.

• Basins are not permitted along arterial classified streets.

Vegetated or Rock Bioswales and Bioretention Systems
Vegetated or Rock Bioswales
Vegetated/rock swales are open, shallow channels that may have trees, grasses, and other low‐lying
vegetation covering the swale bottom and side slopes, with pervious surface materials, such as
decomposed granite, larger rocks, and/or mulch. Vegetated or rock bioswales are designed to slow the
flow of runoff to downstream discharge points. When landscaped, vegetated swales may provide
additional pollutant removal. Bioswales can provide water harvesting opportunities, depending on the


Chapter 3 | Street Construction 52
Page 389
site conditions and their hydraulic requirements. Similar to stormwater harvesting basins, a larger area
is required to construct this feature. Implementation considerations are:

• Bioswales are more suitable for use in subdivisions.

• Can be used on public road projects if sufficient right-of-way is available.

• Bioswales are not permitted along arterial classified streets.

Bioretention Systems
Bioretention systems (LID-07) may either allow percolation into the subsoil or may have an underdrain
that directs infiltrated stormwater to a downstream drainage system. These differ from stormwater
harvesting basins and rain gardens because they are generally deeper, and their main purpose is to
capture pollutants and to provide a medium to infiltrate stormwater. Implementation considerations
are:

• Bioretention systems require space and are more suitable for use in subdivisions.

• Can be used on public road projects if sufficient right-of-way is available.

• Bioretention systems are not permitted along arterial classified streets.

Domed Overflow Structures
Domed overflow structures (LID-10) allow for ponding within multiple stormwater capture facilities and
provide an outlet for larger storm events that exceed the capacity of each facility. Overflow structures
drain into a downstream collection system, such as a storm drain, basin, channel, or natural wash.

Implementation considerations are:

• Suitable for public and private road projects within the right-of-way.

• A maintenance agreement is required for use in subdivisions or private development projects.

3.8 RIGHT-OF-WAY MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
The City has procedures in place to assure that construction, maintenance, and events within street
right-of-way are planned to minimize the disruption of traffic and maximize access to adjacent land use.
These procedures are contained in the City of Phoenix Traffic Barricade Manual, 9th Edition and more
information on certifications, Temporary Restrictions and Closures (TRACS) permits, regulations for
traffic restrictions, and special requirements for the Phoenix downtown area are available through the
Right-of-Way Management Program Office.

For private development projects within the downtown area (Figure 3.8-1), developers shall submit a
Construction Logistics Plan to the Planning and Development Department for approval prior to building
permit issuance.

Construction scheduling is provided on the City Manager’s Construction Project Map.




Chapter 3 | Street Construction 53
Page 390
Figure 3.8-1. Downtown Right-of-Way Management Area Map




Chapter 3 | Street Construction 54
Page 391
44 4
34. Traffic
44 Signals, 4
44Signing + Striping 4
344 4
Overview
Chapter 4 provides an overview of City of
Phoenix traffic design practices to assist
consultants and others who are preparing
traffic signal, signing, and striping plans for
the City of Phoenix.




Page 392
--- TRAFFIC SIGNAL, SIGNING,
AND STRIPING
4.1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides an overview of City of Phoenix traffic design practices to assist consultants and
others who are preparing traffic signal, signing, and striping plans for the City of Phoenix.

Traffic Design References
All traffic signal, pavement markings, and sign plans must satisfy the current edition of the following
guidelines and references:

• City of Phoenix Standard Traffic Signal Details [https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/reference-
material]

• City of Phoenix Standard Pavement markings and Sign Details
[https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/reference-material]

• City of Phoenix Street Transportation Department, Administrative Procedure (AP) No. 155,
Project Development Requirements and Guidelines, 2012

• U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration, MUTCD, 2009

• Arizona Supplement to the MUTCD, 2009




Traffic Signal at 16th Street and Bethany Home Road






Chapter 4 | Traffic Signal, Signing, and Striping 55
Page 393
4.2 TRAFFIC SIGNAL DESIGN
The City maintains standard detail sheets and specifications for traffic signal installation at:
https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/reference-material.

Developer Traffic Signal Work Overview
Improvements within the right-of-way may require relocation of existing traffic signal equipment,
installation of new traffic signals, or installation of conduit/junction boxes for a future signal. These are
typically triggered under the following scenarios.
1) Physical change to an intersection:
a. Adding roadway curb returns
b. Adding or upgrading ramps, or other improvements to comply with ADA
requirements and City of Phoenix traffic signals standards
i. Ramps should be upgraded if the facility only has a single ramp (diagonal or
apex ramp).
ii. Dual ramps should be installed at all signalized intersections unless the
designer (developer/staff/etc.) has completed a technical feasibility to
determine the design has provided the Maximum Extent Feasible (MEF)
threshold for design improvements.
c. Expansion of existing roadway, such as lanes of traffic, turn lanes, etc.
2) Operational change based upon development scope:
a. Traffic Impact Analysis requirement - Signal modification to mitigate increased
capacity, such as adding vehicle movement to and within an intersection
b. One or more traffic signal warrants are met
c. Master Street Plan Document calls for new signal
3) Future Signalized
Intersection
a. Conduit and junction
boxes are required to be
installed to facilitate future
signalization
For projects not initiated by
the City, the developer shall
bear the full responsibility and
cost for all associated signal
work.

Development
Review Process
Traffic impact, street
Curb Ramp Under Construction improvements, and traffic
signal installation or
modification requirements are determined during the site plan review process. Street Transportation.
Development Coordination Division’s Traffic Engineer coordinates with the Planning and Development
Department to review site development applications and provides comments to developers regarding
Chapter 4 | Traffic Signal, Signing, and Striping 56
Page 394
their street and traffic improvement or mitigation requirements. Street Transportation staff provide
initial comments with the Preapplication Site Plan review.

Traffic Impact Studies are required to be approved prior to submission of Preliminary Site Plans so that
all off-site traffic and roadway improvements are clearly indicated with Preliminary Site Plan approval.

Traffic signal and roadway improvements may be required, above and beyond those identified in the
initial review of the preliminary site plan and/or associated Traffic Impact Study, due to prior-approved
planning documents, such as a Master Street Plan, paving plans for an adjacent development.

Traffic Signal Plans
The developer is responsible for providing or paying for traffic signal plans for all signal work that will be
a part of their project. This requirement is for traffic-signal modification of existing signals, constructing
new traffic signals, and conduit-only plans. Signal plans require the full extent of the intersection with
new work clearly identified, and unmodified equipment to be shown as existing. Signal plan notes will
indicate the division of labor.

Final approved developer signal plans shall be signed by Deputy Director of Traffic Services Division. An
approved set of plan documents shall be present on the job site during construction.

Developer Costs and Escrow Account
All work and costs incurred related to the construction, modification, or reconstruction of the
intersection traffic signal is the responsibility of the developer. Traffic Services will provide a detailed
cost estimate of the traffic signal work that includes a lump sum cost for signing and markings. The City
of Phoenix policy requires that the developer provide a check in the amount of the estimate to create an
escrow account to cover the amount of the estimated work.

Escrow accounts are set up and funded prior to any traffic signal final design and construction. The
Traffic Signal Engineer and the Development Coordination Traffic Engineer will establish the appropriate
cost share percentage for the project. When the development creates a need for a new traffic signal, the
developer shall cause the installation of the signal at their full expense.

Traffic Services completes and submits a Capital Improvement Project (C.I.P.) request project form
accompanied by a copy of the developer’s check.

The Street Transportation Department establishes a project number to bill against. At the end of the
project, the City prepares a final bill and either bills for any overage or refunds the remaining amount in
escrow to the payee.

Maintenance of Traffic
As part of any site plan improvement that encroaches into the public right-of-way, a Temporary
Restriction and Closure System (TRACS) permit will be required. The City of Phoenix Barricade Manual
(https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/d_039129.pdf) includes the requirements and
procedures to obtain this permit. The TRACS process is the City’s mechanism to ensure safe operation
and minimal disruption to the travelling public during construction activity on Phoenix streets. The
required plans vary with the complexity of work and traffic design should generally consider
constructability to assist in efficient installation.



Chapter 4 | Traffic Signal, Signing, and Striping 57
Page 395
4.3 PAVEMENT MARKINGS AND SIGN PLANS
The City of Phoenix relies on a streamlined approach to the design and installation of pavement
markings and signs. The City of Phoenix fabricates and manages installation of all signs on public streets.
The City of Phoenix installs all pavement markings on public streets.

The signing of streets and public rights-of-way is a critical design element. Sign choices, locations, and
installation types can significantly impact their effectiveness for the intended use. All sign installations
shall include a review of existing sign locations and types and a field review of existing conditions and
visual sight lines to meet the intended use.

Final approved developer Pavement Marking and Signing plans shall be signed by Deputy Director of
Traffic Services and Traffic Engineering Supervisor. An approved set of plan documents shall be present
on the job site during construction.

Design – Signs and Pavement Markings
The City maintains standard detail sheet and a template CAD file that includes City of Phoenix standard
blocks, line types, and title blocks. This template will be used to expedite the drafting and approval
process. These standards and templates can be found at: https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/reference-
material/dcm-autocad-standards. Signing and striping plans shall conform to the design information
from the other applicable chapters of this manual.

Developer Requirements
Sign and pavement marking plans are required for any development project that impacts an existing City
sign or will require the installation of any new sign or pavement marking. This requirement may be
established as early as Preapplication Site Review, or as required as part of off-site paving plans
submitted into the City. The developer is responsible for the cost of providing engineered drawings of
signing and striping required as part of the development. The City performs the installation of any
signing and pavement markings, or as required through permit procedures of the Planning and
Development Department.

Traffic Services will review all Pavement Marking and Sign Plans and provide comments and feedback
prior to approval of plans. Paving plans will not be approved until the Pavement Markings and Sign
plan has been approved. Developers are encouraged to engage with Traffic Services early in the process
for design assistance and informal feedback prior to filing of permits. Traffic Services holds weekly plan
reviews. Developers may attend these meetings to receive input from Traffic Services engineers.

Signing
To eliminate unnecessary signposts, every effort should be made to use existing streetlights where
applicable. Some types of signs, such as STOP signs, are in critical locations and cannot be moved to the
nearest street light pole but many others, such as parking and speed limit signs, may be universally
mounted on the nearest light pole.

Traffic signal poles are normally not to be used for sign placement. However, some signs, such as turn
restrictions, large street-name signs (G-4), ONE WAY, KEEP RIGHT, and lane-control signs are
intersection-related and are suited to signal pole mounting. Care must be taken to ensure that installing
these signs on signal poles would not interfere with the pedestrian push-button signs.


Chapter 4 | Traffic Signal, Signing, and Striping 58
Page 396
Pavement Markings
The developer/contractor will be responsible for the removal of existing pavement markings as shown
on the approved plans, or as directed by the inspector. The removal of pavement markings is preferred
by a pavement treatment as defined in the City of Phoenix pavement cut ordinance.

An edge lane shall be installed on all arterials streets that do not have adjacent curb or gutter. When a
bike lane is present the edge stripe is omitted.

Crosswalk striping shall be provided at all signalized intersections and all existing striped crosswalks. Or
as determined by the Street Transportation Department.

Citizen Initiated Requests
Citizen requests for traffic signals are made to the Arterial Systems Management Section of the Street
Transportation Department. Requestors can contact 602-262-6021 for further information or to report
traffic signal problems 24 hours/7 days a week.

Citizen requests for signing and/or striping modifications are made to the Traffic Operations Section of
the Street Transportation Department. Requestors can contact 602-262-6549 for further information.




Chapter 4 | Traffic Signal, Signing, and Striping 59
Page 397
556 56
55. Neighborhood
5 5
55calming
6 Traffic
55 5
Overview
Chapter 5 provides an overview of allowable traffic calming
elements and approaches within City of Phoenix right-of-
way, to improve the safety and livability of neighborhoods
by reducing vehicular speeds.




Page 398
--- NEIGHBORHOOD TRAFFIC
CALMING
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Neighborhood traffic calming consists of design elements to improve the safety and livability of
neighborhoods by reducing vehicular speeds. This chapter provides an overview of allowable traffic
calming elements and approaches within City of Phoenix right-of-way.

5.2 RESIDENT REQUESTED TRAFFIC CALMING
The Street Transportation Department offers a program for neighborhoods to request speed humps and
speed cushions along local and collector streets. 5 The City of Phoenix offers the traffic calming programs
as explained in this chapter.

Speed Hump Program
The City of Phoenix has a program for installing speed humps in existing local streets in neighborhood
areas where the speed limit is 25 mph. Speed humps, illustrated in Figure 5.2-1, are only installed after
completion of an approval process, which includes submission of a neighborhood petition.




Speed Hump

Figure 5.2-1 Speed Hump in City of Phoenix



https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/neighborhood-traffic-programs-services/speed-hump-program, and
https://www.phoenix.gov/streets/neighborhood-traffic-programs-services/speedcushions.
Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 60
Page 399
Speed Cushion Program
Speed cushions as illustrated in Figure 5.2-2 are speed humps that include wheel cutouts to allow
emergency vehicles (fire trucks) to pass unaffected, while reducing passenger car speeds. They can be
offset to allow unimpeded passage by emergency vehicles and are typically used on key emergency
response routes. Speed cushions extend across one direction of travel from the centerline, with
longitudinal gap provided to allow wide wheelbase vehicles to avoid going over the hump.

The City of Phoenix only allows speed cushions on public streets classified as minor collector streets in
residential areas, with speeds of 30 mph or less. An information packet describing this approval process
is available on the program website. Speed cushions should be located periodically along the corridor
(every 500’) to accomplish speed control.




Speed Cushion

Figure 5.2-2 Speed Cushion


5.3 TRAFFIC CALMING GUIDELINES
Traffic calming is most effective when it is self-enforcing by providing physical and visual cues in, and
adjacent to, the roadway to encourage drivers to travel at slower speeds. The design of the roadway
results in the desired effect, without relying on compliance with traffic control devices, such as signals,


Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 61
Page 400
signs, and enforcement. Street landscape may complement traffic calming strategies to provide visual
cues that encourage people to drive more slowly.

Traffic calming devices should be aligned with open space and pedestrian pathways as much as possible,
and consistent with City policies.

The Phoenix General Plan, Plan Phoenix includes the following goal: The community should be protected
from the negative effects of the volume, speed, and cut-through traffic in neighborhoods (Part III, Core
Values, Safe Neighborhoods-Traffic).

The City of Phoenix Zoning Ordinance, Chapter 5, Section 507 TAB A, Guidelines for Design Review Part
II. C. Subdivision Design/Development, states that “Local streets exceeding 600’ in length should
incorporate traffic calming measures.”

Any traffic calming that is installed on an existing street will need to complete the Street Transportation
Department petitioning process. Traffic calming that is installed on streets before being opened to the
public does not require the public petition process.

Traffic Calming and Functional Classification
The purpose of traffic calming is to help traffic align with the posted speed limit of the street functional
class and nature of adjacent land use. City of Phoenix local streets and collector streets, as defined on
the City of Phoenix Street Classification Map, are eligible for traffic calming measures.

Arterials are major streets, which are typically the major north/south and east/west transportation
corridors spaced at each mile. Traffic calming is not constructed on arterial streets as the primary
function of arterials is to serve regional traffic. Arterials often connect to freeways, are several miles
long, and have higher speeds and higher traffic volumes.

Collectors are important transportation corridors generally running on the ½-mile north/south and
east/west streets between the arterial streets. Collector streets with multiple lanes in one direction are
not eligible for traffic calming. Collector streets with a speed limit of 30 mph or less are eligible for traffic
calming.

Local streets are typically in residential areas and provide connectivity between collectors and arterials
for local traffic. Local streets are eligible for traffic calming.

5.4 TRAFFIC CALMING STRATEGIES

Speed Humps/Cushions
Speed humps/cushions are only allowed through the city sponsored speed hump program and are not
allowed for development use to meet City of Phoenix Zoning Ordinance, Chapter 5, Section 507 TAB A
Guidelines for Design Review Part II. C. Subdivision Design/Development for block length mitigation.

Speed Tables (Raised Crosswalks)
Speed tables (Figure 5.4-1 Speed Table) are longer than speed humps and flat on top rather than the
rounded speed hump design. They allow for slightly higher operating speeds and can support transit and
emergency vehicle access. They shall be incorporated into mid-block crossings and curb extensions to

Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 62
Page 401
increase the safety of such crossings and provide a level surface for pedestrians. Speed tables are not
appropriate at intersections.

Design Considerations
• Permissible on streets with posted speed of 30 mph or less.

• Drainage must be accommodated within the device.

• Clear markings and signage are necessary to alert street users of presence.

• Device works well with curb extensions.

• The flat top shall be a minimum of 10’ in width.

• The raised crosswalk location shall be installed in coordination with the City Street Light Policy.




Speed Table

Figure 5.4-1 Speed Table




Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 63
Page 402
Chicanes
Chicanes (Figure 5.4-2) are a series of curb extensions, pinch-points, parking bays, or landscaping
features which alternate from one side of the road to the other, to establish a serpentine path of travel
for motorists along a street. Chicanes reduce vehicle speeds by requiring motorists to shift laterally, by a
distance of one half, to one full lane width. Chicanes may provide the opportunity to add street trees;
mature tree canopy can have a traffic calming effect along a neighborhood street.

Design Considerations
· Device is permissible on streets with posted speed of 30 mph or less.

· Device requires curb and gutter and must accommodate drainage.

· The Chicane location shall be installed in coordination with the City Street Light Policy.

· No driveways or community mailboxes within or near the chicane.

· Device must be at least 500’ from nearest traffic calming device.

· Device must be placed at least 200’ from a traffic control device.

· Device may require the removal of on-street parking.

· Bike lanes shall be accommodated in the design if on a collector street.




Figure 5.4-2 Chicane




Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 64
Page 403
Chokers
Long blocks can lead to high-traffic speeds as vehicles have
longer travel distances between intersections. Traffic speeds can
be reduced through mid-block neckdowns or “pinch-points,”
which are mid-block bulb-outs that physical and visually narrow
the roadway (Figure 5.4-3). They can add also public space to
the sidewalk realm by allowing for additional
landscaping/streetscaping.

Mid-block chokers (Figure 5.4-4) are mid-block curb extensions
placed opposite each other to physically narrow the roadway,
forcing motorists to reduce speed and yield to oncoming traffic
to pass before proceeding.

Design Considerations
• Device is permissible on streets with posted speed of 30
mph or less.

• Device requires curb and gutter and must accommodate
drainage.

• Location shall be installed in coordination with the City Source: https://nacto.org/publication/urban-
Street Light Policy. street-design-guide/street-design-
elements/curb-extensions/
• Should not be placed within driveways or near Figure 5.4-3 Mid-Block Choker
community mailboxes (at least 10’ from the transition); Examples
chokers should be placed in open space areas.

• Device must be at least 500’ from any other traffic calming device.

• Device must be placed at least 200’ from a traffic control device.

• No parking shall be allowed within the limits of the choker.

• Bike lanes shall be accommodated in the design when built on a collector street; choker must be
directly adjacent to the travel lane.




Figure 5.4-4 Choker
Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 65
Page 404
Center Islands
Center islands (Figure 5.4-5) are short medians placed in the center of the street at mid-block or at
uncontrolled intersections to narrow motor vehicle lanes and create a small shift in the path of travel for
roadway users. Center islands reduce street width from the middle rather than from the edges,
encouraging vehicles to reduce speeds. Center islands can be designed in a circular shape “baseball”
configuration (Figure 5.4-6) or an elongated shape “football” configuration (Figure 5.4-7).

Center medians may provide the opportunity to add landscaping and aesthetic features. A private
maintenance agreement will be required for special treatment proposed within the island. Landscaping
and planting will be required to meet visibility requirements.

Design Considerations
• Device is permissible on streets with posted speed of 30 mph or less.

• Drainage must be accommodated within the device.

• The center island location shall be installed in coordination with the City Street Light Policy.

• No driveways, parking, or community mailboxes are allowed within the center island area.

• Device must be placed at least 300’ from nearest traffic calming device.

• Device requires curb and gutter.

• Installation requires approval from the City of Phoenix Fire Department and Valley Metro (if on a
transit route); mountable curb may be necessitated to accommodate fire and transit.

• Bike lanes will be accommodated in the design when built along a collector street.




Center Island

Figure 5.4-5 Center Island

Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 66
Page 405
Figure 5.4-6 Center Island, Baseball Configuration




Figure 5.4-7 Center Island, Football Configuration




Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 67
Page 406
T-Intersection Bulb-Out
Intersection bulb-outs calm traffic physically and visually by narrowing the street by extending the curb
and sidewalk into the intersection, typically where a parking lane ends at an intersection.

Intersection bulb-outs are acceptable traffic calming for compliance with City of Phoenix Zoning
Ordinance, Chapter 5, Section 507 TAB A, if the total length of the tangent is at least 25’ with a minimum
of 10’ for one side of the intersection, as illustrated in Figure 5.4-8. The intersection shall meet the
turning radius for a BU-40 school bus. The pedestrian crosswalk shall be accommodated in the bulb-out
section.

Design Considerations
• Curb extensions tighten intersection curb radii and encourage slower turning speeds.

• The design of curb bulbs shall not reduce the resulting width of the traveled way below the
requirement for the street type.

• Device is permissible on streets with posted speed of 30 mph or less.

• No parking is allowed within 30’ from the device.

• Device requires curb and gutter; drainage and drainage inlets must be evaluated due to possible
gutter realignment.

• Where application of a curb extension adversely impacts drainage, curb extensions may be
designed as edge islands with a 1–2’ gap from the curb or a trench drain.

• Typical device offset from travel lane at least 1.5’.

• Device should not extend into bicycle lanes.

• Landscaping should maintain visibility for intersection.




Figure 5.4-8 T-Intersection Bulb-Out

Neighborhood Traffic Circles
Traffic circles (Figure 5.4-9) replace stop signs at low volume, low-speed intersections (local streets).
Neighborhood traffic circles slow traffic by requiring cars to deflect slightly as they travel through the
Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 68
Page 407
intersection. Neighborhood traffic circles are different than roundabouts. Neighborhood traffic circles
are used for traffic calming purposes on local streets with low traffic volumes in residential areas and
can include stop signs or yield signs. Neighborhood traffic circles are typically 20’-25’ in diameter, much
smaller than a single-land roundabout which may have a center island with a diameter of 75’ or more.
See Section 2.8 for more information on roundabouts. The neighborhood traffic circle is designed to
slow passenger vehicles, while still allowing occasional access for larger vehicles. The circle may be
designed to be fully mountable for larger vehicles.

Design Considerations
• Traffic circle diameter should be large enough to slow a vehicle. Traffic circles placed at
local/local intersections will typically have a central island of 20’ to 25’. The circulating roadway
is typically 20’ from face of curb to face of curb.

• The design speed is 20 mph.

• Traffic circles shall be designed to not impede emergency vehicles.

• Traffic circles may incorporate green storm water infrastructure to optimize aesthetics.




Neighborhood Traffic Circle

Figure 5.4-9 Neighborhood Traffic Circle

5.5 MAINTENANCE
Landscaping on traffic circles, chokers, and other traffic calming devices must meet City guidelines and is
maintained by the Homeowner’s Association. If there is no Homeowner’s Association, typically
decomposed granite is used. For further information, contact the City of Phoenix Street Maintenance
Department, 602-262-6441.


Chapter 5 | Neighborhood Traffic Calming 69
Page 408
566 6
67 Management 6 7
66. Access
566 6
Overview
566 6
Chapter 6 provides guidance related to access management,
the proactive management of vehicular access points to
land parcels adjacent to roadways, to promote safe and
efficient use of the roadways.




Page 409
--- ACCESS MANAGEMENT
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Access management is the proactive management of vehicular access points to land parcels adjacent to
roadways, to promote safe and efficient use of the roadways. Access management techniques include:

• Managing spacing between intersections.

• Managing number of and spacing between driveways.

• Providing left- and right-turn lanes.

• Constructing raised medians with appropriately spaced median openings.

Inadequate access management can result in inefficient traffic operations from blocked movements into
and out of driveways, increased number of rear-end crashes, conflicting and confusing turns at
intersections, and insufficient distance for vehicle maneuvers.

Access management principles are
based on the relationship of
functional classification of the
roadway, to mobility and access.
Functional classification of roads
in City of Phoenix are described in
Street Classification Map6. The
relationship between access,
mobility, and functional
classification is shown in Figure
6.1-1. A local street provides
access to adjacent land. Collectors
and arterials balance access with
the mobility needs of the traveling
public. Freeways are fully access
controlled and do not provide
direct access to adjacent land.

6.2 GREENFIELD VS.
EXISTING/
Source: https://ops.fhwa.dot.gov/access_mgmt/
REDEVELOPMENT what_is_accsmgmt.htm
The access guidelines presented in
this chapter represent the desired Figure 6.1-1 Mobility and Functional Classification
condition for new roadways in
new developments. When redevelopment is requested of existing parcels connecting to existing streets,
the Applicant will strive to achieve the desired condition to the extent feasible. All signals, driveway
locations, and access control that varies from these guidelines will be reviewed for safety and the

https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/098996.pdf
Chapter 6 |Access Management 70
Page 410
surrounding context. Deviation from these guidelines requires consultation and approval by the Street
Transportation Department.

Large projects (TIA Category I to IV, as defined in Table 9.2-1, Chapter 9) requesting access to arterials
will evaluate driveway locations, including a Level-of-Service analysis, in a Traffic Impact Study.

6.3 EXTERNAL AGENCY COORDINATION
Refer to ADOT’s Roadway
Arizona Department of Transportation Design Guidelines for access
Development within ¼- mile of an ADOT controlled facility control policies relative to
requires notification to ADOT through a Red Border Letter ADOT jurisdiction.
submission. Development projects will be required to modify Figure 506A stipulates access
their design plans based upon ADOT stipulations within their control within the vicinity of an
right-of-way or access control limits prior to plan submittal interchange.
and approval by the City.

Traffic Signals: Proposed traffic signals within a ½ mile of an ADOT facility require the review of ADOT
prior to City approval of an associated signal warrant analysis. Traffic signals located within ADOT
controlled right-of-way or limits of control requires ADOT approval.

Driveway Location: Access proposed within ADOT’s right-of-way or access control limits require ADOT
approval prior to plan approvals by the City.

Traffic signal and access control within or adjacent to ADOT facilities shall follow the ADOT 2021
Roadway Design Manual, Section 104 – Control of Access.

Adjacent Municipality or Entity
Access control, traffic signalization, and/or infrastructure improvements to non-City controlled right-of-
way requires the documentation of approval be presented from the affected jurisdiction or entity prior
to plan approvals by the City.

6.4 ACCESS MANAGEMENT SUMMARY

Disclaimer
The City has the right to change or remove access as necessary, as specified in City Code Section 31-43.

“Provision may be made by the City for vehicular access to private property from streets and
alleys, but in so doing due consideration must be given to pedestrian and vehicle safety, the
resulting interference with the movement of vehicular traffic, and interference with public
improvements. In establishing permissible curb cuts and sidewalk driveway crossings for access
to private property, authorization shall not be granted where they are unnecessary or where
they would unreasonably interfere with the rights of the public in the adjacent street or alley,
and in no event shall any such cut or crossing be of greater width than necessary for reasonable
access to the private property to be served thereby. (Code 1962, § 35-55)”

Authority of Street Transportation Director
driveway connections to City streets.

Chapter 6 |Access Management 71
Page 411
when a land use changes.

Access Management Guidelines Summary
The spacing and location of intersections, median openings, and driveways is critical to public safety.
Their location must balance access to adjacent land uses with the capacity and traffic flow impacts to
the roadway.

Access spacing requirements for signalized intersections, median opening, and driveways by street
classification, are summarized in Table 6.4-1.

Table 6.4-1 Signalized and Unsignalized Intersection and Access Spacing Summary

Major Arterials Collector Minor Local
Arterials Collector
Signalized Intersections
Downtown Core and
Per warrant analysis and approval from the Street Transportation Department
Walkable Urban Areas
Urban, Suburban, 1-mile 1-mile ½ mile ½ mile N/A
spacing in areas of desirable, ½ desirable, ½
significant density permitted mile mile
as outlined in Section 6.5.2. minimum minimum
spacing spacing
Rural 1-mile 1-mile N/A N/A N/A
Unsignalized Median Opening Spacing
Downtown Core and Per Downtown Code and Walkable Urban Code, as applicable and approval
Walkable Urban Areas from the Street Transportation Department
Residential, Industrial,
660’ intervals 660’ intervals 660’intervals N/A N/A
Suburban Commuter Center
Rural 660’ intervals 660’ intervals 660’ intervals N/A N/A
Unsignalized Driveways and Corner Clearance Spacing
Divided Roadways 150’ 150’ 100’ N/A -
Undivided Roadways 300’ 300’ 150’ 100’ -
Signalized Intersection Corner Clearance Spacing
Divided Roadways, See 175-275’ upstream, 175’ upstream, -
Table 6.7-1 360’ downstream 250’ downstream
Undivided Roadways 360’ 360’ 250’ 250’ -


6.5 SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS

Signalized Intersection Spacing
Traffic signals must meet warrants per the MUTCD. In the City of Phoenix, the typical spacing between
signalized intersections is at ½-mile intervals. This spacing typically occurs at the intersection of arterial
and collector streets. This spacing facilitates two-way signal coordination for traffic speeds of 35-45
mph.7



Transportation Research Board Access Management Manual, Second Edition, 2014, page 360
Chapter 6 |Access Management 72
Page 412
Urban, Downtown Core, and Walkable Urban Areas
In urban or core areas, as well as other unique situations, the Street Transportation Department may
consider signals at other spacing intervals as demonstrated through a signal warrant analysis or existing
planning document (Downtown Transportation Study) identifying future signalized intersections.
Alternative locations must be approved by the Street Transportation Department and demonstrated by
an engineering analysis.

Signalized Access to Private Development
Signalized access to private development requires a higher level of design to accommodate traffic signal
equipment and lane configurations. This may require additional right-of-way or additional easements to
provide appropriate signal spacing. The intersection should be designed to a typical public street
intersection for roadway design and ADA compliance, winged type driveways will not be allowed on the
private side access unless approved by the Street Transportation Department.

Traffic signals proposed by private development projects must meet warrants per the MUTCD, as
reviewed and approved through the Traffic Impact Study procedures and must be approved by the
Street Transportation Department.

6.6 UNSIGNALIZED MEDIAN OPENINGS
Median island openings on arterials and collectors will be allowed at no less than 660-foot intervals.
Openings other than at the 660’ locations may be permitted if approved by the Street Transportation
Department. Deviation may be considered based upon demonstrating the following:

• Does not create a conflict or negatively affect neighboring properties and future access control
at appropriate spacing.

• Promotes cross access for adjoining uses.

• Site does not have frontage on any other public street providing access to the site.

• Does not conflict with any corridor specific roadway and landscaping plan.

Median openings may consist of full-median openings (left-in/left-out), or partial-median openings with
left-turn restrictions.

6.7 DRIVEWAYS

Spacing
The distance between adjacent driveways must be sufficient to allow driveway vehicles to safely queue,
accelerate, decelerate, and cross conflicting traffic streams, without excessive interference with through
traffic or traffic using adjacent driveways.

Driveway spacing requirements (Table 6.4-1) are also reviewed in the context of the roadway and right-
of-way, the size and location of parcels under development, and existing traffic control and safety
mitigations.

Driveways Frequency and Location
In compliance with the City of Phoenix Complete Street Ordinance, driveways should be minimized to
reduce pedestrian conflicts and support multimodal enhancements of the street. Multiple driveways
Chapter 6 |Access Management 73
Page 413
create additional vehicular conflict points and degrade the overall performance of the through street.

Generally, lots not associated with a larger development or subdivision process will be minimally
allowed a single right-in, right-out drive access to a public street. There is no assurance of a full-access
driveway. New developments that establish multiple parcels shall provide cross access between parcels
to minimize the number of driveways to the street and meet the applicable spacing requirements.

For development over 2,000 SF of building footprint, Street Transportation review is typically triggered
and will provide the Planning & Development Department documentation and review comments
regarding access.

Existing, unused driveways must be replaced with curb, gutter and sidewalk constructed to City
standards, consistent with City Code 43-49.

Downtown Core and Walkable Urban Areas
Driveway locations in the downtown core and urban neighborhoods in proximity to light rail are
governed for driveway size and location by the Downtown Code, Walkable Urban Code, and Transit
Overlay District areas.

Local /Collector Street Frontage
Zoning Ordinance 507 Tab A 6.3.1 directs that non-residential land uses should not be permitted to
access local or collector streets if adequate access is available to arterial streets.

If necessary, a restricted-access driveway contravening the requirements for local or collector street
access shall be requested to the Planning and Development Department. The applicant will need to
overcome the presumption and demonstrate no negative effect on surrounding properties for
consideration.

Residential Access
There should be no direct residential lot access to arterials. Direct residential lot access to collectors
should be avoided in new Subdivision designs. Direct access may be considered by the Street
Transportation Department on a case-by-case basis if arterial or collector access is the only available
street frontage.

Alignment
Proposed driveways should align with any existing driveways on the opposite side of the roadway to
reduce conflicts. If conditions prevent alignment and require offset driveways to be constructed, the
left-turn movements should not overlap each other. Offset driveways shall be designed so the left-turn
movements do not share the same space in existing or future two-way left-turn lane or left-turn pocket
or otherwise interfere or create conflicts with intersecting street intersections.

Divided Roadways
Access points at full median openings should align or be offset by the limits of the left-turn lane striping
or the driveway spacing requirement, whichever is greater, as outlined in Table 6.4-1 and Figure 6.7-1.

Increased distance may be required to accommodate vehicle storage requirements, as analyzed in a
Traffic Impact Study. If the noted design requirements for driveway locations cannot be met, then
driveway turning movement restrictions may be imposed. Cross-access or shared access should be
obtained where possible.

Chapter 6 |Access Management 74
Page 414
Figure 6.7-1 Divided Roadway, 150’ Offset Driveway Locations – Median Opening

Undivided Roadways
On undivided arterial and collector roadways, the access points on both sides of the roadway should
align or be offset by 300’ for arterials, and 150’ for collectors (Figure 6.7-2), as measured from edge of
asphalt to edge of asphalt. If the noted design requirements for driveway locations cannot be met, then
driveway turning movement restrictions may be imposed.




Figure 6.7-2 Undivided Roadway

Corner Clearance
Driveways to corner lots should be located as far away from the intersection as practical. Driveways
located near a signalized intersection along a street are to meet the minimum corner clearance
requirements shown in Table 6.7-1 and Figure 6.7-3. Distances are the minimum clear distance between
the face of curb and the edge of the driveway.




Chapter 6 |Access Management 75
Page 415
Table 6.7-1 Driveway Corner Clearance (Signalized Intersections)

Corner Clearance Distance
Distance Arterials, Collector,
Major Arterials (ft) Minor Collector (ft)
A 360 250

B 175-2751 1751

C 360 250

D 360 250




Note 1: Distance shall be no less than the length of the left-turn storage lane.
Figure 6.7-3 Corner Clearance

Non-Greenfield/Existing Constrained Environment
Arterial and collector roadways in established parts of the City, are frequently defined by small parcels
with access driveways in close spacing. It may not be possible to constrain access locations to desired
minimum spacing. The following considerations shall apply in order listed to determine site access:

• Establish and utilize cross-access to existing driveways on neighboring sites.

• Installation of right-in/right-out restricted driveways (per the P1243 standards series).

• Utilization of paint and sign alternatives for restriction of directional access.

• Notation of site plan establishing future access restrictions in the event of City safety
improvement, such as median installation.

• The safety of the traveling public is paramount.

• For any lot with less than 300’ of street frontage, the driveway shall be placed as far from the
nearest street intersection as possible. Driveway access locations within 150’ of an arterial
intersection, or 100’ of a collector intersection, require documented approval by the Street
Transportation Department.



Chapter 6 |Access Management 76
Page 416
Driveway Width
Table 6.7-2 identifies driveway entrance widths for driveway types and land uses consistent with current

Wing type driveways will be the standard driveway type unless the need for a return type driveway is
proven and approved by the Street Transportation Department. The top of wings for driveways should
be located a minimum of 2’6” from the property line. Radius-return driveways will be considered on
arterials and collectors with a speed limit of 45 mph or greater at high-turnover sites or sites with high
truck volume. Pedestrian safety is paramount.

A minimum 36” clear accessible walkway must be provided around the perimeter of all driveways to
provide a maximum cross slope of 2 percent MAX.

Table 6.7-2 Driveway Width

Type of Development
Street Classification Multi-Family/Commercial
Single Family Gas Station Truck Facilities
<30 Spaces >30 Spaces
Alley 16’ Minimum 20’ 20’ - -

Local Residential 12’ One Car 24’-30’ 30’ - -
16’ One Car –
Recommended
Local - 30’ – 40’ ** 30’ – 40’ ** 40’ ** 40’ – 50’ **
Commercial/Industrial
Collector Residential 16’ Minimum 30’ ** 30’ ** 40’ ** -

Collector - 30’ – 40’ ** 30’ – 50’ ** 40’ – 50’ ** 40’ – 50’ **
Commercial/Industrial
Arterial Discouraged 30’ ** 40’ ** 40’ – 50’ ** 40’ – 50’ **
except for large
lot-circular
drives*
Source: City of Phoenix Supplemental Standard Detail P1255-4 Driveway Widths Policy
*Minimum 82’ property width.
**Median -30’ Maximum unless there is significant truck access, then 40’.

One-Way Driveways
One-way directional driveways “In or Out” are discouraged to/from public streets. Allowance may be
considered for sites that have existing constraints, such as existing buildings on a lot with constrained
widths, or other existing non-site development induced constraints. Allowance shall require the
approval of the street transportation department. The development will be responsible for installation
and maintenance of all associated on-site directional signage and markings.

For one-way driveways the width shall be 24’ for entrance-only driveways on all streets, 16’ for exit-only
driveways on local or collector streets, and 20’ for exit-only driveways on arterial streets.

Cross Access and Common Driveway
Cross access is achieved when property owners agree to allow vehicles traveling to adjacent parcels to
cross their property to access a driveway access point.


Chapter 6 |Access Management 77
Page 417
Common driveway access is achieved when adjacent property owners agree to share a single driveway
that is located on the property line (half of the driveway on each parcel).

On major arterial and arterial streets, the sharing of driveways between adjacent properties and
common ingress/egress easements is encouraged. New development creating multiple parcels or
projects that seek to split lots shall require cross access between parcels to minimize the number of
driveways connections to the street.

The City of Phoenix Planning and Development Department has developed a checklist for a cross
access/common driveway/cross parking agreement, which is used when adjacent properties desire, or
are required to, provide non-exclusive access (for vehicles and pedestrians) to driveways, maneuvering
areas, and parking areas (https://www.phoenix.gov/pddsite/Documents/TRT/dsd_trt_pdf_00407c.pdf).

Light Rail Corridors
The following design considerations must be made throughout all Phoenix light rail corridors:

• Curb returns and driveways must be designed to minimize large truck and bus turning
movement encroachments onto the guideway curb and trackway, where applicable. Fences,
signs, poles, etc. must be set back far enough to minimize large vehicle maneuvers onto the
trackway area. A truck turning analysis may be required to demonstrate safe maneuvers into
and out of driveways.

• Vehicular access will not be allowed across the trackway except at traffic signal locations. Non-
signalized driveways and cross-streets will be right-in/right-out and will not cross the rail line
unless specifically permitted by roadway signage and striping.

6.8 AUXILIARY TURN LANES

Right-Turn Lanes
Right-turn/deceleration lanes may be required at driveways to assist traffic exiting the roadway. The
need for right-turn lanes to developments are based on criteria that consider traffic volume and street
cross section as identified in Table 6.8-1.

Street Transportation Department will indicate installation requirements based on the
recommendations in consideration of the site context.

No driveways are to be located within the limits of deceleration lanes. Deceleration lanes will be
constructed to serve individual driveways. No continuous deceleration lanes will be allowed to serve
multiple driveways. Dimensions of storage and taper lengths for right-turn lanes is described in Chapter
2, Section 2.3.6.




Chapter 6 |Access Management 78
Page 418
Table 6.8-1 Site Driveways Turn Lane Criteria

Driveway
Industrial/Freight
Auxiliary Arterial and Collector Roadway
Development
Lane
Driveway Driveway right-turn lane is to be provided when: For large industrial or
Right-Turn  The outside/curb lane has an expected volume of 250 commercial developments with
Lane/Deceler vph or greater and the right-turn volume is greater than a significant percentage of truck
ation Lanes 55 vph. traffic entering the site from a
high-volume arterial, driveway
Or, when 3 of the following are met: right-turn deceleration lanes
 5,000 vehicles per day on the adjacent street. may be required at the below
 Posted speed limit is greater than 35 mph. described criteria and will be
 1,000 vehicles per day are expected to use the evaluated on a case-by-case
driveway. basis.
 At least 30 vehicles are expected to make right-turns
into the driveway within a one-hour period. Auxiliary lanes will be required
for all sites with 25 or more
Driveway right-turn lane/deceleration lanes may be truck bays at all primary
required on interim-condition arterial roads that are not yet entrance route driveways.
currently built to the ultimate cross section.

Left-Turn Lanes
Traffic volume warrants for adding a left-turn lane to a roadway that a two-way left turn lane is not
present are shown in Table 6.8-2. The volumes provided in Table 6.8-2 are the minimum left-turn peak-
hour volume and minimum through volume in the same direction. A left-turn lane will be required if the
left-turn peak-hour volume is equal to or greater than the volume shown in Table 6.8-2.

Dimensions of storage and taper lengths for left-turn lanes is described in Chapter 2, Section 2.3.6.

Table 6.8-2 Volume Warrants for Auxiliary Left-Turn Lanes

Peak Hour Traffic Minimum Peak Hour Left-Turn Traffic Volume
Volume on the Number of Through Lanes Per Direction
Roadway in the 1 2
Advancing < 45 MPH ≥ 45 MPH < 45 MPH ≥ 45 MPH
Direction Posted Speed Posted Speed Posted Speed Posted Speed
≤ 200 30 15 - -
201-300 12 12 40 30
301-400 12 12 30 25
401-500 12 12 25 18
501-600 12 12 15 12
601-1000 12 12 10 8
1001+ 12 8 10 8
Source: MCDOT Roadway Design Manual, p. 7-19

Angle of Entry/Exit and Driveway Throat Length
The preferred driveway angle of entry and exit is 90 degrees. Up to 15 degrees deviation is permissible.
The driveway throat should be of sufficient length to enable the intersection of the driveway and
abutting roadway and the on-site circulation to function without interference with each other. Drivers

Chapter 6 |Access Management 79
Page 419
entering the site should be able to clear the intersection of the roadway and the driveway before
encountering any on-site intersections. Driveway throat length is a minimum 60’ (three car lengths) but
could require longer lengths considering on-site circulation. On-site driveway aisle to a driveway to be a
minimum 3:1 taper.

Driveway Sight Visibility Triangle
Single-family residential driveways should not be located within the curb radius return on a corner lot. A
10’ by 20’ sight visibility triangle is required on both sides of a driveway as illustrated in Figure 6.8.1. If a
property has 10’ of right of way behind the curb, then the sight visibility triangle could be measured 7’
from back of curb.


Intersection Sight
Visibility Triangle
Sight visibility triangles shall be
used to limit the height of
structures, vegetation, and other
improvements on corner
properties immediately adjacent to
intersections.

Visibility triangles are not to be
used as a substitute for
intersection sight distance.

Visibility triangles provide visibility
around corners for all intersection
approaches and should be applied
to the design of perimeter walls
and landscape features. Items
within the triangle shall be no
Figure 6.8-1 Driveway Sight Visibility Triangle higher than 36” measured from the
roadway surface. City Ordinance
31-13 depicts the method used to determine the sight triangle as measured along the property line, as
illustrated in Figure 6.8-2.

If a property has 10’or more of right-of-way behind the curb, then the sight visibility triangle could be
measured 7’ from back of curb as illustrated in Figure 6.8-3 and Table 6.8-3.




Chapter 6 |Access Management 80
Page 420
Figure 6.8-2 Street Intersection Sight Visibility Triangle




Figure 6.8-3 Street Intersection Alternative Sight Visibility
Triangle
Sec. 31-13. OBSTRUCTING VISIBILITY AT INTERSECTIONS.

At public street intersections in residential areas, there shall be no fence or wall or hedge higher
than 3’, nor any obstruction to vision other than a post or column or tree not exceeding 1’ in
diameter between a height of 3’ and 10’ inside the triangular area formed by the lot lines at the
following distances from the point of their intersection.




Chapter 6 |Access Management 81
Page 421
Table 6.8-3 Street Intersection Sight Visibility Triangle

Classification of Intersecting Street Distance Measured Along Each Street
Local-Local 33’
Local-Collector 33’
Collector-Collector 33’
Collector-Arterial 33’
Arterial-Arterial 33’
Arterial-Local 33’ along arterial street
15’ along local street
In non-residential areas, the above provisions for unobstructed sight triangles on private property apply
only to landscaping.

Turn Restrictions
Where full access will impact the safety along the adjacent roadway, turning restrictions at driveways
may be implemented. The restriction may be for left-turn movements in or out of the driveway, which is
a right-in, right-out driveway.

Turning restrictions should be imposed for driveways that are too close to signalized intersections, or
where existing driveways or roadway characteristics may increase crash potential or at locations with a
history of high-crash rates. Figure 6.8-4 provides examples of turning movements restrictions. Signage
identifying the movement restrictions shall be installed in the median per current MUTCD standards.




Figure 6.8-4 Examples of Turn Restrictions

Alleys
Alley access shall be provided where required by applicable City Ordinance. The Driveway Ordinance
prohibits access from commercial property to alleys that abut residential property. Commercial access
to residential alleys not permitted by City Ordinance must be applied for and shall be considered by the
Driveway Hearing Officer.

Alleys utilized for site access shall be paved to the nearest cross street. Development located mid-block
or fronting 50 percent or more of the block shall be paved to the two nearest intersecting streets to a
local street standard.

Vehicular movement shall be contained on-site and not within the alleyway unless approved by Planning
Hearing Officer by variance through the Planning and Development Department. Contact the Planning
and Development Department for additional information.



Chapter 6 |Access Management 82
Page 422
6.9 DRIVEWAY AND INTERSECTION SPACING NEAR ROUNDABOUTS
Table 6.9-1 presents typical driveway and intersection spacing recommendations for roundabouts along
two-lane and four-lane streets in urban and suburban areas.

Table 6.9-1 Minimum Access Connection Spacing from Roundabouts
X = Distance of the first
access connection on the
right (right-in/right-out only).
W = Distance from the last
driveway to first major
signalized intersection.
Y = Distance of the first major
signalized intersection. Y
must be greater than or
equal to X+W if a driveway is
allowed between roundabout
and first major signalized
intersection.
Z = Distance between the last
access connection and the
start of the taper for on-
ramp.
M = Distance to first
directional/partial median
opening. No full median
openings are allowed in non-
traversable medians up to
the first major signalized
intersection.
* Distance measured from
inside edge-of-pavement to
inside edge-of-pavement.



Urban Area Spacing Dimension (feet)*
Design Speed
Number of lanes X W Y Z M
(mph)
25 400’ 1000’ 1000’ 460’ N/A
2-lane 30 490’ 1090’ 1090’ 460’ N/A
35 590’ 1140’ 1140’ 460’ N/A
25 400’ 1000’ 1000’ 510’ 475’
4-lane 30 490’ 1090’ 1090’ 510’ 565’
35 590’ 1140’ 1140’ 510’ 665’
Source: Transportation Research Board Access Management Manual, Second Edition (2014), p. 438


6.10 DRIVEWAYS AT BUS BAYS
bays. Additional requirements may include enhanced pedestrian infrastructure and shade. Driveways
are prohibited within the passenger waiting area of bus stops. Driveways should be located such that
bus stop improvements are beyond the projection of driveway visibility triangles and drivers will be able
to see around bus stop improvements, both existing and planned. Driveways are not to be located
within the flat portion of the bus bay (bus standing area). See City of Phoenix Supplemental Standard
Details for Public Works. Contact the Public Transit Department at pubtrans@phoenix.gov or 602-262-
7242 for more information.
Chapter 6 |Access Management 83
Page 423
77 7
67. Subdivision 7
77Planning Street
677 7
Overview
Chapter 7 provides an overview of key requirements and
formal interpretations for subdivision street planning
and design, such as street location principles, street
design guidelines for subdivisions, and block design and
connectivity




Page 424
--- SUBDIVISION STREET
PLANNING
This chapter provides an overview of key requirements and formal interpretations for subdivision street
planning and design, such as street location principles, street design guidelines for subdivisions, and
block design and connectivity. Requirements for subdivision street planning are contained in Phoenix
City Code, Chapter 32 – Subdivisions, as well as applicable sections of Phoenix Zoning Ordinance Sec 507
Tab A. C. Subdivision Design/Development. Further subdivisions shall meet the criteria and intent as
outlined in the City of Phoenix adopted Complete Street Guidelines for all-inclusive multimodal design.

General design principles for public and private streets are contained in Chapter 32-25, Design Principles
and Development Standards in General, which states:

Every subdivision shall conform to the requirements and objectives of the City General Plan, or any parts
thereof, as adopted by the City Council, to the Zoning Ordinance, the Planning and Development
Department Development Review Guidelines, and to other ordinances and regulations of the City, and to
the Arizona Revised Statutes.

The following sections are to be viewed in relation to Chapter 32 of the City Code and Section 507 Tab A
of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance. It is the intent of this section to provide additional commentary,
detail, and context sensitivity in providing City direction on subdivision planning and review.

7.1 STREET TYPE AND
ARRANGEMENT
Street location and arrangement
shall be consistent with City
Code 32-26, as well as the City’s
current adopted Street
Classification System (1992)
Handbook8,9 and Council
adopted specific plans.

Local Streets
• Local streets are not
intended for regional
through traffic; local
Source: planPHX, 2015 General Plan, Adopted April 2018, p. 15.
streets provide internal
trips connections to adjacent collector and arterial streets. Traffic volumes should be under
1,000 ADT; 100 vehicles an hour for single family homes, 2,000 ADT; 200 vehicles an hour within
more dense developed areas.




https://www.phoenix.gov/pddsite/Documents/PZ/pdd_pz_pdf_00176.pdf
https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/098996.pdf
Chapter 7 |Subdivision Street Planning 84
Page 425
• Local streets’ primary function is to provide direct access to abutting lands and for traffic
movements within neighborhoods connecting to localized entities as schools, parks, trailheads,
and shopping centers.

• The Street Classification map does not reflect local street locations or alignments.

• Local streets typically shall remain and/or be dedicated as public roadways.

Collector Streets
• The Street Classification map may not reflect all collector street locations and alignments.
Collector streets are to be designated at the half-mile point east to west and north to south
within every quarter section. Consideration can be given to existing topography, wash corridors,
and existing street network in identifying its ultimate placement.

• Collector streets’ primary function is to collect and distribute traffic between local streets or
high-volume traffic generators and arterial streets at evenly disbursed intersections. As such
collector streets shall remain and/or be dedicated as public roadways.

• Collector streets placement should reflect existing alignments and be connected and extended
in areas where a collector street exists to facilitate network connectivity.

• Traffic volumes for collectors may range between 5,000 to 30,000 ADT dependent on one (1) or
two (2) through lanes in each direction.

• Minor residential collector volumes may range between 1,000 to 8,000 ADT with one (1) lane in
each direction.

• Single family lots fronting onto a collector street should be avoided. If proposed within a new
subdivision, a minimum collector street section shall be provided to allow for on-street parking,
separated bicycle lanes and turn lane striping at intersections.

Arterial Streets
• Arterial streets shall be dedicated as public streets as their primary function is to collect and
disburse regional traffic at evenly disbursed intersections.

• Arterial street placement should reflect existing alignments and be connected and extended in
areas where arterial street exists to facilitate network connectivity.

• Arterial street volumes may range between 15,000 to 50,000 ADT with two (2) to three (3)
through lanes in each direction.

• Traffic volumes for major arterial streets may range between 30,000 to 60,000 ADT with three
(3) lanes, up to four (4) lanes in the transition area where the street serves as an extension of a
freeway or expressway in each direction upon build-out.

7.2 STREET DESIGN
Street design shall be consistent with City Code 32-25 thru 35 and Sec 507 Tab A. C. Subdivision
Design/Development. When connecting into an existing platted subdivision, the requirements of
existing City Code and following shall apply.

Chapter 7 |Subdivision Street Planning 85
Page 426
Block Lengths
The City of Phoenix Zoning Ordinance, Chapter 5, Section 507 TAB A, Guidelines for Design Review Part
II. C. Subdivision Design/Development, states that “Local streets exceeding 600’ in length should
incorporate traffic calming measures.” See Chapter 5 Neighborhood Traffic Calming for approved
standards and details to be utilized.

Cul-de-Sac Streets
Cul-de-sac streets shall comply with City Code 32-27. In residential subdivisions cul-de-sacs shall
terminate in circular right-of-way 50’ in radius with an improved traffic turning circle. A 45’ radius may
be used when rolled curb is permitted. When vertical curb is required or where sidewalk is offset, the
traffic turning circle shall be a minimum 50’ in radius. City of Phoenix Planning and Development
Department may approve an equally convenient form of space where extreme conditions justify.

When a cul-de-sac terminates adjacent to an amenity area or public open space vertical curb should be
utilized.

Knuckles
Subdivision knuckles (Figure 7.2-1) are areas on the
roadway expanded to provide a turn-around and additional
access or lot frontage on residential-collector and local
streets. Knuckles are required at intersections where each
street extends in only one direction from the intersection.

Sidewalk ramps are not required at knuckles; however, if
they are provided, they should be in accordance with City
Standard Details. Ramps should be provided if there are
amenities on either side of the “elbow.” Knuckle
dimensions are shown in Figure 7.2-2. Design shall consider
sight visibility when designing the ramp location.
Neighborhood Street Knuckle

Figure 7.2-1 Neighborhood Street Knuckle




Figure 7.2-2 Subdivision Knuckles


Chapter 7 |Subdivision Street Planning 86
Page 427
Eyebrows
Eyebrows (Figure 7.2-3) are permitted between intersections to
improve accessibility to odd-shaped sites. The design of an
eyebrow should be in accordance with plans approved by the City
of Phoenix Development Services Department.

Alleys
Alleys (Figure 7.2-4) shall comply with City Code 32-27 and 32-33.
When an alley is proposed for site access or utilization for public
or private services, the alley pavement structural section shall be
paved to a minimum local street standard to the nearest cross
street. Development located mid-block or fronting 50 percent or
more of the block shall be paved to the two nearest intersecting
streets.

Residential Subdivision Street Cross Neighborhood Street Eyebrow
Sections
Figure 7.2-3 Eyebrow
Single-family subdivision local streets requesting detached
sidewalks shall be designed to a minimum cross section “H” City
Std Detail with a minimum of 32’ of asphalt paving.

Subdivisions utilizing local street cross section City Std detail “I”
with detached sidewalks shall be constructed with 6” vertical
curb and City standard wing type driveways.

7.3 BLOCK DESIGN
Block Design shall be consistent with City Code 32-28. The
maximum length of cul-de-sac streets is 400’, measured from the
intersection of right-of-way lines to the extreme depth of the
turning circle along the street centerline. An exception may be
made where topography justifies but shall not be made merely Paved Alleyway
because the tract has restrictive boundary dimensions, in which a
provision should be made for extension of street pattern to the Figure 7.2-4 Paved Alleyway
adjoining un-platted parcel and a temporary turnaround
installed.

Cul-de-sac lengths in excess of the City Code maximum may be considered only if the following
conditions are present:

• The subdivision is be zoned RE-43, RE-35, RE-24, R1-18, and R1-14.
• The minimum lot width 110’.
• In no instance shall the cul-de-sac length exceed 600’.

7.4 EASEMENT PLANNING
Easement shall follow City Code 32-30. Plats that seek to combine previously subdivided parcels for
consolidation may not be required to dedicate an 8’Public Utility Easement (PUE) adjacent to the right-
of-way.
Chapter 7 |Subdivision Street Planning 87
Page 428
Street Abandonment
Abandonments are to be in conformance to City Code, Chapter 31 Article V.

• An existing street may be considered for abandonment if it is not a street indicated on the City
of Phoenix Street Classification Map or an Area Plan and will not eliminate reasonable and legal
access to existing properties or negatively affect the connectivity of a neighborhood or street
network. The abandonment should alleviate a significant traffic problem and not create new
problems. If a street is approved to be abandoned, the abandonment must occur prior to the
submittal of a final plat to the City Council. If a plat is required, the abandonment must occur
concurrent with approval of the plat by City Council.

• Alleys and excess right-of-way as identified by the City’s Street Classification System on any type
of street may be considered for abandonment if approved by the City.

Street and Utility Improvement Requirements
Engaging with utilities early in a project is critical to prevent delay. Coordinating utility improvements on
project that involve SRP Irrigation relocations (typically associated with a land transaction and the need
for an SRP Irrigation design) can often take 18 months or more. A meeting with the City of Phoenix is not
required prior to beginning discussions with SRP on Land and or Irrigation requirements.

Street and Utility Improvements Requirements shall be in conformance to City Code 32-33. The
following provides additional detail, context and clarity in the design and intent of City Code 32-33.

SRP Irrigation Relocations:
• Existing SRP closed or open irrigation channels/facilities shall be tiled (i.e.) undergrounded,
piped, and relocated outside of existing or proposed rights-of-way dedications or as approved
by the Utility Coordination Section of the Street Transportation Department for areas where
special conditions exist.

• When Irrigation facilities are within USA Fee land, the Developer shall apply for formal land
transfer with SRP and the Bureau of Reclamation. Land transfers shall be relocated outside the
entirety of existing or proposed rights-of-way and associated public utility easement and be
completed prior to subdivision plat approval. Developments seeking exception will require the
approval of the Utility Coordination Section of the Street Transportation Department for areas
where special conditions exist.

• When Irrigation facilities are within USA Easement, the Developer shall apply for relocation of
the easement with SRP and the Bureau of Reclamation. The USA Easement shall be relocated
outside the entirety of existing or proposed rights-of-way and associated public utility easement
and be completed prior to subdivision plat approval. Developments seeking exception will
require the approval of the Utility Coordination Section of the Street Transportation Department
for areas where special conditions exist.

• USA Easements may be platted over the right-of-way for the transition area between the
relocated and existing facility tie-in point.

• USA Fee Title Transfers and USA Easements shall be coordinated through SRP in conformance
with their most current processes.


Chapter 7 |Subdivision Street Planning 88
Page 429
• Per City Code 32-30 SRP easements shall not overlap within a public utility easement and shall
begin at the back of the required 8’ public-utility easement.

• Required right-of-way and site tree planting shall be designed to be outside of existing or
proposed SRP designated areas.

Large Diameter Power Poles
• Developer will perform due diligence by engaging pole owners during project scope to obtain
information pertaining to relocation and/or required roadway clearances, as well as any existing
easements or land rights that need to be maintained or revised due to the development
process.

Small Diameter Power Poles
• Small diameter power poles (12 kV or less) shall be in conformance with Phoenix Municipal
Code 507 Tab A.II.B.7 (7.5), which requires that all new or relocated electric lines 12 kV and
smaller, communications and cable television and all on premise wiring should be placed
underground in all developments where visible from streets or adjoining properties. Phoenix
Municipal Code 32-25 A.2 requires all electrical lines 12.5 kv and smaller shall be installed
underground.

Overhead Conversion Power Poles
• Development plans that require the conversion of electrical conductors from overhead to
underground shall have the underground installation shown in the engineered plans submitted
to the Street Transportation Utility Coordination section. Any deviation from this requirement
will be denied unless accompanied with by approved Technical Appeal from the Planning and
Development Department.

Existing Overhead Power Pole Clearances
• Development plans that do not have an overhead to underground conversion requirement will
perform due diligence by engaging pole owners during project scope to obtain requirements
pertaining to overhead line clearances from vertical structures, or “clear zones” as represented
by APS or SRP.

• Development plans that do not have an overhead to underground conversion requirement will
perform due diligence by engaging pole owners during project scope to obtain requirements
pertaining to any existing aerial easements that need to be maintained or revised due to the
development process.

Street Transportation Requirements for Developer Utility Installations
Conduit installation by Developer for dry utilities requires a Trenching Permit from the Planning and
Development Department that is only issued when accompanied by an approved APS or SRP Utility
Permit issued by the Street Transportation Department. The bullet points below provide guidance on
what information should be shown on Development plans provided to utility companies for submittal to
obtain a Street Transportation Utility Permit.

• Development plans submitted to Street Transportation for utility permitting will be reviewed for
adherence to Administrative Procedure (AP) 5.1 Requirements for Obtaining a Permit and Utility



Chapter 7 |Subdivision Street Planning 89
Page 430
Construction Guidelines in Public Rights-of-Way.10

• Development off-site plans for underground utility installation will identify whether utilities will
be installed jointly, and if so, will include which utility companies will be occupying the joint
utility trench.

• Development off-site plans for underground utility installation will identify whether
underground installation will be performed via trench or bore.

• Developer will supply to utility companies their final version of off-site plans for utility design.
Supplying preliminary designs where revisions may be needed will delay the Street
Transportation permitting process, therefore delaying utility installation.

• Development supplied off-site plans will include a well-defined area for utility companies to
include linear footages for work in rights-of-way, private streets, and public utility easements.
Accurately providing this information is crucial to the creation and issuance of the Developer’s
Trenching Permit for conduit installation.

Existing Private Facilities within existing and/or proposed Right-of-Way
• When any existing underground or above-ground private facilities on private property must
remain operational or in place, either as installed or within proximity to its current location to
provide continuous operation of the service that it provides, the owner of the private facility
and the property owner must contact the City’s Street Transportation Department to determine
if the private facility will be allowed to remain in the existing and/or proposed dedicated right-
of-way.

• When existing underground private facilities are located on private property that will be or is
acquired by a developer and the ongoing operation of the private facilities require it to remain
underground in existing and/or proposed dedicated right-of-way, the owner of the facilities may
apply for a Revocable Permit to allow for the facilities to remain in place. The City may allow the
private facility to remain in place, require it to be relocated in another section of right-of-way, or
require it to be relocated to private property. If the City allows the private facility to remain in
the right-of-way under a Revocable Permit, the owner of the private facility must: 1) register
their facility with AZ811 (Blue Stake) Center, 2) pay the fee for the Revocable Permit, and 3)
maintain insurance in accordance with the terms of the Revocable Permit.

• When existing above-ground private facilities are located on private property that will be or is
acquired by a developer and the Streets Transportation and the Planning and Development
Departments have approved the ongoing presence and location of the above-ground private
facilities in existing and/or proposed dedicated City right-of-way, the owner of the facilities may
apply for a Revocable Permit to allow for the facilities to remain in place. The City may allow the
private facility to remain in place, require it to be relocated in another section of right-of-way, or
require it to be relocated to private property. If the City allows the private facility to remain in
the right-of-way under a Revocable Permit, the owner of the private facility must: 1) register
their facility with AZ811 (Blue Stake) Center, 2) pay the fee for the Revocable Permit, and 3)
maintain insurance in accordance with the terms of the Revocable Permit.


https://www.phoenix.gov/streetssite/Documents/AP%205%201%20-%20September%202017.pdf
Chapter 7 |Subdivision Street Planning 90
Page 431
788 8
88. Bikeways
8 and Active 8
788Transportation 8
88 8
Overview
The City of Phoenix is committed to providing a safe,
connected, and comfortable active transportation system.
The primary purpose of the active transportation network
is to provide enjoyable transportation options for all
residents.

The focus of this chapter is to provide design guidance for
facilities that are used by people riding bicycles.




Page 432
--- BIKEWAYS AND ACTIVE
TRANSPORTATION
8.1 INTRODUCTION
The City of Phoenix is committed to providing a
safe, connected, and comfortable active
transportation system. The primary purpose of
the active transportation network is to provide
enjoyable transportation options for all
residents. Active transportation supports
sustainability and provides access to those who
utilize active modes regularly or periodically.
Active transportation includes walking,
bicycling, using mobility aids, or other small
electric vehicles, such as e-scooters.

While the focus of this chapter is to provide
Example of Active Transportation
design guidance for facilities that are used by
Improvement
people riding bicycles; the City of Phoenix
recognizes that scooters, non-motorized skateboards, and others may utilize the same infrastructure.
For simplicity and clarity, the term “bicycles,” “bicycling,” or “persons riding a bicycle” are used, but not
to the exclusion of people using mobility aids, riding scooters, and using non-motorized skateboards,
etc.

Planning for Active Transportation
Active transportation can be used for commuting, utilitarian, social, recreational, or fitness/health
purposes. Providing enjoyable active transportation infrastructure for all residents can:

• Replace the use of cars for many short trips.

• Help reduce traffic congestion, air pollution, and demand for parking.

• Benefit those who cannot drive or cannot afford a car.

• Provide healthy recreation for families and people of all ages.

• Help maintain Phoenix as a livable city with an outdoor lifestyle.

Planning for active transportation should be approached in a similar way to conventional transportation
planning considering factors such as access, convenience, safety, cost, efficiency, latent demand,
induced demand, travel demand, connections, and engineering.

However, unlike design guidelines for motor vehicle infrastructure, previous bicycle infrastructure
design has focused on the users with the highest levels of risk tolerance. In order for bicycle
infrastructure design to be widely used, all potential users must be considered in the design. As the age
range of bicyclists includes children, the physical and cognitive abilities of children must be considered
during design. Network connectivity is important for ensuring people using bicycles can access the

Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 91
Page 433
places they want to go. The bicycle network should facilitate short trips and make it easy for people to
substitute car trips for bicycle trips or bicycle plus transit trips to take care of their everyday travel
needs. Even a small network gap, such as a dropped bike lane at an intersection can deter someone
from riding a given route. A connected network is one with no gaps, a density of routes appropriate for
the intensity of land uses, and direct, seamless transitions between facilities.

The City of Phoenix encourages enhanced bikeway design in accordance with City of Phoenix Climate
Action Plan, Complete Streets Policy, and Vision Zero resolution. Developers are encouraged to meet
with City of Phoenix Street Department, Active Transportation Team, to discuss design need and
requirements. Any design that would impact the roadway capacity will need approval of the Street
Transportation Department.

8.2 BIKEWAY SYSTEM COMPONENTS
The types of bikeways used in the City of Phoenix are on-street bicycle lanes, including protected and
buffered bike lanes, shared-use paths or multi-use trails, and bicycle boulevards.

Not all streets have a designated bicycle travel facility, but they are open to bicycles. This includes all
public streets unless specifically posted to prohibit cyclists. While the suitability of streets will vary, the
basic street grid will always provide the major foundation for bicycle travel.

Opportunities to provide bicycle access may occur in conjunction with public or private development,
greenbelts, canal banks, flood control projects, vista corridors, or any place with available open space or
right-of-way. It is the intention of Phoenix’s bicycle planning efforts to remain flexible and open to new
opportunities.

On-Street Bicycle Boulevard: Bicycle boulevards are local streets designed to prioritize bicycle travel.
These streets have low traffic volumes, and the motor vehicles present are mostly making local trips and
traveling at speeds 25 mph or lower. Traffic calming and diversion measures are necessary to achieve
these conditions. Other important elements of bicycle boulevards include wayfinding signage/pavement
markings and safe arterial crossings that include traffic control measures and minimize travel delay for
bicyclists.

On-Street Bicycle Lanes: On-street bike lanes are an integral section of a roadway which is marked for
exclusive bicycle use. On-street bike lanes are one-way facilities. Buffered bicycle lanes, with a buffer
between the bicycle lane and the adjacent travel lane, enhance the bicyclists experience and comfort.

Protected Bike Lanes: Protected bike lanes (also known as cycle tracks or separated bike lanes) are bike
lanes separated from adjacent traffic by a lateral buffer with vertical elements. These bikeways offer a
higher degree of safety and comfort to people bicycling. When one-way protected bike lanes on both
sides of the street are not feasible, two-way protected bike lanes can allow bicycle movement in both
directions on one side of the street. These two-way protected bike lanes share the same design
characteristics as one-way protected bike lanes but require additional considerations at driveways and
intersections.

Shared-Use Paths: Shared-use paths are paved pathways that are clearly separate from the road
infrastructure. Shared-use paths are shared with bicycles, scooters, skaters, and pedestrians. In general,
shared-use paths are intended for two-way traffic.



Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 92
Page 434
Multi-Use Trails: The trails surface generally consists of stabilized, decomposed granite. These trails are
open to equestrian, bicycle, and pedestrian travel.

Intersection treatments: Treatments including signalization and phasing can improve the safety and
comfort of bicyclists. These include continuing the bike facility up to and through the intersection,
providing queuing space out of the flow of vehicle traffic, bicycle signals, etc.

Grade-Separated Crossings: Underpasses or overpasses separate motorized and non-motorized traffic
from each other at points where these roadway users intersect.

8.3 ON-STREET BICYCLE BOULEVARD
Many local and neighborhood streets with low-existing speeds and volumes provide the basic
components of a safe and comfortable environment for people riding bicycles. These streets can be
enhanced with design treatments, tailored to existing conditions and desired outcomes, to create
neighborhood on-street bicycle boulevard:
1. Signs and Pavement Markings to make the boulevard easy to find and to follow.
2. Speed Management to slow motor vehicle speeds to 25 mph or less.
3. Volume Management to reduce motor vehicle volumes to less than 3,000 vehicle per day, 1,500
vpd preferable.
4. Minor Street Crossings to minimize bicyclist delay.
5. Major Street Crossings to provide safe and convenient crossings.
6. Green Infrastructure to enhance comfort.
Refer to the City of Phoenix Active Transportation Team for design example, at Bike@Phoenix.gov.

8.4 ON-STREET BICYCLE LANES
Striped/painted bike lanes are a portion of the roadway designated for preferential use by bicyclists by
use of pavement markings and, optionally, signage. Parking should not be permitted in bike lanes at
any time.
All collector streets should have striped/painted bike lanes unless otherwise directed by the Street
Transportation Department. All new construction shall include striped/painted bike lanes on parkway,
arterial, and collector streets.
Buffered bike lanes, separated bike lanes, or protected bike lanes may be required on streets with high
traffic volumes or favorable curb to curb geometry.

Bike Lanes on Bridges/Tunnels/Grade Separation
Bridges, tunnels, or any grade separation structure, should allow the full width of the physical
improvements including standard bike lanes. Bridges and tunnels with solid barriers alongside often
become dangerous constriction points for bicycle travel. Consideration should be given to maintaining
extra width on bridges and in tunnels even if the street does not have bike lanes.

Bike Lanes on Rural Streets
In rural areas, a paved shoulder can serve the function of a bike lane, in which case it should have a
minimum of 5’ of paving.


Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 93
Page 435
Bike Lanes on Streets with On-Street Parking/Parking Protected Bike
Lanes
A bicycle lane can be delineated with striping between an area for parallel parking and a traffic lane or
between parking and the curb. This second arrangement constitutes a parking protected bike lane. A
parking protected bike lane should provide a 4’ buffer between the bike lane and the parked car to allow
the buffer to be used as a walkway to access the curb ramp at the nearest intersection.

Bike Lane Width
Bike lane width should meet dimensions summarized in Table 8.4-1. Changes in bike lane width and
horizontal and vertical alignment should be smooth. A solid 8” white stripe is used to mark the bike
lane. The use of minimum bike lane widths is preferable to the provision of wide outside vehicle-travel
lanes. Minimum-width bike lanes should be limited to constrained situations where the preferred
widths cannot be provided after all other travel lanes have been narrowed to minimum widths.
Table 8.4-1 Preferred and Minimum Widths of Bike Lanes

Preferred Width Minimum
Bike Lane Description
(ft) Width (ft)
Bike lane with buffer 6’ (bike lane) 5.5’ (bike lane
3’ (Buffer) 2.5’ (Buffer)
Bike lane adjacent to curb (from face of curb)* 6’ – 7.5’ 5.5’
Bike lane adjacent to edge of pavement 5’ – 7.5’ 4.5’
Bike lane between travel lanes and turn lanes 6’ – 7.5’ 5’
Bike lane adjacent to parking** 6’ – 7.5’ 5’
Intermediate or sidewalk level bike lane (see Figure 8.7.1) 6’ – 10’ 5’
Bike lane to allow side-by-side bicycling or passing 8’ – 10’ 8’
*Parking protected bike lanes require a 4’ buffer (3’ minimum) between the bike lane and parking lane.
**Assumes a 1.5’ gutter. Minimum bike lane width 4’ (even surface) exclusive of gutter unless the gutter is integrated
into the full width of the bike lane.

Adding buffer space or wider bike lanes may be preferable in the following situations:

• Where parking is present and turnover is high.
• Where it is desirable to allow bicyclists to travel side-by-side or to pass each other.
• On roadways with posted speeds over 25 mph or 3,000 vehicles/day.
• Where the percentage of heavy vehicles exceeds 5 percent.
• Where bicycle lanes are located between two moving travel lanes, such as between a through
lane and a turning lane.
• Where there are multiple lanes of vehicle traffic per direction.
Bike lanes wider than 7.5’ (assuming a 1.5’ gutter) should include a buffer or buffer with vertical
elements to minimize their appearance as a travel lane or parking lane for motorists.

Bicycle Stencils
Painted/striped bike lanes are demarcated with a white-lane line and green-backed bicycle stencils.
Bicycle stencils are added to alert all users of the roadway that a designated area is identified as the bike
lane.



Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 94
Page 436
Bicycle stencils (Figure 8.4-1) should be placed 30’-50’ downstream from an intersection. The first
marking after an intersection or driveway should be placed outside of the wheel path of turning
vehicles, to reduce wear. If a far side bus stop is present, the bicycle lane marking should be placed after
the bus stop, outside of the area frequently used for the bus to merge into the adjacent lane.

Bicycle stencils are generally spaced
every quarter mile. In Downtown
and urban areas, where conflicts
with motorists may be higher (i.e.,
where there is significant parking
turnover, at intersections, at
driveways, at turn lanes), it is
appropriate to space the symbols
closer than the quarter mile spacing.
In areas with long distances between
intersections and little roadside
activity, bicycle stencils may be
spaced even further apart, as
approved by the Street
Transportation Department.

Bicycle stencils are added in conflict
zones or to denote where a bike
needs to move to another area. For
example, where a bike lane
continues on the left side of a right-
turn-only lane, bicycle stencils should
be placed in the bike lane adjacent to Figure 8.4-1 Standard and Green Backed Bike Symbol
the turn arrows for the right-turn-
only lane. Bike lanes should be continuous between intersections and not stop or leave a gap as
approaching the intersections or driveways.




Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 95
Page 437
8.5 ON-STREET BUFFERED BIKE LANES
Increasing the lateral separation between motor vehicles and people
riding bicycles provides a more comfortable condition for both those
riding bicycles and vehicles. Buffered bike lanes are the preferred bike
lane wherever space allows.

Bike lanes can be improved through the provision of a painted buffer
(Figure 8.5-1,

Figure 8.5-2, and Figure 8.5-3) between the bike lane and adjacent travel
lane and/or between the bike lane and parking lane. The painted buffer
provides a spatial and visual separation between parked or moving motor
vehicles and the bicycle lane. The bike can be reduced to the 4’ minimum




Figure 8.5-1 Typical Bike
Lane Layout


(excluding gutter) to achieve a
On-Street Buffered Bike Lane
buffered bike lane.



Figure 8.5-2 On-Street Buffered Bike Lane

Buffered bike lanes (Figure 8.5-3) generally consist of a combination of standard longitudinal markings
and cross hatching as illustrated in Figure 8.5-4. Buffers less than 2.5’ in width are to be used only in
short, constrained sections, and do not have cross hatching.

Where provided, cross hatching should be provided at a regular interval. A typical spacing (L) is 40’ for
speeds less than 40 mph and 80’ for speeds 40 mph or greater. Spacing may be reduced to as frequent
as 5’ where engineering judgment determines a more frequent spacing is desirable.

The use of an additional buffer between the bike lane and parking lane is desirable when parking
turnover is frequent (e.g., short-term parking), where loading/unloading activity is high, or when larger
vehicles are typically using the parking lane.



Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 96
Page 438
Figure 8.5-3 Typical Buffered Bike Cross-Sections




Figure 8.5-4 Typical Buffered Bike Lane Pavement Markings




Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 97
Page 439
8.6 PROTECTED BIKE LANES
Protected bike lanes are a type of bicycle facility that provides an exclusive space for bicyclists along or
within a roadway. Protected bike lanes (Figure 8.6-1) have two fundamental elements: horizontal offset
from adjacent motor vehicle lanes and vertical objects located within that offset. An offset between bike
lanes and pedestrian space is also desired if the bike lane is at sidewalk level. Developers are instructed
to contact City of Phoenix Streets Department if a protected bike lane is adjacent, planned, or desired.

Protected bike lanes may be designed as either one-way or two-way (Figure 8.6-2), and may be
constructed at street level, sidewalk level, or at an intermediate level between the street and sidewalk.
Separation can be achieved objects such as vertical curb, planters, flexible delineator posts, or parked
vehicles, among others, placed in the street buffer.




Two-Way Protected Bike Lane

Figure 8.6-1 Two-Way Protected Bike Lanes




Figure 8.6-2 Separated Bike Lane Types

Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 98
Page 440
8.7 CURB INLETS/STORM DRAIN GRATES
Drainage grates with openings running parallel to the direction of bicycle travel can cause narrow bicycle
wheels to drop into the gaps and cause a crash. It is preferable to avoid drainage grate concerns by
installing inlets, which only have curb face openings. Drainage grates should be located outside the
bicycle facility whenever possible, however when unavoidable, care should be taken to ensure that
drainage grates are bicycle-compatible, with openings small enough to prevent a bicycle wheel from
falling into the slots of the grate (See Figure 8.7-1).

Drainage grates and utility covers that extend into the bicyclist operating space may cause bicyclists to
swerve, effectively reducing the usable width of the bike lane. Where grates are located within a bicycle
facility or adjacent to bicyclists’ operating space, the gap between the drainage grate and its frame
should be 0.5” or less, and it should be perpendicular to the path of travel. Another option is to place
the grate entirely within a gutter or curb rather than extending it into the bicycle facility.




Figure 8.7-1 Bicycle Compatible Drainage Grates

8.8 CONNECTIONS TO PRIVATE PROPERTY
Developers are encouraged to provide comfortable and safe access from a protected bicycle lane to the
adjacent property. Access may be provided at block ends, using a standard or widened curb ramps,
mid-block using a driveway or a modified driveway (6’-8’ wide) for bicycle access, or with a bike ramp
with a trapezoidal delineator (Figure 8.8-1). Contact the City of Phoenix Street Transportation
Department for information about a modified driveway for bicycle access.




Figure 8.8-1 Example of Bike Ramp
Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 99
Page 441
8.9 SHARED-USE PATHS

Design Considerations
Shared use paths (Figure 8.9-1) are facilities on exclusive right-of-way. Shared use paths are sometimes
referred to as trails; however, to some, the term trail means an un-improved recreational facility.

to MAG Uniform Standard Specifications, section 429 and details P1130 and P1131. For additional
information, please refer to the AASHTO Guide for the Development of Bicycle Facilities.

Every attempt should be made to avoid having a path adjacent to a street. If this is unavoidable, on
arterial streets a separation of at least 8’with landscaping should be provided and on collector streets a
separation of at least 5’ should be provided.

Connections between different types of facilities is important to ensure an efficient and functional
system. Shared-use paths may be used to connect sections of roadways that would otherwise dead-end.
However, it is critical not to attempt to substitute a path or a sidewalk where bike lanes are warranted.
Bike lanes allow direct, higher-speed travel for cyclists, unimpeded by pedestrians.

Shared-use paths are typically two-way; designing a path to connect with one-way bike lanes requires
study and design to that the bicyclist does not end up riding the wrong way (against traffic) in one of the
bike lanes.

As shared-use paths connect or cross arterial or collector streets, the crossing of the street needs to be
considered in the overall design to maintain connectivity. A safe and convenient crossing needs to be
implemented with the overall design of the shared-use path. A traffic signal, pedestrian hybrid beacon,
or raised median island may be required depending on the volume, speed, width, and additional factors
of the roadway. The developer is instructed to contact Street Transportation Department for type of
crossing required.




Example of Shared-Use Path

Figure 8.9-1 Shared-Use Path



Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 100
Page 442
Table 8.9-1 Shared-Use Path Design Considerations

Design Speed 20 mph
10’wide (minimum) with 2’-foot graded shoulder on each side, 5’ horizontal clearance,
and 10’ vertical clearance.
8’ or more where paths can be paired so each can have one-way travel.
Typical Width 14’ in areas with high use and/or a wide variety of users. Where pedestrian and bicycle
activity are very high it may be advantageous to have separate paths for walking and
bicycling rather than increase the path width to minimize speed differential between
pedestrians and wheeled users.
Variables by use. Surfaces may include decomposed granite, turf, or concrete with
Surface medium broom finish. On concrete surface, it is desirable to provide traction, but not to
a degree that impedes skaters.
Material for the shoulders should allow for recovery if a user runs off the path.
Shoulders Substances such as turf, decomposed granite, exposed aggregate, or very low
shrubs/grasses are appropriate. No spiny/thorny plants.
An area clear of fixed objects such as poles or tree trunks for another 3’ beyond the
Clear Zone shoulder is desirable.

Where needed, fences or railings for paths or bikeways should be 54” in height (40”
Fencing/Rail minimum) and be flared at the ends.

Vertical Clearance 8’ over the path and shoulder areas; 10’ for underpasses
5 percent or percent or less.
Horizontal Grade
Where this is not feasible, refer to the AASHTO Guidelines.
Maximum side slope is 2 percent. Maximum cross-slope is 2 percent.
Cross-Slope
Adjacent grades should always direct water away from the path surface.
Alignment is as linear as possible. Avoid compound curves. Unnecessary “meandering”
Alignment reduces the effective width of the path, can create sight distance problems, and
increases possibility of users running off the path.
Tunnels should be lighted

Tunnels Provision in tunnels to keep nuisance water off the path and allow the water to rapidly
drain or be removed. One solution is a small channel constructed with a sloping side,
built on one side of the tunnel. Sump pumps are needed in areas prone to flooding.
Path ramp design where the pan for any curb ramp shall be as wide as the path. The
Ramp ramp should be aligned with the path, and not require users to make sudden swerves, or
to be directed towards oncoming traffic.


Easements, Dedications, and Abandonments
Sometimes on-street facilities may need to be connected with short sections of paved path. As an
example, connecting cul-de-sacs that have only one direct access to the public street system. The cul-de-
sac street can be connected to allow bicycle and foot access to reach adjacent streets, paths, trails, or
property.

If a private-gated community will cut off functional access for cyclists, means should be explored to
maintain a public-use easement on the streets and through the gates for pedestrians and cyclists.

Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 101
Page 443
For off-street paths/trails, right-of-way may need to be obtained from development stipulations, or
purchased. Any easements or dedications for paths should include a clear statement of maintenance
responsibilities: for the actual concrete path, any adjacent landscaping or lighting, and for maintaining
proper grades and drainage along the path. Dedicated right-of-way or public use easements for paths
must be noted in the stipulations and on the site plan. This should occur in the Project Review process
for new developments. If the classification of an existing or planned street is proposed to be changed, or
a street easement or right-of-way proposed for abandonment, present and potential pedestrian and
bicyclist connections should be reviewed. The proposed change shall be evaluated against the needs of
the active transportation program. Public use easement for bicycle and/or foot access should be
obtained or retained.

8.10 TRANSIT STOPS
Transit stops in locations with bike lanes are generally configured in two ways: by continuing the bicycle
facility through the stop area (requiring a bike/bus shared space, or bike/bus merge zone), or by routing
the bicycle facility around or behind the transit platform (floating stop).

A bike/bus shared space is used in locations where there is insufficient space to route bicyclists behind
the transit stop area. Depending on the available width, the bus may cross over or occupy the bike lane.

In locations where an in-lane transit stop is proposed, a floating stop should be considered, by routing
the bicycle facility behind the transit platform. Figure 8.10-1 though Figure 8.10-3 shows configurations
that are applicable for near, far, and mid-block stops. In all cases, a 5’ by 8’ clear boarding and alighting
area that connects to a pedestrian access route must be provided. On multi-lane streets, floating transit
stops should be placed on the far side of the intersection only. The pedestrian crossing of the bicycle
facility should be marked with crosswalk markings and pavement marking/signage should indicate that
bicyclists should stop for pedestrians accessing the transit platform. Additional guidance related to
accessibility, clearances, and mitigating conflicts is provided in the AASHTO Guide for Development of
Bicycle Facilities.




Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 102
Page 444
Figure 8.10-1 Bike Lane Routing Behind Transit Stop (Near-Side)




Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 103
Page 445
Figure 8.10-2 Bike Lane Routing Behind Transit Stop (Far-Side)




Figure 8.10-3 Bike Lane Routing Behind Transit Stop (Mid-Block)

Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 104
Page 446
8.11 RAIL CROSSINGS
The angle at which at-grade rail lines intersect with a bicycle facility is a critical design consideration. The
preferable skew angle between the center line of the tracks and the bicycle facility is between 60 and 90
degrees (Figure 8.11-1) so bicyclists can avoid catching their wheels in the flange and losing their
balance.

When rails curve through an intersection, the safe path for a cyclist may not be intuitive. In this case,
pavement markings may be used to indicate the bicyclists’ path of travel across the rails. Care should be
taken that the path of travel does not conflict with movements from other roadway users.

When rails are located parallel to a bicycle facility, consideration should be given to connections to
adjacent bicycle facilities at intersections. Two-stage turn queue boxes are provided to facilitate a 90-
degree crossing of the rails, to indicate an alternative to crossing the parallel tracks.




Figure 8.11-1 Bike Lanes at Rail Crossings

8.12 TRANSITION POINTS AND ENDING BICYCLE FACILITIES
Each bicycle facility begins and ends at a specific location and will either terminate or transition into
another distinct bikeway. The following section describes design considerations to safely transition and
terminate the facilities described above.

Transitions of two-way separated bike lanes to bikeways or shared lanes that require one-way bicycle
operation require particular attention. Bicyclists operating counterflow to traffic will be required to
cross two roadways. Failure to provide a clear transition to the desired one-way operation may result in
wrong-way bicycle riding. It may also be desirable to use green-colored pavement within crossings and
Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 105
Page 447
two-stage bicycle turn boxes to improve legibility and provide strong visual guidance of the intended
path across the intersection to all users. The crossing may warrant bicycle signals at signalized crossings.
The signal should be coordinated with the intersecting street signal phase. Site-specific conditions and
engineering judgement should determine the most appropriate treatments for ensuring a safe and
intuitive bikeway transition.

8.13 CONFLICT ZONE MARKINGS
At locations where designated bicycle facilities cross intersections and driveways, conflict markings
(Figure 8.13-1) may be provided to guide bicyclists along their path of travel while clearly designating
locations where bicycles and motor vehicles will intersect. Bicycle intersection treatments requires
coordination with traffic services and the City of Phoenix Active Transportation Team.




Figure 8.13-1 Typical Bicycle Conflict Markings




Chapter 8 |Bikeways and Active Transportation 106
Page 448
9901 9 01
99 9
99. 9 T0raffic
1 Impact Analysis9 01
99 9
Overview
9 01
This chapter is prepared to assist an applicant to satisfy the
requirement of performing a Traffic Impact Analysis (TIA)
when requesting access to a city street.




Page 449
--- TRAFFIC IMPACT ANALYSIS
9.1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter is prepared to assist an applicant to satisfy the requirement of performing a Traffic Impact
Analysis (TIA) when requesting access to a city street.

Development or redevelopment may require improvements to adjacent and nearby streets to ensure
that traffic continues to operate safely and efficiently. A TIA evaluates the magnitude of traffic impact
resulting from the proposed development or redevelopment project and provides recommendations to
effectively mitigate adverse contributions.

The TIA scope is tailored to the scale of the proposed development activity. Development that is
expected to have minimal traffic impacts will complete a focused and limited analysis or potentially no
analysis.

Development or redevelopment activity that is expected to have greater impacts would complete a
broader, multimodal, in-depth analysis. The Applicant and Street Transportation Department will
coordinate to define the scope, type, and scale of analysis appropriate to the development or
redevelopment activity.

The TIA shall be prepared in accordance with guidelines published by the Institute of Transportation
Engineers and submitted studies shall be sealed by a Civil Engineer duly experienced in their preparation
and licensed by the State of Arizona.

Scoping Process
The requirement and scope for a TIA is identified considering the scale of the project, intensity of land
use, and the resulting anticipated vehicular trip generation. Additional considerations that may lead to a
TIA or an expanded scope, include:

• Identified traffic safety or crash histories adjacent or nearby to the site.

• Existing neighborhood traffic concerns or complaints.

• Access control considerations.

• Proximity to transit or other amenities with significant pedestrian demand.

• An overview of the TIA Process Flow is provided in Figure 9.1-1.

The Applicant is strongly encouraged to arrange a pre-application scoping meeting with Street
Transportation Department staff. At this meeting, Street Transportation Department staff and the
Applicant will review the project, discuss any known critical issues pertaining to site access, and discuss
TIA assumptions and methodologies.

The City of Phoenix publishes a General Plan that includes a Street Classification Map. Prior to
commencing any study within the City of Phoenix, the Applicant should reference the Street
Classification Map for minimum roadway alignments and cross-sections.


Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 107
Page 450
Figure 9.1-1 TIA Flowchart


Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 108
Page 451
9.2 CITY OF PHOENIX TIA REQUIREMENTS
The Street Transportation Department reserves the right to require a traffic study, and its component
scope, from any proposed development project in consideration of unique project elements, existing
traffic operational or safety concerns, or reasonably anticipated operational challenges.

The City may require or request TIA submission to or from adjacent municipalities or agencies, in which
controlling jurisdictions roadways or facilities may be affected. It is the responsibility of the submitter to
coordinate these reviews and provide necessary approvals from municipalities or agencies prior to final
TIA approval being granted.

Site Development Permits
Generally, any project that creates a subdivision of property, or a ground disturbance of at least 2,000
square feet, is routed to the Street Transportation Department for review. All such projects are
evaluated for traffic study requirements. Where Street Transportation staff determine that a TIA is
required, a stipulation will be indicated on the site plan review report. Refer to Chapter 5 of the City’s
Zoning Ordinance for additional information regarding site development requirements.

A TIA that is prepared for a site development will conduct the evaluation against observed traffic counts.

Zoning Applications
A TIA for a land entitlement/rezoning process will conduct the evaluation against observed traffic
counts. In addition, the TIA will include an evaluation of the projected trip generation for the requested
entitlement/rezoning, in comparison with projected trip from the current entitlement/rezoning. This
comparison will demonstrate the net effect of the zoning/entitlement change. All applications for
modifications of property entitlements require documentation of the expected change in vehicular trip
generation to accompany the public review process of the zoning application. Certain zoning
modification procedures require more well-defined TIA scope and timing for review and approval.

Planned Community Development (PCD)
Refer to Section 636 of the Zoning Ordinance for full procedural requirements. Traffic studies are
required, with approval prior to development of Master Street Plans. Projects at the PCD scale typically
involve multiple parcels with phased installation of roadway infrastructure exceeding individual parcel
frontages as necessary to support regional growth.

Planned Unit Development (PUD)
Refer to Section 671 of the Zoning Ordinance for full procedural requirements. The PUD model allows
for flexible development standards that may not correspond to traditional land use categories. As such,
a TIA is required with the initial application to inform the anticipated traffic impacts associated with the
proposal. Street Transportation, in coordination with the Planning and Development Department, will
determine whether TIA approval is required prior to setting City Council hearing dates.

Downtown Code, Walkable Urban Code, and Transit-Oriented Design
Districts
Urban-focused districts require additional evaluation of the non-vehicular interface to public right-of-
way. All studies within these districts must include analytical and/or narrative elements discussing active
modes considerations and the streetscape interface. The TIA must include a section addressing
pedestrian considerations.
Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 109
Page 452
TIA recommendations must be consistent with the Downtown Code, Walkable Urban, or Transit-
Oriented Development Zoning Districts. These include the use of alleyways and minimal use of driveway
access points.

Guidelines for Traffic Study Scope
The scope of the TIA is commensurate with the number of trips to be generated by the development.
Table 9.2-1 presents approximate ranges for anticipated vehicular trip generation by TIA analysis
category. The appropriate scope must be discussed with the Street Transportation Department prior to
commencing data collection or analysis. Projects that generate less than 100 peak-hour trips may
initially submit a traffic statement that provides key information about the project for further
evaluation. Street Transportation may accept the statement as fulfillment of the study requirement.

Table 9.2-1 Criteria for Determining TIA Study Requirements

Analysis Development Characteristic Study Horizons Minimum Study Area
Category
Single phase developments which - -
Traffic
generate < 100 peak hour trips during
Statement AM or PM per hour
Single phase developments which 1. Opening year 1. Site access drives
generate < 500* peak hour trips during 2. Signalized and/or
the AM or PM peak hour potential signalized
I intersections adjacent to
Note: *200 peak hour trips for development
Downtown Code, Walkable Urban Code,
or Transit-Oriented Development Code
Single phase or multi-phase 1. Opening year 1. Site access drives
developments which generate 500 or 2. 5 years after 2. Signalized and/or
II more peak hour trips but fewer than opening potential signalized
1,000 trips during the AM or PM peak intersections within ¼
hour mile of development
Single phase or multi-phase 1. Opening year All site access drives
developments which generate 1,000 or 2. 10 years after Signalized and/or potential
III more peak hour trips but fewer than opening signalized intersections within
1,500 trips during the AM or PM peak ½ mile of development
hour
Multi-Phase developments (such as 1. Opening year Determined by the Street
PCDs), and developments which 2. Significant Transportation Department
generate more than 1,500 trips during phases based on project size,
the AM or PM peak hour 3. 15 years after location, and surrounding
IV
opening traffic conditions; typically,
major intersections within
one (1) mile of the
development
a. Assume full occupancy and build-out for single-phase developments. Multi-phase developments may require assessment of
multiple horizon year’s corresponding to key phases as directed by the Street Engineering Department.
b. An enlarged study area may be required when the minimum study areas identified in 10.1 does not provide sufficient
information to meet the intent of the Traffic Impact Study guidelines.

9.3 TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY CONTENT
The following must be included in the Traffic Impact Study:

Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 110
Page 453
Required Sections
• Introduction: Describe the reason for the TIA, identify the project, and state its location. Identify
the TIA Category.

• Proposed Development: Include information on location, land use, size, density, phasing, build-
out year, access points, and any other relevant descriptions of the development.

• Study Area: Identify intersections and roadways analyzed within the report.

• Surrounding Land Use: Describe the existing land uses surrounding the development.

• Surrounding Transportation System: Describe the existing streets, intersections, transit, bike,
and pedestrian facilities. Include information regarding planned improvements in the area not a
part of the planned development.

• Existing Traffic Counts: State when, where, and how counts were collected. Include count data
in the Appendix.

• Analysis Time Periods and Study Horizon Years: Document the peak hours to be analyzed
within the report and all scenarios (existing, background, total, improved, etc.) to be analyzed.

• Proposed Development Traffic: Describe the trips to be generated by the proposed
development and how the generated trips will be distributed to the street network.

 Trip Generation: Document the estimated trips generated by the development using the
Institution of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation. Include the calculations in the
Appendix.

 Trip Reductions: Document Street Transportation Department approved trip reductions for
internal capture, pass-by or mode split.

 Distribution: Document the trip distribution of development trips based on the employment
and population data for the study area. This can be done on a figure.

 Assignment: Document the specific route trips will take to arrive at and depart from the
development. This can be done on a figure.

• Off-Site Future Traffic: Describe the process utilized to calculate the growth rate and future
traffic volumes in the study area.

• Analysis: Include the calculations for all analyses required by the Street Transportation
Department (Level-Of-Service, auxiliary lanes, etc.). Document multimodal considerations and
impacts.

• Safety: Discuss crash data and key findings of the crash analysis; sight distance, alignment of
driveway/streets; speed; multimodal considerations.

• Recommendations: Identify any improvements necessary for safe and efficient operation of the
transportation system. Identify multimodal considerations and recommendations.

Required Figures
• Site Location: Area map showing site location and area of influence.
Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 111
Page 454
• Conceptual Plan of Proposed Development: Land use components, access points for vehicular
and pedestrian connections, and on-site circulation.

• Surrounding Transportation System: All major streets, minor streets adjacent to site, planned
improvements not part of proposed development, transit, bicycle, and major pedestrian routes,
right-of-way widths, and traffic signal locations.

• Existing and Anticipated Area Development: Existing and future land uses in area.

• Existing Traffic Volumes: Daily traffic volumes and peak-hour traffic volumes; turning
movement counts for peak hours.

• Distribution: Portion (by percentages) of site traffic approaching and departing proposed
development.

• Site Traffic: Daily traffic volumes and peak hour traffic volumes for each horizon year (if
separate phasing is expected); turning movement counts for the peak hours.

• Off-Site Future Traffic: Daily traffic volumes and peak-hour traffic volumes for each scenario
(horizon year); turning movements for peak hours.

 Analysis scenarios (horizon years) analyzed in the report must be described such as ‘Existing
Traffic Volumes + Site Phase 1 Traffic Volumes’ and ‘Year 2025 Traffic Volumes + Site Full
Build-out Traffic Volumes’; figures showing the total traffic volumes for each scenario and
analysis time period.

• Total Traffic: Daily traffic volumes and peak hour traffic volumes for each scenario (horizon
year); turning movements for peak hours.

• Recommend Improvements: Recommended geometrics, cross sections, and traffic control.
Include phasing if applicable.

9.4 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR TRAFFIC COUNTS
The City of Phoenix generally experiences reduced traffic volumes during summer months. Traffic counts
collected during summer months, or for periods where schools are not in normal operation, should be
adjusted by a seasonal factor between 0.90 and 0.95. Collected counts should be divided by the agreed
on seasonal factor.

Projects with unique traffic patterns may include data collection from comparison sites, adjusted for
relevant factors, such as square footage or number of operational units.

Street Transportation concurrence on modification factors should be obtained prior to conducting the
study analysis.

• All data shall be collected in accordance with the ITE Manual of Traffic Engineering Studies or as
directed by the Street Transportation Department.

• Traffic count data should be no more than two years old.

• Adjust counts for average conditions due to seasonal differences when necessary.


Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 112
Page 455
• Existing daily traffic volumes may be obtained from the Street Transportation Department’s
‘Average Weekday Traffic Flow’ map or from our Traffic Count Section.

• The directional split should be based on existing conditions. In the case where existing peak
traffic is not available, a 60/40 split should be used.

• The peak factor (K) should be based on existing conditions. If traffic data are not available, 7
percent of daily traffic should be used for the morning peak hour and 8 percent for the evening
peak hour.

9.5 TRIP REDUCTIONS FOR PASS-BY AND/OR INTERNAL TRIPS
Trip reductions, if appropriate, may be applied subject to approval by the Street Transportation
Department:

• The ITE Trip Generation Manual, 10th Edition introduced subcategories for land use codes
corresponding to urban project settings. These categories are the preferred method for
estimating internal capture and mode split reductions. Reductions for pass-by or diverted trips
may be based on ITE data or documentation of similar case in type and location.

• Internal trip reductions should generally not exceed 5-10 percent. All applications of trip
reductions require an affirmative justification. Internal trip reductions in excess of 10 percent
require approval from Street Transportation prior to submittal of the study.

9.6 OFF-SITE FUTURE TRAFFIC
As applicable, growth rates, MAG projections, and/or other traffic studies in the area may be used.

If the proposed site is surrounded by future developments or developable land, the Street
Transportation Department may require that these developments be considered when estimating future
traffic volumes.

9.7 LEVEL-OF-SERVICE ANALYSIS
Level-of-service analyses must be performed for the analysis time periods for each study intersection
and site access in accordance with the Highway Capacity Manual.

Each analysis scenario (horizon year) should be analyzed with and without recommended
improvements. The level-of-service calculations will be included in the Appendix.

Level-of-service ‘D’ is the minimum acceptable level-of-service at both signalized and unsignalized
intersections during the peak hours. Level-of-service ‘D’ may be achieved by increasing intersection
capacity and/or reducing vehicular traffic demand.

A level-of-service ‘E’ may be acceptable during peak hours within the most densely developed sections
of Phoenix with the approval of the Street Transportation Department.

When requested by the Street Transportation Department, additional traffic analyses should be
included in the study, such as queuing, gap, and speed. For large commercial developments, an internal
circulation plan inclusion is required.



Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 113
Page 456
9.8 AUXILIARY TURN LANES

Intersections
Auxiliary lanes (right-turn, left-turn lanes) at intersections are required when thresholds as presented in
Table 9.8-1 are expected to be met with the addition of the projected development traffic.

Thresholds presented in Table 9.8-1 are consistent with those established by Maricopa County
Department of Transportation, Roadway Design Manual, Section 6.1.6 (February 2020).

Table 9.8-1 Intersection Auxiliary Turn Lane Criteria

Intersection Auxiliary Criteria
Lane
Intersection Right-Turn Intersection right-turn lane is to be provided:
Lane/Deceleration Lanes  When the roadway has 2 approach through lanes, a posted speed limit of 45
mph or greater, and an expected right-turn peak hour volume of 300 vph or
greater.
 When the roadway has 1 approach through lane, a posted speed limit of 35
mph or greater, and an expected right-turn peak hour volume of 300 vph or
greater.
 On any roadway where a traffic impact analysis indicates the level-of-service
would be increased to a level-of-service of D or better with the addition of a
right-turn lane.
In rural and developing urban areas with higher speeds, a separate right-turn lane
may be required for lower right-turn volumes.
Intersection Left-Turn Intersection left-turn lane is to be provided:
Lane  At all signalized intersections.1
 When the left-turn movement into another roadway results in a level-of-
service less than the minimum level-of-service of D during any peak hour.
Intersection Dual Left- Intersection dual left-turn lane is to be provided:
Turn Lanes  When the peak hour left-turn volume exceeds 300 vehicles per hour.
 When the peak hour conflicting through movement volume exceeds 1,000
vehicles per hour.
 When a traffic impact analysis indicates the level-of-service would be
increased to a level-of-service of D or better with the addition of dual left
turns.
1. In some circumstances, left-turn lanes may not be required at signalized intersections; those intersections will generally
require split phase signal operation and will be evaluated by the City on a case-by-case basis.

Site Driveways
Driveway Right-Turn Lane/Deceleration Lane
Right-turn/deceleration lanes may be required at driveways to assist traffic entering or exiting the
roadway. The need for right-turn lanes to developments are based on criteria that consider traffic
volume and street cross section as identified in Table 9.8-2. Street Transportation Department will
indicate installation requirements based on the recommendations in consideration of the site context.

No driveways are to be located within deceleration lanes. Deceleration lanes will be constructed to
serve individual driveways. No continuous lanes will be allowed to serve multiple driveways.




Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 114
Page 457
Table 9.8-2 Site Driveways Turn Lane Criteria

Driveway Auxiliary Arterial and Collector Roadway Industrial/Freight
Lane Development
Driveway Right-Turn Lane Driveway right-turn lane is to be provided For large industrial or
/Deceleration Lanes when: commercial developments with
 The outside lane has an expected volume a significant percentage of truck
of 250 vph or greater and the right-turn traffic entering the site from a
volume is greater than 55 vph. high-volume arterial, driveway
right-turn deceleration lanes
Or, when three of the following are met: may be required at below the
 5,000 vehicles per day on the adjacent above-described criteria and will
street. be evaluated on a case-by-case
 Posted speed limit is greater than 35 mph. basis.
 1,000 vehicles per day are expected to use
the driveway. Auxiliary lanes will be required
 At least 30 vehicles are expected to make for all sites with 25 or more
right-turns into the driveway within a one- truck bays at all primary
entrance route driveways.
hour period.


Driveway Left-Turn Lanes
Traffic volume warrants for adding a left-turn lane to an arterial or collector roadway are shown in Table
9.8-3. The volumes provided in Table 9.8-3 are the minimum left-turn peak hour volume and minimum
through volume in the same direction. A left-turn lane will be required if the left-turn peak hour volume
is equal to or greater than the volume shown in Table 9.8-3.

Table 9.8-3 Volume Warrants for Auxiliary Left-Turn Lanes

Peak Hour Traffic Minimum Peak Hour Left-Turn Traffic Volume
Volume on the Number of Through Lanes Per Direction
Roadway in the 1 2
Advancing < 45 mph Posted ≥ 45 mph < 45 mph Posted ≥ 45 mph
Direction Speed Posted Speed Speed Posted Speed

≤ 200 30 15 - -
201-300 12 12 40 30
301-400 12 12 30 25
401-500 12 12 25 18
501-600 12 12 15 12
601-1000 12 12 10 8
1001+ 12 8 10 8

9.9 MITIGATION
Applicants will propose mitigations for all development action impacts that degrade modes to
unacceptable performance levels or that generate travel demand in a way inconsistent with city goals.

Mitigation measures are identified by comparing Future Conditions with and without the proposed
mitigation. A summary table of the Total Future analysis with the proposed mitigation measures, and for
each phase of multi-phase developments will be presented and a map of the analysis results also be
prepared.


Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 115
Page 458
Approach to Mitigation
The approach to mitigate vehicle trip impacts to the transportation network is to first establish optimal
site design and operations to support efficient site circulation. When these efforts alone cannot properly
mitigate an action’s impact, reducing vehicle parking; implementing travel demand management (TDM)
measures; and making upgrades to the pedestrian, bicycle, and transit networks to encourage use of
non-auto modes shall be proposed.

In some instances, it may not be feasible to mitigate impacts to all modes. For example, established
high-density areas typified by heavy vehicular traffic and constrained right-of-way will have few if any
options for improving traffic operations. In these cases, the TIA must describe the challenges in
mitigating impacts, with a focus on constrained right-of-way and negative secondary impacts on other
modes. The Applicant shall instead explore and commit to other non-auto mitigations that have the
potential to reduce demand for vehicular travel to the site. Performance monitoring may be appropriate
in certain circumstances to ensure that a development’s actual impacts do not exceed the impacts
projected during zoning review and could require additional mitigation measures.

Any change required to the transportation network to reduce or minimize an action’s impacts is
considered “mitigation.” All actions with proposed mitigation measures to be implemented over
multiple phases will require the Applicant to commit to an implementation schedule by phase.

Non-Automotive Network Impacts
An assessment of non-automotive network impacts is required for sites within the Downtown Code,
Walkable Urban, or Transit-Oriented Development Zoning Districts in support of the City’s adopted
Complete Street Ordinance.

Definitions for impacts to non-auto transportation networks and infrastructure are less quantitative
than impacts to the roadway network. In general, any action is said to have an impact and requires
mitigation if:

• It leads to overcrowding on infrastructure such as sidewalks, bike lanes, or transit service and
facilities. This pedestrian or bicycle congestion may be measured via Highway Capacity Manual
methodologies, other quantitative means (such as area of sidewalk per pedestrian, etc.), or
shown via qualitative site and facility analysis; and

• There are any inadequate or missing pedestrian facilities, bicycle facilities, or transit stops in the
vicinity of the site that are anticipated to be used by site-generated trips.

• The Following Sections should be considered and incorporated within the TIA in support of the
City’s adopted Complete Streets Ordinance.

Non-Automotive Network Enhancements
It is expected that the Applicant will fill gaps in the non-automotive network and fix substandard non-
automotive facilities, as identified in the TIA. The Applicant should look for opportunities to upgrade
site-adjacent and off-site pedestrian, bicycle, and transit facilities. The Applicant should focus
particularly on improvements to facilities that link between the site and transit facilities, schools, parks,
and other major activity centers.



Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 116
Page 459
Pedestrian Facilities
When determining appropriate pedestrian mitigations, special attention should be paid to facilities that
promote pedestrian safety. Examples include installing missing sidewalk segments, widening sidewalks,
correcting non-ADA compliant curb ramps, removing right-turn slip lanes, refurbishing crosswalks and
pedestrian signage, installing curb extensions to shorten wide pedestrian crossings, installing pedestrian
signal heads, and planting new street trees. Improvements to the pedestrian network should be
accessible for all users and encourage a reduction in speeds of vehicles which in turn reduces the
likelihood of collision with a pedestrian or bicyclist as well as the severity of the crash. For larger
projects, both internal and external pedestrian circulation should be considered.

Bicycle Facilities
A principal impact for development projects on the stress of the bicycle network is the number and
access condition of site driveways. For sites fronting an identified bicycle route, all reasonable efforts
should be made to consolidate access locations, utilize shared access, and narrow site driveways. For
larger projects, providing protected or conventional bike lanes and space for, or contributing to, a multi-
use trail may be appropriate during the development process. Typically, on-street bicycle facilities are
not required unless a project is large enough to cover an entire block or more. Smaller projects adjacent
to City-planned bicycle lanes are expected to reserve space along the site frontage, as appropriate, to
ensure the facility can be installed. However, an Applicant may be required as mitigation to upgrade
facilities to a greater degree of cyclist protection where appropriate (i.e., converting conventional
bicycle lanes to separated facilities by flipping the parking and bicycle lane).

Transit Facilities
Improved access to and quality of Valley Metro bus stops and Light Rail stations should be considered
for mitigation. Connections should be provided directly to building entrances, utilize distinct surface
materials, and offer concentrated shade. Examples include coordinating with Valley Mero and the City
on bus stop relocation to locations that are preferred for safety and operations, ensuring ADA-
accessibility, electrification of bus shelters, and installation of real-time digital displays or new
wayfinding signage.

Roadway Operational and Geometric Changes
If traffic operation changes on a street are proposed (i.e., closing, direction change, reconfiguration of
traffic lanes, etc.), analysis and clear rationale should be provided to support the change. In addition to
operational changes, restrictions to site access points at other intersections may be appropriate,
including turning and time-of-day restrictions. Restrictions may need to be reinforced through design
elements, such as internal signage, physical barriers, or channelization identified in the project impact
assessment phase.

The Street Transportation Department will review the proposed changes and determine if they are
feasible, effective, and appropriate. The mitigations shall be designed to sufficient detail for the City to
evaluate their potential effectiveness. Proposals for widening roads or installing turn lanes must be
accompanied by a right-of-way analysis to determine if the available right-of-way can accommodate the
proposed mitigation, along with impacts to existing street trees and on-street parking. Preliminary
engineering may be needed to determine the feasibility of proposed changes.



Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 117
Page 460
Intersection Control
For all intersections where the Applicant is proposing a change in intersection control, such as
converting an existing two-way stop control intersection to all-way stop control, an assessment of
appropriate traffic control shall be performed. Refer to Section 2.7 of this manual.

Traffic signal warrant analyses, as established by the MUTCD, should be provided for site access
locations and adjacent intersections that demonstrate operational degradation.

Warrant analysis shall be included for any arterial/arterial or arterial/collector intersection within the
study area. Additional intersections may be subject to warrant evaluation based on the engineer’s
judgement or by request of the Street Transportation Department.

Satisfaction of warrant criteria is not the sole consideration for a recommendation or requirement to
install a traffic signal as identified in a study. Proportional funding may be required regardless of warrant
satisfaction due to considerations, such as existing master plans prepared by prior development and
location of collector street intersections anticipated to meet signal warrants for time horizons beyond
the scope of the development’s study.

Development projects may be required to install underground traffic signal infrastructure, such as
conduits and junction boxes, with corresponding off-site improvements due to the efficiencies gained in
limiting future excavation work.

If the proposed
traffic control
device is a traffic
signal, Pedestrian
Hybrid Beacon
(PHB) (Figure
9.9-1), also
referred to as a
HAWK, or
Rectangular Rapid
Flashing Beacon Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon
(RRFB) and is
Figure 9.9-1 Pedestrian Hybrid Beacon
primarily driven
by traffic
conditions anticipated by the “Total Future” scenario, the Applicant will be required to provide a traffic
control justification in support of the recommendations. The justification shall include future traffic
volume analysis of the threshold necessary to reach the signal warrant thresholds.

Development funding responsibilities will be identified in the response letter provided by the Street
Transportation upon final review of a study, or as stipulations provided to site development or zoning
application review reports.




Chapter 9 |Traffic Impact Analysis 118
Page 461
REFERENCES
CHAPTER 2
2.1 Introduction

AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, Section 1.8 Design
Flexibility, p. 1-32

2.1.3 Right-of-way Zones



City of Seattle, Right-of-Way Improvements Manual, Standard 2.1 Right-of-Way Allocation

2.3 Travel Lanes Zone


2.3.1 Design Speed

NACTO Urban Street Design Guide, 2013, p. 141

AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, p. 2-24

2.3.2 Design Vehicle

AASHTO A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, Section 2.8 Design
Vehicles, pp. 2-55 to 2-85

NACTO Urban Street Design Guide, 2013, p. 144-146

2.3.3 Street Section Elements

Narrowing Treatments, p. 144-145

Maricopa County 2018 Roadway Design Manual, Section 5.20.1, Narrowing Transitions

2.3.6 Turn Lanes

MCDOT, Roadway Design Manual, 2018, p. 6-5

2.3.7 Medians



MAG Left-Turn Crash Mitigation Implementation Template and Guidance, May 2018, p. 3-8




References 119
Page 462
2.3.8 Curb Type

2009 City of Phoenix Street Planning and Design Guidelines, Sections 3.5.4 Curb Returns, p. 3-7 and p.
3-8.

MAG Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2019 Revision to the 2015 Edition,
Sections 340: Concrete Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, Curb Ramps, Driveway and Alley Placement, pp. 340-1
to 340-5

2015 City of Phoenix Supplement to the 2015 Edition MAG Uniform Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction, Section 340, Concrete Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, Curb Ramps, Driveway and Alley
Entrance and Section 401 (G), Pedestrian Access Requirements

2021 City of Phoenix Supplemental Standard Details for Public Works Construction, Detail P1230,
Sidewalks

February 2012, p. 16

2.3.9 Horizontal Alignments

AASHTO, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, pp. 3-120, 3-121,
and 9-32

2.3.10 Vertical Alignment

AASHTO, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, pp. 3-167, 3-171,
3-173

2.3.11 Alignment Sight Distance

AASHTO, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, Section 3.2.6.2

Superelevation

AASHTO, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018, p. 2-24

2.4 Flex Zone

2.4.1 Bicycle Facilities

Arizona Revised Statute 28-815, Riding on roadway and bicycle path; bicycle path usage

Facilities, pp. 167 - 168

2.4.2 On-Street Parking

Section L, Parking and Loading Regulations

Section L, Parking and Loading Regulations



References 120
Page 463
2.4.3 Transit

Valley Metro Light Rail Transit Projects LRT Design Criteria Manual, January 2018, p. 3-20

MAG Uniform Details for Public Works Construction, 2019 Revision to the 2015 Edition, Standard
Detail 252, Bus Bays

NACTO Transit Street Design Guide, pp. 70 – 81

Signing, pp. 420-421

Valley Metro Light Rail Transit Projects LRT Design Criteria Manual, January 2018, p. 3-20


P1256-1 Bus Bay (Type 1)
P1256-2 Bus Bay (Type 2)
P1258 bus shelter pad location (bus stop)
P1260 bus shelter/accessory pad bus stop
P1261 bus shelter/accessory pad bus bay
P1262 parkway bus shelter/accessory pad
P1263-1 bus shelter/accessory pad frontage road mid-block
P1263-2 parkway bus shelter/accessory pad
2.5 Pedestrian Zone

2.5.1 Sidewalks

Guidelines

2.6 Intersections

2.6.2 Intersection and Driveway Sight Distance

City of Mesa Engineering and Design Standards, 2017, Section 211, Sight Distance and Visibility, pp.
29-30, 43

AASHTO, A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 7th Edition, 2018

2.7 Roundabouts

NCHRP Report 672, Roundabouts: An Informational Guide, Second Edition, 2010

Circle/Roundabout Signing and Pavement Markings, p. 220-221

CHAPTER 3
3.1 Introduction

3.1.2 Definitions

MAG Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2019 Revisions to the 2015 Edition

References 121
Page 464
3.1.3 Geotechnical Investigation Requirements

Administrative Procedure (AP) No. 155, Project Development Requirements and Guidelines, pp. 26-28

MAG Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2019 Revisions to the 2015 Edition

3.1.3 Design Parameters

AASHTO Guide for Design of Pavement Structures

ADOT Standard Drawing C-05.40, Median Paving and Nose Taper


3.3 Bridges and Major Structural Plans

3.3.1 Bridges

AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, 17th Edition, 2002

AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications

AASHTO LRFD Bridge Construction Specifications, 4th Edition, 2017 with March 2018 errata

AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, 8th Edition, 2017

ADOT Bridge Design Guidelines
(https://www.azdot.gov/business/engineering-and-construction/bridge)

ADOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction

Guidelines, pp. 52-53

(http://phoenix.gov/STREETS/index.html)

3.3.2 Structural Clearances

AASHTO A policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, 2018, p. 7-8 (clear zones for rural
arterials), p. 7-9 and 7-51 (rural and urban arterial vertical clearance), p. 7-49 (clear zone for urban
arterials), p. 6- 21 (urban collectors), p. 6-20 (vertical clearance urban collectors), p. 6-8 (clear zones
and vertical clearance for rural collectors) p. 5-23 (clear zone for urban local streets), p. 5-10 (clear
zones for rural local streets), 5-9 (vertical clearance for rural local roads)

AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, 4th Edition, 2011, Chapter 3, Roadside Topography and Drainage
Features

Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Section 4D.16

3.4 Cut or Fill Slopes

AASHTO Roadside Design Guide, 4th Edition, 2011, Chapter 3, Roadside Topography and Drainage
Features

References 122
Page 465
2012, p. 46

3.5 Pavement Transitions

Narrowing Treatments, pp. 144-145

Maricopa County 2018 Roadway Design Manual, Section 5.20.1, Narrowing Transitions

3.6 Stormwater Management

https://www.phoenix.gov/waterservicessite/Pages/STORMWATER-Construction.aspx


3.7 Green Infrastructure

Greater Phoenix Metro Green Infrastructure and Low Impact Development (LID) Handbook (2019)

MAG Uniform Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 323, Placement of Pervious
Concrete and Section 723, Pervious Concrete

3.8 Right-of-way Management Procedures


City Manager’s Construction Project Map

CHAPTER 4
4.2 Traffic Signal Design


Signals

U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD), 2009

Arizona Supplement to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, 2009

4.2.3 Traffic Design Reference

Developer Costs and Escrow Account

Traffic Signals

Maintenance of Traffic




References 123
Page 466
4.3 Pavement Markings and Signing Plans

4.3.3 Signing

Traffic Signs

U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration, Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD), 2009

Arizona Supplement to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, 2009

4.3.4 Pavement Markings

Pavement Markings

U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration, Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD), 2009

Arizona Supplement to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, 2009

CHAPTER 6
6.4 Access Management Summary

6.4.3 Access Management Guidelines Summary

Transportation Research Board Access Management Manual, Second Edition, 2014

6.7 Driveways


No. P1243: Return Type Driveways with Attached Sidewalk
No. P1243-1: Limited Access Driveway with No LT-In and without Deceleration Lane
No. P1243-2: Limited Access Driveway with No LT-In/Out and without Deceleration Lane
No. P1243-3: Limited Access Driveway with No LT-In and with Deceleration Lane
No. P1243-4: Limited Access Driveway with No LT-In/Out and with Deceleration Lane
No. P1244: Driveway-Pedestrian Ramp Combination (For use at T type intersections)
No. P1255-1: Driveway Entrance – Type I (Sidewalk Adjacent to Curb)
No. P1255-2: Driveway Entrance – Type II (Detached Sidewalk)
No. P1255-3: Driveway Entrance – ADA Retrofit
No. P1255-4: Driveway Widths Policy

Construction: Section 340, Concrete Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, Curb Ramps, Driveway, and Alley Entrance
MAG Standard Detail 250-1 Driveway Entrances with Attached Sidewalk

MAG Standard Detail 250-2 Driveway Entrances with Sidewalk attached to Curb MAG Standard Detail
No. 251 – Return Type Driveways



References 124
Page 467
6.8 Auxiliary Turn Lanes


No. P1018: Alley Access Road Termination at Alleys
No. P1164: Maximum Driveways and Alleys Slope

Construction:
Section 340, Concrete Curb, Gutter, Sidewalk, Curb Ramps, Driveway, and Alley Entrance

Revision 9/2017,
https://www.phoenix.gov/pddsite/Documents/TRT/dsd_trt_pdf_00145.pdf#search=Downtown%20Alley
%20Activation%20Policy

2018, https://www.phoenix.gov/pddsite/Documents/PZ/pdd_pz_pdf_00455.pdf

City Code, 32-27, Street Design


No. P1258: Bus Shelter Pad Location (Bus Stop)

CHAPTER 8
Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and adopted revisions, Arizona Supplement

American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Guide for the
Development of Bicycle Facilities, current version

National Association of City Transportation Officials (NACTO) Urban Bikeway Design Guide, most current
version. NACTO has prepared additional guidance documents relevant to bikeway design that should be
referenced.

MAG Active Transportation Plan and Toolbox, 2020

MAG Uniform Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction








References 125
Page 468
Page 469



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Support for Formation of Grove Park Estates Irrigation Water Delivery District
(Resolution 22133)

Request to adopt a resolution to support formation of the Grove Park Estates Irrigation
Water Delivery District (IWDD) through Maricopa County. The proposed IWDD
includes the single-family residential properties bounded by Earll Drive to the south,
Osborn Road to the north, 52nd Street to the west and 54th Street to the east. This
action has no financial impact to the City of Phoenix.

Summary
Under the provisions of Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.) Chapter 20, Title 48,
Irrigation Water Delivery Districts, when the majority of the lot or parcel owners entitled
to or capable of receiving irrigation water from the same system want irrigation water
delivered to their lands, they may propose organization of an IWDD. Maricopa County
requires that applicants for an IWDD within City of Phoenix boundaries obtain City
Council support before the County will start the process of forming or re-establishing a
district.

If approved by the City Council, landowning neighbors seeking an IWDD complete a
special taxation impact statement and submit this document to the Maricopa County
Board of Supervisors. The Board of Supervisors, along with Salt River Project (SRP),
will decide if a petition to organize an IWDD may be circulated. See Attachment A for
the consent from SRP to the Board of Supervisors and map of the SRP delivery
system.

This request has been reviewed by the Street Transportation and Water Services
departments.

Financial Impact
This action has no financial impact to the City of Phoenix.

Public Outreach
On Feb. 2, 2023, the City received a formal written request from City of Phoenix
resident Brett Bacon, representative for the Grove Park Estates neighborhood, to
pursue City Council approval to form an IWDD with Maricopa County (Attachment B).


Page 470


Location
The proposed IWDD includes the single-family residential properties bounded by Earll
Drive to the south, Osborn Road to the north, 52nd Street to the west and 54th Street
to the east.
Council District: 6

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers Alan Stephenson and Ginger
Spencer, and the Street Transportation and Water Services departments.




Page 471
ATTACHMENT A
Consent from SRP to Board of Supv and Map of SRP Delivery System




Page 472
Page 473
128-18-046 128-18-031
128-18-058 128-18-045 N 50th Pl
128-16-248 128-18-040
E
E Mulb
128-18-028 128-18-017 128-18-018 128-18-019 E Mitchell Dr
E Cheery Fl o 128-18-011 128-03-068
N 50th w 128-18-002 128-03-067
128-18-059
128 N 51st erry
Pl 128-16-011C er St
Lynn Rd -18 St Dr
- 128-18-012 128-03-069
128-18-001 128-03-066
128-18-0
128-18-060
128-18-0
128-16-011B 041
128-18-044 128-18-042
128-18-043 A 30 29
128-18-016 128-18-015 128-18-014
128-18-013
/ 128-16-059
128-16-060
128-16-068
128-18-099
128-18-100A 128-18-084
128-03-065
128-03-070


E Mitchell Dr
N 51st

128-03-081A 128-03-071A
06 St
3-
128-18-085
-0
128-18-083
128-16-061 N 51st St 128-18-087D 128-03-064 8
12 128-03-062
128-18-086C
128-16-009A
128-03-061
128-18-087F 128-18-087E
E Cheery 128-18-082 128-18-073
128-16-062 N 51st Pl
128-03-004 128-03-005
128-18-105
128-16-067A Lynn Rd
128-18-065 128-18-064A
128-03-006 128-03-007
128-18-081 128-18-074



128-18-101A 128-18-102
E Avalon Dr
128-16-063
128-18-072
N 51st Pl
128-18-103
128-18-104
128-16-064 128-16-008C E Monterey Wy 128-18-080 128-18-075 128-18-071 128-18-066 128-18-063A 128-03-031 E Mitch
E Flower St
128-16-065 128-18-079 128-18-070
ell Dr
128-16-008D 128-18-076 E Mulberry Dr 128-18-067 128-18-062 128-03-032
128-03-029
128-16-066
128-18-088
128-16-008E 128-18-078 128-18-077 128-18-069 128-18-068 128-18-061A
128-18-089
128-03-033




128-18-093 128-18-094 128-18-096B 128-18-092B
128-18-097 128-18-090 128-18-091 128-18-098
225 128-03-028 128-03-027
N 52nd St
128-09-073
128-24-081 128-24-080 128-24-079 128-24-077
128-09-008
450 128-23-027
128-24-074A
128-23-026F 128-09-074
128-23-040 128-23-039 128-23-038 128-23-037 128-23-036 128-23-035
128-24-075 128-24-076
N Fresno Dr
128-23-028
N 52nd Pl 128-23-026E
128-09-011A
128-24-082 128-24-073A
128-24-072
128-09-012A
128-24-071 128-24-070
128-23-029A 128-23-024
128-09-011B 128-09-012B
128-23-015 128-23-016 128-23-017
128-24-067
128-23-018B 128-23-018C 128-23-018A

128-09-010 128-09-009 128-09-013 128-09-014
128-24-068
128-24-069 N 53rd St 128-23-030 128-23-023 128-09-061
900 128-24-066 N 53rd St 128-09-072
128 5 E Earll Dr
-24 4-
06 51
0 128-23-031A
E OSBORN RD
128-09-071
128-09-062
rd N
128-23-022
128-23-014 128-23-013 128-23-012
-05 8 -2 -24- 53 St
128-23-011B 128-23-011C
128-23-010B
128-24-064 128-24-063
12 128
N5 128-09-063
P l rd 128-24-052 128-24-062 E Flower St 128-09-003E
128-23-032 128-23-021 128-09-064
128-24-061
128-24-053
128-23-005A 128-23-006 128-23-007 128-23-009 128-23-008D
128-09-070
128-23-008C
128-24-060 128-09-065
N 53rd Pl 128-23-033
E Mitchell Dr
128-24-054
128-23-020
1,350 128-24-059




Grove Park Estates IWDD
128-09-069 128-09-066
128-24-055 128-24-058
128-23-034 128-23-019
128-24-056 128-24-057 128-09-068
128-23-004 128-23-003 128-23-002 128-23-001B 128-23-001E
128-09-067
N 54th St N 54th St
128-25-081 128-25-115 128-26-003 128-26-016 128-26-017 128-26-032
128-26-037
128-25-082 128-25-114
128-26-004C 128-26-015 128-26-031
1,800 128-26-018
128-25-083
128-25-113
128-26-005 128-26-030 128-26-033
Feet 128-25-084 128-26-014 128-26-019
128-25-112
128-10-023
128-25-085 128-26-006 128-26-020 128-26-034
128-26-013
E Flower S
128-25-111 t 128-26-029
128-25-086
E Cheery Lynn Rd
128-26-007 128-26-021
128-25-110 128-26-028 128-26-035
128-25-087 Streets
Legend 128-26-012
128-26-058
128-25-109 128-26-008
128-25-088
Tax Parcels 128-26-027
128-26-011 128-26-022
128-26-036A
128-25-089 128-25-108
128-26-009
N 55th St

E City
AvalonofDrPhoenix
128-25-090 128-25-107 128-26-026
128-26-010 128-26-023 128-26-036B
128-26-025
128-26-024
128-25-091
128-10-022A
128-25-092 128-26-053 128-26-043
128-26-042
Date: 1/31/2023
128-26-052


Grove Park Estates IWDD
55t 128-25-105 E
128-26-002F
lhP
N 128-25-093 128-26-054 128-26-051 Flower St 128-26-041A
ATTACHMENT B
Request Letter and Map Submitted by Grove Park Estates


To: City of Phoenix
CC: Salt River Project
Thursday, February 2, 2023

From: Brett Bacon
RE: Request for Formation of Irrigation Water Delivery District


Dear City of Phoenix,


We as a neighborhood Grove Park Estates, are requesting consent to form an Irrigation
Water Delivery District (IWDD) from the City of Phoenix. The purpose of an IWDD is to
create an equitable distribution of costs associated with the use and maintenance of the
private neighborhood irrigation system. This is accomplished using an annual Maricopa
County property assessment. We are asking the City of Phoenix to pass this request of
resolution, authorizing the formation of Grove Park Estates IWDD.

Enclosed you will find Salt River Project’s approval along with maps of the proposed district,
legal description, and the homeowner list. I will be the representative for the proposed
IWDD. Once we receive approval from the City of Phoenix, an Impact Statement to form
will be sent to the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors to move the process forward. We
appreciate your attention to this request. For questions please contact me at the number
below.

Sincerely,

Brett Bacon
5302 E Flower St.
Phoenix, AZ 85018
baconbuild@gmail.com
602‐327‐6721




Page 474
EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION



Lots 1 through 16, of GROVE PARK ESTATES , a Subdivision of the Northwest Quarter of the Southeast
Quarter, and of the Southwest Quarter of the Northeast Quarter, of Section 29, Township 2 North, Range
4 East, of the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian according to the Plat of Record in the Office of the
County Recorder of Maricopa County, Arizona, Recorded in Book 35 of Maps, Page 10;

TOGETHER WITH

Lots 17 through 32, of GROVE PARK ESTATES PLAT B, a Subdivision of the Northwest Quarter of the
Southeast Quarter, of Section 29, Township 2 North, Range 4 East, of the Gila and Salt River Base and
Meridian according to the Plat of Record in the Office of the County Recorder of Maricopa County, Arizona,
Recorded in Book 40 of Maps, Page 29;

TOGETHER WITH

Lots 1 through 6, of CAMELBACK ACRES, a Subdivision of the Northwest Quarter of the Southeast
Quarter, of Section 29, Township 2 North, Range 4 East, of the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian
according to the Plat of Record in the Office of the County Recorder of Maricopa County, Arizona, Recorded
in Book 39 of Maps, Page 10.




Page 475
Page 476
128-18-046 128-18-031
128-18-058 128-18-045 N 50th Pl
128-16-248 128-18-040
E
E Mulb
128-18-028 128-18-019
E Cheery Fl 128-18-017 128-18-018
128-18-011
E Mitchell Dr
N 50th ow 128-18-002 128-03-067 128-03-068
128-18-059
128 N 51st erry
Pl 128-16-011C er St
Lynn Rd -18 St Dr
- 128-18-012 128-03-069
128-18-001 128-03-066
128-18-0
128-18-060
128-18-0
128-16-011B 041
128-18-044 128-18-042
128-18-043 A 30 29
128-18-016 128-18-015 128-18-014
128-18-013
/ 128-16-059
128-16-060
128-16-068
128-18-099
128-18-100A 128-18-084
128-03-065
128-03-070


E Mitchell Dr
N 51st

128-03-081A 128-03-071A
06 St
3-
128-18-085
-0
128-18-083
128-16-061 N 51st St 128-18-087D 128-03-064 8
12 128-03-062
128-18-086C
128-16-009A
128-03-061
128-18-087F 128-18-087E
E Cheery 128-18-082 128-18-073
128-16-062 N 51st Pl
128-03-004 128-03-005
128-18-105
128-16-067A Lynn Rd
128-18-065 128-18-064A
128-03-006 128-03-007
128-18-081 128-18-074



128-18-101A 128-18-102
E Avalon Dr
128-16-063
128-18-072
N 51st Pl
128-18-103
128-18-104
128-16-064 128-16-008C E Monterey Wy 128-18-080 128-18-075 128-18-071 128-18-066 128-18-063A 128-03-031 E Mitch
E Flower St
128-16-065 128-18-079 128-18-070
ell Dr
128-16-008D 128-18-076 E Mulberry Dr 128-18-067 128-18-062 128-03-032
128-03-029
128-16-066
128-18-088
128-16-008E 128-18-078 128-18-077 128-18-069 128-18-068 128-18-061A
128-18-089
128-03-033




128-18-093 128-18-094 128-18-096B 128-18-092B
128-18-097 128-18-090 128-18-091 128-18-098
225 128-03-028 128-03-027
N 52nd St
128-09-073
128-24-081 128-24-080 128-24-079 128-24-077
128-09-008
450 128-23-027
128-24-074A
128-23-026F 128-09-074
128-23-040 128-23-039 128-23-038 128-23-037 128-23-036 128-23-035
128-24-075 128-24-076
N Fresno Dr
128-23-028
N 52nd Pl 128-23-026E
128-09-011A
128-24-082 128-24-073A
128-24-072
128-09-012A
128-24-071 128-24-070
128-23-029A 128-23-024
128-09-011B 128-09-012B
128-23-015 128-23-016 128-23-017
128-24-067
128-23-018B 128-23-018C 128-23-018A

128-09-010 128-09-009 128-09-013 128-09-014
128-24-068
128-24-069 N 53rd St 128-23-030 128-23-023 128-09-061
900 128-24-066 N 53rd St 128-09-072
128 5 E Earll Dr
-24 4-
06 51
0 128-23-031A
E OSBORN RD
128-09-071
128-09-062
rd N
128-23-022
128-23-014 128-23-013 128-23-012
-05 8 -2 -24- 53 St
128-23-011B 128-23-011C
128-23-010B
128-24-064 128-24-063
12 128
N5 128-09-063
P l rd 128-24-052 128-24-062 E Flower St 128-09-003E
128-23-032 128-23-021 128-09-064
128-24-061
128-24-053
128-23-005A 128-23-006 128-23-007 128-23-009 128-23-008D
128-09-070
128-23-008C
128-24-060 128-09-065
N 53rd Pl 128-23-033
E Mitchell Dr
128-24-054
128-23-020
1,350 128-24-059




Grove Park Estates IWDD
128-09-069 128-09-066
128-24-055 128-24-058
128-23-034 128-23-019
128-24-056 128-24-057 128-09-068
128-23-004 128-23-003 128-23-002 128-23-001B 128-23-001E
128-09-067
N 54th St N 54th St
128-25-081 128-25-115 128-26-003 128-26-016 128-26-017 128-26-032
128-26-037
128-25-082 128-25-114
128-26-004C 128-26-015 128-26-031
1,800 128-26-018
128-25-083
128-25-113
128-26-005 128-26-030 128-26-033
Feet 128-25-084 128-26-014 128-26-019
128-25-112
128-10-023
128-25-085 128-26-006 128-26-020 128-26-034
128-26-013
E Flower S
128-25-111 t 128-26-029
128-25-086
E Cheery Lynn Rd
128-26-007 128-26-021
128-25-110 128-26-028 128-26-035
128-25-087 Streets
Legend 128-26-012
128-26-058
128-25-109 128-26-008
128-25-088
Tax Parcels 128-26-027
128-26-011 128-26-022
128-26-036A
128-25-089 128-25-108
128-26-009
N 55th St

E City
AvalonofDrPhoenix
128-25-090 128-25-107 128-26-026
128-26-010 128-26-023 128-26-036B
128-26-025
128-26-024
128-25-091
128-10-022A
128-25-092 128-26-053 128-26-043
128-26-042
Date: 1/31/2023
128-26-052


Grove Park Estates IWDD
55t 128-25-105 E
128-26-002F
lhP
N 128-25-093 128-26-054 128-26-051 Flower St 128-26-041A
ProposedGroveParkEstatesIWDDOwnershipReport
1/31/2023


Parcel Number Tax Year Owner Name In Care Of Mailing Address City State Zip Situs Address Situs City Zip Total Net FCV Total Acreage Average Lot Size
128-23-001B 2023 SINGLETON LIVING TRUST SINGLETON JACOB L/SHAYNE M TR 3135 N 53RD PL PHOENIX AZ 85018 3135 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 103,420 0.674
128-23-001E 2023 MCCREARY STEVEN E/KELLY 3145 N 53RD PL PHOENIX AZ 85018 3145 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 177,660 1.290
128-23-002 2023 ALPHONSUS VINCENT LLC 12980 METCALF AVE STE 500 OVERLAND PARK KS 662132652 3131 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 171,120 0.658
128-23-003 2023 WINTER KRISTEN/WILLIAM 3111 N 53RD PL PHOENIX AZ 85018 3111 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 133,610 0.658
128-23-004 2023 DELMONICO JOSEPH P/BENNETT TRACEY E TR 3101 N 53RD PL PHOENIX AZ 85018 3101 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 136,500 0.658
128-23-005A 2023 ANGELL CRAIG S/CLARE A 3102 N 53RD PL PHOENIX AZ 85018 3102 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 98,070 0.666
128-23-006 2023 SWENSON DAVID JAMES/ROBIN BLYTHE 3112 N 53RD PL PHOENIX AZ 85018 3112 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 108,170 0.674
128-23-007 2023 GOLDSMITH RICHARD N & SUSAN N TR 3124 N 53RD PLACE PHOENIX AZ 85018 3124 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 127,910 0.674
128-23-008C 2023 STECKNER CLARK FAMILY TRUST STECKNER MATTHEW/CLARK MARI JO TR 5325 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5325 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 138,550 0.755
128-23-008D 2023 ARNOLD WILLIAM A/TORI E 3144 N 53RD PL PHOENIX AZ 85018 3144 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 136,380 0.510
128-23-009 2023 STAFFORD TRUST STAFFORD PATRICK N/HEATHER TR 3138 N 53RD PL PHOENIX AZ 85018 3138 N 53RD PL PHOENIX 85018 250,970 0.658
128-23-010B 2023 FISCHER NICHOLAUS CARL/PELE PEACOCK 5309 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5309 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 254,230 0.633
128-23-011B 2023 NICHOLS WENDY J/CONATANCE C ROSSMAN REVOCABLE TRUST 5648 E WINDSOR AVE SCOTTSDALE AZ 85257 3137 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 106,530 0.658
128-23-011C 2023 SEEGERS BRYAN J 3145 N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3145 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 137,710 0.658
128-23-012 2023 BOYLE JOHN Z/WORTH ARIEL I 3123 N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3123 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 108,810 0.658
128-23-013 2023 GUNNER ROADRUNNER LLC 3111N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3111 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 170,370 0.658
128-23-014 2023 LAMB RAYMOND 3101 N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3101 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 224,900 0.658
128-23-015 2023 PRASAD ANITA G/FORE BRIAN C 3102 N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3102 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 176,230 0.658
128-23-016 2023 MARY JO HELMICK TRUST 3120 N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3120 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 104,480 0.658
128-23-017 2023 JAMES M AUSBERGER LIVING TRUST 3124 N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3124 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 131,050 0.658
128-23-018A 2023 LAVALEE MICHAEL S 5233 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5233 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 154,000 0.658
128-23-018B 2023 KLINCK BRIAN/LINDSAY 3138 N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3138 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 144,620 0.658
128-23-018C 2023 SG FAMILY TRUST SARGENT STEPHEN C/GARRETT ANNE T TR 3148 N 53RD ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3148 N 53RD ST PHOENIX 85018 177,380 0.658
128-23-019 2023 ROONEY SHANE 5339 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX AZ 85018 5339 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX 85018 151,220 0.907
128-23-020 2023 LOWE STEFANIE O/PERRI J/NIKULA SHANNON ALYSE 2303 N 44TH ST UNIT 14-1149 PHOENIX AZ 85008 5327 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX 85018 107,550 0.882
128-23-021 2023 BJL TRUST LEMIEUX BERNARD J TR 5313 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX AZ 85018 5313 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX 85018 120,910 0.913
128-23-022
Page 477 2023 GAM LIVING TRUST GASTELUM ADRIAN R/MEGAN L TR 5301 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX AZ 85018 5301 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX 85018 181,260 0.906
128-23-023 2023 COLVIN DONALD A/CHRISTINE TR COLVIN FAMILY TRUST 5235 E OSBORN PHOENIX AZ 85018 5235 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX 85018 182,480 0.893
128-23-024 2023 NOJOJAIN LIVING TRUST JAIN NEAL TR 5227 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX AZ 85018 5227 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX 85018 137,110 0.892
128-23-026E 2023 POWERS ROBERT B 5215 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX AZ 85018 5215 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX 85018 254,750 0.715
128-23-026F 2023 PACELEY FAMILY TRUST PACELEY BARRY E/JOAN S TR 5201 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX AZ 85018 5201 E OSBORN RD PHOENIX 85018 166,820 1.186
128-23-027 2023 RAK LIVING TRUST KENNEDY ROBERT C/ALYSON P TR 5202 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5202 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 218,020 0.771
128-23-028 2023 FERNANDEZ MICHAEL J/LISA JEAN 5214 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5214 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 191,480 0.707
128-23-029A 2023 DYAR KAREN E TR 5228 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85006 5228 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 131,830 0.684
128-23-030 2023 FRIEND KYLE/BRITTA 5240 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5240 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 228,610 0.698
128-23-031A 2023 BACON BRETT/SHEILA 5302 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5302 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 125,810 0.689
128-23-032 2023 COOK FAMILY TRUST COOK MICHAEL W/BARBARA A TR 5320 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5320 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 152,010 0.708
128-23-033 2023 SHEER LEONARD/PATRICIA TR 5326 E FLOWER PHOENIX AZ 85018 5326 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 110,220 0.694
128-23-034 2023 DAVIS FAMILY TRUST DAVID A AND ELIZABETH M DAVIS TR 5344 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5344 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 111,610 0.694
128-23-035 2023 NEWBOLD MICHAEL DEAN/CYNTHIA SUE 5201 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 5201 E FLOWER ST PHOENIX 85018 145,130 0.926
128-23-036 2023 RATTER MAXINE TR 3145 N 52ND ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3145 N 52ND ST PHOENIX 85018 110,380 0.927
128-23-037 2023 LINDSAY CHRISTINE MARIE/JOHN P JR 3135 N 52ND ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3135 N 52ND ST PHOENIX 85018 269,020 0.914
128-23-038 2023 YOST REVOCABLE LIVING TRUST YOST BROCK/BETH L 3123 N 52ND ST PHOENIX AZ 85018 3123 N 52ND ST PHOENIX 85018 178,800 0.917
128-23-039 2023 MASON FAMILY TRUST MASON ROBERT W/SHARON K 3113 N 52ND ST PHOENIX AZ 85012 3113 N 52ND ST PHOENIX 85018 111,600 0.922
128-23-040 2023 3111 NORTH 52ND STREET LLC 6502 E EXETER BLVD SCOTTSDALE AZ 85251 3111 N 52ND ST PHOENIX 85018 101,200 0.885

6,960,490 34.176 0.759



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Toughbooks Computers - Request for Award (Ordinance S-50002)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to ratify the existing purchase
order for a one-time purchase with Rugged Solutions America, LLC, DBA Mobile
Concepts Technology to provide ruggedized laptops for the Water Services
Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. The expenditures will not exceed $226,653.64.

Summary
The purpose of this request is to ratify the purchase and delivery of 89 Toughbooks.
Various Water Services Department (WSD) Divisions use ruggedized laptops to
perform essential job functions. A ruggedized laptop is required for these positions due
to the exposure of extreme outside elements and higher drop ratings. WSD attempted
to procure Toughbooks laptops from the contract with Mobile Concepts Technology,
(MCT), but the contract expired prior to completing the purchase. MCT, unaware the
contract expired, processed and delivered 89 Toughbooks. With the supply chain
issues due to a microchip shortage, and the unsuccessful attempts to procure from
other vendors, the Toughbooks delivered by MCT were retained.

Procurement Information
WSD attempted to source the Toughbooks from multiple vendors including CDW-G,
Mobile Concepts Technology, SHI International Corp, and Panasonic. Of the four
vendors contacted, MCT was the only vendor that had a contract in place at the time
and a quote was provided by the contractor. A review of pricing was conducted, and it
was determined that the price quote received from MCT was competitive as well as fair
and reasonable.

In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition-One Time Contract-Due to Time
Restrictions.

Contract Term
This is a one-time purchase to procure ruggedized laptops.



Page 478

Financial Impact
The total value of the one-time purchase will not exceed $226,653.64.

Funding is available in the Water Services Department Operating Budget.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services Department.




Page 479



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Brass Fittings and Meters - Request for Award (Ordinance S-49919)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute a one-time
purchase to multiple vendors to provide brass fittings and water meter supplies for the
Water Services Department. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The expenditures will not exceed $320,000.

Summary
The purpose of this request is to provide funding for Water Services Department
(WSD) critical items where contracted vendors have declared extended lead times of
nine months or greater. Supply has been located on these critical items from off
contracted vendors who have inventory available for WSD to purchase. In order to
ensure repairs to the City's water infrastructure are timely, it is necessary to procure
specific items off contract.

Procurement Information
WSD contacted multiple vendors including Dana Kepner Company, LLC and Core &
Main LP to procure the critical brass fittings and meter supply with a shorter lead time.
Additional vendors are being contacted for future purchases under this request, in
order to fulfill business critical needs until the contracted vendors can supply the
identified items.

In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason: After
the Fact Determination.

Contract Term
This is a one-time purchase to ensure water infrastructure repairs and ongoing
projects continue without interruption.

Financial Impact
The total value of the one-time purchase will not exceed $320,000.

Funding is available in the Water Services Department Operating Budget.



Page 480

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services Department.




Page 481



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Automated Vehicle Locator Service - RFA 19-SW-008-Amendment (Ordinance S-
49986)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute an amendment to
Contract 148595 with Manhattan Telecommunications Corporation to extend the
contract term. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds
related to this item. No additional funds are needed, request to continue using
Ordinance S-44634.

Summary
This contract will provide the Water Services, Public Works and Street Transportation
departments with electronic vehicle and equipment tracking capabilities for all
department vehicles. The amendment will extend the current contract while Water
Services Department (WSD) finalizes a new exemption agreement with Manhattan
Telecommunications Corporation that is in progress. To satisfy the needs of the city,
WSD is requesting a six month extension on the current contract.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Contract Term
Upon approval the contract will be extended from June 30, 2023 to Dec. 31, 2023.

Financial Impact
The aggregate value of the contract will not exceed $2,910,001 and no additional
funds are needed.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council approved:
· Automated Vehicle Locator Service Agreement 148595 (Ordinance S-44634) on
June 6, 2018.
· Automated Vehicle Locator Services Agreement 148595 - Amendment (Ordinance
S-47906) on Sept. 8, 2021.
· Automated Vehicle Locator Services Agreement 148595 - Amendment (Ordinance



Page 482

S-47965-0046) on Oct. 6, 2021.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services Department.




Page 483



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Locator Equipment Services - RFQ - 1920 - WDD - 231 - Amendment (Ordinance
S-49905)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute amendment to
Contract 151225 with AZ Locators, LLC to provide additional funding to the agreement.
Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse all funds related to this
item. The additional expenditures included in this amendment will not exceed $19,500.

Summary
The purpose of this amendment is to request additional funds to allow necessary
services related to locator equipment services. AZ Locators, LLC is responsible for
providing testing, calibration, maintenance, and repair services for City owned locator
equipment, which is used by utility technicians to detect subterranean pipes while
performing repairs on water and wastewater infrastructure.

Contract Term
The contract term will remain unchanged ending on Jan. 14, 2025.

Financial Impact
The initial authorization for the contract was authorized for an expenditure not-to-
exceed $50,000. An amendment increased the authorization for the contract by
$9,500. This amendment will increase the agreement by an additional $19,500, for a
new total not-to-exceed agreement value of $79,000.

Funding is available in the Water Services Department's Operating budget.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council approved:
• Locator Equipment Services Contract 151225 - (Ordinance S-46129) on Nov. 6,
2019.
• Locator Equipment Services Contract 151225 - (Ordinance S-47658-0015) on June
16, 2021.




Page 484


Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services Department.




Page 485



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Maintenance, Support and Development Services Agreement - RFA-22203-WPC-
583 - Request for Award (Ordinance S-49926)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an agreement
with OZ Engineering, LLC to provide Maintenance, Support and Development Services
for Water Department Services. Further request to authorize the City Controller to
disburse all funds related to this item. The total value of the agreement will not exceed
$1,894,600.

Summary
The agreement will provide the Water Services Department the ability to purchase
technical support, maintenance and development services, as well as provide ongoing
enhancements for data interface applications developed by OZ Engineering, LLC.
These services will allow water services to meet regulatory performance requirements,
comply with federal, state and county regulations.

This item has been reviewed and approved by the Information Technology Services
Department.

Procurement Information
In accordance with Administrative Regulation 3.10, standard competition was waived
as a result of an approved Determination Memo based on the following reason:
Special Circumstances Without Competition as there exists a lack of available,
qualified, vendors to provide services, which makes a competitive selection process
impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.

Contract Term
The contract will begin on or about July 1, 2023, for a five-year term with no option to
extend.

Financial Impact
The aggregate contract value will not exceed $1,894,600 for the five-year aggregate
term.

Funding is available in the Water Services Department's Operating Budget.


Page 486


Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services Department.




Page 487



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Apply for Water Infrastructure Finance Authority - Water Conservation Grant
Fund Opportunity: Phoenix Water Conservation Corps Program Development
Grant Opportunity for Fiscal Year 2023-24 - American Rescue Plan Act of 2021
(Ordinance S-49948)

Request to retroactively authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to apply for
accept and, if awarded, enter into an agreement for disbursement from the state of
Arizona (Federal funding origin) from the Water Infrastructure Finance Authority,
beginning on or about May 2023 through Fiscal Year (FY) 2026-27. This is the Water
Conservation Grant Fund (WIFA-WCGF) opportunity. Further request the City
Controller to disburse all funds related to this item. Total grant funds applied for will not
exceed $3 million and the City's local match will not exceed $2 million.

Summary
The Water Services Department (WSD) submitted a grant application to the Water
Infrastructure Finance Authority for a Water Conservation Grant Fund award. This
award would be used to pilot and operate a collaborative program to implement
residential water conservation solutions. If awarded, WSD would procure a partner
organization; ideally, a nonprofit organization which is locally-based and has a
demonstrated history of successful conservation work through partnerships with
diverse entities (federal, state, city, local, tribal, etc.). The program would be a
collaborative effort, and WSD and the Partner would organize and operate a water
conservation "corps": a team of young environmental professionals who implement
water conservation solutions with Phoenix residents through voluntary educational
methods.

The grant program period would have a developmental phase beginning in Summer
2023 and ending in Summer 2024.The conservation corps would begin work at the
start of FY 2024-25 and the corps would operate for two years with work concluding in
FY 2026-27. The deadline to utilize the WIFA-WCG funds is Dec. 31, 2026.

The WIFA-WCGF submittal deadline was May 19, 2023.

Financial Impact
The estimated total cost for the program is approximately $5 million. The maximum


Page 488

WIFA award is $3 million. The required local match, if awarded, is 25 percent of the
award. If the maximum award is received, the minimum match is $750,000. WSD
projects a water savings of 1,000 to 4,000 acre feet of water as a result of only two
years of the programs operation. WSD's plans to go beyond the match, not to exceed
$2 million.

Funding for the local match is available in the Water Services Department's operating
budget. There is potential for additional match funding from upcoming Bureau of
Reclamation grant opportunities for water conservation related work.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services Department.




Page 489



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Apply for Water Infrastructure Finance Authority - Water Conservation Grant
Fund opportunity: High Efficiency Toilet Replacement, Smart Irrigation
Controller, and Turf Conversion Rebate Programs (Ordinance S-49949)

Request to retroactively authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to apply for and
accept, if awarded, enter into an agreement for disbursement of Arizona state and
Federal funding from the Water Infrastructure Finance Authority, beginning on or about
May 2023 through Fiscal Year (FY) 2026-27 the Water Conservation Grant Fund
(WIFA-WCGF) opportunity. Further request to authorize the City Controller to disburse
all funds related to this item. The total grant funds applied for will not exceed
$3,105,000 and the City's local match will not exceed $2,600,000.

Summary
The Water Services Department (WSD) submitted a grant application to the Water
Infrastructure Finance Authority for a Water Conservation Grant Fund award. This
award would be used to offer rebates/incentives to WSD customers for replacing their
toilets with a high-efficiency toilet; installing a smart irrigation controller; and/or
converting turf grass to desert-adapted landscaping. If awarded, WSD would initiate a
program of accepting application for rebates, verifying program eligibility requirements
are met, and issuing rebates in the form of a check. The rebate programs would meet
an increasing demand for rebates throughout the city and fulfill components of the
city's Drought Management Plan.

The grant programs would be phased in over the grant period of FY 2023-24 through
FY 2026-27 with operations beginning as soon as possible. The deadline to utilize The
WIFA-WCGF funds is Dec. 31, 2026.

The WIFA-WCGF submittal deadline was May 19, 2023.

Due to the timing of the deadline put forth by WIFA, WSD submitted applications prior
to obtaining City Council approval. If City Council does not approve this retroactive
request, the application will be withdrawn by WSD.

Financial Impact
The estimated total cost for the project is approximately $5,705,000. The maximum


Page 490

WIFA award is $3,100,000. The required local match, if awarded, is 25 percent of the
award. If the maximum award is received, the minimum match is $776,250. WSD
projects a water savings of 273 acre-feet of water as a result of only two years of the
program's operation. The lifetime savings is estimated to be 1,500 acre-feet. WSD
plans to go beyond the match, not to exceed $2,600,000.

Funding for the local match is available in the Water Services Department's operating
budget. There is potential for additional match funding from upcoming Bureau of
Reclamation grant opportunities for water conservation related work.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services Department.




Page 491



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Amend Farming Lease Agreement 152025 with K-B Farms, LLC,
to Increase Acreage of the Leased Premises and Extend Term (Ordinance S-
49911)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to amend Lease Agreement
152025 with K-B Farms, LLC, to increase acreage of the leased premises to
approximately 7.94 acres and to extend the lease term for three years, plus three
additional one-year options. Further request authorization for the City Treasurer to
accept all funds related to this item.

Summary
The Water Services Department owns approximately 41.64 acres of undeveloped land
located west of 99th and Southern avenues. K-B Farms currently leases approximately
6.9 acres and is seeking to expand farming operations by 1.04 acres, increasing the
leased premises to approximately 7.94 acres. Additionally, the term of the lease will be
extended three years, plus three additional one-year options to extend. Annual rent at
the beginning of the extended term is $196.69 per acre, plus applicable taxes, to be
adjusted three percent annually during the three-year extension and at the beginning
of each option period. As consideration for the extension, the tenant will forego the
remaining term and options under the existing lease agreement.

K-B Farms is a long-term tenant in good standing. All other terms and conditions will
remain the same.

Contract Term
Three years, beginning on or around July 1, 2023, plus three additional one-year
options to extend.

Financial Impact
Annual revenue during the first year of the extended term will be $1,561.72, plus
applicable taxes.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
Agreement 152025 authorized by Ordinance S-45991, adopted Sept. 4, 2019.



Page 492


Location
West of 99th and Southern avenues, within a portion of Maricopa County Assessor
parcel numbers 101-49-002K, 101-49-002L, and 101-49-008A.
Council District: 7

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services and Finance departments.




Page 493



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Public Hearing - Proposed Water Service Revenue Increase

Request to hold a public hearing to receive comments on proposed amendment to
Section 37-63 of the Phoenix City Code, to provide for an increase in revenues for
water service by modifying water rates and decreasing the base allowance of water
included with service. This hearing is held in accordance with Arizona Revised Statute
9-511.01.

Summary
Phoenix water rates remain among the most affordable in major cities throughout the
Southwest. The proposed increases apply to the volume charges assessed on the
water that is used above the modified base allowance amount included in the fixed
monthly service charge. As a result of the increase, approximately 17,000 or 4.3
percent of current residential customers, whose usage is under the allowance, will be
impacted if they made no changes in their current water usage. The impact of the
proposed rate modification to the average single-family home is estimated to be
approximately $17 over the three-year period starting on March 2023. If customers
reduced their monthly usage by conserving water, and do not exceed the new
allowance amounts, the customers would not see any increase in their water charges.

Public Outreach
Information detailing the proposed decrease in the base allowance of water included
with basic water service to 800 cubic feet in the summer months and 500 cubic feet in
the non-summer months, from the current level of 1000 cubic feet in the summer
months and 600 cubic feet in the non-summer months, and the proposed water
revenue increase of 26 percent over a three-year period of calendar years 2023, 2024
and 2025 is available to the public in the City Clerk Department of the City of Phoenix
located at 200 W. Washington St., 15th Floor. Information is also available on the City
of Phoenix website: https://www.phoenix.gov/waterrates.

During the months of March, April, May and June information on the proposed rate
increase and changes to the base allowance, was mailed to all water account holders
through the City Services bill and PHX at your Service (PAYS). A total of 35 community
outreach meetings were held to present information and obtain feedback, and
numerous media interviews and social media posts occurred (Attachment A). The


Page 494

Citizens’ Water and Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee recommended the
proposed revenue increase, citing that it would generate the revenue required to
maintain a reliable and cost-effective water services, and invest in the future of the City
of Phoenix. The rate revenues proposed will offset financial pressure imposed by
substantial increases in costs to supplies and materials due to inflation and maintain
an adequate fund balance to retain a AAA bond rating. (Attachment B).

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On April 18, 2023, the City Council heard the Notice of Intention to consider an
increase in water rates and/or rate components and set a public hearing date to
consider the proposed increase.
On Jan. 26, 2023, the Citizens' Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee
recommended:

· Water rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective October 2023, 6.5 percent
effective March 2024, and 13 percent effective March 2025.
· Decrease the allowance to 800 cubic feet in the summer months and 500 cubic feet
in the non-summer months from the current level of 1000 cubic feet in the summer
months and 600 cubic feet in the non-summer months.

On Feb. 15, 2023, the Transportation, Infrastructure, and Innovation Subcommittee:
· Heard information on the proposed rate revenue increase that included updates on
the financial plans and inflationary pressures.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services and Finance departments.




Page 495
ATTACHMENT A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

The Water Services Department conducted extensive public outreach to present
information and obtain feedback for the proposed increase to water service revenues.

During the months of March – June 2023, the Water Services Department engaged in
the following efforts:

• Public meetings:
o April 27 at 6:00 p.m. – Virtual (English)
o May 4 at 6:00 p.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
o May 9 at 6:00 p.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
o May 15 at 6:00 p.m. – Virtual (Spanish)
o May 23 at 6:00 p.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
o May 25 at 6:00 p.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
o June 10 at 11:00 a.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
Video recordings of public meetings in English and Spanish available on
www.phoenix.gov/proposedrates

• 15 Presentations and Questions/Answers at Village Planning Committees (VPCs):
o March 20 – Laveen VPC
o March 21– Estrella Village Planning Committee
o March 28 – Alhambra VPC
o April 3 – Encanto VPC
o April 4 – Desert View VPC
o April 11 – South Mountain VPC
o April 12 – Maryvale VPC
o April 13 – North Gateway VPC
o April 17 – Central City VPC
o April 19 – North Mountain VPC
o April 20 – Deer Valley VPC
o April 24 – Ahwatukee Foothills VPC
o May 1 – Paradise Valley VPC
o May 2 – Camelback East VPC
o May 9 – Rio Vista VPC

• 6 Meetings Requested by City Council Offices:
o April 20 at 8:30 a.m. – Coffee Chat – District 3
o April 24 at 6:00 p.m. – Community Meeting – District 1

Page 496
Attachment A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

o April 26 at 6:00 p.m. – Leaders Meeting – District 5
o May 30 at 6 p.m. – Community Meeting – District 4
o May 31 at 10 a.m. – Community Meeting – District 1
o June 7 at 6 p.m. – Community Meeting – District 4

• Additional Community Outreach:
• April 21 at 10:00 a.m. – Women in Leadership
• May 18 at 6 p.m. – Greater Green Gables HOA

Outreach:
• A new webpage was created for the proposed rate increase at
phoenix.gov/proposedrates. The page has been continuously updated as
needed.
• An email address (watersmart@phoenix.gov) was advertised to the public for
comments and concerns.
• Educational information was posted on Water Services and City of Phoenix
social media accounts (Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and Nextdoor)
• A one-page fact sheet in English and Spanish was posted on
www.phoenix.gov/proposedrates on March 2023.
• Article appeared in the PAYS newsletter for the months of April and May.
• Bill Messages on the City Services Bill about the proposed rate increase in April
and May
• Sent a postcard via regular mail to all residential and commercial customers who
receive their City Services bill by mail and sent an email to all customers who
receive their bill electronically.
• A newsroom story was posted on phoenix.gov on March 16, 2023.
• Sent a news release to all local media on March 16, 2023, and again in May to
promote the in-person public meetings.
• The Phoenix.gov homepage and Water Dept. slider added in March 2023.
• The Notice of Intent (NOI) to raise Water Rates was posted on the City of
Phoenix website.
• Newsletter articles in the Library and Neighborhood Services newsletters.
• Phoenix City Hall elevator digital displays.
• The water rate estimator was updated on the www.phoenix.gov/rates website.
• Created a website public comment form asking people for feedback about the
proposed rate increase.


Page 497
Attachment A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

• Produced and distributed flyers/handouts, postcards at all public meetings and
community outreach events.
• Trained the Water Wranglers to demonstrate the rates estimator for attendees at
public meetings.

Media promotion:
• 12 News – television interview on March 17, 2023.
• KTAR – radio mention on March 19, 2023.
• Daily Independent – digital article on March 19, 2023.
• FOX 10 – television mention and digital story on March 20, 2023.
• ABC15 Arizona – television interview and digital story on March 20, 2023.
• KTAR – radio interview on March 20, 2023.
• Univision – television interview on March 20, 2023. (Spanish)
• Arizona’s Family – television interview on March 20, 2023.
• The Center Square – digital article on March 21, 2023.
• Cronkite News – television interview and digital article on March 27, 2023.
(Shared by multiple outlets including Phoenix Business Journal)
• Ahwatukee Foothills News – digital article on April 30, 2023.
• Arizona’s Family – television interview on May 3, 2023.
• Cronkite News – television interview on May 4, 2023.
• 12 News – digital article on May 4, 2023.
• KTAR – radio interview on May 4, 2023.
• Telemundo Arizona – television interview on May 4, 2024. (Spanish)
• Univision – television interview on May 8, 2023. (Spanish)
• La Onda | Enlace – radio interview on May 11, 2023.
• The Notice of Intent to raise Water Rates published in Arizona Business Gazette
(English).
• GroceryTV: A 15 second video in English and Spanish promoting the water
revenue increase placed in Food City and Bashas stores (18 locations) April 6,
2023 – June 28, 2023.

Overall Feedback:
• The public outreach included touch points from in-person meetings and the
creation of the online comment form.



Page 498
Attachment A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

• Reached over 440 participants at public meetings, which generated 200
comments and received nearly 414 comments from the online comment form.
Based on feedback gained during public outreach efforts, it appears that
residents are generally understanding of why the proposed rate increase is
needed.
o Residents were generally understanding of the need for a rate increase.
Many people do not understand how charges are calculated for water and
wastewater services. Some people think Phoenix needs higher water rates
to motivate people to conserve water. Many people are concerned about
being able to afford the higher rates because of their fixed incomes. Some
people said the changes to the water allowance will impact them
significantly and they think the new allowance levels are unrealistic. Others
think that commercial, industrial, and institutional customers should pay
more for water service, so the residential customers pay less.

On Jan. 26, 2023, the citizens’ Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee
unanimously voted to recommended:
• Water rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective Oct. 2023, 6.5 percent
effective March 2024, and 13 percent effective March 2025; by a vote of 9-0.
• Wastewater rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective Oct. 2023, 6.5 percent
effective March 2024, and 7 percent effective March 2025, by a vote of 9-0.
• Decrease the current water allowance from 600 cubic feet (6 units) per month to
500 (5 units) from Oct. to May and from 1000 (10 units) to 800 (8 units) from June to
Sept., by a vote of 9-0.

On Feb. 15, 2023, the City Council Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning
Subcommittee heard information on water resources, infrastructure, and financial plans
and provided comment to the Water Services and Finance departments.

At the April 18, 2023, Policy meeting, the City Council voted to adopt the Notice of
Intention to consider increases in water rate revenues (noted below) and set a public
hearing for the June 28, 2023, Formal meeting.
• 6.5 percent effective Oct. 2023, 6.5 percent effective March 2024, and 13 percent
effective March 2025; by a vote of 6 yes, 2 no, and 1 absent.




Page 499
Attachment A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

• Wastewater rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective Oct. 2023, 6.5 percent
effective March 2024, and 7 percent effective March 2025; by a vote of 6 yes, 2 no,
and 1 absent.
• Decrease the current water allowance from 600 cubic feet (6 units) per month to
500 (5 units) from Oct. to May and from 1000 (10 units) to 800 (8 units) from June to
Sept., by a vote of 6 yes, 2 no, and 1 absent.





Page 500
ATTACHMENT B


May 10, 2023

Mayor Kate Gallego

Dear Mayor Gallego and Members of the City Council:

As Chair of the City of Phoenix Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee (WWRAC), I write to express the
committee’s full support for the proposed water and wastewater revenue increases and other recommended
changes. We encourage the Mayor and Council to adopt the proposed revenue increases to ensure that the Water
Services Department has the resources necessary to provide high-quality, reliable, and cost-effective water
services that meet public needs and maintains support.

Specifically, the Committee endorses the proposed water rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective October
2023, 6.5 percent effective March 2024, and 13 percent effective March 24. Also, the committee supports the
decrease in the allowance to 800 cubic feet in the summer months and 500 cubic feet in the non-summer months
from the current level of 1000 cubic feet in the summer months and 600 cubic feet in the non-summer months.
Furthermore, the Committee supports the proposed wastewater revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective
October 2023, 6.5 percent effective March 2024, and 7 percent effective March 2025.

While the committee is sensitive to the impact of the proposed revenue increases on residents, we note that the
Water Services Department rates are among the most affordable in the region, across multiple metrics, and will
continue to be so under the new structure. Under the last water revenue approval in 2021, the Water Services
Department ensured full Capital Improvement Program (CIP) funding, continued all Capital Programs after
implementation of new rates, and continued Equity Initiatives as proposed. This demonstrates the Department’s
ongoing commitment to excellence and the highest levels of financial management.

However, inflationary pressures are significantly impacting both Operations and Capital Program budgets,
including unprecedented increases in chemicals, electricity, raw water. The proposed plan addresses inflationary
adjustments to support future Operations and Maintenance cost, as well as projected bond debt for near-term CIP
investment. Further, this addresses the ongoing impacts of the Colorado River shortage by investing in the future
through conversion of the Cave Creek Water Reclamation Plant to an Advanced Water Purification Treatment
Facility, creating valuable new potable water supplies for Phoenix residents.

I would also like to commend the Water Services Department for providing comprehensive and transparent
briefings to the WWRAC. The Director and city staff have fully briefed the WWRAC on water resources, financial
forecasts and planning, equity and affordability, and customer experience. After careful consideration and
deliberation, the committee was able to make an informed decision.

In closing, the Committee encourages you to adopt proposed water and wastewater rate revenue increases and
updates to the allowances. We thank you for the opportunity to serve our community on this committee. If I can
offer any additional comments, please contact me at dave.white@asu.edu or (480) 221-0960.

Dave D. White, Ph.D.




Chair, Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee

Cc: Jeff Barton, City Manager
Alan Stephenson, Deputy City Manager
Troy Hayes, Water Services Director




Page 501



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Public Hearing - Proposed Wastewater Service Revenue Increase

Request to hold a public hearing to receive comments on proposed amendment to
Sections 28-39 and 28-92 of the Phoenix City Code to provide for a change in the
rates for wastewater services. This hearing is held in accordance with Arizona Revised
Statute 9-511.01.

Summary
Phoenix wastewater rates remain among the most affordable in major cities throughout
the Southwest. The impact of the proposed rate modification to the average single-
family home is estimated to be approximately $6 over the three-year period starting on
March 2023.

Public Outreach
Information detailing the proposed water revenue increase of 20 percent over a three-
year period of calendar years 2023, 2024, and 2025, is available to the public in the
City Clerk Department at the City of Phoenix, located at 200 W. Washington St., 15th
Floor. Information is also available on the City of Phoenix website:
https://www.phoenix.gov/waterrates.

During the months of March, April, May and June 2023, information on the proposed
rate increase was mailed to all water account holders through the City Services bill,
and PHX at your Service (PAYS). A total of 35 community outreach meetings were held
to present information and obtain feedback, and numerous media interviews and social
media posts occurred (Attachment A). The Citizens' Water and Wastewater Rate
Advisory Committee recommended the proposed revenue increase, citing that it would
generate the revenue required to maintain reliable and cost-effective water services,
and invest in the future of the City of Phoenix. The rate revenues proposed will offset
financial pressure imposed by substantial increases in costs to supplies and materials
due to inflation and maintain an adequate fund balance to retain a AAA bond rating. (
Attachment B).

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On April 18, 2023, the City Council heard the Notice of Intention to consider an
increase in wastewater rates and set a public hearing date to consider the proposed


Page 502

increase.

On Jan. 26, 2023, the Citizens' Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee
recommended:
· Wastewater rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective October 2023, 6.5
percent effective March 2024, and 7 percent effective March 2025.

On Feb. 15, 2023, the Transportation, Infrastructure, and Innovation Subcommittee:
· Heard information on the proposed rate revenue increase that included updates on
the financial plans, inflationary pressures, and advanced water purification.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services and Finance departments.




Page 503
ATTACHMENT A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

The Water Services Department conducted extensive public outreach to present
information and obtain feedback for the proposed increase to water service revenues.

During the months of March – June 2023, the Water Services Department engaged in
the following efforts:

• Public meetings:
o April 27 at 6:00 p.m. – Virtual (English)
o May 4 at 6:00 p.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
o May 9 at 6:00 p.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
o May 15 at 6:00 p.m. – Virtual (Spanish)
o May 23 at 6:00 p.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
o May 25 at 6:00 p.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
o June 10 at 11:00 a.m. – In-person (bi-lingual)
Video recordings of public meetings in English and Spanish available on
www.phoenix.gov/proposedrates

• 15 Presentations and Questions/Answers at Village Planning Committees (VPCs):
o March 20 – Laveen VPC
o March 21– Estrella Village Planning Committee
o March 28 – Alhambra VPC
o April 3 – Encanto VPC
o April 4 – Desert View VPC
o April 11 – South Mountain VPC
o April 12 – Maryvale VPC
o April 13 – North Gateway VPC
o April 17 – Central City VPC
o April 19 – North Mountain VPC
o April 20 – Deer Valley VPC
o April 24 – Ahwatukee Foothills VPC
o May 1 – Paradise Valley VPC
o May 2 – Camelback East VPC
o May 9 – Rio Vista VPC

• 6 Meetings Requested by City Council Offices:
o April 20 at 8:30 a.m. – Coffee Chat – District 3
o April 24 at 6:00 p.m. – Community Meeting – District 1

Page 504
Attachment A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

o April 26 at 6:00 p.m. – Leaders Meeting – District 5
o May 30 at 6 p.m. – Community Meeting – District 4
o May 31 at 10 a.m. – Community Meeting – District 1
o June 7 at 6 p.m. – Community Meeting – District 4

• Additional Community Outreach:
• April 21 at 10:00 a.m. – Women in Leadership
• May 18 at 6 p.m. – Greater Green Gables HOA

Outreach:
• A new webpage was created for the proposed rate increase at
phoenix.gov/proposedrates. The page has been continuously updated as
needed.
• An email address (watersmart@phoenix.gov) was advertised to the public for
comments and concerns.
• Educational information was posted on Water Services and City of Phoenix
social media accounts (Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and Nextdoor)
• A one-page fact sheet in English and Spanish was posted on
www.phoenix.gov/proposedrates on March 2023.
• Article appeared in the PAYS newsletter for the months of April and May.
• Bill Messages on the City Services Bill about the proposed rate increase in April
and May
• Sent a postcard via regular mail to all residential and commercial customers who
receive their City Services bill by mail and sent an email to all customers who
receive their bill electronically.
• A newsroom story was posted on phoenix.gov on March 16, 2023.
• Sent a news release to all local media on March 16, 2023, and again in May to
promote the in-person public meetings.
• The Phoenix.gov homepage and Water Dept. slider added in March 2023.
• The Notice of Intent (NOI) to raise Water Rates was posted on the City of
Phoenix website.
• Newsletter articles in the Library and Neighborhood Services newsletters.
• Phoenix City Hall elevator digital displays.
• The water rate estimator was updated on the www.phoenix.gov/rates website.
• Created a website public comment form asking people for feedback about the
proposed rate increase.


Page 505
Attachment A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

• Produced and distributed flyers/handouts, postcards at all public meetings and
community outreach events.
• Trained the Water Wranglers to demonstrate the rates estimator for attendees at
public meetings.

Media promotion:
• 12 News – television interview on March 17, 2023.
• KTAR – radio mention on March 19, 2023.
• Daily Independent – digital article on March 19, 2023.
• FOX 10 – television mention and digital story on March 20, 2023.
• ABC15 Arizona – television interview and digital story on March 20, 2023.
• KTAR – radio interview on March 20, 2023.
• Univision – television interview on March 20, 2023. (Spanish)
• Arizona’s Family – television interview on March 20, 2023.
• The Center Square – digital article on March 21, 2023.
• Cronkite News – television interview and digital article on March 27, 2023.
(Shared by multiple outlets including Phoenix Business Journal)
• Ahwatukee Foothills News – digital article on April 30, 2023.
• Arizona’s Family – television interview on May 3, 2023.
• Cronkite News – television interview on May 4, 2023.
• 12 News – digital article on May 4, 2023.
• KTAR – radio interview on May 4, 2023.
• Telemundo Arizona – television interview on May 4, 2024. (Spanish)
• Univision – television interview on May 8, 2023. (Spanish)
• La Onda | Enlace – radio interview on May 11, 2023.
• The Notice of Intent to raise Water Rates published in Arizona Business Gazette
(English).
• GroceryTV: A 15 second video in English and Spanish promoting the water
revenue increase placed in Food City and Bashas stores (18 locations) April 6,
2023 – June 28, 2023.

Overall Feedback:
• The public outreach included touch points from in-person meetings and the
creation of the online comment form.



Page 506
Attachment A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

• Reached over 440 participants at public meetings, which generated 200
comments and received nearly 414 comments from the online comment form.
Based on feedback gained during public outreach efforts, it appears that
residents are generally understanding of why the proposed rate increase is
needed.
o Residents were generally understanding of the need for a rate increase.
Many people do not understand how charges are calculated for water and
wastewater services. Some people think Phoenix needs higher water rates
to motivate people to conserve water. Many people are concerned about
being able to afford the higher rates because of their fixed incomes. Some
people said the changes to the water allowance will impact them
significantly and they think the new allowance levels are unrealistic. Others
think that commercial, industrial, and institutional customers should pay
more for water service, so the residential customers pay less.

On Jan. 26, 2023, the citizens’ Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee
unanimously voted to recommended:
• Water rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective Oct. 2023, 6.5 percent
effective March 2024, and 13 percent effective March 2025; by a vote of 9-0.
• Wastewater rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective Oct. 2023, 6.5 percent
effective March 2024, and 7 percent effective March 2025, by a vote of 9-0.
• Decrease the current water allowance from 600 cubic feet (6 units) per month to
500 (5 units) from Oct. to May and from 1000 (10 units) to 800 (8 units) from June to
Sept., by a vote of 9-0.

On Feb. 15, 2023, the City Council Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning
Subcommittee heard information on water resources, infrastructure, and financial plans
and provided comment to the Water Services and Finance departments.

At the April 18, 2023, Policy meeting, the City Council voted to adopt the Notice of
Intention to consider increases in water rate revenues (noted below) and set a public
hearing for the June 28, 2023, Formal meeting.
• 6.5 percent effective Oct. 2023, 6.5 percent effective March 2024, and 13 percent
effective March 2025; by a vote of 6 yes, 2 no, and 1 absent.




Page 507
Attachment A

Proposed Water Revenues: Outreach and Communication

• Wastewater rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective Oct. 2023, 6.5 percent
effective March 2024, and 7 percent effective March 2025; by a vote of 6 yes, 2 no,
and 1 absent.
• Decrease the current water allowance from 600 cubic feet (6 units) per month to
500 (5 units) from Oct. to May and from 1000 (10 units) to 800 (8 units) from June to
Sept., by a vote of 6 yes, 2 no, and 1 absent.





Page 508
ATTACHMENT B


May 10, 2023

Mayor Kate Gallego

Dear Mayor Gallego and Members of the City Council:

As Chair of the City of Phoenix Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee (WWRAC), I write to express the
committee’s full support for the proposed water and wastewater revenue increases and other recommended
changes. We encourage the Mayor and Council to adopt the proposed revenue increases to ensure that the Water
Services Department has the resources necessary to provide high-quality, reliable, and cost-effective water
services that meet public needs and maintains support.

Specifically, the Committee endorses the proposed water rate revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective October
2023, 6.5 percent effective March 2024, and 13 percent effective March 24. Also, the committee supports the
decrease in the allowance to 800 cubic feet in the summer months and 500 cubic feet in the non-summer months
from the current level of 1000 cubic feet in the summer months and 600 cubic feet in the non-summer months.
Furthermore, the Committee supports the proposed wastewater revenue increases of 6.5 percent effective
October 2023, 6.5 percent effective March 2024, and 7 percent effective March 2025.

While the committee is sensitive to the impact of the proposed revenue increases on residents, we note that the
Water Services Department rates are among the most affordable in the region, across multiple metrics, and will
continue to be so under the new structure. Under the last water revenue approval in 2021, the Water Services
Department ensured full Capital Improvement Program (CIP) funding, continued all Capital Programs after
implementation of new rates, and continued Equity Initiatives as proposed. This demonstrates the Department’s
ongoing commitment to excellence and the highest levels of financial management.

However, inflationary pressures are significantly impacting both Operations and Capital Program budgets,
including unprecedented increases in chemicals, electricity, raw water. The proposed plan addresses inflationary
adjustments to support future Operations and Maintenance cost, as well as projected bond debt for near-term CIP
investment. Further, this addresses the ongoing impacts of the Colorado River shortage by investing in the future
through conversion of the Cave Creek Water Reclamation Plant to an Advanced Water Purification Treatment
Facility, creating valuable new potable water supplies for Phoenix residents.

I would also like to commend the Water Services Department for providing comprehensive and transparent
briefings to the WWRAC. The Director and city staff have fully briefed the WWRAC on water resources, financial
forecasts and planning, equity and affordability, and customer experience. After careful consideration and
deliberation, the committee was able to make an informed decision.

In closing, the Committee encourages you to adopt proposed water and wastewater rate revenue increases and
updates to the allowances. We thank you for the opportunity to serve our community on this committee. If I can
offer any additional comments, please contact me at dave.white@asu.edu or (480) 221-0960.

Dave D. White, Ph.D.




Chair, Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee

Cc: Jeff Barton, City Manager
Alan Stephenson, Deputy City Manager
Troy Hayes, Water Services Director




Page 509



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend City Code - Proposed Water Service Revenue Increase (Ordinance G-
7128)

Request the City Council amend Section 37-63 of the Phoenix City Code to adjust
water service rates and rate components to increase rate revenue by 26 percent over
the next two fiscal years.

Summary
The Finance Department, in conjunction with the Water Services Department,
develops a Financial Plan, as necessary, to generate revenue required to invest in the
future of the City of Phoenix by offsetting financial pressure imposed by substantial
increases in costs to supplies and materials due to inflation and maintain an adequate
fund balance to retain a AAA bond rating. To support these needs, changes are
proposed to the water rates and rate components to be implemented October 2023,
March 2024, and March 2025. The rate and rate component proposals are estimated
to produce: $45.5 million in additional revenue in Fiscal Year (FY) 2023-24, $111.9
million in additional revenue in FY 2024-25, and $163.1 million in additional revenue in
FY 2025-26.

The proposed water rate changes for Oct. 2023 will be applied to the low, medium, and
high seasonal volume charges. Beginning October 2023, the water allowance will be
reduced to 800 cubic feet (8 units) in the summer months and 500 cubic feet (5 units)
in the non-summer months from the current level of 1000 cubic feet (10 units) in the
summer months and 600 cubic feet (6 units) in the non-summer months. On average,
customer bills for water will increase 6.5 percent. Depending on the actual water
consumption and month in which the consumption occurs, some customers may pay
more or less than this average.

The proposed water rate changes for March 2024 also will be applied to the low,
medium, and high seasonal volume charges. On average, customer bills for water will
increase 6.5 percent. Depending on the actual water consumption and the month in
which the consumption occurs, some customers may pay more or less than this
average.

The proposed water rate changes for March 2025 also will be applied to the low,


Page 510

medium, and high seasonal volume charges. On average, customer bills for water will
increase 13 percent. Depending on the actual water consumption and the month in
which the consumption occurs, some customers may pay more or less than this
average.

An independent rate consultant has reviewed and evaluated the Water Financial Plan
and determined that the financial plan information supports rate adjustments that are
reasonable and consistent with rating agency standards (Attachment A).

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On April 18, 2023, the City Council adopted the Notice of Intention (NOI) to consider
an increase in water rates and/or rate components:
· Council approved NOI and set public hearing date for June 28, 2023.

On Feb. 15, 2023, the Transportation, Infrastructure, and Innovation Subcommittee:
· Heard information on the proposed revenue increase that included updates on the
financial plans, inflationary pressures, and advanced water purification.

On Jan. 26, 2023, the Citizens' Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee
recommended:
· Water rate increases of 6.5 percent effective October 2023, 6.5 percent effective
March 2024, and 13 percent effective March 2025; and
· Decreasing the allowance to 800 cubic feet (8 units) in the summer months and 500
cubic feet (5 units) in the non-summer months from the current level of 1000 cubic
feet (10 units) in the summer months and 600 cubic feet (6 units) in the non-
summer months.

Public Outreach
In accordance with Arizona Revised Statute 9-511.01, the City Council will conduct a
public hearing on June 28, 2023, to receive comments on the proposed increase in
water rates. Additional information regarding public outreach efforts is detailed in the
Council Report for the public hearing agenda item. Following the hearing, Council can
act upon the proposed amendments to Section 37-63 of the Phoenix City Code to
adjust the rates for wastewater service.

Information detailing the proposed water rate revenue increase is available to the
public in the City Clerk Department of the City of Phoenix located at 200 W.
Washington St., 15th Floor. Additional information can be found on the City of Phoenix
website: phoenix.gov/public-notice-tax-and-fee-changes.




Page 511

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer and the Water
Services and Finance departments.




Page 512



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend City Code - Proposed Wastewater Service Revenue Increase (Ordinance
G-7129)

Request the City Council amend Sections 28-39 and 28-92 of the Phoenix City Code
to adjust rates for wastewater service to increase rate revenue by 20 percent over the
next two fiscal years.

Summary
The Finance Department, in conjunction with the Water Services Department,
develops a Financial Plan, as necessary to generate revenue required to invest in the
future of the City of Phoenix by offsetting financial pressure imposed by substantial
increases in costs to supplies and materials due to inflation and maintain an adequate
fund balance to retain a AAA bond rating. To support these needs, changes are
proposed to the wastewater rates to be implemented October 2023, March 2024 and
March 2025. These changes are estimated to produce $16 million in additional
revenue in Fiscal Year (FY) 2023-24, $33.3 million in additional revenue in FY 2024-
25, and $45 million in additional revenue in FY 2025-26.

The proposed wastewater rate changes for October 2023 will be applied to the volume
and environmental charges. On average, customer bills for wastewater will increase
6.5 percent. Depending upon the actual amount of water consumption, some
customers may pay more or less than this average.

The proposed wastewater rate changes for March 2024 will be applied to the volume
and environmental charges. On average, customer bills for wastewater will increase
6.5 percent. Depending upon the actual amount of water consumption, some
customers may pay more or less than this average.

The proposed wastewater rate changes for March 2025 will be applied to the volume
and environmental charges. On average, customer bills for wastewater will increase 7
percent. Depending upon the actual amount of water consumption, some customers
may pay more or less than this average.

An independent rate consultant has reviewed and evaluated the Water Financial Plan
and determined that the financial plan information supports rate adjustments that are


Page 513

reasonable and consistent with rating agency standards (Attachment A).

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
On April 18, 2023, the City Council adopted the Notice of Intention (NOI) to consider
an increase in wastewater rates and/or rate components and set a public hearing date
to consider the proposed increase:
· Council approved NOI and set public hearing date for June 28, 2023.

On Feb. 15, 2023, the Transportation, Infrastructure, and Innovation Subcommittee:
· Heard information on the proposed revenue increase that included updates on the
financial plans, inflationary pressures, and advanced water purification.

On Jan. 26, 2023, the Citizens' Water/Wastewater Rate Advisory Committee
recommended:
· Wastewater rate increases of 6.5 percent effective October 2023, 6.5 percent
effective March 2024, and 7 percent effective March 2025.

Public Outreach
In accordance with Arizona Revised Statute 9-511.01, the City Council will conduct a
public hearing on June 28, 2023, to receive comments on the proposed increase in
water rates. Additional information regarding public outreach efforts is detailed in the
Council Report for the public hearing agenda item. Following the hearing, Council may
act upon the proposed amendments to Sections 28-39 and 28-92 of the Phoenix City
Code to adjust the rates for wastewater service.

Information detailing the proposed wastewater rate revenue increase is available to the
public in the City Clerk Department of the City of Phoenix located at 200 W.
Washington St., 15th Floor. Additional information can be found on the City of Phoenix
website: phoenix.gov/public-notice-tax-and-free-changes.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Ginger Spencer, and the Water
Services and Finance departments.




Page 514



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend Phoenix City Code Section 37-65(B) to Authorize an Increase in the
Assessment of the Stormwater Excise Tax (Ordinance G-7127)

Request the City Council amend Section 37-65(B) of the Phoenix City Code to adjust
the Stormwater Excise Tax (SET) to increase revenue for the Stormwater Management
Program, effective Oct. 1, 2023.

Summary
The City of Phoenix operates a Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) via a
permit issued under the Federal Clean Water Act from the Arizona Department of
Environmental Quality (ADEQ). Compliance with the City's MS4 permit requires a multi
-departmental effort to manage citywide stormwater quality via the City's Stormwater
Management Program (Program).

Generally, the MS4 permit authorizes discharges from the City's stormwater
infrastructure into protected surface waters. The City's stormwater infrastructure
includes catch basins, storm drains and outfalls that collect and convey stormwater
from streets and other public and private surfaces to retention/detention basins and
surface water channels throughout the City. ADEQ issued the City a new MS4 permit
that became effective July 1, 2021. This new permit requires the expansion of some
existing Program elements and the addition of new Program elements.

New and expanded elements of the Program include: a new stormwater
postconstruction control program, a retrofit feasibility study, expanded public outreach
requirements, expanded inspection requirements, and expanded reporting and
mapping requirements. Non-compliance by the City with the MS4 permit would result
in notices of violation and fines from ADEQ and the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. Other cities across the country who have failed to comply with their
stormwater permit are operating under a consent decree, a significantly more stringent
and inflexible process.

The Program is funded by a stormwater excise tax (SET) that is assessed on city
services bills in accordance with Phoenix City Code Section 37-65(B). The current SET
is not sufficient to cover the costs of the new and expanded permit requirements. An
increase in the SET is needed to fund the new requirements and for the City to


Page 515

maintain compliance with the MS4 permit.

Staff evaluated multiple implementation methods for new Program requirements for
compliance and the approach that adds minimal staff for private and public sector
compliance requirements and keeps costs as low as practicable was selected. The
proposed increase reflects that approach.

The SET was originally approved by City Council during Fiscal Year 1993-94 to defray
costs associated with the City's MS4 permit (then issued by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency). Collection of the SET began in October 1993 and was set up as a
graduated rate based on account water meter size. Since SET implementation, there
have only been two increases (1997 and 2010) to accommodate expanded
requirements of the City's prior MS4 permits. The current SET is $0.70 per single
family residential meter.

City staff are requesting an increase in the typical single-family residential water meter
rate from $0.70 to $0.95 per month. In accordance with the SET structure, the
proposed increase is scaled at a graduated rate by meter size using the equivalent
dwelling unit methodology.

City staff researched stormwater fees from similar cities that operate under a MS4
permits. No precise equivalent for MS4 permit requirements and stormwater fee
approach was found. Of the most similar cities (either in terms of permit requirements
or stormwater fee approach), stormwater fees ranged from $3.75 per month to $18.06
per month, except for Tucson, which charges $0.13 per month specifically to fund
green stormwater infrastructure projects. Of the cities investigated, the closest
equivalents to Phoenix for activities using the fee are San Jose, Calif., San Antonio,
Texas, and Oklahoma City, Okla. These cities have monthly residential stormwater
fees ranging from $3.75 to $14.95 per month. City of Scottsdale, Ariz. has a flat
stormwater fee of $6.10 for all customers.

The City of Phoenix monthly charges currently assessed to water users and the
requested changes are shown below.

A. All single-family residential accounts
Current Monthly Charge: $0.70
New Monthly Charge: $0.95

B. All other water accounts based on water meter size as follows:
Meter Size Current Monthly Charge New Monthly Charge
5/8” or 3/4” $0.70 $0.95


Page 516

1” $1.46 $1.99
1.5” $3.50 $4.77
2” $4.85 $6.61
3” $12.80 $17.44
4” $19.75 $26.91
6” and Larger $30.00 $40.88

The new SET rate would provide funding for the new and expanded programs and
practices required by the City's MS4 permit, supplying a total of approximately $2
million in additional revenue annually. A summary of the permit requirements and
needed resources are included in the attached SET Report (Attachment B).

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council last approved an increase to the SET on April 6, 2010, (Ordinance G-
5491) in connection with the prior MS4 permit requirements.

On Feb.15, 2023, the Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning Subcommittee heard
information on the proposed SET increase, and on April 18, 2023, information on the
proposed SET increase was heard at the City Council Policy Session.

Public Outreach
The Office of Environmental Programs, along with the Water Services, Planning and
Development, and Street Transportation departments, conducted public outreach in
conjunction with the Water Services Department's water and wastewater rates
outreach efforts in the months of March through June 2023.

See Attachment A for detailed outreach information.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers Ginger Spencer and Alan
Stephenson, the Water Services, Planning and Development and Street
Transportation departments, and the Office of Environmental Programs.




Page 517
ATTACHMENT A
Stormwater Excise Tax Outreach and Communication

Representatives from the Stormwater Management Program comprised of staff from
the Office of Environmental Programs, Planning and Development, Street
Transportation, and Water Services Departments, conducted extensive public outreach
to present information, answer questions, and obtain feedback for the proposed
increase to the Stormwater Excise Tax (SET). During the months of March – June
2023, the representatives engaged in the following efforts:

Budget Hearings

Staff participated in all 12 budget hearing meetings with an informational table
containing a SET fact sheet and educational materials.
https://www.phoenix.gov/budgetsite/Documents/2023_City_of_Phoenix_Budget_Heari
ng_Location_List.pdf

Public Community Meetings

Staff from the Stormwater Management Program conducted a joint presentation with
the Water Services Department at the following seven meetings:

Date Location Time Format
April 27 Virtual 6:00 pm English
May 4 Paradise Valley Community Center 6:00 pm English & Spanish
May 9 Devonshire Senior Center 6:00 pm English & Spanish
May 15 Virtual 6:00 pm Spanish
May 23 Maryvale Community Center 6:00 pm English & Spanish
May 25 South Mountain Community Center 6:00 pm English & Spanish
June 10 Burton Barr Library 11:00 am English & Spanish

Video recordings of public meetings in English and Spanish are available on
www.phoenix.gov/proposedrates.

Village Planning Committees (VPCs) Meetings
Staff from the Stormwater Management Program conducted a joint presentation with
the Water Services Department at all 15 village planning committee meetings:

Date Village Type of Meeting
March 20 Laveen VPC Virtual
March 21 Estrella Village VPC Virtual
March 28 Alhambra VPC Virtual
April 3 Encanto VPC In-person
April 4 Desert View VPC In-person
April 11 South Mountain VPC In-person



Page 518
Date Village Type of Meeting
April 12 Maryvale VPC In-person
April 13 North Gateway VPC In-person
April 17 Central City VPC In-person
April 19 North Mountain VPC In-person
April 20 Deer Valley VPC In-person
April 24 Ahwatukee Foothills VPC In-person
May 1 Paradise Valley VPC In-person
May 2 Camelback East VPC In-person
May 9 Rio Vista VPC In-person


Meetings By Request

Date Requestor Location Time
April 20 City Council District 3 Shadow Mountain Senior 8:30 am
Center
April 24 City Council District 1 Deer Valley Community 6:00 pm
Center
May 22 Arizona Chapter of Associated Phoenix City Hall and 3:00 pm
General Contractors / City of Virtual
Phoenix Joint Cooperative
Committee
May 30 City Council District 4 Encanto Park Clubhouse 6:00 pm
May 31 City Council District 1 Cholla Public Library 10:00 am
June 7 City Council District 4 Bret Tarver Learning 6:00 pm
Center

Public Education and Communication

• Website - A new webpage was created and continuously updated to
provide meeting information and detailed information on the proposed
rate increases and SET: phoenix.gov/proposedrates.
• E-mail address was advertised to the public for comments and concerns:
wsd.esd.outreach@phoenix.gov
• Fact Sheet – One-page informational sheet with versions in English and
Spanish, explaining the history of the SET, new and expanded permit
requirements requiring the increase, and proposed new rates.
• Report – Per Administrative Regulation 1.98, a report was prepared by
staff to explain and justify the increased fee. This comprehensive report
is available in both English and Spanish:
https://www.phoenix.gov/public-notice-tax-and-fee-changes




Page 519
Media and Public Outreach
• 60-Day Notice of Intent to Modify a Fee –
https://www.phoenix.gov/public-notice-tax-and-fee-changes - March
• Social Media – Twitter, Facebook, NextDoor
• Phoenix At Your Service (PAYS) Article (English and Spanish) – April and May
• City Services Bill Messages - April and May
• Postcard - Sent to all residential and commercial customers who receive their
City Services bill by mail in English and Spanish
• Direct E-mail - E-mail sent to all customers who receive their bill electronically
• City of Phoenix News Release – March 17, 2023
• Newsletter articles in the Library and Neighborhood Services publications
• Phoenix City Hall elevator and lobby digital displays
• Utilized a website public comment form asking people for feedback about
the proposed rate increase.
• 15-Day Notice of intent to Modify a Fee – June 13, 2023

Media Promotions

• North Central News – digital story on March 1, 2023
• Public Now – digital story on March 16, 2023
• All About Arizona News – digital story on March 17, 2023
• KTAR – digital story on March 19, 2023
• Phoenix Independent – digital story on March 19, 2023
• ABC15 Arizona – television interview and digital story on March 20, 2023
• Fox10 – news coverage and digital story on March 20, 2023
• Your Valley – digital news story on March 20, 2023
• AZ Family – digital news story on March 20, 2023
• District 3 Newsletter – March 30, 2023
• Foothills Focus – digital story on April 27, 2023
• AZ PBS – digital news story on April 27, 2023
• Arizona Capital Times – digital story on April 28, 2023
• 12 News – digital article on May 3, 2023

Overall Feedback
Between March and June 2023, staff reached over 400 participants at public
meetings which generated 33 written and verbal comments. Overall, there was an
understanding of the need to fund this permit-required program.
Most of the comments and questions from in-person meetings centered around
regulatory and permit requirements, city budget structure, flood mitigation,




Page 520
stormwater harvesting, and green stormwater initiatives. Written comments
submitted through the website were more procedural in nature with residents
requesting clarification on regulatory requirements and use of funds while also
expressing concern about inflationary pressures.




Page 521
ATTACHMENT B




Stormwater Excise Tax Proposed Increase
Information Report
April 7, 2023

Introduction
The City of Phoenix (City) owns and operates a Phase I Municipal Separate Storm
Sewer System (MS4) under a permit issued by the Arizona Department of
Environmental Quality (ADEQ) under the federal Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et
seq. This MS4 permit is required under federal and state law because discharges to
protected surface waters are highly regulated. The City is required to comply with the
terms of the MS4 permit.
To protect water quality and minimize the discharge of pollutants, the City established a
comprehensive, multi-departmental Stormwater Management Program (Program) to
adhere to the City’s MS4 permit requirements. This effort includes but is not limited to:
• Maintaining legal authority to control discharges
• Regulating discharges associated with industrial activity
• Controlling discharge of pollutants from construction activity
• Prohibiting and investigating illicit discharges and illegal dumping
• Controlling spills, dumping, and disposal of materials other than stormwater
• Conducting inspections and monitoring to determine permit compliance
• Public education and outreach
• Employee training
• Compliance administration, reporting, and enforcement

The Program is supported by a Stormwater Excise Tax (Tax) that has been in place
since 1993 and is currently codified in Phoenix City Code Section 37-65(B). The City is
proposing an increase to the Tax for all City water service accounts. This increase is
primarily the result of new and expanded permit requirements from the City’s latest MS4
permit, which became effective July 1, 2021.






Page 522
Excise Tax Summary
The Tax is levied monthly on the City Services Bill under the header “State and Other
Taxes.” This line item also includes a State of Arizona tax, a Maricopa County freeway
tax, a jail tax, and a Hazardous Waste Disposal Tax. An example is provided below.


Figure 1 – Phoenix City Services Bill Example




Background on Excise Tax
In 1993, the Tax was established to defray the costs associated with the US
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) issued MS4 permit and mandated Program
(Ordinance G-3651). All single-family residential City Services bills were assessed
$0.15 per month. All other water accounts were charged a graduated rate by meter size
using the equivalent dwelling unit methodology.
The Phoenix City Council approved an increase to implement revisions to the Program
after the issuance of a new permit in 1997 (Ordinance G-4029). The single-family rate
increased from $0.15 to $0.20 per month. All other water accounts continued to be
charged a graduated rate by meter size using the equivalent dwelling unit methodology.



Page 523
Based on EPA and ADEQ review, it was evident that the current funding structure was
insufficient to implement the existing permit requirements and expanded 2009 MS4
permit requirements. The city completed an extensive review of the Program, calculated
operating costs, and researched comparable city fees for stormwater programs. In
2010, City Council approved a third increase in 17 years to cover new positions and an
additional $3.0 million in operating expenses (Ordinance G-5491).
The single-family monthly rate was established at $0.70 per month and intended to be
sufficient until the next ADEQ permit was issued.
Table 1: Summary of Excise Tax (1993 to Present)
Water Meter Size 1993 1997 2010 - Current
(Inches)
5/8"* $ 0.15 $ 0.20 $ 0.70
3/4"* $ 0.15 $ 0.20 $ 0.70
1" $ 0.38 $ 0.51 $ 1.46
1.5" $ 0.75 $ 1.00 $ 3.50
2" $ 1.20 $ 1.60 $ 4.85
3" $ 2.25 $ 3.00 $ 12.80
4" $ 3.75 $ 5.00 $ 19.75
6" $ 7.50 $ 10.00 $ 30.00
*5/8" and 3/4" water meters are typical single family residence water meter sizes
New Permit Requirements
A new permit was issued in January 2021 and became effective on July 1, 2021. The
new MS4 Permit requires the implementation of new programs and practices and the
expansion of existing program elements. New and expanded elements of the Program
include: a new stormwater post-construction control program, retrofit feasibility study,
increased public outreach requirements, expanded inspection and monitoring
requirements, and expanded reporting and mapping requirements.
Non-compliance by the city with the MS4 permit would result in notices of violations,
significant fines, and civil penalties up to $25,000 per day per violation from ADEQ and
the EPA. Other cities across the country who have failed to comply with their stormwater
permit have ended up operating under a consent decree, and consequently more
stringent and inflexible requirements.
The current Tax is not sufficient to implement the new and expanded permit
requirements, therefore an increase to cover the expenses of those requirements must
be pursued.
Proposed Increase
Single-family home residential customers would have an increase of $0.25 per month,
which adds up to $3.00 per year. All other water account increases are calculated at a
graduated rate by meter size using the equivalent dwelling unit methodology, in
accordance with the current tax structure.




Page 524
Table 2: Proposed Excise Tax Increase




The cost of the new and expanded MS4 permit elements was calculated via a multi-step
process. First, the framework for the new stormwater post-construction program
required by the permit had to be developed. Once the framework was established, a
reasonable estimate of program costs could then be calculated.
The current Program and expanded elements that are covered by the existing Tax were
evaluated. Only those elements not currently supported by the existing Tax were
evaluated for additional cost projection. The current number of projects and facilities
being reviewed by the City were identified, along with the most recent estimated growth
rate to forecast cost over time for these Program elements. The increase in education
and outreach, inspections, and reporting requirements were evaluated against current
and historic staff loads to identify additional personnel needs and levels. In addition, a
cost evaluation of the storm system management improvements was completed.
Staff is confident that all reasonably foreseeable costs of the new and expanded
Program elements have been captured by the Tax analysis, including forecasted
estimates for cost escalations of equipment, supplies, personnel, database upgrades
and support.
The City has worked to minimize the costs of new and expanded permit requirements in
a variety of ways. For example:
• Although there are many locations for which local flooding and drainage
concerns need to be investigated, the Tax increase limits the support to an
investigation of up to 10 locations annually. Limiting this number allows the city to
keep the Tax increase minimized. Expanding this investigation to more locations
could occur if a proportional increase in the Tax were approved.



Page 525
• The new stormwater post-construction program is being developed to avoid
unnecessary implementation expenses in multiple ways, including utilizing
existing programs and procedures wherever possible; siting the program in the
Planning and Development Department to capitalize on existing expertise and
plan review functions; and emphasizing owner-led inspections and submittal of
compliance documentation to reduce program costs and minimize the tax
increase.

These additional Program resources will enable the City to maintain compliance with the
ADEQ-issued MS4 permit and will alert City staff on the status of the storm system to
proactively, rather than reactively, identify and address concerns.

The tax will be used to implement these actions that are currently unfunded. It is
estimated to supply a total of approximately $2 Million in additional revenue annually
needed for the Program elements detailed in Table 3 below.


Table 3: Permit Requirements and Needed Resources
Department MS4 Permit Actions and New Resources Average Annual
Programs Financial Impact
Planning & Develop and implement the • 5 new positions (phased $900,000
Development new permit-required in over 4 years)
program to inventory, track, • Equipment, supplies, and
inspect and confirm database development
adequate maintenance of • Training development and
post-construction education/outreach to
stormwater controls for all owners of post-
private and public construction controls
development and • Contractual services
redevelopment projects.
Water Services Support expanded permit • 2 new positions $300,000
requirements including • Database development,
public outreach messaging maintenance, and support
and program modification,
increased reporting of non-
filers and wet weather
monitoring, stormwater
management plan updates,
tracking and reporting.






Page 526
Department MS4 Permit Actions and New Resources Average Annual
Programs Financial Impact
Street Improve efficiency and • Develop storm drain asset $ 800,000
Transportation effectiveness related to management program
storm drain evaluation and • Support a citywide storm
maintenance. system assessment
• Perform up to 10 site
evaluations annually of
local drainage issues.


City Comparisons
A review of similar cities with Phase I MS4 permits (including Mesa, Scottsdale,
Oklahoma City, San Antonio, and Austin) shows current residential storm water taxes
and fees ranging from $3.75 to $18.06/month. Of the cities investigated, the closest
equivalents to Phoenix for activities are Scottsdale, AZ, Mesa, AZ, San Antonio, TX,
and Oklahoma City, OK. These cities have monthly residential stormwater fees or taxes
ranging from $3.75 to $14.95/month. Oklahoma City rates increase by meter size and
go up to $658.92/month. City of Scottsdale, AZ has a flat stormwater fee of $6.10 for all
customers that supports stormwater and capital drainage and flood control projects. City
of Mesa has a flat environmental fee of $7.32 that supports stormwater, dust, and
hazardous waste activities.
Graph 1: Comparable Phase I MS4 Cities

Current Residential Stormwater Fees
8 7.32
6.1
6 5.69




Dollars Per Month

4 3.75

Current Rate
Proposed Rate
0.95
1 0.7

Phoenix, AZ Mesa, AZ Scottsdale, AZ Oklahoma City, San Antonio, TX
OK
Comparable Phase I MS4 Cities






Page 527
Public Outreach
The city plans to conduct public outreach through virtual and in-person community
meetings, social media, and online outreach. Below is a schedule of meetings and
opportunities to learn more about the proposed Tax increase.


Table 4: Schedule
Month Activity
February 15, 2023 Notify Transportation and Infrastructure (TIP) Subcommittee

March 2023 Initiate Public Outreach
March - May, 2023 Village Planning Committee Meetings
(Water Rate and Stormwater Tax Joint Meeting)
April 18, 2023 City Council Policy Meeting
April – May Virtual Public Meetings
(Water Rate and Stormwater Tax Joint Meeting)
April – May In-Person Public Meetings
(Water Rate and Stormwater Tax Joint Meeting)
May 16, 2023 Publish Notice of Intent with City Clerk and Public Venues
June 2023 Formal Phoenix City Council Meeting for Approval
July - Sept 2023 Public Notification
October 1, 2023 Tax increase goes into effect if approved


Public information on the proposed increase, along with the outreach schedule are
available at https://www.phoenix.gov/public-notice-tax-and-fee-changes.
Any questions or comments about the excise tax increase can be sent to
Wsd.esd.outreach@phoenix.gov and include the term “SW Excise Tax” in the subject
line. Staff will respond to any questions posed.






Page 528
15-Day Notice of Intent

Notice Date: June 13, 2023

Council Date: June 28, 2023

Type: Tax

Description: The City of Phoenix hereby gives notice of its intent to increase the Stormwater
Excise Tax.

1. Date, time, and place of meeting.

The proposed tax or fees will be considered by the Phoenix City Council at its formal meeting on
June 28, 2023, commencing at 2:30 p.m. at Phoenix City Council Chambers, 200 W. Jefferson
St., Phoenix, AZ 85003.

2. Reference to more details.

See information related to the proposed tax under notice date of March 20, 2023:
https://www.phoenix.gov/public-notice-tax-and-fee-changes

Department: Water Services Department, Street Transportation Department, Planning and
Development Department

Statutory and City Code Reference: Phoenix City Code 37-35(B)

More Information/Contact: Email - wsd.esd.outreach@phoenix.gov (include Stormwater
Excise Tax in the subject line) Visit - Phoenix.gov/ProposedRates




Page 529
60-Day Notice

Notice Date: March 20, 2023

Council Date: June 28, 2023

Type: Tax

Description: The City of Phoenix hereby gives notice of a proposed increase to the Stormwater
Excise tax. This increase is primarily the result of new and expanded permit requirements from
the City’s latest MS4 permit, which became effective July 1, 2021. This increase is projected to
provide the additional revenue required for the Program through October 2028.

1. Date, time, and place of meeting.

Information will be provided at the March and April Village Planning Committee Meetings.
Additional public meeting information is available online at Phoenix.gov/ProposedRates. The
proposed tax increase will be considered at the Phoenix City Council Formal meeting on or after
June 28, 2023, at 2:30 PM. The meeting will be held at Phoenix City Council Chambers, 200
West Jefferson Street, Phoenix, AZ 85003.

2. Reference to more details.

This notice of intent is posted effective: March 20, 2023.
See information related to the proposed tax under notice date of March 20, 2023:
https://www.phoenix.gov/public-notice-tax-and-fee-changes

English Information (PDF) – Attached
Información en español (PDF) – Attached

Department: Water Services Department, Street Transportation Department, Planning and
Development Department

Statutory and City Code Reference: Phoenix City Code 37-35(B)


More Information/Contact:
Email - wsd.esd.outreach@phoenix.gov (include Stormwater Excise Tax in the subject line)
Visit - Phoenix.gov/ProposedRates




Page 530



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorize Expenditures and New Positions Funded by the Stormwater Excise
Tax Increase for MS4 Permit Compliance (Ordinance S-49965)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to add seven new positions to
the multi-departmental Stormwater Management Program and to expend funds related
to the City's new MS4 permit and associated Stormwater Excise Tax (SET) increase.
No General Fund dollars are requested to support this request; funding will be
provided by the proposed increase to the SET.

Summary
The City of Phoenix operates a Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) via a
permit issued under the federal Clean Water Act from the Arizona Department of
Environmental Quality (ADEQ). Compliance with the City's MS4 permit requires a multi
-departmental effort to manage citywide stormwater quality via the City's Stormwater
Management Program (Program).

Generally, the MS4 permit authorizes discharges from the City's stormwater
infrastructure into protected surface waters. The City's stormwater infrastructure
includes catch basins, storm drains and outfalls that collect and convey stormwater
from streets and other public and private surfaces to retention/detention basins and
surface water channels throughout the City. ADEQ issued the City a new MS4 permit
that became effective July 1, 2021. This new permit requires the expansion of some
existing Program elements and the addition of new Program elements.

New and expanded elements of the Program include: a new stormwater post
construction control program, a retrofit feasibility study, expanded public outreach
requirements, expanded inspection requirements, and expanded reporting and
mapping requirements. Non-compliance by the City with the MS4 permit would result
in notices of violation and fines from ADEQ and the Environmental Protection Agency.
Other cities across the country who have failed to comply with their stormwater permit
are operating under a consent decree, a significantly more stringent and inflexible
process.

This is the second part of a joint request to increase the stormwater excise tax (23-
1540) and obtain approval to expend the funds for MS4 permit compliance activities


Page 531

and resources and add new staff positions to support compliance as funding permits.

Staff evaluated multiple implementation methods for new Program elements and
ultimately selected the approach that adds minimal staff for compliance requirements.
The proposed SET increase and number of new staff positions reflects that approach.
The positions would be phased in over the course of three years to meet permit
compliance needs.

See Attachment A for details on the new positions being requested and the attached
Stormwater Excise Tax Increase Report (Attachment B) for more detail on other
program elements to be funded by the SET increase.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
The City Council last approved an increase to the SET on April 6, 2010, (Ordinance G-
5491) in connection with the prior MS4 permit requirements.

On Feb. 15, 2023, the Transportation, Infrastructure and Planning Subcommittee
heard information on the proposed SET increase and on April 18, 2023, information on
the proposed SET increase was heard at the Council Policy Session. The proposed
SET increase is in front of Council for decision at this June 28, 2023, Formal Council
Meeting.

Financial Impact
The estimated cost for the new staff positions for the remainder of Fiscal Year 2023-24
is estimated to be $280,826 and full year costs for Fiscal Year 2024-25 are estimated
to be $837,817. Average annual costs of the new and expanded activities covered by
the SET increase is $1,960,547. No General Funds are requested to support these
staffing and Stormwater Management Program requirements. The SET increase would
provide the funding.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Managers Ginger Spencer and Alan
Stephenson, and the Water Services, Planning and Development and Street
Transportation departments.




Page 532
ATTACHMENT A
Stormwater Management Program Additional Positions

POSITION NEED
Economic Development Develop and implement the new permit-required
Program Manager (1) stormwater post-construction program to inventory,
Planning & Development track, inspect and confirm adequate maintenance of
Department post-construction controls for all private and public
development projects. Lead development and
management of program and supervise staff,
complaint, and enforcement response.
Principal Engineering These positions are anticipated to be hired in the first
Technician (2) and third years after SET approval is obtained. These
Planning & Development positions are the primary staff evaluating functionality
Department of post-construction controls through administrative
and field inspections, conducting initial complaint
investigations, and enforcement actions when
necessary.
Administrative Assistant I Provides support to the post-construction program,
Planning & Development updates database information, researches property
Department ownership, prepares communication and outreach to
stakeholders, facilitates contractual services, and
assists with staff training and development.
GIS Technician or Focuses on updating central records and/or the spatial
Similar (1) Planning & inventory of stormwater post-construction controls in a
Development Department timely manner and assists with mapping stormwater
or Street Transportation infrastructure. Options are being evaluated to
Department determine the most effective placement of this position.
Water Services Project To lead implementation and management of
Coordinator (1) program and supervise staff, assess rules/regulations
Water Services Department for impacts on the Department and City, report
preparation, evaluate effectiveness of public outreach
and enforcement response, serve as primary contact
for stakeholder activities.
Environmental Quality To verify and update Industrial and Commercial
Specialist (1) facility inspection data, complete and submit Discharge
Water Services Department Monitoring Reports, annual report generation and
documentation for program modification, coordination
of training and outreach requirements.
TOTAL STAFF 7




Page 533
ATTACHMENT B




Stormwater Excise Tax Proposed Increase
Information Report
April 7, 2023

Introduction
The City of Phoenix (City) owns and operates a Phase I Municipal Separate Storm
Sewer System (MS4) under a permit issued by the Arizona Department of
Environmental Quality (ADEQ) under the federal Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et
seq. This MS4 permit is required under federal and state law because discharges to
protected surface waters are highly regulated. The City is required to comply with the
terms of the MS4 permit.
To protect water quality and minimize the discharge of pollutants, the City established a
comprehensive, multi-departmental Stormwater Management Program (Program) to
adhere to the City’s MS4 permit requirements. This effort includes but is not limited to:
• Maintaining legal authority to control discharges
• Regulating discharges associated with industrial activity
• Controlling discharge of pollutants from construction activity
• Prohibiting and investigating illicit discharges and illegal dumping
• Controlling spills, dumping, and disposal of materials other than stormwater
• Conducting inspections and monitoring to determine permit compliance
• Public education and outreach
• Employee training
• Compliance administration, reporting, and enforcement

The Program is supported by a Stormwater Excise Tax (Tax) that has been in place
since 1993 and is currently codified in Phoenix City Code Section 37-65(B). The City is
proposing an increase to the Tax for all City water service accounts. This increase is
primarily the result of new and expanded permit requirements from the City’s latest MS4
permit, which became effective July 1, 2021.






Page 534
Excise Tax Summary
The Tax is levied monthly on the City Services Bill under the header “State and Other
Taxes.” This line item also includes a State of Arizona tax, a Maricopa County freeway
tax, a jail tax, and a Hazardous Waste Disposal Tax. An example is provided below.


Figure 1 – Phoenix City Services Bill Example




Background on Excise Tax
In 1993, the Tax was established to defray the costs associated with the US
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) issued MS4 permit and mandated Program
(Ordinance G-3651). All single-family residential City Services bills were assessed
$0.15 per month. All other water accounts were charged a graduated rate by meter size
using the equivalent dwelling unit methodology.
The Phoenix City Council approved an increase to implement revisions to the Program
after the issuance of a new permit in 1997 (Ordinance G-4029). The single-family rate
increased from $0.15 to $0.20 per month. All other water accounts continued to be
charged a graduated rate by meter size using the equivalent dwelling unit methodology.



Page 535
Based on EPA and ADEQ review, it was evident that the current funding structure was
insufficient to implement the existing permit requirements and expanded 2009 MS4
permit requirements. The city completed an extensive review of the Program, calculated
operating costs, and researched comparable city fees for stormwater programs. In
2010, City Council approved a third increase in 17 years to cover new positions and an
additional $3.0 million in operating expenses (Ordinance G-5491).
The single-family monthly rate was established at $0.70 per month and intended to be
sufficient until the next ADEQ permit was issued.
Table 1: Summary of Excise Tax (1993 to Present)
Water Meter Size 1993 1997 2010 - Current
(Inches)
5/8"* $ 0.15 $ 0.20 $ 0.70
3/4"* $ 0.15 $ 0.20 $ 0.70
1" $ 0.38 $ 0.51 $ 1.46
1.5" $ 0.75 $ 1.00 $ 3.50
2" $ 1.20 $ 1.60 $ 4.85
3" $ 2.25 $ 3.00 $ 12.80
4" $ 3.75 $ 5.00 $ 19.75
6" $ 7.50 $ 10.00 $ 30.00
*5/8" and 3/4" water meters are typical single family residence water meter sizes
New Permit Requirements
A new permit was issued in January 2021 and became effective on July 1, 2021. The
new MS4 Permit requires the implementation of new programs and practices and the
expansion of existing program elements. New and expanded elements of the Program
include: a new stormwater post-construction control program, retrofit feasibility study,
increased public outreach requirements, expanded inspection and monitoring
requirements, and expanded reporting and mapping requirements.
Non-compliance by the city with the MS4 permit would result in notices of violations,
significant fines, and civil penalties up to $25,000 per day per violation from ADEQ and
the EPA. Other cities across the country who have failed to comply with their stormwater
permit have ended up operating under a consent decree, and consequently more
stringent and inflexible requirements.
The current Tax is not sufficient to implement the new and expanded permit
requirements, therefore an increase to cover the expenses of those requirements must
be pursued.
Proposed Increase
Single-family home residential customers would have an increase of $0.25 per month,
which adds up to $3.00 per year. All other water account increases are calculated at a
graduated rate by meter size using the equivalent dwelling unit methodology, in
accordance with the current tax structure.




Page 536
Table 2: Proposed Excise Tax Increase




The cost of the new and expanded MS4 permit elements was calculated via a multi-step
process. First, the framework for the new stormwater post-construction program
required by the permit had to be developed. Once the framework was established, a
reasonable estimate of program costs could then be calculated.
The current Program and expanded elements that are covered by the existing Tax were
evaluated. Only those elements not currently supported by the existing Tax were
evaluated for additional cost projection. The current number of projects and facilities
being reviewed by the City were identified, along with the most recent estimated growth
rate to forecast cost over time for these Program elements. The increase in education
and outreach, inspections, and reporting requirements were evaluated against current
and historic staff loads to identify additional personnel needs and levels. In addition, a
cost evaluation of the storm system management improvements was completed.
Staff is confident that all reasonably foreseeable costs of the new and expanded
Program elements have been captured by the Tax analysis, including forecasted
estimates for cost escalations of equipment, supplies, personnel, database upgrades
and support.
The City has worked to minimize the costs of new and expanded permit requirements in
a variety of ways. For example:
• Although there are many locations for which local flooding and drainage
concerns need to be investigated, the Tax increase limits the support to an
investigation of up to 10 locations annually. Limiting this number allows the city to
keep the Tax increase minimized. Expanding this investigation to more locations
could occur if a proportional increase in the Tax were approved.



Page 537
• The new stormwater post-construction program is being developed to avoid
unnecessary implementation expenses in multiple ways, including utilizing
existing programs and procedures wherever possible; siting the program in the
Planning and Development Department to capitalize on existing expertise and
plan review functions; and emphasizing owner-led inspections and submittal of
compliance documentation to reduce program costs and minimize the tax
increase.

These additional Program resources will enable the City to maintain compliance with the
ADEQ-issued MS4 permit and will alert City staff on the status of the storm system to
proactively, rather than reactively, identify and address concerns.

The tax will be used to implement these actions that are currently unfunded. It is
estimated to supply a total of approximately $2 Million in additional revenue annually
needed for the Program elements detailed in Table 3 below.


Table 3: Permit Requirements and Needed Resources
Department MS4 Permit Actions and New Resources Average Annual
Programs Financial Impact
Planning & Develop and implement the • 5 new positions (phased $900,000
Development new permit-required in over 4 years)
program to inventory, track, • Equipment, supplies, and
inspect and confirm database development
adequate maintenance of • Training development and
post-construction education/outreach to
stormwater controls for all owners of post-
private and public construction controls
development and • Contractual services
redevelopment projects.
Water Services Support expanded permit • 2 new positions $300,000
requirements including • Database development,
public outreach messaging maintenance, and support
and program modification,
increased reporting of non-
filers and wet weather
monitoring, stormwater
management plan updates,
tracking and reporting.






Page 538
Department MS4 Permit Actions and New Resources Average Annual
Programs Financial Impact
Street Improve efficiency and • Develop storm drain asset $ 800,000
Transportation effectiveness related to management program
storm drain evaluation and • Support a citywide storm
maintenance. system assessment
• Perform up to 10 site
evaluations annually of
local drainage issues.


City Comparisons
A review of similar cities with Phase I MS4 permits (including Mesa, Scottsdale,
Oklahoma City, San Antonio, and Austin) shows current residential storm water taxes
and fees ranging from $3.75 to $18.06/month. Of the cities investigated, the closest
equivalents to Phoenix for activities are Scottsdale, AZ, Mesa, AZ, San Antonio, TX,
and Oklahoma City, OK. These cities have monthly residential stormwater fees or taxes
ranging from $3.75 to $14.95/month. Oklahoma City rates increase by meter size and
go up to $658.92/month. City of Scottsdale, AZ has a flat stormwater fee of $6.10 for all
customers that supports stormwater and capital drainage and flood control projects. City
of Mesa has a flat environmental fee of $7.32 that supports stormwater, dust, and
hazardous waste activities.
Graph 1: Comparable Phase I MS4 Cities

Current Residential Stormwater Fees
8 7.32
6.1
6 5.69




Dollars Per Month

4 3.75

Current Rate
Proposed Rate
0.95
1 0.7

Phoenix, AZ Mesa, AZ Scottsdale, AZ Oklahoma City, San Antonio, TX
OK
Comparable Phase I MS4 Cities






Page 539
Public Outreach
The city plans to conduct public outreach through virtual and in-person community
meetings, social media, and online outreach. Below is a schedule of meetings and
opportunities to learn more about the proposed Tax increase.


Table 4: Schedule
Month Activity
February 15, 2023 Notify Transportation and Infrastructure (TIP) Subcommittee

March 2023 Initiate Public Outreach
March - May, 2023 Village Planning Committee Meetings
(Water Rate and Stormwater Tax Joint Meeting)
April 18, 2023 City Council Policy Meeting
April – May Virtual Public Meetings
(Water Rate and Stormwater Tax Joint Meeting)
April – May In-Person Public Meetings
(Water Rate and Stormwater Tax Joint Meeting)
May 16, 2023 Publish Notice of Intent with City Clerk and Public Venues
June 2023 Formal Phoenix City Council Meeting for Approval
July - Sept 2023 Public Notification
October 1, 2023 Tax increase goes into effect if approved


Public information on the proposed increase, along with the outreach schedule are
available at https://www.phoenix.gov/public-notice-tax-and-fee-changes.
Any questions or comments about the excise tax increase can be sent to
Wsd.esd.outreach@phoenix.gov and include the term “SW Excise Tax” in the subject
line. Staff will respond to any questions posed.






Page 540



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Final Plat - Pinnacle Peak and 23rd Ave - PLAT 230026 - Southwest Corner of
William A. Alter Way and 23rd Avenue

Plat: 230026
Project: 20-162
Name of Plat: Pinnacle Peak and 23rd Ave
Owner: MREG Deer Valley SFR, LLC
Engineer: James A. Brucci, RLS
Request: A One-Lot Commercial Plat
Reviewed by Staff: May 24, 2023
Final Plat requires Formal Action Only

Summary
Staff requests that the above plat be approved by the City Council and certified by the
City Clerk. Recording of the plat dedicates the streets and easements as shown to the
public.

Location
Generally located at the southwest corner of William A. Alter Way and 23rd Avenue
Council District: 1

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 541



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Final Plat - 29th Avenue and Sonoran Desert Drive - PLAT 220042 - Northwest
Corner of 29th Avenue and Sonoran Desert Drive

Plat: 220042
Project: 21-1206
Name of Plat: 29th Avenue and Sonoran Desert Drive
Owner: Blueprint Sonoran, LLC, Sonoran Desert Retail, LLC, CWS 29th Sonoran MF,
L.P.
Engineer: James G. Spring, RLS
Request: A Three-Lot Commercial Plat
Reviewed by Staff: May 11, 2023
Final Plat requires Formal Action Only

Summary
Staff requests that the above plat be approved by the City Council and certified by the
City Clerk. Recording of the plat dedicates the streets and easements as shown to the
public. This plat needs to record concurrently with Abandonment 230002.

Location
Generally located at the northwest corner of 29th Avenue and Sonoran Desert Drive
Council District: 2

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 542



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Final Plat - 17 North - Amended - PLAT 230030 - Northeast Corner of Blue Sky
Drive and Black Canyon Highway

Plat: 230030
Project: 20-2966
Name of Plat: 17 North - Amended
Owner: Brookfield Holdings, LLC
Engineer: James A. Loftis, RLS
Request: A 272-Lot Residential Plat
Reviewed by Staff: May 16, 2023
Final Plat requires Formal Action Only

Summary
Staff requests that the above plat be approved by the City Council and certified by the
City Clerk. Recording of the plat dedicates the streets and easements as shown to the
public.

Location
Northeast corner of Blue Sky Drive and Black Canyon Highway
Council District: 2

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 543



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Final Plat - Pierson and 11th Ave Townhomes - PLAT 220004 - Southeast Corner
of 11th Avenue and Pierson Street

Plat: 220004
Project: 20-2152
Name of Plat: Pierson and 11th Ave Townhomes
Owner: Rich Frank
Engineer: Shane R. Barnett, RLS
Request: A 13-Lot Residential Plat
Reviewed by Staff: May 30, 2023
Final Plat requires Formal Action Only

Summary
Staff requests that the above plat be approved by the City Council and certified by the
City Clerk. Recording of the plat dedicates the streets and easements as shown to the
public.

Location
Generally located at the southeast corner of 11th Avenue and Pierson Street
Council District: 4

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 544



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Final Plat - Park Aldea II - PLAT 230002 - Southwest Corner of Montebello
Avenue and 101st Avenue

Plat: 230002
Project: 18-3875
Name of Plat: Park Aldea II
Owner: TC Park Aldea Phase 2 Venture, LLC
Engineer: James M. Williamson, RLS
Request: A Four-Lot Commercial Plat
Reviewed by Staff: May 25, 2023
Final Plat requires Formal Action Only

Summary
Staff requests that the above plat be approved by the City Council and certified by the
City Clerk. Recording of the plat dedicates the streets and easements as shown to the
public.

Location
Generally located at the southwest corner of Montebello Avenue and 101st Avenue
Council District: 5

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 545



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Final Plat - Ryder 202 and I-10 - PLAT 220085 - Northeast Corner of 57th Avenue
and Latham Street

Plat: 220085
Project: 18-3673
Name of Plat: Ryder 202 and I-10
Owner: Ryder System, Inc.
Engineer: Thomas E. Granillo, RLS
Request: A One-Lot Commercial Plat
Reviewed by Staff: May 18, 2023
Final Plat requires Formal Action Only

Summary
Staff requests that the above plat be approved by the City Council and certified by the
City Clerk. Recording of the plat dedicates the streets and easements as shown to the
public. This plat needs to record concurrently with Abandonment 180071. The
sequence of recording is that the resolution of abandonment is recorded first and the
plat second.

Location
Generally located at the northeast corner of 57th Avenue and Latham Street
Council District: 7

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 546



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Abandonment of Easement - ABND 230002 - 2800 West Sonoran Desert Drive
(Resolution 22137)

Abandonment: ABND 230002
Project: 21-1206
Applicant: Blueprint Sonoran, LLC
Request: To abandon the 120-foot drainage easement north of Sonoran Desert Drive
for Parcel 16A.
Date of Decision/Hearing: March 8, 2023

Summary
The resolution of the abandonment and PLAT 220042 are to be recorded together with
the Maricopa County recorder on the same day, at the same time. The sequence of
recording to be followed is that the resolution is recorded first, then the plat is recorded
second.

Location
2800 West Sonoran Desert Drive
Council District: 2

Financial Impact
Pursuant to Phoenix City Code article 5, section 31-64 (e) as the City acknowledges
the public benefit received by the generation of additional revenue from the private tax
rolls and by the elimination of third-party general liability claims against the city,
maintenance expenses, and undesirable traffic patterns, also replatting of the area
with alternate roadways and new development as sufficient and appropriate
consideration in this matter.

None. No consideration fee was required as a part of this easement abandonment,
although filing fees were paid.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.



Page 547



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Abandonment of Easement - ABND 230024 - 17217 N. 17th Ave. (Resolution
22135)

Abandonment: ABND 230024
Project: 01-21134
Applicants: APSP Phoenix LLC, c/o Andover Properties, LLC
Request: To abandon the 16-foot wide public utility easement (PUE) 99 feet south of
the north property line of APN# 201-08-007W.
Date of Decision/Hearing: June 13, 2023

Location
17217 N. 17th Ave.
Council District: 3

Financial Impact
Pursuant to Phoenix City Code Art. 5, Sec. 31-64 (e) as the City acknowledges the
public benefit received by the generation of additional revenue from the private tax
rolls and by the elimination of third-party general liability claims against the city,
maintenance expenses, and undesirable traffic patterns, also replatting of the area
with alternate roadways and new development as sufficient and appropriate
consideration in this matter.

No consideration fee was required as a part of this easement abandonment, although
filing fees were paid.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 548



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Abandonment of Right-of-Way and Easements - V180071 - 5546 West Latham
Street (Resolution 22134)

Abandonment: V180071A
Project: 18-1533
Applicants: Rod Jarvis and Greg Loper; Earl & Curley P.C.
Request: To abandon right-of-way and public utility easements, bounded by parcels
APN 103-27-018, 103-27-017C and 103-27-062B.
Date of Decision/Hearing: Jan. 22, 2019

Summary
The resolution of the abandonment and PLAT 220085 are to be recorded together with
the Maricopa County recorder on the same day at the same time. The sequence of
recording to be followed is that the resolution is recorded first, then the plat is recorded
second.

Location
5546 W. Latham St.
Council District: 7

Financial Impact
A consideration fee was also collected as part of this right-of-way and easements
abandonment in the amount of $34,025.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 549



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Authorization to Enter into a Development Agreement for Funding to Help
Complete Sonoran Desert Drive and Dove Valley Road (Ordinance S-49976)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to negotiate and enter into a
development agreement between the City of Phoenix, Taylor Morrison/Arizona, INC.,
and Macewen Ranch LLC outlining the parties' participation contributions to Sonoran
Desert Drive and Dove Valley Road. Further request authorization for the City
Treasurer to accept, and for the City Controller to disburse, funds related to this item.

Summary
Taylor Morrison is proposing a contribution to address their traffic impacts to Sonoran
Desert Drive resulting from their development of a residential community (Verdin) in
north Phoenix. The contribution is consistent with the City Council adopted Sonoran
Desert Drive Funding Policy as follows:
· The developer will make a contribution for each home built within their development
at the time building permits are purchased for new home construction.
· The funds will be combined with other funding to design and construct Sonoran
Desert Drive in the future.
· The contribution will be adjusted for inflation periodically in accordance with an
agreed upon index.
· The developer anticipates an approximately 8-10 year development horizon to
reach full build out of the parcel.
Financial Impact
The City will receive a proportionate funding contribution in lieu of built improvements
to be held in a separate account for future completion of Sonoran Desert Drive and
Dove Valley Road between North Valley Parkway and Cave Creek Road.

Concurrence/Previous Council Action
· Sonoran Desert Drive Funding Policy (Resolution 22048) on July 1, 2022.
· Formation of the Verdin Community Facilities District (CFD) (Resolution 22114)
on April 19, 2023.
· Authorization to negotiate a development agreement for CFD administrative costs
(Ordinance S-49611) on April 19, 2023.


Page 550

Location
The Verdin CFD is generally the 473 acres of land on the south side of Sonoran Desert
Drive between the 16th and 24th Street alignments.
Council District: 2

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development and Street Transportation departments.




Page 551



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Amend City Code - Ordinance Adoption - Rezoning Application PHO-1-23--Z-9-20
-6 - Southwest Corner of 16th Street and Colter Street (Ordinance G-7130)

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to approve the Planning
Hearing Officer's recommendation without further hearing by the City Council on
matters heard by the Planning Hearing Officer on May 17, 2023.

Summary
Application: PHO-1-23--Z-9-20-6
Existing Zoning: C-O, PUD
Acreage: 3.48

Applicant: Trinsic Residential Group
Owner: Willowick Square Owner LLC
Representative: Benjamin Tate, Withey Morris Baugh PLC

Proposal:
1. Request to review and approve proposed modifications to a conceptual site plan
(building footprint and south building setback) that do not meet the criteria for
administrative review per Section 671.E.3.b.

VPC Recommendation: The Camelback East Village Planning Committee chose not to
hear this case.
PHO Recommendation: The Planning Hearing Officer recommended approval with
modifications and additional stipulations.

Location
Southwest corner of 16th Street and Colter Street
Council District: 6
Parcel Address: 5150 N 16th St.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.



Page 552
ATTACHMENT A

THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE




ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE STIPULATIONS APPLICABLE TO
REZONING APPLICATION Z-9-20-6 PREVIOUSLY APPROVED BY
ORDINANCE G-6816.

____________



BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1. The zoning stipulations applicable located at the

southwest corner of 16th Street and Colter Street in a portion of Section 16,

Township 2 North, Range 3 east of the Gila and Salt River base and meridian,

Maricopa County, Arizona, as described more specifically in Attachment “A”, are

hereby modified to read as set forth below.

STIPULATIONS:

1. An updated Development Narrative for the Willowick PUD reflecting the
changes approved through this request shall be submitted to the Planning
and Development Department within 30 days of City Council approval of this
request. The updated Development Narrative shall be consistent with the
Development Narrative date stamped December 21, 2020 JUNE 9, 2022, as
modified by the following stipulations:

a. Front cover: Revise the submittal date information on the bottom to
add the following: Hearing draft: December 21, 2020; City Council
adopted: [Add adoption date].

EXHIBIT 4: REMOVE EXISTING CONCEPTUTAL SITE PLAN AND
REPLACE WITH THE SITE PLAN DATE STAMPED MARCH 30,


Page 553
2023.

2. The developer shall retain the right-of-way and bus stop pad on southbound
16th Street south of Colter Street. The bus stop pad shall be compliant with
The bus stop pad shall be spaced from the intersection of 16th Street and
Colter Street as per City of Phoenix Standard Detail P1258, as approved by
the Planning and Development Department.

3. A MINIMUM 10-FOOT WIDE SIDEWALK EASEMENT SHALL BE
DEDICATED ALONG THE WEST SIDE OF 16TH STREET, AS
APPROVED OR MODIFIED BY THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT.

4. The developer shall utilize the existing driveway along 16th Street on Parcel
3. No. APN 162-12-001X to access the site. The developer shall record a
cross access easement between Parcel Nos. 162-12-001X and 162-12-009,
to allow for ingress from the existing driveway south of the site. The
agreement is to be reviewed and approved by the Planning and
Development Department prior to recordation with Maricopa County.

5. The developer shall submit a Traffic Impact Study (TIS) to the City for this
4. development. No preliminary approval of plans shall be granted until the
study had been reviewed and approved by the City. Additional off-site
improvements and right-of-way dedications may be required as identified in
the approved traffic study. Development shall be responsible for the cost
associated with these improvements and dedications.

6. The developer shall construct all streets within and adjacent to the
5. development with paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramps, streetlights,
median islands, landscaping and other incidentals, as per plans approved
by the Planning and Development Department. All improvements shall
comply with all ADA accessibility standards.

7. In the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction,
6. the developer shall immediately cease all ground-disturbing activities within
a 33-foot radius of the discovery, notify the City Archaeologist, and allow
time for the Archaeology Office to properly assess the materials.

8. Prior to preliminary site plan approval, the landowner shall execute a
7. proposition 207 waiver of claims form. The waiver shall be recorded with
the Maricopa County Recorder's Office and delivered to the City to be
included in the rezoning application file for record.

SECTION 2. Due to the site’s specific physical conditions and the use

district granted pursuant to Ordinance G-6816 this portion of the rezoning is now




Page 554
subject to the stipulations approved pursuant to Ordinance G-6816 and as modified in

Section 1 of this Ordinance. Any violation of the stipulation is a violation of the City of

Phoenix Zoning Ordinance. Building permits shall not be issued for the subject site

until all the stipulations have been met.

SECTION 3. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or

portion of this ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the

decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the

validity of the remaining portions hereof.

PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 28th day of June,

2023.




________________________________
MAYOR



ATTEST:


_________________________
Denise Archibald, City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Julie M. Kriegh, City Attorney


By:
_________________________
_________________________


REVIEWED BY:


_________________________


Page 555
Jeffrey Barton, City Manager



Exhibits:
A - Legal Description (2 Pages)
B - Ordinance Location Map (1 Page)




Page 556
EXHIBIT A
LEGAL DESCRIPTION FOR PHO-1-23--Z-9-20-6

THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN BELOW IS SITUATED IN PHOENIX, IN THE
COUNTY OF MARICOPA, STATE OF ARIZONA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS
FOLLOWS:

THAT PORTION OF THE NORTH HALF OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE
SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 16, TOWNSHIP 2 NORTH, RANGE 3 EAST
OF THE GILA AND SALT RIVER BASE AND MERIDIAN, MARICOPA COUNTY,
ARIZONA, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE WEST LINE OF THE 40
FOOT STRIP OF LAND CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF PHOENIX BY DEED
RECORDED FEBRUARY 13, 1970 IN DOCKET 7998, PAGE 117 AND THE NORTH
LINE OF THE SOUTH 210.00 FEET OF SAID NORTH HALF OF THE SOUTHEAST
QUARTER OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 16;

THENCE ALONG SAID NORTH LINE SOUTH 89 DEGREES 58 MINUTES 27
SECONDS WEST 293.32 FEET;

THENCE PARALLEL WITH THE WEST LINE OF SAID NORTH HALF, NORTH 0
DEGREES 04 MINUTES 29 SECONDS WEST 240.49 FEET;

THENCE PARALLEL WITH THE NORTH LINE OF SAID NORTH HALF OF THE
SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 16,
SOUTH 89 DEGREES 58 MINUTES 25 SECONDS WEST 22.00 FEET TO THE
SOUTHEAST CORNER OF PARCEL 1, AS DESCRIBED IN THE DEED TO THE
CITY OF PHOENIX, AS RECORDED IN DOCKET 8661, PAGE 117;

THENCE ALONG THE EASTERLY LINE OF PARCEL 1 AND ITS NORTHERLY
PROLONGATION, NORTH 00 DEGREES 04 MINUTES 29 SECONDS WEST 180.00
FEET TO THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTH 30.00 FEET OF SAID NORTH HALF;

THENCE ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE, NORTH 89 DEGREES 58 MINUTES 25
SECONDS EAST 271.65 FEET TO THE WEST LINE OF THE EAST 83.00 FEET OF
SAID NORTH HALF;

THENCE ALONG SAID WEST LINE, SOUTH 00 DEGREES 10 MINUTES 00
SECONDS EAST 10.00 FEET TO THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTH 40.00 FEET
OF SAID NORTH HALF;

THENCE ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE, NORTH 89 DEGREES 58 MINUTES 25
SECONDS EAST 43.00 FEET TO THE WEST LINE OF SAID 40 FOOT STRIP OF
LAND AS DESCRIBED IN DEED RECORDED IN SAID DOCKET 7998, PAGE 117;

THENCE ALONG SAID WEST LINE, SOUTH 00 DEGREES 10 MINUTES 00
SECONDS EAST 410.49 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING;


Page 557
EXCEPT THAT PORTION CONVEYED TO LIV CAMELBACKAT 16TH, LLC IN
RECORDING NO. 20160854027, RECORDS OF MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA.




Page 558
Page 559



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
***REQUEST TO BE CONTINUED (SEE ATTACHED MEMO)*** Modification of
Stipulation Request for Ratification of May 17, 2023, Planning Hearing Officer
Action - PHO-3-23--Z-182-87-8 - Southeast Corner of Central Avenue and
Olympic Drive

Request to authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to approve Planning Hearing
Officer's recommendation without further hearing by the City Council on matters heard
by the Planning Hearing Officer on May 17, 2023. This ratification requires formal
action only.

Summary
Application: PHO-3-23--Z-182-87-8
Existing Zoning: C-2 BAOD
Acreage: 3.82

Owner: BENT Design and Development LLC, et al.
Applicant: Andrew Biskind, TBBG Acquisitions LLC
Representative: Benjamin Tate, Withey Morris PLC

Proposal:
1. Modification to Stipulation 2 regarding general conformance to site plan dated July
27, 1993 (PHO-1-93).
2. Modification to Stipulation 2 regarding general conformance to site plan date
stamped Oct. 25, 2006, and Landscape Plan approved on Dec. 27, 2006 (PHO-2-06).
3. Technical corrections to Stipulations 1, 5, 8, 10, 11 and 13 (PHO-1-93 and PHO-2-
06).

VPC Action: The South Mountain Village Planning Committee was scheduled to hear
this case on May 9, 2023, but did not have a quorum.
PHO Action: The Planning Hearing Officer recommended approval with modifications
and additional stipulations.

Location
Southeast corner of Central Avenue and Olympic Drive
Council District: 8

Page 560

Parcel Address: N/A

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 561
ATTACHMENT A
Stipulations PHO-3-23—Z-182-87-8

Location: Southeast corner of Central Avenue and Olympic Drive

STIPULATIONS:

Stipulations: PHO-1-93--Z-182-87-8

PHO recommended legislative edit of stipulations applicable to that portion
of the site subject to PHO-1-93--Z-182-87-8.

Base stipulations are those outlined in the staff memo dated March 15,
2023.

1. That Development SHALL be subject to PLANNING AND Development
DEPARTMENT Coordination Office site plan approval per Section 511 of
the Zoning Ordinance.

2. That THE development SHALL be in general conformance to WITH the
site plan, LANDSCAPE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS dated July 27, 1993 with
the exception of the YMCA parcel DATE STAMPED MARCH 2, 2023 AS
MODIFIED BY THE FOLLOWING STIPULATIONS AND APPROVED BY
THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

3. That An average landscaped setback of 25 feet SHALL be provided along
Central Avenue measured from the property line.

4. That There shall be mature landscaping along Central Avenue to include
24-inch box trees spaced a maximum 25 feet on center or placed in
equivalent groupings.

5. That All parking along Central Avenue and the new road shall be screened
with landscaped berms, a three-foot wall, or combination thereof, as
approved by the PLANNING AND Development DEPARTMENT
Coordination Office.

6. That Five percent or more of interior parking shall be landscaped with
reasonable distribution throughout the parking area and along the face of
the buildings.

7. That No drive-through facility on the site will have its drive-through lane
adjacent to any public right-of-way with the exception of the new road.




Page 562
Page 2



8. That A pedestrian bike trail SHALL be provided and maintained along
Central Avenue and the new road, the location, width, coloration, and
design of which is to be determined by the PLANNING AND Development
DEPARTMENT Coordination Office.

9. A 30-FOOT-WIDE MULTI-USE TRAIL EASEMENT (MUTE) SHALL BE
DEDICATED ALONG THE EAST SIDE OF CENTRAL AVENUE AND A
MINIMUM 10-FOOT-WIDE MULTI-USE TRAIL (MUT) SHALL BE
CONSTRUCTED WITHIN THE EASEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE MAG SUPPLEMENTAL DETAIL AND AS APPROVED OR
MODIFIED BY THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

10 That All rooftop mechanical units shall be screened by parapet walls,
9. building walls, or enclosed in a mechanical equipment penthouse that shall
be architecturally integrated with the buildings.

11. That Mr. Don Radford, 36 East Beautiful Lane, is to be notified of all
10. PLANNING AND Development DEPARTMENT Coordination Office
meetings regarding this project.

12. That Signage will be in conformance with the guidelines
11. (recommendations) adopted by the South Mountain VILLAGE Planning
Committee (the “Committee”) for the Baseline Scenic CORRIDOR
Parkway provided:

a. Those guidelines are adopted by the time the applicant is ready to
install signage.

b. The applicant has the opportunity to provide input to the Committee
concerning the appropriate dimensions and appearance of the
signage.

c. The guidelines specifically address signage for commercial shopping
centers.

13. That Future signalization of the new roadway with Central Avenue will be
12. at the expense of the developer unless otherwise covered by an
improvement district. Traffic signals will not be installed until the warrants
are met.

14. That Walls or fencing along the north side of the Highline Canal, if needed,
13. shall be offset to reduce scale and bulk and to maximize the safety and
security for pedestrians and other persons using the trail along the canal,
as approved by the PLANNING AND Development DEPARTMENT



Page 563
Page 3



Coordination Office. If masonry walls are used along the north side of the
canal, they shall be attractively landscaped and maintained and shall be
colored to blend in with the surrounding landscape. That building
orientation and design together with landscaping and amenities adjacent to
the Highline Canal shall be sensitive to the use of the Canal as an
enhanced recreational amenity.

15. That THE DEVELOPER SHALL PROVIDE right-of-way dedications for
14. Central Avenue, to include right turn lanes and bus bays, as may be
required.

16. That Prior to the vesting of zoning for the YMCA parcel the applicant shall
15. submit a legal description for review and approval describing the C-O
portion of the approval action.


Stipulations: PHO-2-06—Z-182-87-8

PHO recommended legislative edit of stipulations applicable to that portion
of the site subject to PHO-2-06—Z-182-87-8.

1. That Development SHALL be subject to PLANNING AND Development
DEPARTMENT Coordination Office site plan approval per Section 511 of
the Zoning Ordinance.

2. That THE development SHALL be in general conformance to WITH the
site plan, LANDSCAPE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS date stamped
MARCH 2, 2023 October 25, 2006, and the Landscape Plan approved
by the Zoning Adjustment Hearing Officer on December 27, 2006, as
MODIFIED BY THE FOLLOWING STIPULATIONS AND approved by
the PLANNING AND Development Services Department.

3. That An average landscaped setback of 25 feet SHALL be provided along
Central Avenue measured from the property line.

4. That There shall be mature landscaping along Central Avenue to include
24-inch box trees spaced a maximum 25 feet on center or placed in
equivalent groupings.

5. That All parking along Central Avenue and the new road shall be
screened with landscaped berms, a three-foot wall, or combination
thereof, as approved by the PLANNING AND Development
DEPARTMENT Coordination Office.




Page 564
Page 4



6. That Five percent or more of interior parking shall be landscaped with
reasonable distribution throughout the parking area and along the face of
the buildings.

7. That No drive-through facility on the site will have its drive-through lane
adjacent to any public right-of-way with the exception of the new road.

8. That A pedestrian bike trail SHALL be provided and maintained along
Central Avenue and the new road, the location, width, coloration, and
design of which is to be determined by the PLANNING AND Development
DEPARTMENT Coordination Office.

9. A 30-FOOT-WIDE MULTI-USE TRAIL EASEMENT (MUTE) SHALL BE
DEDICATED ALONG THE EAST SIDE OF CENTRAL AVENUE AND A
MINIMUM 10-FOOT-WIDE MULTI-USE TRAIL (MUT) SHALL BE
CONSTRUCTED WITHIN THE EASEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE MAG SUPPLEMENTAL DETAIL AND AS APPROVED OR
MODIFIED BY THE PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT.

10 That All rooftop mechanical units shall be screened by parapet walls,
9. building walls, or enclosed in a mechanical equipment penthouse that
shall be architecturally integrated with the buildings.

11 That Mr. Don Radford, 36 East Beautiful Lane, is to be notified of all
10. PLANNING AND Development DEPARTMENT Coordination Office
meetings regarding this project.

12. That Signage will be in conformance with the guidelines
11. (recommendations) adopted by the South Mountain VILLAGE Planning
Committee (the “Committee”) for the Baseline Scenic CORRIDOR
Parkway, provided:

a. Those guidelines are adopted by the time the applicant is ready to
install signage.

b. The applicant has the opportunity to provide input to the Committee
concerning the appropriate dimensions and appearance of the
signage.

c. The guidelines specifically address signage for commercial shopping
centers.

13. That Future signalization of the new roadway with Central Avenue will be
12. at the expense of the developer unless otherwise covered by an




Page 565
Page 5



improvement district. Traffic signals will not be installed until the warrants
are met.

14. That Walls or fencing along the north side of the Highline Canal, if
13. needed, shall be offset to reduce scale and bulk and to maximize the
safety and security for pedestrian and other persons using the trail along
the canal, as approved by the PLANNING AND Development
DEPARTMENT Coordination Office. If masonry walls are used along the
north side of the canal, they shall be attractively landscaped and
maintained and shall be colored to blend in with the surrounding
landscape. That building orientation and design together with landscaping
and amenities adjacent to the Highline Canal shall be sensitive to the use
of the Canal as an enhanced recreational amenity.

15. That THE DEVELOPER SHALL PROVIDE right-of-way dedications for
14. Central Avenue, to include right turn lanes and bus bays, as may be
required.

16. That Prior to the vesting of zoning for the YMCA parcel the applicant shall
15. submit a legal description for review and approval describing the C-O
portion of the approval action.



Final Stipulations: PHO-3-23--Z-182-87-8

Final stipulations reflecting the PHO recommended legislative edits of both
PHO-1-93--Z-182-87-8 and PHO-2-06--Z-182-87-8, resulting in a single set of
stipulations for PHO-3-23--Z-182-87-8. See Finding #1 for detailed
information.

1. Development shall be subject to Planning and Development Department site
plan approval per Section 511 of the Zoning Ordinance.

2. The development shall be in general conformance with the site plan,
landscape plan and elevations date stamped March 2, 2023 as modified by
the following stipulations and approved by the Planning and Development
Department.

3. An average landscaped setback of 25 feet shall be provided along Central
Avenue measured from the property line.

4. There shall be mature landscaping along Central Avenue to include 24-inch
box trees spaced a maximum 25 feet on center or placed in equivalent
groupings.




Page 566
Page 6



5. All parking along Central Avenue and the new road shall be screened with
landscaped berms, a three-foot wall, or combination thereof, as approved by
the Planning and Development Department.

6. Five percent or more of interior parking shall be landscaped with reasonable
distribution throughout the parking area and along the face of the buildings.

7. No drive-through facility on the site will have its drive-through lane adjacent to
any public right-of-way with the exception of the new road.

8. A pedestrian bike trail shall be provided and maintained along Central Avenue
and the new road, the location, width, coloration, and design of which is to be
determined by the Planning and Development Department.

9. A 30-foot-wide multi-use trail easement (MUTE) shall be dedicated along the
east side of central avenue and a minimum 10-foot-wide multi-use trail
(MUT) shall be constructed within the easement in accordance with the MAG
supplemental detail and as approved or modified by the Planning and
Development Department.

10 All rooftop mechanical units shall be screened by parapet walls, building walls,
or enclosed in a mechanical equipment penthouse that shall be architecturally
integrated with the buildings.

11 Mr. Don Radford, 36 East Beautiful Lane, is to be notified of all Planning and
Development Department meetings regarding this project.

12. Signage will be in conformance with the guidelines (recommendations)
adopted by the South Mountain Village Planning Committee (the “Committee”)
for the Baseline Scenic Corridor, provided:

a. Those guidelines are adopted by the time the applicant is ready to install
signage.

b. The applicant has the opportunity to provide input to the Committee
concerning the appropriate dimensions and appearance of the signage.

c. The guidelines specifically address signage for commercial shopping
centers.

13. Future signalization of the new roadway with Central Avenue will be at the
expense of the developer unless otherwise covered by an improvement
district. Traffic signals will not be installed until the warrants are met.




Page 567
Page 7



14. Walls or fencing along the north side of the Highline Canal, if needed, shall be
offset to reduce scale and bulk and to maximize the safety and security for
pedestrian and other persons using the trail along the canal, as approved by
the Planning and Development Department. If masonry walls are used along
the north side of the canal, they shall be attractively landscaped and
maintained and shall be colored to blend in with the surrounding landscape.
That building orientation and design together with landscaping and amenities
adjacent to the Highline Canal shall be sensitive to the use of the Canal as an
enhanced recreational amenity.

15. The developer shall provide right-of-way dedications for Central Avenue, to
include right turn lanes and bus bays, as may be required.

16. Prior to the vesting of zoning for the YMCA parcel the applicant shall submit a
legal description for review and approval describing the C-O portion of the
approval action.


Upon request, this publication will be made available within a reasonable length
of time through appropriate auxiliary aids or services to accommodate an
individual with a disability. This publication may be made available through the
following auxiliary aids or services: large print, Braille, audiotape or computer
diskette. To request a reasonable accommodation, please contact Angie
Holdsworth at angie.holdsworth@phoenix.gov or (602) 329-5065 or TTY: 7-1-1




Page 568



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Public Hearing - Amend City Code and Ordinance Adoption - Rezoning
Application Z-SP-12-22-8 - Approximately 260 Feet North of the Northeast Corner
of 24th Street and University Drive (Ordinance G-7132)

Request to hold a public hearing on the request to amend the Phoenix Zoning
Ordinance, Section 601, the Zoning Map of the City of Phoenix, by adopting Rezoning
Application Z-SP-12-22-8 and rezone the site from A-2 RSIOD (Industrial District, Rio
Salado Interim Overlay District) to A-2 SP RSIOD (Industrial District, Special Permit,
Rio Salado Interim Overlay District) to allow a homeless shelter.

Summary
Current Zoning: A-2 RSIOD
Proposed Zoning: A-2 SP RSIOD
Acreage: 3.77 acres
Proposal: Homeless shelter

Owner: South 24th, LLC
Applicant: Dan Hines, Community Bridges, Inc.
Representative: Wendy Riddell, Berry Riddell, LLC

Staff Recommendation: Approval, subject to stipulations.
VPC Action: The Central City Village Planning Committee was scheduled to hear this
case on May 8, 2023, for recommendation; however, there was no quorum.
PC Action: The Planning Commission heard this case on June 1, 2023, and
recommended approval, per the staff recommendation, by an 8-0 vote.
The Planning Commission recommendation was appealed on June 8, 2023.

Location
Approximately 260 feet north of the northeast corner of 24th Street and University
Drive
Council District: 8
Parcel Address: 2425 S. 24th St.




Page 569


Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning
and Development Department.




Page 570
ATTACHMENT A

THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE




ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE ZONING DISTRICT MAP
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 601 OF THE CITY OF
PHOENIX ZONING ORDINANCE BY CHANGING THE ZONING
DISTRICT CLASSIFICATION FOR THE PARCEL DESCRIBED
HEREIN (CASE Z-SP-12-22-8) FROM A-2 RSIOD (INDUSTRIAL
DISTRICT, RIO SALADO INTERIM OVERLAY DISTRICT) TO A-2
SP RSIOD (INDUSTRIAL DISTRICT, SPECIAL PERMIT, RIO
SALADO INTERIM OVERLAY DISTRICT).

____________



BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1. The zoning of a 3.77-acre property located approximately

260 feet north of the northeast corner of 24th Street and University Drive in a portion of

Section 14, Township 1 North, Range 3 East, as described more specifically in Exhibit

“A,” is hereby changed from “A-2 RSIOD” (Industrial District, Rio Salado Interim Overlay

District) to “A-2 SP RSIOD” (Industrial District, Special Permit, Rio Salado Interim

Overlay District) to allow a homeless shelter.

SECTION 2. The Planning and Development Director is instructed to

modify the Zoning Map of the City of Phoenix to reflect this use district classification

change as shown in Exhibit “B.”




Page 571
SECTION 3. Due to the site’s specific physical conditions and the use

district applied for by the applicant, this rezoning is subject to the following stipulations,

violation of which shall be treated in the same manner as a violation of the City of

Phoenix Zoning Ordinance:

1. The development shall be in general conformance to the site plan date stamped
February 7, 2023, as modified by the following stipulations and approved by the
Planning and Development Department.

2. The site shall contain a maximum of 117 beds.

3. An Operational Plan shall be developed to govern operational features of the
shelter. The plan shall address at minimum, the following:

a. The facility shall operate as a “Closed Campus” (defined as no walk-up
admission to the program with all screening of potential program participants
to be held off-site).

b. Any services, on-site, will be provided only to program participants residing
in the shelter.

c. Program participants will be screened for eligibility prior to admission.

d. On-site security shall be provided 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

e. Security video cameras will be provided on the site and monitored to secure
the site.

f. A hotline number shall be maintained for surrounding businesses to call and
notify the operator of any potential issues.

g. Drugs and/or alcohol are to be prohibited.

h. Signage discouraging loitering shall be posted and visible from public rights-
of-way.

i. Procedures for discharge.

4. The operator shall engage with members of the community as listed below:




Page 572
a. The operator shall host semiannual community meetings to allow for
opportunities to discuss any concerns and follow up requests related to site
operations.

b. The operator shall maintain updated facility contact information and provide
the contact information to the community leaders of registered neighborhood
organizations within a one-mile radius of the subject site to address any
issues that may arise.

5. The operator shall enroll in a virtual block watch program with the City of Phoenix
Police Department.

6. The perimeter of the site shall be fenced to secure the site, as approved by the
Planning and Development Department.

7. Site lighting shall be provided at building entrances/exits and parking and refuse
areas, as approved by the Planning and Development Department.

8. Landscaping shall be replenished with minimum 2-inch caliper shade trees within
the existing landscape setback along 24th Street and surface parking lot, as
approved by the Planning and Development Department.

9. The developer shall dedicate a minimum 10-foot-wide sidewalk easement along
the east side of 24th Street, as approved by the Planning and Development
Department.

10. Upon complete redevelopment or development that increases the
cumulative floor area by more than 15% from that depicted on the site
plan date stamped February 7, 2023, the developer shall construct a minimum 6-
foot-wide detached sidewalk and minimum 10-foot-wide landscape strip located
between the back of curb and sidewalk along the east side of side of 24th Street,
as approved by the Planning and Development Department. The landscape strip
shall be planted with minimum 2-inch caliper shade trees. Where utility conflicts
exist, the developer shall work with the Planning and Development Department
on alternative design solutions consistent with a pedestrian environment.

11. The developer shall construct all streets within and adjacent to the development
with paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramps, streetlights, median islands,
landscaping and other incidentals, as per plans approved by the Planning and
Development Department. All improvements shall comply with all ADA
accessibility standards.




Page 573
12. The property owner shall grant and record an avigation easement to the City of
Phoenix for the site, per the content and form prescribed by the City Attorney
prior to final site plan approval.

13. If determined necessary by the Phoenix Archaeology Office, the applicant shall
conduct Phase I data testing and submit an archaeological survey report of the
development area for review and approval by the City Archaeologist prior to
clearing and grubbing, landscape salvage, and/or grading approval.

14. If Phase I data testing is required, and if, upon review of the results from the
Phase I data testing, the City Archaeologist, in consultation with a qualified
archaeologist, determines such data recovery excavations are necessary, the
applicant shall conduct Phase II archaeological data recovery excavations.

15. In the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, the
developer shall immediately cease all ground-disturbing activities within a 33-foot
radius of the discovery, notify the City Archaeologist, and allow time for the
Archaeology Office to properly assess the materials.

16. Prior to preliminary site plan approval, the landowner shall execute a Proposition
207 waiver of claims form. The waiver shall be recorded with the Maricopa
County Recorder's Office and delivered to the City to be included in the rezoning
application file for record.


SECTION 4. If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or

portion of this ordinance is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the

decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall not affect the validity

of the remaining portions hereof.

PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 28th day of June,

2023.




________________________________
MAYOR


ATTEST:




Page 574
_________________________
Denise Archibald, City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Julie M. Kriegh, City Attorney


By:
_________________________
_________________________


REVIEWED BY:


_________________________
Jeffrey Barton, City Manager



Exhibits:
A – Legal Description (2 Pages)
B – Ordinance Location Map (1 Page)




Page 575
EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION FOR Z-SP-12-22-8

THE LAND REFERRED TO HEREIN BELOW IS SITUATED PHOENIX, IN THE
COUNTY OF MARICOPA, STATE OF ARIZONA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:
PARCEL NO. 1: (Tax Parcel No. 121-43-057V)
That portion of the Southwest quarter of Section 14, Township 1 North, Range 3 East of
the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian, Maricopa County, Arizona, and the portion
of Lot 1, ARIZONA INTERSTATE INDUSTRIAL CENTER UNIT THREE, as shown on
the pat recorded in Book 110 of Maps, page 49, records of Maricopa County, Arizona,
described as follows
BEGINNING at a point on the West line of Lot 1, from which the Southwest corner of
said Lot 1 bears South 00 degrees 12 minutes 30 seconds West, 247.36 feet;
thence South 89 degrees 24 minutes 30 seconds East, 176.40 feet;
thence North 00 degrees 35 minutes 30 seconds East, 331.19 feet to the North line of
Lot 1 which is also the South right-of-way line of Interstate Highway 10;
thence North 76 degrees 39 minutes 20 seconds West, 183.41 feet along said right-of-
way of Interstate Highway 10 to the Northwest corner of Lot 1;
thence continuing North 76 degrees 39 minutes 20 seconds West, 30.77 feet along said
right-of-way line;
thence North 73 degrees 50 minutes 00 seconds West, 41.77 feet along said right-of-
way line;
thence North 89 degrees 48 minutes 30 seconds West, 22.86 feet;
thence South 00 degrees 35 minutes 30 seconds West, 201.73 feet;
thence North 89 degrees 24 minutes 30 seconds West, 248.00 feet to the East right-of-
way line of 24th Street;
thence South 00 degrees 35 minutes 30 seconds West, 187.80 feet along said right-of-
way line of 24th Street;
thence South 89 degrees 24 minutes 30 seconds East, 248.00 feet;
thence South 89 degrees 24 minutes 30 seconds East, 95.60 feet to the POINT OF
BEGINNING.
Parcel No. 2: (Tax Parcel No. 121-43-077)
That portion of the Southwest quarter of Section 14, Township 1 North, Range 3 East of
the Gila and Salt River Base and Meridian Maricopa County, Arizona, described as
follows;




Page 576
(The basis of bearings for this description is the West line of said Southwest quarter of
the Southwest quarter (centerline of 24th Street) which bears North 00 degrees 35
minutes 30 seconds West.)
BEGINNING at the Northwest corner of said Southwest quarter of the Southwest
quarter of Section 14;
thence South 89 degrees 48 minutes 30 seconds East, 40.00 feet along the North line
of said Southwest quarter of the Southwest quarter of Section 14 to a point on the East
line of 24th Street;
thence South0 0 degrees 35 minutes 30 seconds East, 200.00 feet along said East line
of 24th Street;
thence North 89 degrees 24 minutes 30 seconds East, 186.00 feet to the East line of
the property described in instrument recorded in Docket 12288, page 1442, said point
being the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
thence North 89 degrees 24 minutes 30 seconds East, 62.00 feet to the East line of the
property described in Docket 9913, page 316;
thence North 00 degrees 35 minutes 30 seconds West along said East line, 68.00 feet;
thence South 89 degrees 24 minutes 30 seconds West, 62.00 feet to the East line of
said property;
thence South 00 degrees 35 minutes 30 seconds East, 68.00 feet to the POINT OF
BEGINNING.




Page 577
Page 578
ATTACHMENT B




Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023

Central City Village Planning May 8, 2023
Committee Hearing Date:
Planning Commission Hearing Date: June 1, 2023
Request From: A-2 RSIOD (Industrial District, Rio Salado
Interim Overlay District) (3.77 acres)
Request To: A-2 SP RSIOD (Industrial District, Special
Permit, Rio Salado Interim Overlay District)
(3.77 acres)
Proposal: Homeless Shelter
Location: Approximately 260 feet north of the
northeast corner of 24th Street and
University Drive
Owner: South 24th, LLC
Applicant: Dan Hines, Community Bridges, Inc.
Representative: Wendy Riddell, Berry Riddell, LLC
Staff Recommendation: Approval, subject to stipulations


General Plan Conformity

General Plan Land Use Map Designation Commercial

Street Map Classification 24th Street Arterial 40-foot east half street
CELEBRATE OUR DIVERSE COMMUNITIES & NEIGHBORHOODS CORE
VALUE: CERTAINTY & CHARACTER; LAND USE PRINCIPLE: Disperse group
homes and homeless shelters throughout the city in locations where they
are compatible with surrounding densities. They should not be concentrated in
any one neighborhood or urban village.
The subject site is located south of a freeway and surrounded by industrial-zoned
properties, where no other homeless shelters or residences are located nearby.




Page 579
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023



General Plan Conformity
CELEBRATE OUR DIVERSE COMMUNITIES & NEIGHBORHOODS CORE
VALUE: CERTAINTY & CHARACTER; DESIGN PRINCIPLE: Create new
development or redevelopment that is sensitive to the scale and character of
the surrounding neighborhoods and incorporates adequate development
standards to prevent negative impact(s) on the residential properties.
The proposal is for a Special Permit for a homeless shelter to operate within an
existing hotel building, and no development on the site is proposed. Therefore, the
proposal remains consistent with the existing scale and character of the
neighborhood.
BUILD THE SUSTAINABLE DESERT CITY CORE VALUE; TREES AND SHADE;
DESIGN PRINCIPLE: Integrate trees and shade into the design of new
development and redevelopment projects throughout Phoenix.
The proposal will replenish the landscaping within the 24th Street setback and surface
parking lot and upon redevelopment, will provide a detached shaded sidewalk on 24th
Street.


Applicable Plans, Overlays and Initiatives
Rio Salado Interim Overlay District – See Background Item No. 5.

Housing Phoenix Plan – See Background Item No. 6.

Strategies to Address Homelessness – See Background Item No. 7.

Complete Streets Guiding Principles – See Background Item No. 8.

Tree and Shade Master Plan – See Background Item No. 9.

Zero Waste PHX – See Background Item No. 10.


Surrounding Land Uses/Zoning
Land Use Zoning
On Site Hotel A-2 RSIOD
North Commercial office and freeway A-2
South Commercial office and retail A-2 RSIOD
East Commercial offices A-2 RSIOD
West (across 24th Street) Commercial office and retail A-2 RSIOD




Page 580
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023



A-2 (Industrial District)
Standards Requirements Met or Not Met
Building Setbacks
Street (West) 25 feet 92 feet (Met)
Side (North) 0 feet 21 feet (Met)
Side (South) 0 feet 41 feet (Met)
Rear (East) 0 feet 48 feet (Met)
Landscaped Setbacks
Street (West) Eight times the lot frontage, 25 feet (Met)
measured in square feet
Side (North) 0 feet 0 feet (Met)
Side (South) 0 feet 0 feet (Met)
Rear (East) 0 feet 0 feet (Met)
Lot Coverage N/A 28 percent (Met)
Maximum Building 56 feet 30 feet (Met)
Height 80 feet with use permit
Parking 58 spaces 167 spaces (Met)

Background/Issues/Analysis

SUBJECT SITE
1. This request is to rezone 3.77 acres located approximately 260 feet north of the
northeast corner of 24th Street and University Drive from A-2 RSIOD (Industrial
District, Rio Salado Interim Overlay District) to A-2 SP RSIOD (Industrial District,
Special Permit, Rio Salado Interim Overlay District) for a homeless shelter.

GENERAL PLAN LAND USE MAP
2. The General Plan Land Use Map
designation for this site is Commercial.
The proposal is consistent with the
General Plan Land Use Map
designation. The General Plan Land
Use Map designates properties to the
east and west as Industrial, properties
to the south as Commercial and
Industrial, property to the northwest as
Commercial, and the freeway to the
north as Transportation.

General Plan Land Use Map, Source: Planning
and Development Department




Page 581
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023


EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SURROUNDING ZONING
3. The subject site is zoned A-2 RSIOD
and contains an existing hotel, which
the applicant intends to convert to a
homeless shelter use. The surrounding
area to the east, south, and west is
also zoned A-2 RSIOD and contains
commercial uses, including a mix of
small office parks, standalone office
uses, and retail. The I-10 Maricopa
Freeway is adjacent to the site to the
north. The area across the freeway to
the north is zoned A-2 and includes
Sky Harbor Airport property.



Zoning Aerial Map, Source: Planning and
Development Department

PROPOSAL
4. As shown on the conceptual site plan attached as an exhibit, the proposal is to
maintain the existing two-story hotel on the site and convert it to a homeless
shelter. Along the frontage with 24th Street, there is a 25-foot landscape setback
and a surface parking lot between the building and the street. The building is
setback from all sides with surface parking and drive aisles between the building
and the lot lines. Staff recommends general conformance to the site plan and to
limit the facility to 117 beds (Stipulation Nos. 1 and 2). These stipulations ensure
that the site will be used as proposed by the applicant and limit the impact on the
surrounding area. Additionally, staff recommends the following stipulations to
enhance the safety and quality of the site.
• The perimeter of the site shall be fenced to secure the site (Stipulation
No. 6).
• Site lighting shall be provided at building entrances/exits and parking and
refuse areas (Stipulation No. 7).
• Landscaping shall be replenished with minimum two-inch caliper shade
trees within the existing landscape setback along 24th Street (Stipulation
No. 8).

AREA PLANS, OVERLAY DISTRICTS, AND INITIATIVES
5. Rio Salado Interim Overlay District
The subject site is located within the Rio Salado Interim Overlay District. The
district is designed to “control open, outdoor land uses and other uses in order to
have a positive impact on the Rio Salado Habitat Restoration Project and add to
the long-term value of adjacent land.” The development advances the intent of



Page 582
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023


the overlay through enhanced site development standards. The Rio Salado
Interim Overlay District requires a special permit for homeless shelters in the A-2
district.




Rio Salado Interim Overlay District, Source: Planning and Development Department

6. Housing Phoenix Plan
In June 2020, the Phoenix City Council approved the Housing Phoenix Plan.
This Plan contains policy initiatives for the development and preservation of
housing with a vision of creating a stronger and more vibrant Phoenix through
increased housing options for residents at all income levels and family sizes.
Phoenix’s rapid population growth and housing underproduction has led to a
need for over 163,000 new housing units. Current shortages of housing supply
relative to demand are a primary reason why housing costs are increasing.

While shelter beds are not considered “units” of housing, the proposal seeks to
provide accommodations for persons experiencing homelessness and is
consistent the Housing Phoenix Plan Policy.

7. Strategies to Address Homelessness
In June 2020, the City of Phoenix released the Strategies to Address
Homelessness plan focusing on strategies for persons experiencing
homelessness as well as developing best practices to mitigate impacts to
surrounding communities and neighborhoods. The plan notes a chronic shortage
of shelter beds and identifies housing strategies that include utilizing vacant
hotels to provide adequate shelter by partnering with non-profits to operate and
provide services. The proposal advances this objective and works to alleviate the
shortage of shelter beds in Phoenix.




Page 583
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023


8. Complete Streets Guiding Principles:
In 2014, the City of Phoenix City Council adopted the Complete Streets Guiding
Principles. The principles are intended to promote improvements that provide an
accessible, safe, connected transportation system to include all modes, such as
bicycles, pedestrians, transit, and vehicles. Per Stipulation No. 10, upon
redevelopment of the site, the developer would be required to provide a shaded,
detached sidewalk along 24th Street, enhancing the public right-of-way for
pedestrians.

9. Tree and Shade Master Plan:
The Tree and Shade Master Plan encourages treating the urban forest as
infrastructure to ensure the trees are an integral part of the City’s planning and
development process. Sidewalks on the street frontages should be detached
from the curbs to allow trees to be planted on both sides of the sidewalk to
provide thermal comfort for pedestrians and to reduce the urban heat island
effect. The development will replenish the landscape setback with new shade
trees to provide thermal comfort for pedestrians on the sidewalk, and upon
redevelopment, the development would provide a shaded detached sidewalk
along 24th Street to enhance shade on the sidewalk. These are addressed in
Stipulation Nos. 8 and 10.

10. Zero Waste Phoenix PHX:
The City of Phoenix is committed to its waste diversion efforts and has set a goal
to become a zero waste city, as part of the city’s overall 2050 Environmental
Sustainability Goals. One of the ways Phoenix can achieve this is to improve and
expand its recycling and other waste diversion programs.

Section 716 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance establishes standards to
encourage the provision of recycling containers for multifamily, commercial, and
mixed-use developments meeting certain criteria. The applicant states that
recycling receptacles will be provided on site.

COMMUNITY INPUT SUMMARY
11. As of the writing of this report, staff has received one letter in support and three
letters in opposition to this request. The letters in opposition cite concerns
regarding the compatibility of surrounding uses and activities, a lack of services
nearby, and safety.

INTERDEPARTMENTAL COMMENTS
12. The Street Transportation Department requested that the development dedicate
a minimum 10-foot-wide sidewalk easement along the east side of 24th Street,
that upon complete redevelopment or development that modifies the cumulative
floor area of any building by more than 15 percent, the development shall include
a minimum six-foot-wide detached sidewalk with a 10-foot-wide landscape strip
between the sidewalk and back of curb, and that the developer shall construct all



Page 584
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023


streets within and adjacent to the development, including consistency with ADA
standards. These are addressed in Stipulation Nos. 9 through 11.

13. The Office of Homeless Solutions provided comments on this request. In
coordination with the Office of Homeless Solutions, staff has developed
recommended stipulations regarding an operational plan for the facility and
requirements for ongoing engagement with the community in order to maintain
safety and quality of life for the surrounding area. The operational plan shall
include several items, including that the facility will be a closed campus, on-site
services will only be provided to individuals residing in the shelter, participants
will be screened for eligibility, on-site 24/7 security will be provided, security
cameras will be used, a hotline will be maintained for neighbors to notify of any
issues, drugs and alcohol will be prohibited, signage discouraging loitering will
be in place, and there will be procedures for discharge. Additionally, the
applicant is to continue engagement with the community by hosting semiannual
meetings and by updating facility contact information with surrounding
organizations. Further, the applicant shall enroll in a virtual block watch program
with the Phoenix Police Department. These are addressed in Stipulation Nos. 3
through 5.

14. The City of Phoenix Water Services Department has noted the property has
existing water and sewer mains that can potentially serve the proposed
development, however water capacity is a dynamic condition that can change
over time due to a variety of factors.

15. The Aviation Department commented that an avigation easement shall be
provided to the City of Phoenix. This is addressed in Stipulation No. 12.

OTHER
16. The site is located in a larger area identified as being archaeologically sensitive.
If further review by the City of Phoenix Archaeology Office determines the site
and immediate area to be archaeologically sensitive, and if no previous
archaeological projects have been conducted within this project area, it is
recommended that archaeological Phase I data testing of this area be
conducted. Phase II archaeological data recovery excavations may be
necessary based upon the results of the testing. A qualified archaeologist must
make this determination in consultation with the City of Phoenix Archaeologist. In
the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, all
ground disturbing activities must cease within a 33-foot radius of the discovery
and the City of Phoenix Archaeology Office must be notified immediately and
allowed time to properly assess the materials. This is addressed in Stipulation
Nos. 13 through 15.

17. Staff has not received a completed form for the Waiver of Claims for Diminution
in Value of Property under Proposition 207 (A.R.S. 12-1131 et seq.), as required



Page 585
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023


by the rezoning application process. Therefore, a stipulation has been added to
require the form be completed and submitted prior to preliminary site plan
approval. This is addressed in Stipulation No. 16.

18. Development and use of the site is subject to all applicable codes and
ordinances. Zoning approval does not negate other ordinance requirements.
Zoning adjustments, abandonments or other formal actions may also be
required.

Findings

1. The proposal is consistent with the General Plan Land Use Map, the intent of
the Rio Salado Interim Overlay District, and with the character of the
surrounding area.

2. The proposal will provide additional shelter beds, necessary for addressing
homelessness in Phoenix, at an appropriate location, consistent with the
Phoenix General Plan, the Housing Phoenix Plan, and the Strategies to
Address Homelessness plan.

3. The proposal will enhance connectivity in the immediate vicinity by providing
additional shade for the adjacent sidewalk and upon redevelopment, providing
detached sidewalks, consistent with the Tree and Shade Master Plan and the
Complete Streets Guiding Principles.

Stipulations

1. The development shall be in general conformance to the site plan date stamped
February 7, 2023, as modified by the following stipulations and approved by the
Planning and Development Department.

2. The site shall contain a maximum of 117 beds.

3. An Operational Plan shall be developed to govern operational features of the
shelter. The plan shall address at minimum, the following:

a. The facility shall operate as a “Closed Campus” (defined as no walk-up
admission to the program with all screening of potential program participants
to be held off-site).

b. Any services, on-site, will be provided only to program participants residing
in the shelter.

c. Program participants will be screened for eligibility prior to admission.


Page 586
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023



d. On-site security shall be provided 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

e. Security video cameras will be provided on the site and monitored to secure
the site.

f. A hotline number shall be maintained for surrounding businesses to call and
notify the operator of any potential issues.

g. Drugs and/or alcohol are to be prohibited.

h. Signage discouraging loitering shall be posted and visible from public rights-
of-way.

i. Procedures for discharge.

4. The operator shall engage with members of the community as listed below:

a. The operator shall host semiannual community meetings to allow for
opportunities to discuss any concerns and follow up requests related to site
operations.

b. The operator shall maintain updated facility contact information and provide
the contact information to the community leaders of registered neighborhood
organizations within a one-mile radius of the subject site to address any
issues that may arise.

5. The operator shall enroll in a virtual block watch program with the City of Phoenix
Police Department.

6. The perimeter of the site shall be fenced to secure the site, as approved by the
Planning and Development Department.

7. Site lighting shall be provided at building entrances/exits and parking and refuse
areas, as approved by the Planning and Development Department.

8. Landscaping shall be replenished with minimum 2-inch caliper shade trees within
the existing landscape setback along 24th Street and surface parking lot, as
approved by the Planning and Development Department.




Page 587
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023


9. The developer shall dedicate a minimum 10-foot-wide sidewalk easement along
the east side of 24th Street, as approved by the Planning and Development
Department.

10. Upon complete redevelopment or development that increases the
cumulative floor area by more than 15% from that depicted on the site
plan date stamped February 7, 2023, the developer shall construct a minimum 6-
foot-wide detached sidewalk and minimum 10-foot-wide landscape strip located
between the back of curb and sidewalk along the east side of side of 24th Street,
as approved by the Planning and Development Department. The landscape strip
shall be planted with minimum 2-inch caliper shade trees. Where utility conflicts
exist, the developer shall work with the Planning and Development Department
on alternative design solutions consistent with a pedestrian environment.

11. The developer shall construct all streets within and adjacent to the development
with paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramps, streetlights, median islands,
landscaping and other incidentals, as per plans approved by the Planning and
Development Department. All improvements shall comply with all ADA
accessibility standards.

12. The property owner shall grant and record an avigation easement to the City of
Phoenix for the site, per the content and form prescribed by the City Attorney
prior to final site plan approval.

13. If determined necessary by the Phoenix Archaeology Office, the applicant shall
conduct Phase I data testing and submit an archaeological survey report of the
development area for review and approval by the City Archaeologist prior to
clearing and grubbing, landscape salvage, and/or grading approval.

14. If Phase I data testing is required, and if, upon review of the results from the
Phase I data testing, the City Archaeologist, in consultation with a qualified
archaeologist, determines such data recovery excavations are necessary, the
applicant shall conduct Phase II archaeological data recovery excavations.

15. In the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, the
developer shall immediately cease all ground-disturbing activities within a 33- foot
radius of the discovery, notify the City Archaeologist, and allow time for the
Archaeology Office to properly assess the materials.

16. Prior to preliminary site plan approval, the landowner shall execute a Proposition
207 waiver of claims form. The waiver shall be recorded with the Maricopa
County Recorder's Office and delivered to the City to be included in the rezoning
application file for record.




Page 588
Staff Report: Z-SP-12-22-8
May 5, 2023


Writer
Anthony Grande
May 5, 2023

Team Leader
Racelle Escolar

Exhibits
Sketch Map
Aerial Map
Conceptual Site Plan date stamped February 7, 2023
Building/site photographs date stamped December 28, 2022
Community Correspondence (7 pages)




Page 589
A-1 *
Z-67-88 A-2
A-1
§
¦
¨ 10




Airport
24TH ST
Noise Impact
Zone Overlay
Rio Salado
Interim Overlay
District



A-2
UNIVERSITY DR



IMiles
MC DOWELL RD
I - 10
Z-SP-12-22


VAN BUREN ST
0.045 0.0225 0 0.045 JEFFERSON ST

CENTRAL CITY VILLAGE BUCKEYE RD


CITY COUNCIL DISTRICT: 8 I - 17
LOWER BUCKEYE RD


40TH ST


CENTRAL AVE
32ND ST
7TH ST
7TH AVE 16TH ST 24TH ST

19TH AVE




APPLICANT'S NAME: REQUESTED CHANGE:
Community Bridges, Inc / Dan Hines
FROM:
A-2 RSIOD ( 3.77 a.c.)
APPLICATION NO. DATE:
1/24/2023
Z-SP-12-22 REVISION DATES:



GROSS AREA INCLUDING 1/2 STREET
AND ALLEY DEDICATION IS APPROX.
AERIAL PHOTO & ZONING MAP
QUARTER SEC. NO.
3.77 Acres QS 7-33 E-9 TO: A-2 SP RSIOD ( 3.77 a.c.)
MULTIPLES PERMITTED CONVENTIONAL OPTION * UNITS P.R.D. OPTION
A-2 RSIOD N/A N/A
A-2 SP RSIOD N/A N/A

* Maximum Units Allowed with P.R.D. Bonus
Page 590
Document Path: S:\Department Share\Information Systems\PL GIS\IS_Team\Core_Functions\Zoning\sketch_maps\2022\Z-SP-12-22.mxd
A-1 *
Z-67-88 A-2
A-1
§
¦
¨ 10




Airport
24TH ST
Noise Impact
Zone Overlay
Rio Salado
Interim Overlay
District



A-2
UNIVERSITY DR

Maricopa County Assessor's


IMiles
MC DOWELL RD
I - 10
Z-SP-12-22


VAN BUREN ST
0.045 0.0225 0 0.045 JEFFERSON ST

CENTRAL CITY VILLAGE BUCKEYE RD


CITY COUNCIL DISTRICT: 8 I - 17
LOWER BUCKEYE RD


40TH ST


CENTRAL AVE
32ND ST
7TH ST
7TH AVE 16TH ST 24TH ST

19TH AVE




APPLICANT'S NAME: REQUESTED CHANGE:
Community Bridges, Inc / Dan Hines
FROM:
A-2 RSIOD ( 3.77 a.c.)
APPLICATION NO. DATE:
1/24/2023
Z-SP-12-22 REVISION DATES:



GROSS AREA INCLUDING 1/2 STREET
AND ALLEY DEDICATION IS APPROX.
AERIAL PHOTO & ZONING MAP
QUARTER SEC. NO.
3.77 Acres QS 7-33 E-9 TO: A-2 SP RSIOD ( 3.77 a.c.)
MULTIPLES PERMITTED CONVENTIONAL OPTION * UNITS P.R.D. OPTION
A-2 RSIOD N/A N/A
A-2 SP RSIOD N/A N/A

* Maximum Units Allowed with P.R.D. Bonus
Page 591
Document Path: S:\Department Share\Information Systems\PL GIS\IS_Team\Core_Functions\Zoning\sketch_maps\2022\Z-SP-12-22.mxd
Page 592
WEST EXTERIOR ELEVATION




NORTH ELEVATION




WEST INTERIOR ELEVATION




Page 593




EAST ELEVATION


SOUTH ELEVATION
From: Ali Pace
To: msantoro@gblaw.com; PDD Long Range Planning
Subject: Rezoning
Date: Tuesday, January 17, 2023 5:17:34 PM
Attachments: image001.png
image002.png


Mr. Santoro,
I am reaching out regarding a rezoning hearing for 2425 South 24th Street. I understand the need the
city has for housing the homeIess population, which I am in full agreement needs to happen. I
respect your organization very much and the work you do. Our company has donated over 210k
meals to the homeless population and are dedicated to bettering the lives of this population.

I am however concerned with this chosen location for the proposed rezoning. The proximity to the
freeway and airport seems to pose an increased health risk to the housed individuals. 30% of these
individuals have untreated mental illness and the proximity to the freeway and airport seems like a
poor location to house a population that suffers from co-occurring mental illness and substance
abuse. I would imagine that general area would exponentially increase the likelihood of loss of life
which would seem to be in direct conflict with CBI’s commitment to the population they are
supposed to serve. What is the risk factor for placing a shelter this close to a major freeway and
airport?

The other issue is the disturbance to a very high traffic area from these individuals. They will likely
pose a hazard to the general function of the area. Since it is such a high commerce and traffic area
any disturbance made by the housed individuals could potentially damage the ability for the city to
function properly. The proposed location is at the cross-section of I-10 and the 17, and it’s not even
a mile from private jet companies and Sky Harbor Airport. Doesn’t this seem like a poor choice for a
homeless shelter?

Another issue is the proximity the proposed location is to a marijuana dispensary that is located
directly across the street, JARS Cannabis. This same dispensary just purchased the TV station that is a
neighbor to the proposed location. The dispensary plans to use that location for the same
purpose to expand its operations. As I mentioned prior, the homeless population has co-occurring
issues with mental illness and substance abuse. The percentage of individuals who suffer from
substance abuse is at least 50% and it seems like an ethically poor and ill-considered decision to
house people who suffer from substance abuse right next to a business that dispenses the very thing
that is debilitating them and causing their illness. I find it concerning that CBI who is dedicated to
patient recovery would even consider placing a homeless shelter right next to one of these facilities.
The optics alone does not shed a positive light on your company- it appears hypocritical and
counter-productive. I know your company cares deeply about the lives of the homeless population
and your reputation that is tied to that commitment might suffer in the eyes of the public.

The other issue of course is the very real consequences a homeless shelter brings to my business,
personal safety, and real estate. We have already had an issue with an individual being housed
there. My husband was accosted and had to have police involvement. My young children regularly
come to our business, and I am not happy about the chances they have encountering individuals



Page 594
with untreated mental illness and substance abuse. I also am concerned for my employees and
customers that patronize our businesses.

The financial implications this rezoning will my on my business is a very real concern of mine. What
financial responsibility does CBI plan to take for the surrounding businesses? Does your company
plan to pay for the 12% decrease in our property value that a homeless facility brings? Or the 24-
hour surveillance that is going to be required to ensure our business can function properly? Or the
increase rate for our business insurance?

I would like the ordinance regarding this zoning that pertains to proximity of high traffic areas/
airports/ major freeway cross-sections/ marijuana dispensaries/ industrial commerce to the
proposed rezoning location.

I believe there is a much more appropriate location that would be more mutually beneficial to this
population of people and CBI.

I greatly appreciate your corporation, time, and the work you do.

Kindest regards,

ALI JEANNE PACE
OWNER-OPERATOR
a.pace@scratchculinary.com
Phone: 520.471.1491
www.ScratchCulinary.com
[scratchculinary.com]
www.CraftedMealPrep.com
[craftedmealprep.com]




Page 595
Page 596
Page 597
Page 598
Page 599
Page 600
ATTACHMENT C




Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-SP-12-22-8


Date of VPC Meeting May 8, 2023
Request From A-2 RSIOD
Request To A-2 SP RSIOD
Proposed Use Homeless Shelter
Approximately 260 feet north of the northeast corner of
Location
24th Street and University Drive
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum


VPC DISCUSSION:

No quorum.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3 rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 601
ATTACHMENT D


REPORT OF PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION
June 1, 2023

ITEM NO: 12
DISTRICT NO.: 8
SUBJECT:

Application #: Z-SP-12-22-8
Location: Approximately 260 feet north of the northeast corner of 24th Street and
University Drive
From: A-2 RSIOD
To: A-2 SP RSIOD
Acreage: 3.77
Proposal: Homeless Shelter
Applicant: Dan Hines, Community Bridges, Inc.
Owner: South 24th, LLC
Representative: Wendy Riddell, Berry Riddell, LLC

ACTIONS:

Staff Recommendation: Approval, subject to stipulations.

Village Planning Committee (VPC) Recommendation:
Central City 5/8/2023 No Quorum.

Planning Commission Recommendation: Approval, per the staff recommendation.

Motion Discussion: N/A

Motion details: Commissioner Simon made a MOTION to approve Z-SP-12-22-8, per the staff
recommendation.

Maker: Simon
Second: Perez
Vote: 8-0
Absent: Howard
Opposition Present: Yes

Findings:

1. The proposal is consistent with the General Plan Land Use Map, the intent of the Rio
Salado Interim Overlay District, and with the character of the surrounding area.

2. The proposal will provide additional shelter beds, necessary for addressing
homelessness in Phoenix, at an appropriate location, consistent with the Phoenix
General Plan, the Housing Phoenix Plan, and the Strategies to Address Homelessness
plan.

3. The proposal will enhance connectivity in the immediate vicinity by providing additional
shade for the adjacent sidewalk and upon redevelopment, providing detached
sidewalks, consistent with the Tree and Shade Master Plan and the Complete Streets
Guiding Principles.


Page 602
Stipulations:

1. The development shall be in general conformance to the site plan date stamped
February 7, 2023, as modified by the following stipulations and approved by the Planning
and Development Department.

2. The site shall contain a maximum of 117 beds.

3. An Operational Plan shall be developed to govern operational features of the shelter.
The plan shall address at minimum, the following:

a. The facility shall operate as a “Closed Campus” (defined as no walk-up admission
to the program with all screening of potential program participants to be held off-
site).

b. Any services, on-site, will be provided only to program participants residing in the
shelter.

c. Program participants will be screened for eligibility prior to admission.

d. On-site security shall be provided 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

e. Security video cameras will be provided on the site and monitored to secure the
site.

f. A hotline number shall be maintained for surrounding businesses to call and notify
the operator of any potential issues.

g. Drugs and/or alcohol are to be prohibited.

h. Signage discouraging loitering shall be posted and visible from public rights-of-
way.

i. Procedures for discharge.

4. The operator shall engage with members of the community as listed below:

a. The operator shall host semiannual community meetings to allow for opportunities
to discuss any concerns and follow up requests related to site operations.

b. The operator shall maintain updated facility contact information and provide the
contact information to the community leaders of registered neighborhood
organizations within a one-mile radius of the subject site to address any issues
that may arise.

5. The operator shall enroll in a virtual block watch program with the City of Phoenix Police
Department.

6. The perimeter of the site shall be fenced to secure the site, as approved by the Planning
and Development Department.


Page 603
7. Site lighting shall be provided at building entrances/exits and parking and refuse areas,
as approved by the Planning and Development Department.

8. Landscaping shall be replenished with minimum 2-inch caliper shade trees within the
existing landscape setback along 24th Street and surface parking lot, as approved by the
Planning and Development Department.

9. The developer shall dedicate a minimum 10-foot-wide sidewalk easement along the east
side of 24th Street, as approved by the Planning and Development Department.

10. Upon complete redevelopment or development that increases the cumulative floor area
by more than 15% from that depicted on the site plan date stamped February 7, 2023,
the developer shall construct a minimum 6-foot-wide detached sidewalk and minimum
10-foot-wide landscape strip located between the back of curb and sidewalk along the
east side of side of 24th Street, as approved by the Planning and Development
Department. The landscape strip shall be planted with minimum 2-inch caliper shade
trees. Where utility conflicts exist, the developer shall work with the Planning and
Development Department on alternative design solutions consistent with a pedestrian
environment.

11. The developer shall construct all streets within and adjacent to the development with
paving, curb, gutter, sidewalk, curb ramps, streetlights, median islands, landscaping, and
other incidentals, as per plans approved by the Planning and Development Department.
All improvements shall comply with all ADA accessibility standards.

12. The property owner shall grant and record an avigation easement to the City of Phoenix
for the site, per the content and form prescribed by the City Attorney prior to final site
plan approval.

13. If determined necessary by the Phoenix Archaeology Office, the applicant shall conduct
Phase I data testing and submit an archaeological survey report of the development area
for review and approval by the City Archaeologist prior to clearing and grubbing,
landscape salvage, and/or grading approval.

14. If Phase I data testing is required, and if, upon review of the results from the Phase I data
testing, the City Archaeologist, in consultation with a qualified archaeologist, determines
such data recovery excavations are necessary, the applicant shall conduct Phase II
archaeological data recovery excavations.

15. In the event archaeological materials are encountered during construction, the developer
shall immediately cease all ground-disturbing activities within a 33-foot radius of the
discovery, notify the City Archaeologist, and allow time for the Archaeology Office to
properly assess the materials.

16. Prior to preliminary site plan approval, the landowner shall execute a Proposition 207
waiver of claims form. The waiver shall be recorded with the Maricopa County Recorder's
Office and delivered to the City to be included in the rezoning application file for record.

This publication can be made available in alternate format upon request. Please contact Angie
Holdsworth at (602) 329-5065, TTY use 7-1-1.




Page 604
ATTACHMENT E


CITY OF PHOENIX
PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT

FORM TO REQUEST PC to CC
I HEREBY REQUEST THAT THE CC HOLD A PUBLIC HEARING ON:

APPLICATION NO/ Z-SP-12-22-8 (SIGNATURE ON ORIGINAL IN FILE)
LOCATION Approximately 260 opposition x applicant
feet north of the
northeast corner of
24th Street and
University Drive

APPEALED FROM: PC 6/1/23 2198 E. Camelback Road, Suite 305
Phoenix, AZ 85016

PC DATE STREET/ADDRESS/CITY/STATE/ZIP
TO PC/CC CC 6/28/2023 Timothy A. La Sota
HEARING 602-515-2649
tim@timlasota.com

CC DATE NAME / PHONE / EMAIL
REASON FOR REQUEST:

The rezoning should be denied.




RECEIVED BY: Jerroid Hopkins RECEIVED ON: 6/8/2023

Alan Stephenson
Joshua Bednarek Greg Harmon
Tricia Gomes Paul M. Li
Racelle Escolar Village Planner
Stephanie Vasquez GIS
Diana Hernandez Applicant
David Urbinato Byron Easton (for PHO Appeals)
Vikki Cipolla-Murillo




Page 605
Page 606
ATTACHMENT F

From: Anthony M Grande
To: Anthony M Grande
Subject: FW: Rio Fresco
Date: Tuesday, May 9, 2023 8:52:59 AM
Attachments: seal-black-50px_a3d9a4d7-d742-435e-a8ed-1b9f58bdcb29.png




From: Jessica Berg
Sent: Monday, May 8, 2023 5:02 PM
To: Rachel B Milne ; Scott Hall
Subject: Rio Fresco

To the Village Planning Committee:

Thank you for considering this matter - Z-SP-12-22-8 – to rezone for the “Rio Fresco” homeless shelter run by
Community Bridges Inc.
I am in favor of this rezoning, and have experienced first hand how beneficial a community-embedded shelter
can be to a neighborhood, both those residents temporarily living within the shelter, and the businesses and
individuals in the neighborhood.

St Vincent de Paul is just about to have its first anniversary of running the Washington Street Shelter at 28th
Street and Washington.
We went through a similar process before we opened, reaching out to the neighbors and ensuring we had a
clear operating plan and “Good Neighbor Agreement” that outlined our intentions to be the best possible
neighbor.
To this day, we get great feedback from local business owners, and in fact very often folks don’t even know
there’s a shelter there.
There are no lines out front, no tents, and there’s no noticeable “overflow” on the street.

Because we have had the ability to hire security, to work with local police, to have a fence around the
property, and to have a dog run inside the property, we are able to provide dignity for those living inside as
well as those living or working nearby.
While Community Bridges has been running Rio Fresco since November, they are currently leasing the rooms,
thus they have some limitations as to what they can do (eg, security, fencing, etc).
They will be purchasing the property, and with the proper zoning and ownership, they will have the freedom
to do more with the space to be able to be the best possible neighbors.

In fact, CBI has been working with us at the Washington Street, and they too have enjoyed the space, the
closed campus model, and the great relationships with neighbors. They will be attempting to emulate this
model, and we will continue to partner with them to assist with any tools they may need.

Washington Street, a closed-campus, emergency, community-embedded shelter with services for pets, is an
important model for our community. We need more facilities and programs like this one, spread out
throughout the City, County, and State.
I welcome anyone to visit anytime to talk more about these types of temporary housing programs. I’m eager
to support CBI as they build a similar program at Rio Fresco.

Thank you!

-Jessica Berg


Page 607
. Jessica Berg | Chief Program Officer
St. Vincent de Paul | Feed.Clothe.House.Heal.
. O 602 850 6931 | JBerg@svdpaz.org
[azgives.org] [azgives.org] [100days.stvincentdepaul.net] [reflectinghope.stvincentdepaul.net]
[reflectinghope.stvincentdepaul.net] [stvincentdepaul.net] [stvincentdepaul.net] [stvincentdepaul.net]
[stvincentdepaul.net]
[100days.stvincentdepaul.net] [stvincentdepaul.net] [100days.stvincentdepaul.net]

[stvincentdepaul.net] [summerrelief.stvincentdepaul.net]




Page 608
To whom it may concern,
After many conversations with the team at Community Bridges, Inc. We have
decided to relinquish our opposition to their purchasing of the property at:
2425 S. 24th Street Phoenix, AZ 85034.
We feel the relationship between CBI and our local community of business
owners will benefit the clients of CBI in some way, shape, or form.
Sincerely,
Giovanni and Ali Pace.
05/30/2023




Page 609
Page 610
6/9/2023

Anthony Grande
Planner II | Village Planner
Planning & Development Department
Long Range Planning
200 West Washington Street
Phoenix, AZ 85003

Re: Z-SP-12-22-8 Rezone 3.77 acres from A-2 RSIOD to A-2 SP RSIOD for a homeless shelter.

Dear Phoenix City Council Members,

I am writing this letter in support of Z-SP-12-22-8. I am a local Urban Planner, Chair of the Central
City Village Planning Committee, and owner of a small business within 3.5 miles of the property
(310 E. Buchanan Street, Phoenix). I support this proposed rezone and project because it will bring
a much-needed housing resource to the Downtown community in a way that effectively alleviates
the current housing crisis in Phoenix.

The project’s proposed use is compatible and appropriate for the property size, location, and
surrounding area. This project would provide a crucially needed housing type for the fastest
growing demographic in Phoenix: people experiencing homelessness. Community Bridges has
presented a viable redevelopment plan for the site that will significantly impact the thousands of
individuals and families sleeping on Phoenix streets. Residents will not benefit from denying
additional shelter and relief is needed today.

Approving Z-SP-12-22-8 will provide more Phoenix residents experiencing homelessness with the
essential resources of shelter and social services in a timely response to the volatile post-COVID
housing market. The positive impact that this project will have on the City drastically outweighs
any potential growing pains or “NIMBYism” that inherently occurs when introducing a shelter
into the community. It is in the City’s best interest to approve this rezone application and support
Community Bridges’ homeless shelter.

Thank you,

Nicholas Gonzales
Central City Village Planning Committee Chair
310 E. Buchanan Street
Phoenix, AZ 85004




Page 611
ATTACHMENT G



ACC Machinery Co., Inc. 2622 S 24th Street; Phoenix, AZ 85034 (602) 258-7330


March 15, 2023
Dear Councilmember Garcia:

Am writing to you as a concerned business partner at 2622 S 24th Street. We understand that the City of Phoenix is
considering rezoning a property at 2425 S. 24th St. in Phoenix to allow for a homeless shelter. This is the one from
Community Bridges, case number Z-SP-12-22.

We were never provided a letter of notice and thus did not know about a meeting scheduled on this matter back in
February. Our mail carrier informed us of what was going on at the hotel near us. He shared many bad experiences
other neighbors had already had to go through and warned we should be more careful, especially women.

Currently, there are zero assurances that what is proposed to be allowed will not negatively affect the neighborhood.
Just a few weeks ago, many fire trucks, police officers, command stations were gathered at that area trying to control a
meth lab installation attempt. And a week or so ago, there was a murder. Our business recently had a break in attempt
with a crow bar and the lock on our gate cut off and taken. Mind you we cannot ever fully fence our property due to
easements and need for utility access.

How can this shelter and homeless residents already be at this location before rezoning is approved?

How can the State, City, CBI and others provide assurances that our business, customers, vendors, peers and providers
will not be in subjected to harm?

Why should we have to even consider adding costs to our business for security, cameras, fencing, additional locks,
schedule adjustments and the like when the City isn’t considering do this the right way?

Just the other day, in the parking lot next to ours, on a weekend, I witnessed a homeless man defecating in the grass.
The bus stop by our location has had far more activity and garbage littered about. There have been more people on
bikes with backpacks riding through parking lots obviously looking for crimes of opportunity. One doesn’t look into a car
that is not their own with good motives.

We care about the homeless and give to many charities in support. To do that requires we earn a good living and to do
that requires our business is not negatively affected by situations we are now having to experience. I bring my
grandchildren to work on weekends sometimes to teach them about accounting, filing, etcetera. Can’t do that now.

It feels as if the zoning part of this project is being rushed through, almost an afterthought since this is already
happening. Why not put the brakes on and allow more input from the neighbors. It’s possible we have good ideas to
share and better ways of helping the homeless. At the very minimum, the City needs to immediately provide better
security, onsite, 24/7 and we deserve to know who is living at that location. Afterall, they know who we are. Please
help us work through this matter in a more upfront, clear eyed manner rather than the under the radar sneaky way it
seems to be happening at this moment. Thank you.

Respectfully,

Stephanie McDowell

ACC Machinery Co., Inc.




Page 612



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Public Hearing - Amend City Code - Ordinance Adoption - Offsite Manufactured
Home Developments - Z-TA-2-23-Y (Ordinance G-7133)

Request to hold a public hearing on a proposed text amendment Z-TA-2-23-Y and to
request City Council approval per the Planning Commission recommendation which
amends Chapter 2 (Rules of Construction and Definitions) and Chapter 6 (Zoning
Districts) of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance regarding offsite manufactured home
developments.

Summary
Application: Z-TA-2-23-Y
Proposal: Amend Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions) to add definitions for offsite
manufactured home, offsite manufactured home developments, and revise modular
home and park model, amend Chapter 6, Section 608.F (Residence Districts) to add
offsite manufactured home developments subject to a use permit and Section
647.A.2.k (Special Permit Uses) to delete mobile home developments.

Applicant: City of Phoenix, Planning Commission
Representative: City of Phoenix, Planning and Development

Staff Recommendation: Approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y as shown in Exhibit A of the staff
report (Attachment B).
VPC Action: The request was heard by nine Village Planning Committees (VPCs).
Eight VPCs recommended approval, per the staff recommendation; one VPC
recommended approval, per the staff recommendation, with a modification that the
Special Permit requirement remain; and six VPCs did not have quorum, as reflected in
Attachments C and D.
PC Action: The Planning Commission heard this case on June 1, 2023, and
recommended approval, per the staff recommendation, by a vote of 8-0.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.




Page 613
ATTACHMENT A

THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE


ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING PORTIONS OF THE CODE OF THE
CITY OF PHOENIX, ARIZONA, PART II, CHAPTER 41, THE
ZONING ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX BY AMENDING
CHAPTER 2, SECTION 202 (DEFINITIONS) TO ADD OFFSITE
MANUFACTURED HOME, OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
DEVELOPMENT, AND CLARIFY MODULAR HOME AND PARK
MODEL. AMEND CHAPTER 6, SECTION 608.F (RESIDENCE
DISTRICTS) TO ADD PARAGRAPH F.9 AND SECTION 647.A.2.K
TO DELETE MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENTS.

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1: That Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions), is amended to read:

Amend Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions) to add offsite manufactured home,
offsite manufactured home development and clarify modular home and park model
as follows:

***
Manufactured Home: A multi-sectional dwelling unit manufactured after June 15, 1976,
and built to the Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards and the State
of Arizona Installation Requirements For Manufactured Housing.

***
Mobile Home: A structure built prior to June 15, 1976 that is a movable or portable
dwelling unit constructed either to be towed on its own chassis, or designed to be installed
or parked with or without a permanent foundation for human occupancy.

Mobile Home Development: Any lot, tract, or parcel of land used or offered for use in
whole or in part, with or without charge, for the parking of occupied mobile homes.

***
Modular Home: A dwelling unit which is either wholly or in substantial part manufactured
at an off-site location to be assembled on-site, except that it does not include a
manufactured home, mobile home, park model, or recreational vehicle as defined in this




-1- Ordinance ________
Page 614
section. MODULAR HOME CAN INCLUDE SHIPPING CONTAINER BUILT FOR
RESIDENTIAL USE.

***
OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME: A DWELLING UNIT WHICH IS EITHER WHOLLY
OR IN SUBSTANTIAL PART MANUFACTURED AT AN OFF-SITE LOCATION TO BE
ASSEMBLED ON-SITE, WHICH INCLUDES A MANUFACTURED HOME, MOBILE
HOME, PARK MODEL, OR MODULAR HOME AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION.

OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT: ANY LOT, TRACT, OR PARCEL
OF LAND USED OR OFFERED FOR USE IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITH OR
WITHOUT CHARGE, FOR THE PARKING OF OCCUPIED OFFSITE MANUFACTURED
HOMES.

***
Park Model: A trailer type unit not exceeding 400 square feet that is primarily designed to
provide temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, or seasonal use that is built
TO AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) STANDARDS AND on a
single chassis mounted on wheels. PARK MODEL CAN INCLUDE STRUCTURE
COMMONLY REFERRED AS “TINY HOME”.

***
Recreational Vehicle: A vehicular type unit thirty-two (32) feet or less in length and eight
(8) feet or less in width, primarily designed as a temporary living quarters for recreational,
camping, or travel use, which either has its own motive power or is mounted on or drawn
by another vehicle.


Recreational Vehicle Park: Any lot, tract, or parcel of land used or offered for use in whole
or in part with or without charge, for the parking of occupied recreational vehicles, tents,
park models, or similar devices used for temporary living quarters for recreational
camping or travel purposes.

***




-2- Ordinance ________
Page 615
SECTION 2: That Chapter 6, Section 608.F (Residence Districts), is amended to

read:

Amend Chapter 6, Section 608.F. (Residence Districts) to add paragraph F.9
accordingly:
***
9. OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS.


a. OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT IS ALLOWED R-2,
R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1, C-2, AND C-3 ZONING DISTRICTS
SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT AND THE CONDITIONS OUTLINED
BELOW:

(1) PLACEMENT FOR EACH OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:

(a) THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWENTY FEET
BETWEEN OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOMES AND TEN
FEET BETWEEN AWNINGS AND CANOPIES. ALL
ANNEXES OR STRUCTURAL ADDITIONS SHALL BE
CONSIDERED PART OF THE OFFSITE MANUFACTURED
HOME.

(b) THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST FORTY FEET BETWEEN
OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOMES ON OPPOSITE SIDES
OF A PRIVATE ACCESSWAY.

(c) NO OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME, ANNEX OR
STRUCTURAL ADDITION SHALL BE CLOSER THAN
EIGHT FEET TO ANY PRIVATE ACCESSWAY OR PRIVATE
DRIVE.

(2) EACH OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE SHALL HAVE
PRIVATE OUTDOOR LIVING SPACE OF AT LEAST 150 SQUARE
FEET. THE DIMENSION OF THIS SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST
FIFTEEN FEET IN WIDTH.

(3) FOR EACH OCCUPIED OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
SPACE, THERE SHALL BE AN ENCLOSED STORAGE LOCKER
FOR YARD TOOLS AND OTHER BULKY ITEMS CONVENIENT TO
THE SPACE WITH A STORAGE CAPACITY OF AT LEAST ONE
HUNDRED FIFTY CUBIC FEET.

(4) ALL AREAS NOT COVERED BY STRUCTURES OR PAVED


-3- Ordinance ________
Page 616
SURFACES SHALL BE LANDSCAPED AND MAINTAINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE SITE PLANS REQUIRED UNDER
SECTION 507.

(5) SCREENING THE PERIMETER OF AN OFFSITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT BY A WALL OR
OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL MAY BE REQUIRED.

(6) THERE SHALL BE A NETWORK OF PEDESTRIAN WALKS
CONNECTING OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACES WITH
EACH OTHER AND WITH DEVELOPMENT FACILITIES.

(7) IF STORAGE YARDS ARE PROVIDED, THERE SHALL BE A
SCREENED STORAGE YARD OR YARDS FOR BOATS,
RECREATIONAL VEHICLES, ETC. SUCH STORAGE YARDS
SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF SIXTY SQUARE FEET OF
STORAGE SPACE FOR EACH OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
SPACE IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND SHALL BE LOCATED SO
AS TO NOT DETRACT FROM SURROUNDING PROPERTIES. ALL
BOATS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLES SHALL BE PARKED IN
THE STORAGE YARD.

(8) EACH OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL A): BE AFFIXED
PERMANENTLY TO THE GROUND OR B): HAVE "SKIRTING"
AROUND ITS PERIMETER TO SCREEN ITS WHEELS AND
UNDERCARRIAGE.

(9) ALL UTILITIES AND THE WIRES OF ANY CENTRAL TELEVISION
OR RADIO ANTENNA SYSTEM SHALL BE UNDERGROUND.

(10) NOT MORE THAN FIFTEEN PERCENT OF THE SPACES IN ANY
ONE OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT SHALL
BE DEVELOPED OR USED FOR RECREATIONAL VEHICLES.

(11) DEVELOPMENT OF OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
COMMUNITIES SHALL BE UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT OPTION OF THE UNDERLYING ZONING
DISTRICT.

(12) PRIVATE DRIVES MAY BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EACH
OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOMES ONLY WHEN THERE IS NO
SUBDIVISION OF THE MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENT INTO
INDIVIDUAL LOTS.

(13) THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF FIVE PERCENT OF THE
TOTAL AREA OF THE OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME



-4- Ordinance ________
Page 617
DEVELOPMENT DEDICATED OR RESERVED AS USABLE
COMMON "OPEN SPACE" LAND. COMMON "OPEN SPACE"
LANDS SHALL BE CLEARLY DESIGNATED ON THE PLAN AS TO
THE CHARACTER OF USE AND DEVELOPMENT BUT SHALL
NOT INCLUDE:

(a) AREAS RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OR
BENEFIT OF AN INDIVIDUAL TENANT OR OWNER; NOR

(b) DEDICATED STREETS, ALLEYS, AND OTHER PUBLIC
RIGHTS-OF-WAY; NOR

(c) VEHICULAR DRIVES, PARKING, LOADING, AND
STORAGE AREAS; NOR

(d) REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT EXTERIOR
BOUNDARIES OF THE SITE; NOR

(e) GOLF COURSES.

ADEQUATE GUARANTEES MUST BE PROVIDED TO ENSURE
PERMANENT RETENTION OF "OPEN SPACE" LAND AREA
RESULTING FROM THE APPLICATION OF THESE
REGULATIONS, EITHER BY PRIVATE RESERVATION FOR THE
USE OF THE RESIDENTS WITHIN THE DEVELOPMENT OR BY
DEDICATION TO THE PUBLIC, OR A COMBINATION THEREOF.

***


SECTION 3: That Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k. (Special Permit Uses), is

amended to read:

Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k. (Special Permit Uses) to delete mobile home
developments and renumber remaining section accordingly:
***
k. Mobile home developments.

(1) Purpose. The purpose of this mobile home park development section is to
allow an alternative living style and dwelling type to conventional single-
family and multifamily housing. Mobile homes can provide a major source of
acceptable housing for moderate income persons with minimal
maintenance. The standards contained in this section are intended to afford
adequate air and space between units, screening, open and pedestrian
spaces, and storage areas and other customary accessory facilities. In


-5- Ordinance ________
Page 618
addition, the district regulations and development review are designed to
protect and enhance the mobile home site and its environs.

(2) Permitted uses. Mobile home development only when located in an R-2
and R-3 district, and subject to the following conditions:

(a) The site shall be at least ten acres unless it is an expansion of an
existing development.

(b) Open space for each mobile home shall be provided as follows:

(i) There shall be twenty feet of open space between mobile
homes. The width of any common walk between mobile
homes shall not be counted as part of this required open
space. All annexes or structural additions shall be considered
part of the mobile home. This space may be reduced to ten
feet between awnings or canopies.

(ii) There shall be at least forty feet between mobile homes on
opposite sides of a private accessway.

(iii) No mobile home shall be closer than eight feet to any private
accessway or private drive.

(c) Each mobile home space shall have private outdoor living space of
at least three hundred square feet. The least dimension of this space
shall be at least fifteen feet.

(d) For each occupied mobile home space, there shall be a storage
locker for yard tools and other bulky items convenient to the space. It
shall be at least six feet high with a storage capacity of at least one
hundred fifty cubic feet.

(e) All areas not covered by structures or paved surfaces shall be
landscaped and maintained in accordance with the site plans
required under Section 507.

(f) Screening the perimeter of a mobile home development by a wall or
other approved material may be required.

(g) There shall be a network of pedestrian walks connecting mobile
home spaces with each other and with development facilities.

(h) There shall be a laundry with a screened clothes drying yard.

(i) There shall be a screened storage yard or yards for boats,



-6- Ordinance ________
Page 619
recreational vehicles, etc. Such storage yards shall have a minimum
of sixty square feet of storage space for each mobile home space in
the development and shall be located so as to not detract from
surrounding properties. All boats and recreational vehicles shall be
parked in the storage yard.

(j) Each mobile home shall have "skirting" around its perimeter to
screen its wheels and undercarriage, or the mobile home shall be
placed in an excavation specifically designed to hide the wheels and
undercarriage from view.

(k) All utilities and the wires of any central television or radio antenna
system shall be underground.

(l) Not more than fifteen percent of the spaces in any one mobile home
development shall be developed or used for recreational vehicles.

(m) Development shall be under the planned residential development
option of the underlying zoning district.

(n) Private drives may be used for access to each mobile home only
when there is no subdivision of the mobile home development into
individual lots.

(o) There shall be a minimum of five percent of the total area of the
mobile home development dedicated or reserved as usable common
"open space" land. Common "open space" lands shall be clearly
designated on the plan as to the character of use and development
but shall not include:

(i) Areas reserved for the exclusive use or benefit of an
individual tenant or owner; nor

(ii) Dedicated streets, alleys, and other public rights-of-way; nor

(iii) Vehicular drives, parking, loading, and storage areas; nor

(iv) Required setback areas at exterior boundaries of the site; nor

(v) Golf courses.

Adequate guarantees must be provided to ensure permanent
retention of "open space" land area resulting from the application of
these regulations, either by private reservation for the use of the
residents within the development or by dedication to the public, or a
combination thereof.



-7- Ordinance ________
Page 620
(p) Manufactured homes are permitted in mobile home developments
which were existing prior to May 7, 2010 and shall not be subject to
the design review standards outlined in the Guidelines for Design
Review Section of the Zoning Ordinance.
***

PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 28th day of June, 2023



________________________________
MAYOR




ATTEST:


____________________________City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:

____________________________City Attorney


REVIEWED BY:

____________________________City Manager




-8- Ordinance ________
Page 621
ATTACHMENT B




Staff Report
Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment
Z-TA-2-23-Y
(Offsite Manufactured Home Developments)
April 21, 2023

Application No. Z-TA-2-23-Y: Amend Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions) to add
definitions for offsite manufactured home, offsite manufactured home development, and
revise modular home and park model, amend Chapter 6, Section 608.F. (Residence
Districts) to add offsite manufactured home developments subject to a use permit and
Section 647.A.2.k. (Special Permit Uses) to delete mobile home developments.

Staff recommendation: Staff recommends approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y as shown in
Exhibit A.

BACKGROUND
Residents of mobile home communities throughout the City of Phoenix have faced
displacement due to the redevelopment of mobile home park sites. In response to
community concerns and in coordination with the Mayor and City Council, an
internal work group was formed on September 28, 2022, to determine how the city
could assist families facing imminent displacement and to identify measures to reduce
future risk.

The Work Group was comprised of City staff from throughout the organization and
included the Phoenix Industrial Development Authority (IDA). The team was charged
with evaluating all legal and financial assistance the City could offer to the tenants of the
displaced communities. The team also reviewed and evaluated options to develop long-
term strategies to prevent this issue from happening in the future. The resulting
research report from the internal work group was issued November 25, 2022, and an
updated report was issued on February 23, 2023 (Exhibit B).

The report detailed programs, initiatives, and strategies to address the displacement of
mobile home residents in the city of Phoenix. However, due to limitations from Arizona
Revised Statutes, the city is limited from taking certain actions. The report included legal
analysis and also covered approaches taken by other jurisdictions to address similar
challenges in their communities. Each proposed program and strategy were detailed in
this report along with a set of recommended actions. Recommended programs and
strategies were organized by the following:

1. Immediate Solutions - Financial Assistance and Support Services;
2. Medium Term Solutions - Planning and Zoning Initiatives;
3. Long Term Solutions - Ownership and Acquisition Strategies.


Page 622
Z-TA-2-23-Y
June 1, 2023 Planning Commission

On March 22, 2023, Mayor and Council directed staff to move forward with 12 viable
recommended actions outlined in Exhibit B. Action Item #6 recommended modifications
to mobile home park development requirements.

Staff obtained input from various stakeholders and held four meetings to review and
request additional input on the proposed text amendment. Stakeholders included
individuals from the following organizations:

• Manufactured Housing Communities of Arizona (MHCA)

• Manufactured Housing Industry of Arizona (MHIA)

• Arizona Department of Housing Board of Manufactured Housing Member

• Affordable Housing/Private Developers

• Arizona State University, Real Estate Development

PURPOSE
There is a need to expand housing types and development options available within the
city. The General Plan and the Housing Phoenix Plan promotes offering diverse housing
types. The intent of the proposed text amendment is to modernize mobile home park
development requirements and remove any potential challenges to developing new
parks. The proposed text amendment adds new definitions for offsite manufactured
home, offsite manufactured home development and clarify modular home and park
model, expands offsite manufactured home developments to all multifamily districts
subject to a use permit, eliminates the minimum acreage size and removes the special
permit provisions for mobile home developments. These proposed changes would allow
for new offsite manufactured home developments to be built and the ability to offer more
affordable housing options.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED TEXT

Definitions
Modular Home: The term “Shipping Container” was included in this definition.

Offsite Manufactured Home: A new definition was created to include different housing
types that are manufactured at an off-site location and assembled on-site.

Offsite Manufacture Home Development: A new definition was created to define
developments on a lot for housing types that are manufactured at an off-site location
and assembled on-site.

Park Model: This term has been revised to be consistent with other off-site
manufactured structures references to manufacturer standards. Park Models are
manufactured under American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards. In
addition, the term “Tiny Home” was included in this definition.

Page 623
Z-TA-2-23-Y
June 1, 2023 Planning Commission

Offsite Manufactured Home Requirements

• Expand offsite manufactured home developments to all multifamily districts subject
to a use permit (R-2, R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5 and R-4A). In addition, C-1, C-2 and C-3
which include multifamily development standards.

Existing mobile home park developments are limited to R-2 and R-3 zoning districts
with a Special Permit. The Special Permit process adds an unnecessary step and
additional cost to the development that is not required of other housing
developments (single-family homes, apartments, townhomes, etc.). Offsite
manufactured housing provides an essential housing product to address affordability
and sustainability.

• Eliminate the minimum 10-acre size requirement for the development. The Planned
Residential Development (PRD) Option has established development standards for
density, setbacks, lot coverage, etc. for the underlying zoning districts which is
consistent with other housing developments.

CONCLUSION
The proposed text amendment will add new definitions for offsite manufactured home,
offsite manufactured home development and clarify modular home and park model,
expand offsite manufactured home developments to all multifamily districts subject to a
use permit, eliminate the minimum acreage size and remove the Special Permit
provisions for mobile home developments.

Staff recommends approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y as proposed in Exhibit A.

Writer
T. Gomes
4/21/23

Exhibits
A. Proposed Language
B. Research Report City Manager’s Office dated 2/23/23




Page 624
EXHIBIT A
Text Amendment Z-TA-2-23-Y:
Offsite Manufactured Home Developments

Proposed Language:

Amend Chapter 2, Section 202 (Definitions) to add offsite manufactured home,
offsite manufactured home development and clarify modular home and park model
as follows:

***
Manufactured Home: A multi-sectional dwelling unit manufactured after June 15, 1976,
and built to the Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards and the State
of Arizona Installation Requirements For Manufactured Housing.

***
Mobile Home: A structure built prior to June 15, 1976 that is a movable or portable
dwelling unit constructed either to be towed on its own chassis, or designed to be installed
or parked with or without a permanent foundation for human occupancy.

Mobile Home Development: Any lot, tract, or parcel of land used or offered for use in
whole or in part, with or without charge, for the parking of occupied mobile homes.

***
Modular Home: A dwelling unit which is either wholly or in substantial part manufactured
at an off-site location to be assembled on-site, except that it does not include a
manufactured home, mobile home, park model, or recreational vehicle as defined in this
section. MODULAR HOME CAN INCLUDE SHIPPING CONTAINER BUILT FOR
RESIDENTIAL USE.

***
OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME: A DWELLING UNIT WHICH IS EITHER WHOLLY
OR IN SUBSTANTIAL PART MANUFACTURED AT AN OFF-SITE LOCATION TO BE
ASSEMBLED ON-SITE, WHICH INCLUDES A MANUFACTURED HOME, MOBILE
HOME, PARK MODEL, OR MODULAR HOME AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION.

OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT: ANY LOT, TRACT, OR PARCEL
OF LAND USED OR OFFERED FOR USE IN WHOLE OR IN PART, WITH OR
WITHOUT CHARGE, FOR THE PARKING OF OCCUPIED OFFSITE MANUFACTURED
HOMES.

***
Park Model: A trailer type unit not exceeding 400 square feet that is primarily designed to
provide temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, or seasonal use that is built
TO AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) STANDARDS AND on a
single chassis mounted on wheels. PARK MODEL CAN INCLUDE STRUCTURE
COMMONLY REFERRED AS “TINY HOME”.

***



Page 625
Recreational Vehicle: A vehicular type unit thirty-two (32) feet or less in length and eight
(8) feet or less in width, primarily designed as a temporary living quarters for recreational,
camping, or travel use, which either has its own motive power or is mounted on or drawn
by another vehicle.


Recreational Vehicle Park: Any lot, tract, or parcel of land used or offered for use in whole
or in part with or without charge, for the parking of occupied recreational vehicles, tents,
park models, or similar devices used for temporary living quarters for recreational
camping or travel purposes.

***


Amend Chapter 6, Section 608.F. (Residence Districts) to add paragraph F.9
accordingly:
***
9. OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENTS.


a. OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT IS ALLOWED R-2,
R-3, R-3A, R-4, R-5, R-4A, C-1, C-2, AND C-3 ZONING DISTRICTS
SUBJECT TO A USE PERMIT AND THE CONDITIONS OUTLINED
BELOW:

(1) PLACEMENT FOR EACH OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
SHALL BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:

(a) THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWENTY FEET
BETWEEN OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOMES AND TEN
FEET BETWEEN AWNINGS AND CANOPIES. ALL
ANNEXES OR STRUCTURAL ADDITIONS SHALL BE
CONSIDERED PART OF THE OFFSITE MANUFACTURED
HOME.

(b) THERE SHALL BE AT LEAST FORTY FEET BETWEEN
OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOMES ON OPPOSITE SIDES
OF A PRIVATE ACCESSWAY.

(c) NO OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME, ANNEX OR
STRUCTURAL ADDITION SHALL BE CLOSER THAN
EIGHT FEET TO ANY PRIVATE ACCESSWAY OR PRIVATE
DRIVE.

(2) EACH OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACE SHALL HAVE
PRIVATE OUTDOOR LIVING SPACE OF AT LEAST 150 SQUARE
FEET. THE DIMENSION OF THIS SPACE SHALL BE AT LEAST
FIFTEEN FEET IN WIDTH.

(3) FOR EACH OCCUPIED OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
SPACE, THERE SHALL BE AN ENCLOSED STORAGE LOCKER

Page 626
FOR YARD TOOLS AND OTHER BULKY ITEMS CONVENIENT TO
THE SPACE WITH A STORAGE CAPACITY OF AT LEAST ONE
HUNDRED FIFTY CUBIC FEET.

(4) ALL AREAS NOT COVERED BY STRUCTURES OR PAVED
SURFACES SHALL BE LANDSCAPED AND MAINTAINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE SITE PLANS REQUIRED UNDER
SECTION 507.

(5) SCREENING THE PERIMETER OF AN OFFSITE
MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT BY A WALL OR
OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL MAY BE REQUIRED.

(6) THERE SHALL BE A NETWORK OF PEDESTRIAN WALKS
CONNECTING OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME SPACES WITH
EACH OTHER AND WITH DEVELOPMENT FACILITIES.

(7) IF STORAGE YARDS ARE PROVIDED, THERE SHALL BE A
SCREENED STORAGE YARD OR YARDS FOR BOATS,
RECREATIONAL VEHICLES, ETC. SUCH STORAGE YARDS
SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF SIXTY SQUARE FEET OF
STORAGE SPACE FOR EACH OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
SPACE IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND SHALL BE LOCATED SO
AS TO NOT DETRACT FROM SURROUNDING PROPERTIES. ALL
BOATS AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLES SHALL BE PARKED IN
THE STORAGE YARD.

(8) EACH OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME SHALL A): BE AFFIXED
PERMANENTLY TO THE GROUND OR B): HAVE "SKIRTING"
AROUND ITS PERIMETER TO SCREEN ITS WHEELS AND
UNDERCARRIAGE.

(9) ALL UTILITIES AND THE WIRES OF ANY CENTRAL TELEVISION
OR RADIO ANTENNA SYSTEM SHALL BE UNDERGROUND.

(10) NOT MORE THAN FIFTEEN PERCENT OF THE SPACES IN ANY
ONE OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME DEVELOPMENT SHALL
BE DEVELOPED OR USED FOR RECREATIONAL VEHICLES.

(11) DEVELOPMENT OF OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
COMMUNITIES SHALL BE UNDER THE PLANNED RESIDENTIAL
DEVELOPMENT OPTION OF THE UNDERLYING ZONING
DISTRICT.

(12) PRIVATE DRIVES MAY BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EACH
OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOMES ONLY WHEN THERE IS NO
SUBDIVISION OF THE MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENT INTO
INDIVIDUAL LOTS.

(13) THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF FIVE PERCENT OF THE
TOTAL AREA OF THE OFFSITE MANUFACTURED HOME
DEVELOPMENT DEDICATED OR RESERVED AS USABLE
Page 627
COMMON "OPEN SPACE" LAND. COMMON "OPEN SPACE"
LANDS SHALL BE CLEARLY DESIGNATED ON THE PLAN AS TO
THE CHARACTER OF USE AND DEVELOPMENT BUT SHALL
NOT INCLUDE:

(a) AREAS RESERVED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OR
BENEFIT OF AN INDIVIDUAL TENANT OR OWNER; NOR

(b) DEDICATED STREETS, ALLEYS, AND OTHER PUBLIC
RIGHTS-OF-WAY; NOR

(c) VEHICULAR DRIVES, PARKING, LOADING, AND
STORAGE AREAS; NOR

(d) REQUIRED SETBACK AREAS AT EXTERIOR
BOUNDARIES OF THE SITE; NOR

(e) GOLF COURSES.

ADEQUATE GUARANTEES MUST BE PROVIDED TO ENSURE
PERMANENT RETENTION OF "OPEN SPACE" LAND AREA
RESULTING FROM THE APPLICATION OF THESE
REGULATIONS, EITHER BY PRIVATE RESERVATION FOR THE
USE OF THE RESIDENTS WITHIN THE DEVELOPMENT OR BY
DEDICATION TO THE PUBLIC, OR A COMBINATION THEREOF.

***


Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k. (Special Permit Uses) to delete mobile home
developments and renumber remaining section accordingly:
***
k. Mobile home developments.

(1) Purpose. The purpose of this mobile home park development section is to
allow an alternative living style and dwelling type to conventional single-
family and multifamily housing. Mobile homes can provide a major source of
acceptable housing for moderate income persons with minimal
maintenance. The standards contained in this section are intended to afford
adequate air and space between units, screening, open and pedestrian
spaces, and storage areas and other customary accessory facilities. In
addition, the district regulations and development review are designed to
protect and enhance the mobile home site and its environs.

(2) Permitted uses. Mobile home development only when located in an R-2
and R-3 district, and subject to the following conditions:

(a) The site shall be at least ten acres unless it is an expansion of an
existing development.

(b) Open space for each mobile home shall be provided as follows:

Page 628
(i) There shall be twenty feet of open space between mobile
homes. The width of any common walk between mobile
homes shall not be counted as part of this required open
space. All annexes or structural additions shall be considered
part of the mobile home. This space may be reduced to ten
feet between awnings or canopies.

(ii) There shall be at least forty feet between mobile homes on
opposite sides of a private accessway.

(iii) No mobile home shall be closer than eight feet to any private
accessway or private drive.

(c) Each mobile home space shall have private outdoor living space of
at least three hundred square feet. The least dimension of this space
shall be at least fifteen feet.

(d) For each occupied mobile home space, there shall be a storage
locker for yard tools and other bulky items convenient to the space. It
shall be at least six feet high with a storage capacity of at least one
hundred fifty cubic feet.

(e) All areas not covered by structures or paved surfaces shall be
landscaped and maintained in accordance with the site plans
required under Section 507.

(f) Screening the perimeter of a mobile home development by a wall or
other approved material may be required.

(g) There shall be a network of pedestrian walks connecting mobile
home spaces with each other and with development facilities.

(h) There shall be a laundry with a screened clothes drying yard.

(i) There shall be a screened storage yard or yards for boats,
recreational vehicles, etc. Such storage yards shall have a minimum
of sixty square feet of storage space for each mobile home space in
the development and shall be located so as to not detract from
surrounding properties. All boats and recreational vehicles shall be
parked in the storage yard.

(j) Each mobile home shall have "skirting" around its perimeter to
screen its wheels and undercarriage, or the mobile home shall be
placed in an excavation specifically designed to hide the wheels and
undercarriage from view.

(k) All utilities and the wires of any central television or radio antenna
system shall be underground.

(l) Not more than fifteen percent of the spaces in any one mobile home
development shall be developed or used for recreational vehicles.
Page 629
(m) Development shall be under the planned residential development
option of the underlying zoning district.

(n) Private drives may be used for access to each mobile home only
when there is no subdivision of the mobile home development into
individual lots.

(o) There shall be a minimum of five percent of the total area of the
mobile home development dedicated or reserved as usable common
"open space" land. Common "open space" lands shall be clearly
designated on the plan as to the character of use and development
but shall not include:

(i) Areas reserved for the exclusive use or benefit of an
individual tenant or owner; nor

(ii) Dedicated streets, alleys, and other public rights-of-way; nor

(iii) Vehicular drives, parking, loading, and storage areas; nor

(iv) Required setback areas at exterior boundaries of the site; nor

(v) Golf courses.

Adequate guarantees must be provided to ensure permanent
retention of "open space" land area resulting from the application of
these regulations, either by private reservation for the use of the
residents within the development or by dedication to the public, or a
combination thereof.

(p) Manufactured homes are permitted in mobile home developments
which were existing prior to May 7, 2010 and shall not be subject to
the design review standards outlined in the Guidelines for Design
Review Section of the Zoning Ordinance.
***




Page 630
EXHIBIT B




RESEARCH REPORT
CITY MANAGER’S OFFICE DATE ISSUED
2/23/23
TO: FROM:
SUBJECT
Mobile Home Resident and Mobile Home Park Displacement Options


Introduction

Residents of mobile home communities throughout the City of Phoenix have faced displacement
due to the redevelopment of mobile home park sites. Residents of three communities, including
Periwinkle, Weldon Court, and Las Casitas, are under imminent threat of displacement. Many
residents of these communities have contacted the City of Phoenix to seek assistance. In
response to these concerns and in coordination with the Mayor and City Council, an internal
work group was formed on Sept. 28, 2022, to determine how the City of Phoenix can assist
families facing imminent displacement and to identify measures to reduce this risk in the future.

Background

The Work Group is comprised of City staff from throughout the organization and includes the
Phoenix Industrial Development Authority (IDA). The team was charged with evaluating all legal
and financial assistance the City could offer to the tenants of the three properties mentioned
earlier in this report. The team also reviewed and evaluated options to develop long-term
strategies to prevent this issue from happening in the future.

This report details programs, initiatives, and strategies to address the displacement of mobile
home residents in the City of Phoenix. However, due to limitations from Arizona State Statutes,
the City is constrained from taking certain actions. This report includes legal analysis and also
covers approaches taken by other jurisdictions to address similar challenges in their
communities. Each proposed program and strategy is detailed in this report along with a set of
recommended actions. Recommended programs and strategies are organized by the following:

1. Immediate Solutions - Financial Assistance and Support Services;
2. Medium Term Solutions - Planning and Zoning Initiatives;
3. Long Term Solutions - Ownership and Acquisition Strategies.



Page 250
Staff also recommends supporting Arizona State legislative changes that would increase the
State-administered displacement funds for each resident that is impacted by redevelopment of
mobile home parks, as well as any legislative changes that would allow for a Right of First
Refusal Purchase by the existing residents when mobile home park developments are offered
for sale.

The section entitled Viable Options details the actions staff recommends the City implement to
assist families facing displacement. The section entitled Non-Viable Options provides
information on programs and strategies that were evaluated but determined to be non-viable
options. Attachment A provides an overview of staff recommendations as well as the evaluated
programs which were determined to be non-viable options, based on legal analysis and the
research conducted by the Work Group.

Legal Analysis and Discussion

The Work Group on mobile home parks asked the Law Department to analyze the legal risks of:

1. Imposing a development moratorium on redeveloping mobile home parks;
2. Eliminating non-mobile home park zoning entitlements from existing mobile homes;
3. Requiring mobile home park landlords to pay relocation assistance exceeding the amount
required by Arizona Revised Statute;
4. Using City funds to pay residents additional relocation assistance exceeding the amount
required by Arizona Revised Statute.

First, the City cannot impose a development moratorium on any private property, including
mobile home parks, without clear justification. The Arizona State Legislature has declared
development moratoriums a matter of statewide concern, because moratoriums could negatively
affect property rights and property owners. The City would have to determine that a moratorium
is justified (e.g., a lack of adequate infrastructure, among other things), and limit the location and
duration of any moratorium.

Second, the City can eliminate non-mobile home park zoning entitlements from an existing
mobile home park without exposing the City to potentially significant claims for diminution of
property value under Prop. 207. However, any land use law that diminishes a landowner’s
existing rights to use, divide, sell or possess their land would require the City to compensate the
landowner for the diminished value.

Third, the State established a regulatory system for all mobile landlord-tenant relationships,
including a relocation fund to pay relocation assistance to tenants displaced from a mobile home
park. Thus, the City is potentially preempted from requiring landlords to pay more than what is
available from the site relocation fund.





Page 251
Finally, the Arizona Constitution prohibits the City from giving or loaning its public resources
(e.g., general fund dollars) to aid, donate, or subsidize individuals or companies. The City may
be subject to a challenge for violation of the gift clause if the City expends general funds to
provide additional relocation assistance to mobile home park tenants.

Viable Options

This section details recommended actions for the City of Phoenix to implement to assist
individuals and families facing displacement from mobile home communities.

Immediate Solutions: Financial Assistance and Support Services

1. Rental/Utility Deposit and Rental Payment Assistance

Staff recommends two financial assistance programs which can be implemented
immediately to support impacted residents. Using already approved American Rescue
Plan Act (ARPA) Tranche One and remaining Emergency Rental Assistance (ERA)
funds, the proposed programs include rent and utility (water/sewer, gas and electric)
deposits, and rental/utility payments for up to 15 months (inclusive of three months
forward rent and utility credits) or 12 months lump sum rental payment.

The following eligibility requirements will be used for deposit and payment assistance:
• Must be a Phoenix resident.
• Must have an income at or below 120 percent of Area Median Income (AMI) or
$106,560 for a family of four.
• Must qualify for unemployment benefits, experience a reduction in income, or
experience other financial hardships caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.
• Must demonstrate risk of homelessness or housing instability.
• Must have incurred rent (including deposits, move-in costs, legal and late fees) and
utility bills after March 13, 2020. (If rent has not been charged, they are not eligible
for assistance beyond help securing a new dwelling unit.)

2. Case Management and Housing Navigation Services

Staff recommends a new program to provide case management and housing navigation
services in partnership with a local, community-based non-profit that specializes in
providing these types of services. If approved, the Human Services Department will
request Council Approval to enter into an Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA) for up to
$300,000 using American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Tranche One funding with the City of
Phoenix Industrial Development Authority (IDA) to contract with Helping Families in Need
(HFIN). Currently, Trellis is providing these services through a contract with Grand
Canyon University (GCU) for Periwinkle residents.

With Council approval, HFIN would provide services to residents of the Las Casitas and
Weldon Court communities. The services would include case management that supports


Page 252
housing needs, access to physical healthcare, behavioral healthcare, nutrition
assistance, cash assistance, workforce development, emergency rental assistance and
vouchers, etc.

3. Emergency Housing Vouchers (EHV)
Staff recommends providing Emergency Housing Vouchers (EHV) to assist individuals and
families facing displacement from mobile home parks. The EHV program is available
through the American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) via the U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD). The vouchers are available to assist individuals and families
who are homeless, at risk of homelessness, recently homeless or have a high risk of
housing instability. The program is managed through a direct referral process from the
Continuum of Care (CoC) regional Coordinated Entry (CE) System and could potentially be
utilized by displaced residents, pending availability and meeting eligibility requirements.

Eligibility for use of the voucher program is determined through the CoC CE System. At
least one family member must be a U.S. Citizen or eligible non-citizen to utilize the
program. Once eligibility has been determined, referrals are made to the Housing
Department through designated coordinated entry points. This resource is limited and will
be utilized until exhausted.

4. Communication Strategy and Action Protocol
Staff recommends developing a communication strategy and action protocol to inform
residents of critical information related to their potential displacement as well as available
assistance programs and other resources.

In 2019, the City of Apache Junction and Arizona State University completed a study on
Mobile Home Parks. The study focused on preserving affordable housing, improving the
conditions of mobile home parks, increasing the quality of life for residents, and promoting
the redevelopment of parks when appropriate. One of the key recommendations was the
creation of a communication strategy and action protocol for the notification and provision of
resource assistance for mobile home residents when the park in which they reside
becomes available for sale.

This recommendation is to develop communication strategies that connect mobile home
residents with resources and inform residents at risk of displacement of opportunities for
other affordable housing options. The information would include an overview of the rights of
mobile home residents, approved programs within this report and other available resources,
such as the State of Arizona’s Mobile Home Relocation Fund. This fund provides monetary
assistance to mobile home owners when mobile home parks are closed or redeveloped.
The fund provides moving expense assistance, through direct payment to an installer, of up
to $7,500 for a single-wide or $12,500 for a multi-section home.



Page 253
5. Homeownership Down Payment Assistance

A. Open Doors Down Payment Assistance Program

Staff recommends providing residents information and assistance to participate in the
Open Doors Down Payment Assistance program, which is designed to assist eligible first-
time homebuyers with the purchase of an affordable home in the City of Phoenix.
The program, funded by the federal HOME Investment Partnerships Program, provides
down payment and/or closing cost assistance to households earning at or below 80
percent of the Area Median Income (AMI). The beneficiary must be a U.S. citizen or
eligible non-citizen. To utilize program funding for a manufactured home purchase, the
home must be affixed as real property, on a permanent foundation and connected to
permanent utility hook-ups.

Total assistance is based on eligibility and individual need. Homebuyers will be required
to attend pre-purchasing counseling provided by a U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD) certified housing counseling agency and certified housing
counselor. Homeownership down payment assistance funds are offered as a deferred
payment loan that:
• Has an interest rate of 0 percent with no monthly principal payments;
• Provides up to 10 percent of the purchase price of a home;
• Is fully forgiven after the period of affordability;
• Can be layered with other homeownership down payment assistance programs.

B. Additional Support through Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)

Staff also recommends pursuing the possibility of supplementing the Housing
Department’s Open Doors Down Payment Assistance Program with available CDBG
funding. The additional assistance could be provided to eligible families interested in
homeownership. Beneficiary must be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen.

CDBG funds can assist low- to moderate-income households with the following
homeownership activities for the purchase of single-family homes:

• 50 percent of the lender required down payment;
• Payment of closing costs, which must be deemed reasonable;
• Subsidized interest rates and mortgage principal amounts.



Note: The following medium- and long-term recommended solutions would be included
in the City’s overall strategy to assist residents of mobile home communities. However,
these recommendations would not address the current concerns related to the imminent
displacement of residents at the three identified communities.



Page 254
Medium Term Solutions: Planning and Zoning Initiatives

6. Modify Existing Special Permit Mobile Home Park Development Requirements

Staff recommends the consideration of modifying existing Special Permit Mobile Home
Park Development requirements to make it easier to continue to operate, expand, or
create new mobile home parks. This could be done by modifying the existing special
permit allowances.

Staff recommends modifying the existing special permit allowances for mobile home
parks through a text amendment to the zoning ordinance. This text amendment would
address current zoning ordinance requirements to look for ways to increase market
viability so that developers could develop new mobile home parks. This amendment
would look at zoning requirements for items such as but not limited to minimum acreage
size, spacing between units, and common open space. It could also allow other housing
types within the new mobile home park. This could allow for new parks to be built that
would offer more affordable housing than traditional homes. The expansion could include
additional relocation requirements if developed under the new text amendment
provisions.

7. Create A Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay Incentive District

Staff recommends the consideration of drafting a Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay
Incentive District with incentives for property owners of existing mobile home parks to opt
into the overlay and operate as a mobile home park.

With the Overlay District, property owners could “opt in” and obtain greater property
entitlements in one of two ways. The first option would be the property owner would
maintain the existing mobile home park for (e.g., 10 years) in exchange for additional
density, height, or setbacks, etc. after the specified timeframe was met. The second
option would allow the property owner to redevelop the site in exchange for additional
density, height, or setbacks, etc., before the specified timeframe was met, if onsite
affordable housing was provided or funds were allocated for relocation fees. In order for
this option to be viable, logistical challenges would need to be remedied through robust
stakeholder meetings and feedback, to discuss any potential incentive for additional
setbacks, height requirement, density, etc. As a result, there could be significant
challenges associated with this option.

Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) 12-1134 precludes the City from requiring the overlay
be applied to existing mobile home parks but incentivizes the maintenance of existing
mobile home parks.
8. Modify Legal Non-Conforming Zoning Ordinance Provisions

Staff recommends modifying Legal Non-Conforming Zoning Ordinance provisions to
allow for expansion of existing mobile home parks. Staff recommends a text amendment
that specifically allows for the expansion of legal non-conforming zoning rights to cite

Page 255
additional mobile home units and other types of units like tiny homes in existing mobile
home parks. This effort will also allow for a review of the on-site development code and
infrastructure requirements to ensure that minimum requirements are as safe and
efficient as possible. Staff recommends expanding the allowable housing types such as
tiny homes (Park Models) to replace existing mobile homes. Tiny homes provide an
affordable alternative to mobile or manufactured homes. Currently, Phoenix Zoning
Ordinance allows existing mobile home parks to replace older mobile homes (built prior to
June 15, 1976) with a manufactured home (built after June 15, 1976, per U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) standards) by right.

Additionally, most existing mobile home parks are considered nonconforming. Many were
annexed from Maricopa County or were developed under different zoning requirements
which rendered them nonconforming. An expansion of a nonconforming use is limited to
a structure housing a nonconforming single-family residential use or an accessory
structure for a nonconforming single-family residential use. Existing mobile home parks
are frozen in time at the time they became nonconforming. Any expansions or changes
would require bringing the site into compliance with existing requirements for mobile
home parks, adding significant costs for improvements. An amendment to the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance to allow existing mobile home parks to expand by adding additional
units and make proportional improvements could also be considered.

9. Explore Opportunities to Partner with Qualified Opportunity Fund (QOF)

Staff recommends exploring opportunities to partner with a Qualified Opportunity Fund
(QOF) to invest in purchasing mobile home park land when a property owner desires to
sell for redevelopment. Purchase by the fund would allow for additional time to help
impacted mobile home residents move to another location or pursue other options. Any
purchased land would take advantage of the Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay Incentive
District allowances to enhance their interest in purchasing the parcel.

Long Term Solutions: Ownership and Acquisition Strategies

10. Partner with Nonprofit(s) to Purchase Mobile Home Parks

Staff recommends working to identify nonprofit partners to purchase existing mobile
home parks to stabilize the existing park operations and/or allow for redevelopment of the
property that limits displacement of existing residents.

If redevelopment is pursued, the City can partner by offering funding assistance for new
affordable housing development that prioritizes new housing options for mobile home
park residents. Available funding for purchase and/or redevelopment must be identified
and may have residency requirements. Due to the timing associated with redevelopment,
residents may need to be temporarily relocated and potentially pursue alternative housing
options.




Page 256
The Phoenix Industrial Development Authority (IDA) has agreed to work with the City to
develop financing options that may assist non-profits or other community partners in their
purchasing efforts.

11. Establish Resident Owned Communities (ROC USA)

Staff recommends engaging with ROC USA, which is a national nonprofit that assists
existing mobile homeowners in forming a cooperative entity to finance the purchase of a
mobile home park.

ROC USA works with regional technical assistance affiliates to study the feasibility of
purchasing mobile home parks, helping residents form a cooperative association, and
identifying funding sources for the purchase. ROC USA may be able to provide loans to
assist with the resident purchase of a mobile home park. To pursue resident purchase of
a mobile home park, park ownership concurrence and traditional and/or nonprofit funding
sources must be identified. Increasing land values and potential for park redevelopment
could make it difficult to find park owners who are willing to participate in this program.

12. Develop a Comprehensive Strategy and Action Plan

Staff recommends the development of a Comprehensive Strategy and Action Plan
related to mobile home communities and manufactured housing. This Comprehensive
Strategy and Action Plan would be developed through the formation of a steering
committee comprised of City staff, community members, and housing experts.

The City of Boulder, Colorado developed a Manufactured Housing Strategy with an
Action Plan focused on efforts that encourage the preservation of existing manufactured
home communities, facilitating the development of new manufactured home
communities, increasing opportunities for Resident Owned Communities (ROCs),
reducing or eliminating health and safety issues, and rehousing displaced households.

By engaging in a comprehensive study and analysis the City will be better prepared to
take a proactive approach in assisting residents of mobile home and manufactured
housing communities.

Non-Viable Options

This section provides information on the programs and strategies that were evaluated by staff
but determined to be non-viable options to assist individuals and families facing displacement
from mobile home communities.

Financial Assistance and Support Services

1. City of Phoenix Affordable Housing Units and Housing Choice Vouchers



Page 257
Staff evaluated the possibility of providing displaced mobile home residents access to
public housing or affordable units by housing displaced communities at City properties.
Staff also evaluated providing Housing Choice Vouchers to eligible individuals and
families. Both strategies were determined to be non-viable solutions.

Currently all public housing and affordable housing properties have high occupancy rates
and a wait list of interested residents. Similarly, the Housing Choice Voucher wait list is
currently closed. The current U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) approved Administrative Plan for wait list local preferences does not include
private displacement action, therefore mobile home park residents being displaced by
private action could not be directly placed into vacant units or provided a Housing Choice
Voucher.

Ownership and Acquisition Strategies

2. City Purchase of At-Risk Mobile Home Parks

Staff evaluated the possibility of the City of Phoenix purchasing mobile home parks that
are at risk of investor purchase, which would potentially result in the displacement of
residents. This option would prevent resident displacement and increase stability while
preserving affordable housing.

However, staff determined this was a non-viable solution due to the following challenges:
• Current park owners would need to agree to sell to the City of Phoenix.
• There is a high number of mobile home parks Citywide.
• There would be additional costs including required infrastructure improvements,
replacement of unsafe units, contract with third-party management companies, etc.
• It would be inconsistent with previous community planning efforts.
• Long-term financial costs associated with being a mobile home park owner are not in
line with City priorities.

3. City Acquisition of Land for Mobile Home Use

Staff evaluated the possibility of the City of Phoenix purchasing land for mobile home
use. This option would increase affordable housing options. However, staff determined
this was a non-viable solution due to the following challenges:
• It would be an inefficient use of land and subsidy when higher density housing could
be developed to address the current housing shortage more effectively.
• There is limited availability of suitable sites (10-acre minimum, correct zoning, etc.).
• There would be additional costs including required infrastructure improvements,
replacement of unsafe units, contract with third-party management company, etc.
• It would be inconsistent with previous community planning efforts.


Page 258
4. City-Owned Property for Use as Manufactured/Mobile Home Park or Tiny Homes

Staff reviewed the list of City-owned properties for use as a manufactured home park and
the requirements for use including development, relocation of units, and
management. The minimum site size for development of an average 100-space park is
seven and one-half acres.

Staff concluded the use of City-owned property for use as a manufactured home park is
non-viable since the City does not have excess land suitable for this purpose.
Furthermore, the high cost and risk associated with this type of development, as well as
ongoing management and maintenance, are impediments to using City-owned
property. The current inventory of City-owned land is comprised of sites that are either
too small to accommodate a manufactured home park or larger sites set aside for
affordable housing, future fire stations, water facilities, other public uses, or located within
a residential neighborhood and originally planned for a neighborhood park.

Utilizing City-owned property would require homes currently facing displacement to be
physically moved from their current locations. This type of move is estimated to cost
approximately $10,000 to relocate a mobile home. In most situations, moving
professionals have been unwilling to relocate these structures due to the age and
associated risk of moving these units. Additionally, development cost of a 100-space
manufactured home park is estimated to be approximately $1.8 million. Considering the
gift clause, the use of City-owned land as a manufactured home park would require
leases at market rent. Management fees are generally seven to ten percent of collected
rents, plus ongoing operation and maintenance costs, reserves for replacement, liability,
and risk. As a result, residents would still face affordability challenges. For these reasons,
staff determined the utilization of City-owned property is a non-viable option.

Planning and Zoning Initiatives

5. Exclusive Zoning District for Mobile Home Parks

Staff does not recommend the consideration of drafting a Mobile Home Park Zoning
District and rezoning existing mobile home parks because it would be a new land use that
diminishes the value of the properties zoning entitlements, and the City would be required
to pay for the diminished value under Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) 12-1134.

This exclusive zoning district would limit the allowed land use to mobile home parks and
accessory uses for the park (e.g., clubhouse, pool, etc.). Most existing mobile home
parks are entitled with multifamily or commercial zoning which makes the land extremely
vulnerable to redevelopment, loss of low-income housing options, and contributes further
to resident displacement. This approach was found not to be a regulatory taking in the
State of Washington under LAUREL PARK COMMUNITY v. CITY OF TUMWATER;
however, the City is liable to diminution of property value under Arizona Revised Statute

Page 259
(A.R.S.) 12-1134 if new zoning district is applied retroactively, meaning landowners
would need to be compensated. American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds are likely not a
source of compensation for affected landowners.

Recommendations

Based on legal analysis and the research conducted by the Work Group:

Staff recommends the following immediate programs:
• Utilizing American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) and Emergency Rental Assistance (ERA)
funding for Rental/Utility Deposit, Rental Payment Assistance, Case Management and
Housing Navigation Services. It is important to note that the amount of funds available is
limited, as is the timeframe the funds are available.
• Providing Emergency Housing Vouchers (EHV) to individuals facing displacement.
• Developing a Communication Strategy and Action Protocol.
• Focusing outreach efforts of the Open Doors Down Payment Assistance Program to
benefit mobile home park residents, and possibly supplementing the program with
Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funding.

Staff recommends the following medium-term programs:
• Addressing existing Special Permit Mobile Home Park Development requirements,
making it easier for landowners to continue to operate, expand, or create new mobile
home parks.
• Creating a Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay Incentive District to provide incentives for
property owners to delay redevelopment of existing mobile home parks.
• Addressing Legal Non-Conforming Zoning Ordinance provisions to allow expansion of
existing mobile home parks and tiny homes.
• Explore opportunities to partner with a Qualified Opportunity Fund (QOF) to invest in
purchasing mobile home park land when a property owner desires to sell for
redevelopment.

Staff recommends the following long-term programs:
• Partnering with nonprofit(s) to purchase mobile home parks.
• Working with residents at risk of displacement to engage with and create Resident
Owned Communities (ROC USA).
• Developing a comprehensive strategy and action plan to take a proactive approach in
assisting residents of mobile home and manufactured housing communities.

Staff also recommends supporting Arizona State legislative changes that would the State-
administered displacement funds for each resident that is impacted by the redevelopment of
mobile home parks, as well as any legislative changes that would allow for a Right of First
Refusal Purchase by the existing residents when mobile home park developments are offered
for sale.



Page 260
Attachment A

Based on legal analysis, staff recommends the following proposed programs and strategies to
assist mobile home residents in the City of Phoenix:

RECOMMENDED PROGRAMS TIMELINE
Rental/Utility Deposit and Rental Payment Assistance Immediate
Case Management and Housing Navigation Services Immediate
Emergency Housing Vouchers (EHV) Immediate
Communication Strategy and Action Protocol Immediate
Homeownership Down Payment Assistance Immediate
Modify Existing Special Permit Mobile Home Park Development
Medium Term
Requirements
Create A Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay Incentive District Medium Term
Modify Legal Non-Conforming Zoning Ordinance Provisions Medium Term
Explore Opportunities to Partner with Qualified Opportunity Fund
Medium Term
(QOF)
Partner with Nonprofit(s) to Purchase Mobile Home Parks Long Term
Establish Resident Owned Communities (ROC USA) Long Term
Develop a Comprehensive Strategy and Action Plan Long Term

Staff evaluated the following programs and strategies but determined they are non-viable
options to assist families facing displacement from mobile home communities:

EVALUATED PROGRAMS – NON-VIABLE OPTIONS TIMELINE
City Affordable Housing Units and Housing Choice Vouchers N/A
City Purchase of At-Risk Mobile Home Parks N/A
City Acquisition of Land for Mobile Home Parks N/A
City Property for Manufactured/Mobile Home Park or Tiny Homes N/A
Exclusive Zoning District for Mobile Home Parks N/A





Page 261
ATTACHMENT B
TA-2-23: Offsite Manufactured Home Developments
-
Village Planning Committee Summary Results

Village Date Recommendations Vote
Paradise Valley 5/1/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 12-1
Encanto 5/1/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 14-0
Camelback East 5/2/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 13-2-2
Desert View 5/2/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 9-0
Central City 5/8/23 No Quorum N/A
Laveen 5/8/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 6-0
Rio Vista 5/9/2023 Continued to June 13, 2023 6-0
6/13/2023 Approved, per the staff recommendation 4-0
South Mountain 5/9/23 No Quorum N/A
Maryvale 5/10/23 No Quorum N/A
Deer Valley Approved, per the staff recommendation with
5/11/23 a modification to maintain the Special Permit 5-3
requirement
North Gateway 6/8/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 5-0
Estrella 5/16/23 No Quorum N/A
North Mountain 5/17/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 13-0
Ahwatukee Foothills 5/22/23 No Quorum N/A
Alhambra 5/23/23 No Quorum N/A




Page 643 6/14/2023
ATTACHMENT D




Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 22, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum

VPC Vote No quorum

VPC DISCUSSION:
No quorum.

Staff comments regarding VPC Recommendation:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 644
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y


Date of VPC Meeting May 23, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home
developments

VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

No quorum.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 645
REVISED
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 2, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home
developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 13-2-2

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

STAFF PRESENTATION

Sarah Stockham, staff, provided a presentation on a text amendment to update the
Zoning Ordinance address development standards and non-conforming standards. Ms.
Stockham discussed the summary of the text amendment, background, modernization
of development standards, definitions and alternative housing types. Ms. Stockham
described the current requirements and what the request includes and the new
definitions and the applicability for residential zones. Ms. Stockham discussed the
removal of special permits and intent of removing roadblocks in the process. Ms.
Stockham stated that the text amendment is being presented to all the Village and will
proceed to the Planning Commission in June.

QUESTIONS FROM COMMITTEE

Ms. Schmieder asked if the text amendment would be grand fathered into existing
residential zones and how does this impact neighborhoods. Ms. Stockham responded
that the applicability would be for new development subject to permitting.

Mr. Abbott asked about timing and restrictions on the time for use and would this be a
temporary use that may impact surrounding developments. Ms. Stockham responded
that the amendment would be applicable in the residential zoned districts, and it would
not be limited to a temporary use.

Ms. Jurayeva asked about permitting in residential districts for alternative housing
types. Ms. Stockham stated the text amendment change would change the
requirement from a special permit to a use permit which are heard by the zoning
adjustment hearing officer and is a separate process.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 646
Mr. Paceley asked would the text amendment apply to a tiny house on the same
property for family or certain conditions. Ms. Stockham responded that the question
may be more related to an accessory unit which is different, and the underlying zoning
is still applicable.

Ms. Jurayeva asked what has been the response for the proposed text amendment
and has there been any feedback. Ms. Stockham stated that the information is being
presented at all the Villages and what is presented is in response to what the City
Council has been hearing in relation to mobile home residents who are at risk of being
displaced and the availability affordable of housing.

Ms. Baumer inquired about ownership of mobile homes and does this allow alternative
home parks. Ms. Stockham said the applicability is for mobile home and alternative
homes to expand into multifamily districts, this does not create a mobile home overlay.

Ms. Schmieder asked why there is a text amendment and not zoning that is more
responsive and does this really address affordable housing and equality. Ms.
Stockham responded this would allow for offsite manufacture developments, update
the standards and allow for more flexibility. Ms. Schmider stated this seems beyond the
scope of a text amendment. Ms. Stockham stated the allowance for mobile homes is in
the zoning ordinance and the text amendments are updates.

Mr. O’Malley asked would this allow someone to buy an older mobile home and place it
on a lot on a temporary basis. Ms. Stockham responded that manufactured homes
would have to be approved by the state and would be subject to standards.

PUBLIC COMMENT

None.

MOTION:

Committee member Dawn Augusta motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y.
Committee member Danny Sharaby seconded the motion.

VOTE:

13-2-2; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y passed with Committee
members Abbott, Augusta, Baumer, Beckerleg Thraen, Eichelkraut, Garcia, Grace,
Langmade, Miller, Nye, Paceley, Sharaby, and Swart in favor, Committee Member
Schmieder and Fischbach in opposition, and Committee Member Jurayeva, and
O’Malley in abstention.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

Staff has no comments.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 647
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 8, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum



VPC DISCUSSION:

No quorum.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3 rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 648
REVISED
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 11, 2023
Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Request
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
Approval, per the staff recommendation with a
VPC Recommendation
modification
VPC Vote 5-3

No members of the public registered to speak on this request.

VPC DISCUSSION:
Mr. Matteo Moric, staff, provided an overview of the proposed text amendment.

Acting Chair Trilese DiLeo said that the 10 acre or more requirement is limiting
options in the City and asked if there would be a minimum acreage size.

Keith Greenburg noted he was concerned with negatively impacting house values.

Al Field stated he wanted to see when one existing trailer park area gets removed a
new one could come in as an exchange and he believed there were other items to
consider in addition to the value of the homes.

Will Novak liked the reduction of the acreage size requirement and asked about the
artificial increase of cost due to parking requirements.

Mr. Field felt parking spaces were too small to fit a full-size vehicle.

Acting Chair DiLeo mentioned this would provide a more affordable housing option
and would address the concern of a more diverse housing stock and felt this would help
with the affordable housing concerns.

Ozzie Virgil stated there was no affordable housing anymore and believed this text
amendment would not help anyone. Mr. Virgil said developers are just coming in and
throwing up all these apartment complexes, and added the City needs to keep these
projects out of the airflight path.

James Sutphen believed this was already going to be a done deal and brought to the
Village Planning Committees as a courtesy.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 649
Deer Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y


Mr. Field shared that for every acre developed for these manufactured home
developments another one would be taken out, and the City has municipal powers to be
able to make this happen.

Acting Chair DiLeo wanted to send the message and note in the record that there are
multiple dilapidated mobile home parks in need of some love.

Mr. Novak said the impetus was by GCU to find ways to relocate these homes, and to
open the opportunity to build smaller five acre lots. Mr. Novak commented that he felt it
would open more diversity and options.

Brandon Shipman recommended to eliminate the acreage and keep the special permit
requirement.

Mr. Moric responded to the parking question that it’s based on the size and number of
bedrooms of each unit. Mr. Moric also noted the minimum size of land would be based
on the development standards such as density, setbacks, and lot coverage based on
the zoning district it would fall within.

Ms. Racelle Escolar, staff, stated that there may be a future text amendment related to
parking, but it is not part of this text amendment. Ms. Escolar also explained how the
use permit process was less cumbersome than the Special Permit, and stated the use
permit process would still require a public hearing with notification but would not need to
come before the Village Planning Committee, Planning Commission or City Council.
Ms. Escolar stated it was like a variance, falling under the Zoning Adjustment process
and added that this would allow for more diversity in housing.

Ms. Escolar explained if land already had the appropriate multifamily or commercial
zoning in place, this text amendment would allow the applicant to go through the use
permit process.

PUBLIC COMMENTS:
None.

MOTION:
Al Field motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y per the staff
recommendation with modifications that for each new development one dilapidated
parcel be removed. Keith Greenburg seconded the motion.

VOTE:
2-6; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y per the staff recommendation with a
modification was not passed with Committee Members Field and Greenberg in favor;
and Davenport, Novak, Shipman, Sutphen, Virgil and DiLeo in opposition.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 650
Deer Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

MOTION:
Brandon Shipman motioned to recommend the approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y per the staff
recommendation with a modification that the special permit requirement remain.
Ozzie Virgil seconded the motion.

VOTE:
5-3; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y per the staff recommendation with a
modification that the special permit requirement remain passed with Committee
Members Davenport, Shipman, Sutphen, Virgil and DiLeo in favor; and Field,
Greenberg and Novak in opposition.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 651
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y


Date of VPC Meeting May 2, 2023
Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Request
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 9-0


VPC DISCUSSION:

No members of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION
Anthony Grande, staff, described the proposed text amendment and provided an
overview of the purpose and intent of the request and the details of the proposed
changes to the text.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE
Chair Bowser asked about input from stakeholders. Mr. Grande replied that a work
group had been formed to develop the recommendations.

Committee Member Kirkilas asked about the impetus behind forming the work group
and proposing the text amendment. Mr. Grande described concerns with displacement
pressures and affordable housing.

Committee Member Reynolds asked for clarification that this proposal would allow
manufactured home developments to be developed in any multifamily district. Mr.
Grande replied that it would with a use permit.

Committee Member Dickson asked about whether use permits would be periodically
reviewed. Mr. Grande replied that stipulations can be applied to use permit approvals
on a case-by-case basis.

Committee Member Nowell noted that regulations changed in 1976 and that
manufactured homes built today are different than in the past. Mr. Grande agreed and
noted the different manufactured home types described in the presentation.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 652
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y
May 2, 2023
Page 2


Committee Member Kollar asked for clarification that the special permit process is
described as unnecessary because of the steps in the rezoning process. Mr. Grande
stated that the rezoning process is required for special permits and that it is what is
referenced as the unnecessary step. Mr. Kollar asked about the development
standards for new manufactured home developments. Mr. Grande stated that they
would be treated the same as multifamily developments, using the Planned Residential
Development option.

Committee Member Dickson asked for clarification on the definitions. Mr. Grande
replied that the definitions are based on industry standards.

Committee Member Nowell asked for clarification that the 10-acre minimum lot size is
eliminated in this proposal and whether that means one single manufactured home
could be built on a small lot. Mr. Grande replied that it would be possible. Chair
Bowser noted that the zoning would need to be a multifamily district. Mr. Grande
agreed it would only be possible in multifamily zoning districts.

Committee Member Kirkilas asked about the statement that the special permit
process is unnecessary for this type of development. Mr. Grande replied that
multifamily districts already allow multifamily housing and that requiring a special permit
for manufactured homes is adding an additional step that isn’t required for other forms
of housing in the same district.

Vice Chair Lagrave asked about the spacing of individual homes within a
development. Mr. Grande noted that the proposed text includes a spacing
requirement.

Committee Member Kollar asked about the other text amendments mentioned in the
report. Mr. Grande replied that one of the other text amendments would be considered
as the next agenda item and that the other one is not developed yet.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
None.

STAFF RESPONSE
None.

MOTION
Vice Chair Lagrave made a motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the
staff recommendation. Committee Member Barto seconded the motion.

VOTE
9-0, motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the staff recommendation,
passed; Members Barto, Dickson, Israel, Kirkilas, Kollar, Nowell, Reynolds, Lagrave,
and Bowser in favor.
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 653
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y
May 2, 2023
Page 3



STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 654
REVISED
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 1, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647 A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 14-0

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

STAFF PRESENTATION

John Roanhorse, staff, provided a presentation on Z-TA-2-23-Y, a text amendment to
address offsite manufactured homes by creating and refining definitions in Section 202
of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance. Mr. Roanhorse added that the changes are intended
to modernize and expand housing types to address affordability and include definitions
for mobile homes and park models. Mr. Roanhorse discussed the schedule for the text
amendment to the Planning Commission and City Council.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE
Committee Member Matthew Jewett asked if the changes will address pedestrians
and walkability in mobile home parks. Mr. Roanhorse responded that any changes will
be subject to development standards which includes sidewalk.

Committee Member Brent Kleinman asked how many mobile parks would be
impacted with the text amendment change. Mr. Roanhorse stated that for the purpose
of the text amendment there is no inventory of mobile home parks and the changes are
intended to include this housing type as an option to address housing needs.

Committee Member Rick Mahrle asked how the amended language would impact
utility connections within the right-of-way. Mr. Roanhorse responded that utility
connections would not change and if a mobile home park were to expand it would still
have to follow the same requirements for utility and infrastructure access.

Committee Member Jeremy Thacker asked how does the proposed amendment
change impact the Walkable Urban Code and is this different from ADU’s (accessory
dwelling unit). Mr. Joshua Bednarek, staff, stated that ADU’s are different and they will
be addressed in future actions and that walkability would remain part of the review as it
is it applicable.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 655
Committee Member Jeremy Thacker asked with multifamily districts being included
how does this request also include single family developments as well. Mr. Bednarek
responded that the amendment addresses multifamily residential districts and removal
of the special permit requirement.

Committee Member Ann Cothron stated that mobile homes are low-income and an
affordable housing option for some and asked are there other options for people that will
be displaced if mobile homes are no longer available. Mr. Roanhorse expressed that
mobile homes are one housing option and the amendment is intended to allow mobile
homes to continue to be residential options and the amendment will allow mobile homes
sits to improve and possibly expand as a housing type.

Committee Member Drew Bryck asked if a special permit is not needed will a use
permit include stipulations, who will make those determinations. Mr. Bednarek stated
that design standards would be administratively reviewed by the Zoning Administrator.

Committee Member Aaron Searle thanked Joshua Bednarek for clarifying the details
of the text amendment.

PUBLIC COMMENT

None.

MOTION:

Committee Member Jayson Matthews made a motion to recommend approval of Z-
TA-2-23-Y. Committee Member Matthew Jewett seconded to the motion.

DISCUSSION:

None.

VOTE:

14-0; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-T per the staff recommendation
passes with Committee Members Benjamin, Bryck, Cothron, Jewett, Kleinman, Mahrle,
Matthews, Picos, Procaccini, Schiller, Searles, Tedhams, Thacker, and Chair Wagner in
favor, none in dissent, and none in abstention.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 656
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 16, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum


VPC DISCUSSION:
No quorum.

Staff comments regarding VPC Recommendation:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 657
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 8, 2023
Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Request
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 6-0

VPC DISCUSSION

Staff Presentation:

Nayeli Sanchez Luna, staff, described the proposed text amendment and provided an
overview of the purpose and intent of the request and the details of the proposed
changes to the text. Mrs. Sanchez Luna concluded the presentation by providing
staff’s recommendation and the text amendment hearing dates.

Questions from the committee:

Patrick Nasser-Taylor asked if the proposal would apply to multifamily residential
zoning districts. Mrs. Sanchez Luna confirmed that that the proposal would apply to
multifamily residential zoning districts and commercial districts since it would allow for
multifamily development by right. Mr. Nasser-Taylor asked if the text amendment
would override any rules established by homeowner associations. Tricia Gomes,
Deputy Director of the Planning and Development Department, stated that the text
amendment would apply to new mobile home developments. Ms. Gomes noted that it
would not impact existing mobile home developments. Ms. Gomes added that a
manufactured home could be placed on a single-family lot, or a subdivision could be
created utilizing manufactured homes if it met all the development requirements. Ms.
Gomes noted that this would apply to numerous units on one lot.

Dean Chiarelli asked what type of density could be expected while meeting setback
and frontage requirements. Ms. Gomes stated that the existing multifamily residential
zoning districts already have setback and density requirements. Ms. Gomes noted that
any new mobile home development would have to meet these requirements. Mr.
Chiarelli stated that he had concerns with the proposed language as it did not point to
the multifamily development requirements. Ms. Gomes stated that the proposal would
apply to Section 608 of the Zoning Ordinance which addresses residential zoning
districts. Ms. Gomes noted that the proposal would require mobile home
developments to follow planned residential development requirements within the
multifamily residential zoning districts.
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 658
Laveen Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y
May 8, 2023
Page 2


Public Comment:

None.

Committee Discussion:

JoAnne Jenson noted that there have been news reports where mobile home
developments are sold, and people are displaced. Ms. Jenson asked if this text
amendment would address this sort of displacement. Ms. Gomes stated that three
mobile home park developments have been purchased and as a result, people will
have to find alternative housing. Ms. Gomes added that the City Council has asked
staff to find potential solutions and to create alternative housing types. Ms. Gomes
noted these text amendments are possible solutions that Planning and Development
has brought forth to create alternative housing types and to prevent displacement. Ms.
Gomes stated that it doesn’t change the mobile home development where some
people own the mobile home but not the land. Ms. Gomes noted that there are
programs to assist the residents to own the land and the mobile home. Ms. Jenson
stated that she was in favor of affordable alternative housing.

Mr. Chiarelli stated that individuals have had issues with moving due to the
complexity of a mobile home unit or the reimbursement process. Mr. Chiarelli asked if
the proposed text amendment would address the programs that help with moving the
mobile home unit. Ms. Gomes stated that the relocation programs were occurring at
the State level. Ms. Gomes added that the City has looked into working with the State
but that the relocation programs were not part of the text amendment.

MOTION
Patrick Nasser-Taylor made a motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per
the staff recommendation. Dean Chiarelli seconded the motion.

VOTE
6-0, Motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the staff recommendation,
passed with Committee Members Barraza, Chiarelli, Jensen, Nasser-Taylor, Ortega,
and Hurd in favor.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 659
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 10, 2022
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum

VPC Vote No quorum

VPC DISCUSSION:
No quorum.

Staff comments regarding VPC Recommendation:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 660
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 11, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Meeting was cancelled
VPC Vote Meeting was cancelled


VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

None.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

Meeting was cancelled due to a lack of quorum.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 661
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting June 8, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 5-0


VPC DISCUSSION:

Staff Presentation:
Mr. Zambrano provided an overview of text amendment case Z-TA-2-23-Y, describing
the request and the purpose and intent of the request. Mr. Zambrano shared the new
definitions proposed and displayed some examples of the new definitions. Mr.
Zambrano shared the upcoming hearing schedule, noting that the Planning Commission
already heard this item on June 1, and that this item was supposed to be heard by the
Committee last month, but was not able to be heard due to the meeting being cancelled
because of a lack of quorum. Mr. Zambrano then stated that staff recommends approval
per the language in Exhibit A of the staff report.

Questions from Committee:
Mr. Johnson asked about removing the Special Permit requirement. Mr. Zambrano
responded that it would be changing it from the Special Permit process, which is a
legislative process heard by the Village Planning Committee, Planning Commission,
and City Council, to the Use Permit process, which is a quasi-judicial process that would
still be a public hearing process upon the Zoning Hearing Officer, which could then be
appealed to the Board of Adjustments and could then be appealed to the courts. Mr.
Zambrano added that the intent behind changing the Special Permit process to a Use
Permit process is that it is an unnecessary step that adds additional costs to these types
of developments that is not required of other housing developments.

Vice Chair Ricart asked where this text amendment came from. Mr. Zambrano
responded that the text amendment is trying to address the housing shortage, housing
affordability and equity for different types of housing developments.

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response to Public Comment:
None.
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 662
North Gateway Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Discussion:
None.

MOTION – Z-TA-2-23-Y:
Vice Chair Ricart motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the staff
recommendation. Mr. Johnson seconded the motion.

VOTE – Z-TA-2-23-Y:
5-0; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y passes with Committee members
French, Johnson, Simon, Ricart and Read in favor.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 663
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 17, 2023
Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Request
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 13-0-0

VPC DISCUSSION


Mr. Klimek, staff, provided an overview of the text amendment and the staff
recommendation.

APPLICANT PRESENTATION
None.

QUESTIONS FROM COMMITTEE
Committee Members Freeman and O’Hara expressed support for the text
amendment. Chair Jaramillo expressed support also.

Committee Member Larson asked for confirmation that this pertains to ownership
products rather than rentals. Mr. Klimek responded that the city does not regulate
based on ownership or rental and that these housing types could conceivably be either.

Committee Member Perez asked if it is possible for someone to rezone a parcel to one
of the districts that would newly permit these product types. Mr. Klimek responded that
it is unlikely but technically possible if the applicant were to successfully navigate a full
public rezoning process and then a public use permit process.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
None.

APPLICANT RESPONSE
None.

FLOOR/PUBLIC DISCUSSION CLOSED




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 664
North Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y
May 18, 2023
Page 2

MOTION:
Committee Member Perez made a motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y per
the staff recommendation. Committee Member O’Hara seconded the motion.

DISCUSSION:
None.

VOTE: 13-0-0, motion to approve Z-TA-2-23-Y per the staff recommendation passes
with Committee Members Alauria, Freeman, Larson, Matthews, McBride, O’Connor,
O’Hara, Perez, Member Veidmark Whitney, Wiedoff, Vice Chair Fogelson, and Chair
Jaramillo in favor; none in opposition, and none abstaining.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 665
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y



Date of VPC Meeting May 1, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home
developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 12-1


VPC DISCUSSION:


Staff Presentation:

Adrian Zambrano, staff, provided an overview of text amendment case Z-TA-2-23-Y,
describing the request and the purpose and intent of the request. Mr. Zambrano shared
the new definitions proposed and displayed some examples of the new definitions. Mr.
Zambrano shared the proposed refined definitions and described the proposed
changes. Mr. Zambrano shared the upcoming hearing schedule and stated that staff
recommends approval per the language in Exhibit A of the staff report.

Questions from the Committee:

Chair Popovic asked if the intent of deleting the 10-acre minimum requirement was for
infill lots and smaller developments. Mr. Zambrano responded that the majority of
existing mobile home parks throughout the City are less than 10 acres in size. Chair
Popovic asked if the mobile home parks could be converted to a tiny home or shipping
container community. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, adding that additional
units could also be added if there is enough room.

Ms. Sepic clarified that a park model, per the definition, is a trailer type unit not to
exceed 400 square feet that is primarily designed to provide temporary living quarters
for recreational, camping, or seasonal uses. Ms. Sepic stated that this definition, in her
opinion, does not meet affordable housing criteria. Ms. Sepic recommended that tiny
homes should not be lumped together with the park model definition nor shipping
containers built for residential use with the modular home definition. Ms. Sepic stated
that she believes a park model is more of a hotel concept which could be within
commercial areas. Ms. Sepic stated that the park model definition sounds like it would
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 666
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

be for camping and recreational vehicles whereas mobile homes and modular homes
are meant for long-term living.

Sarah Stockham, staff, stated that park model is meant for units of 400 square feet or
less in size that are on wheels, which includes tiny homes.

Ms. Sepic stated that the request is to have these in any type of residential zoning. Ms.
Stockham clarified that it would only be allowed in all multifamily zoning districts. Ms.
Sepic stated that it was also proposed in C-1, C-2 and C-3 districts. Ms. Stockham
clarified that those are the commercial zoning districts which allow multifamily
residential development by-right. Ms. Sepic stated that she believes the park model
type, specifically, should only be allowed in the commercial zoning districts.

Mr. Mazza asked if she believes that because it is temporary housing. Ms. Sepic
responded affirmatively. Ms. Sepic stated that she believes the request needs to be
changed since the park model is more of a hotel use since it is not meant for long-term
living.

Ms. Stockham stated that tiny homes do not have to be temporary. Ms. Sepic stated
that they are temporary while on wheels, and then get taken off the wheels, since they
are built somewhere else off-site and then transported to the site.

Mr. Mazza stated that the confusing part is the existing language because it says it is
primarily for temporary living quarters. Mr. Mazza asked for clarification if it would apply
to permanent residences as well. Ms. Stockham responded affirmatively, noting that
they could be made as shipping containers or tiny homes, and that the intent is to
establish these terms.

Mr. Goodhue stated that many years ago, park models found their way into mobile
home parks, so there were enforcement issues since they were meant for temporary
living quarters, whereas modular and mobile homes were meant for long-term living
quarters. Mr. Goodhue stated that the City integrated this into the Zoning Ordinance and
that the proposal appears to be blending in tiny homes into the existing definition since it
is a newer trend. Mr. Goodhue stated that originally, park models were temporary
mobile homes that were brought in and out, but things are changing. Mr. Goodhue
stated that he is concerned with the safety of the structures and that they need to be
inspected ahead of time before they reach the site. Mr. Goodhue asked what assurance
the City has that these units would be labeled by the State as a park model, modular
home or manufactured home. Ms. Stockham responded that she believes they are
already required to have an inspection off-site and that is has to be approved by the
State regardless.

Chair Popovic asked if the committee could add stipulations to the case.

Mr. Goodhue stated that these structures are exempt from City permits other than the
electric meter. Mr. Goodhue stated that the State inspects the structures and that they
would have to be certified and approved by the State. Mr. Goodhue was concerned that

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 667
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

tiny homes may be manufactured in people’s garages and then transported somewhere
else. Mr. Goodhue wanted to ensure that inspection processes exist. Ms. Stockham
responded that manufactured homes have to come through the Arizona Department of
Housing approved list. Mr. Goodhue responded that he was more concerned with tiny
homes, since someone could build a tiny home less than 400 square feet, tow it on the
back of a truck and place it on a piece of property. Ms. Stockham responded that staff
could ask if tiny homes are required to go through the same process and get that
information back to the Committee.

Ms. Sepic stated that she was also concerned with bus conversions and camper vans.
Ms. Sepic asked if the use permit versus the special permit deviates for the types of
homes that are affixed or if all types are required to go through the process regardless
of if they are affixed or not. Mr. Zambrano responded that the manufactured home
development would require a use permit and include all the types of homes. Mr.
Zambrano stated that mobile homes are permitted by-right on single-family lots in
subdivisions, subject to the single-family design guidelines. Ms. Sepic asked if the
design guidelines include ensuring they are affixed. Mr. Zambrano responded that he
believed they do.

Mr. Goodhue stated that modular homes are allowed on single-family lots and
manufactured homes and mobile homes have to go into a park. Ms. Sepic responded
that they still have to be affixed. Mr. Goodhue responded that the affixed ones are
modular homes, and the other ones are not.

Ms. Sepic was concerned with allowing these additional types if some were affixed and
some were not.

Ms. Stockham stated that the difference between a special permit and a use permit is
that a special permit is like a rezoning case that goes to the Village Planning
Committee, Planning Commission and City Council and ends up with an ordinance
which is legislative, whereas a use permit is also a public meeting but is heard by the
Zoning Adjustment Hearing Officer and can be appealed to the Board of Adjustment,
and is a quasi-judicial process so it can end up being appealed to the courts.

Mr. Goodhue stated that he does not see a major difference with the definitions and
has no concerns as long as they are checked by the State.

Mr. Wise asked for clarification that the proposal is revising the definitions and is not
related to a specific development but is rather defining it for the future. Ms. Stockham
responded affirmatively, adding that it is also eliminating the 10-acre minimum
requirement, changing it from the special permit process to the use permit process, and
changing it from being allowed in R-2 and R-3 to being allowed in all the multifamily
residence zoning districts and commercial zoning districts. Ms. Stockham clarified that
this would not be allowed in single-family zoning districts, such as R1-6, and if someone
wanted to do this in a single-family zoning district, they would still need to go through
the rezoning process to rezone to one of the allowable districts.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 668
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Public Comment

None.

Staff Response:

None.

MOTION – Z-TA-2-23-Y:

Mr. Wise motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the staff
recommendation. Mr. Goodhue seconded the motion.

VOTE – Z-TA-2-23-Y:

12-1; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the staff recommendation,
passes with Committee members Bowman, Bustamante, DeMoss, Gerst, Goodhue,
Gubser, Hall, Mazza, Soronson, Wise, Mortensen and Popovic in favor and Committee
member Sepic opposed.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 669
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 9, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Continued
VPC Vote 6-0


VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

MOTION:
Jeff Riederer motioned to continue Z-TA-2-23-Y to the next Rio Vista Village Planning
Committee meeting date. Massimo Sommacampagna seconded the motion.

VOTE:
6-0; motion to continue Z-TA-2-23-Y to the next Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
meeting date passes with Committee members Holton, Riederer, Scharboneau,
Sommacampagna, Virgil and Lawrence in favor.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

The committee members continued the item because the meeting facility was closing
and there was no time to hear the case.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 670
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting June 13, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 4-0

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

Staff Presentation:
Mr. Zambrano provided an overview of text amendment case Z-TA-2-23-Y, describing
the request and the purpose and intent of the request. Mr. Zambrano shared the new
definitions proposed and displayed some examples of the new definitions. Mr.
Zambrano shared the proposed refined definitions and described the proposed
changes. Mr. Zambrano shared the upcoming hearing schedule, noting that the
Planning Commission already heard and voted on the item on June 1, and that the
Committee was supposed to hear and vote on this item last month but had to continue it
due to time constraints. Mr. Zambrano then stated that staff recommends approval per
the language in Exhibit A of the staff report.

Questions from the Committee:
Vice Chair Perreira asked about the Park Model definition being defined for temporary
living quarters. Mr. Zambrano responded that the definition is worded like that because
the homes are built off-site and then transported to the location where it will be placed.

Mr. Virgil stated that it is considered temporary as long as it is movable.

Mr. Zambrano added that these homes would typically still be on a chassis but would
have skirting around the bottom to screen it.

Chair Lawrence added that it would not be considered permanent because the home
would not be bolted to a foundation.

Mr. Sommacampagna asked what the difference is between a Special Permit and a
Use Permit. Mr. Zambrano responded that a Special Permit is a legislative process
similar to the rezoning process that require public hearings by the Village Planning
Committee, Planning Commission, and City Council, whereas the Use Permit process is
a quasi-judicial process that would only be heard by the Zoning Hearing Officer, and
then could be appealed to the Board of Adjustments, and then to the courts.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 671
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

Chair Lawrence asked for clarification that the City is trying to simplify the process and
make it easier for developers to build mobile home parks with smaller modular homes.
Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, indicating that the text amendment would allow
different types of housing products that are not currently addressed in the Zoning
Ordinance, and that it would allow these types of developments to be built within all
multifamily and commercial zoning districts, subject to a Use Permit, which is a less
complicated and less burdensome process than the Special Permit process, which is
not required of other types of housing developments. Chair Lawrence asked if the site
plan and elevations would still be reviewed during that process. Mr. Zambrano
responded affirmatively, adding that the text amendment would also create new
development standards that new mobile home parks would need to comply with, which
would all be reviewed during the Use Permit process.

Mr. Sommacampagna asked what the Planning Commission voted. Mr. Zambrano
responded that the Planning Commission recommended approval, per the staff
recommendation, by an 8-0 vote.

Vice Chair Perreira stated that he believes there needs to be a more intensive
permitting process for shipping container homes. Vice Chair Perreira stated that they
should only be located in certain areas. Mr. Zambrano responded that nearby
neighbors would still have an opportunity to provide input on a new mobile home park
through the Use Permit process, indicating that notification of the public hearing would
still be sent out to surrounding neighbors.

Chair Lawrence asked for clarification that the ultimate goal would be to align and
simplify the permitting process for tiny homes with the permitting process of typical
residential developments. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, adding that a Use
Permit would still be required, and that the text amendment would also create new
development standards for these types of developments, and would allow new types of
housing products that are not currently in the Zoning Ordinance.

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response:
None.

MOTION – Z-TA-2-23-Y:
Mr. Sommacampagna motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the staff
recommendation. Chair Lawrence seconded the motion.

VOTE – Z-TA-2-23-Y:
4-0; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y per the staff recommendation
passes with Committee members Sommacampagna, Virgil, Perreira and Lawrence in
favor.



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 672
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 673
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-2-23-Y
Date of VPC Meeting May 9, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance regarding mobile home
developments

VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

No quorum.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

None.




Page 674
ATTACHMENT E


REPORT OF PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION
June 1, 2023

ITEM NO: 13
DISTRICT NO.: Citywide
SUBJECT: Text Amendment

Application #: Z-TA-2-23-Y
Proposal: Amend Chapter 6, Section 647.A.2.k of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance
regarding mobile home developments.
Applicant: City of Phoenix, Planning Commission
Representative: City of Phoenix, Planning and Development Department

ACTIONS:

Staff Recommendation: Approval, per Exhibit A.

Village Planning Committee (VPC) Recommendation:
Ahwatukee Foothills 5/22/2023 No Quorum.
Alhambra 5/23/2023 No Quorum.
Camelback East 5/2/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation. Vote: 13-2-2.
Central City 5/8/2023 No Quorum.
Deer Valley 5/11/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation with a modification. Vote: 5-3.
Desert View 5/2/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation. Vote: 9-0.
Encanto 5/1/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation. Vote: 14-0.
Estrella 5/16/2023 No Quorum.
Laveen 5/8/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation. Vote: 6-0.
Maryvale 5/10/2023 No Quorum.
North Gateway 5/11/2023 Meeting Canceled.
North Mountain 5/17/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation. Vote: 13-0.
Paradise Valley 5/1/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation. Vote: 12-1.
Rio Vista 5/9/2023 Continued to June 13, 2023. Vote 6-0.
South Mountain 5/9/2023 No Quorum.

Planning Commission Recommendation: Approval, per the staff recommendation.

Motion Discussion: N/A

Motion details: Acting Vice-Chairperson Boyd made a MOTION to approve Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the
staff recommendation.

Maker: Acting Vice-Chairperson Boyd
Second: Mangum
Vote: 8-0
Absent: Howard
Opposition Present: No

This publication can be made available in alternate format upon request. Please contact Angie
Holdsworth at (602) 329-5065, TTY use 7-1-1.




Page 675



Report

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

Item text
Public Hearing - Amend City Code - Ordinance Adoption - Expansion of
Nonconforming Mobile Home Developments - Z-TA-3-23-Y (Ordinance G-7134)

Request to hold a public hearing on a proposed text amendment Z-TA-3-23-Y and to
request City Council approval per the Planning Commission recommendation which
amends Chapter 9 (Nonconformities) of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance regarding
expansion of nonconforming mobile home developments.

Summary
Application: Z-TA-3-23-Y
Proposal: Amend Chapter 9, Section 902 (Expansion of Nonconforming Use) of the
Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to allow existing mobile home developments to increase
the number of units by 50 percent with administrative review and approval by the
Zoning Administrator.

Applicant: City of Phoenix, Planning Commission
Representative: City of Phoenix, Planning and Development

Staff Recommendation: Approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y as shown in Exhibit A of the staff
report (Attachment B).
VPC Action: Eight Village Planning Committees (VPCs) considered the request. Four
VPCs recommended approval, per the staff recommendation; one VPC recommended
approval, per the staff recommendation, with direction to require site improvements for
improved safety such as lighting, signage, walls and landscaping; one VPC
recommended approval, per the staff recommendation with a modification to add a use
permit requirement; one VPC recommended approval, per the staff recommendation
with a modification to add a notification requirement for administrative review and to
strengthen the provisions related to the review; two VPCs recommended denial; and
six VPCs did not have a quorum, as reflected in Attachments C and D.
PC Action: The Planning Commission heard this case on June 1, 2023, and
recommended approval, per the staff recommendation, by a vote of 7-1.

Responsible Department
This item is submitted by Deputy City Manager Alan Stephenson and the Planning and
Development Department.


Page 676
ATTACHMENT A

THIS IS A DRAFT COPY ONLY AND IS NOT AN OFFICIAL COPY OF THE FINAL,
ADOPTED ORDINANCE


ORDINANCE G-

AN ORDINANCE AMENDING PORTIONS OF THE CODE OF THE
CITY OF PHOENIX, ARIZONA, PART II, CHAPTER 41, THE
ZONING ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX BY AMENDING
CHAPTER 9, SECTION 902 (EXPANSION OF NONCONFORMING
USE) TO ALLOW EXISTING MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENTS TO
INCREASE THE NUMBER OF UNITS BY 50% WITH
ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ZONING
ADMINISTRATOR.

BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PHOENIX, as

follows:

SECTION 1: That Chapter 9, Section 902 (Expansion of Nonconforming Use), is

amended to read:

Amend Chapter 9, Section 902 (Expansion of Nonconforming Use) as follows:

A nonconforming use shall not be expanded or extended beyond the floor area or lot area
that it occupied on the effective date of these regulations, the effective date of any
amendment to these regulations, or the effective date of annexation into the City
rendering such use nonconforming, except that:

A. A structure housing a nonconforming single-family residential use may be
expanded up to fifty percent beyond the floor area or lot area that it occupied on
the date it was rendered nonconforming, subject to obtaining a use permit in
accordance with the procedures and standards of section 307; and

B. An accessory structure for a nonconforming single-family residential use may be
expanded up to fifty percent beyond the floor area or lot area that it occupied on
the date it was rendered nonconforming, subject to obtaining a use permit in
accordance with the procedures and standards of section 307.

C. AN EXPANSION OF A MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED
TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF MOBILE HOME UNITS BY UP TO FIFTY
PERCENT OF THE UNITS THAT LEGALLY EXISTED BEFORE JULY 1, 2023
WITH ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ZONING


-1- Ordinance ________
Page 677
ADMINISTRATOR. THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR SHALL REVIEW AND HAVE
DISCRETION TO ENSURE THAT THE ADDED UNITS MEET THE INTENT OF
ADEQUATE SETBACK BETWEEN UNITS, PERIMETER SETBACKS, AND
OTHER DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS THAT ARE CONSISTENT WITH THAT
MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENT.

No provision in this chapter shall be construed to permit expanding or extending a
nonconforming use beyond the confines of the lot or parcel of land upon which it was
located on the date the use became nonconforming or to permit any expansion of a
nonresidential or multiple-family residential nonconforming use.
***

PASSED by the Council of the City of Phoenix this 28th day of June, 2023



________________________________
MAYOR




ATTEST:


____________________________City Clerk


APPROVED AS TO FORM:

____________________________City Attorney


REVIEWED BY:

____________________________City Manager




-2- Ordinance ________
Page 678
ATTACHMENT B




Staff Report
Zoning Ordinance Text Amendment
Z-TA-3-23-Y
(Expansion of Nonconforming Mobile Home Developments)
April 21, 2023

Application No. Z-TA-3-23-Y: Amend Chapter 9, Section 902 (Expansion of
Nonconforming Use) of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to allow existing mobile home
developments to increase the number of units by 50% with administrative review and
approval by the Zoning Administrator.

Staff recommendation: Staff recommends approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y as shown in
Exhibit A.

BACKGROUND
Residents of mobile home communities throughout the City of Phoenix have faced
displacement due to the redevelopment of mobile home park sites. In response to
community concerns and in coordination with the Mayor and City Council, an
internal work group was formed on September 28, 2022, to determine how the city
could assist families facing imminent displacement and to identify measures to reduce
future risk.

The Work Group was comprised of City staff from throughout the organization and
included the Phoenix Industrial Development Authority (IDA). The team was charged
with evaluating all legal and financial assistance the City could offer to the tenants of the
displaced communities. The team also reviewed and evaluated options to develop long-
term strategies to prevent this issue from happening in the future. The resulting
research report from the internal work group was issued November 25, 2022, and an
updated report was issued on February 23, 2023 (Exhibit B).

The report detailed programs, initiatives, and strategies to address the displacement of
mobile home residents in the city of Phoenix. However, due to limitations from Arizona
Revised Statutes, the city is limited from taking certain actions. The report included legal
analysis and also covered approaches taken by other jurisdictions to address similar
challenges in their communities. Each proposed program and strategy were detailed in
this report along with a set of recommended actions. Recommended programs and
strategies were organized by the following:

1. Immediate Solutions - Financial Assistance and Support Services;
2. Medium Term Solutions - Planning and Zoning Initiatives;
3. Long Term Solutions - Ownership and Acquisition Strategies.



Page 679
Z-TA-3-23-Y
June 1, 2023 Planning Commission

On March 22, 2023, Mayor and Council directed staff to move forward with 12 viable
recommended actions outlined in Exhibit B. Action Item #8 recommended modifications
to nonconforming Zoning Ordinance provisions.

Staff obtained input from various stakeholders and held four meetings to review and
request additional input on the proposed text amendment. Stakeholders included
individuals from the following organizations:

• Manufactured Housing Communities of Arizona (MHCA)

• Manufactured Housing Industry of Arizona (MHIA)

• Arizona Department of Housing Board of Manufactured Housing Member

• Affordable Housing/Private Developers

• Arizona State University, Real Estate Development

PURPOSE
The intent of the proposed text amendment is to allow for the expansion of legal non-
conforming mobile home developments by increasing the number of mobile home units
and other types of units like Park Models (aka Tiny Homes) in existing mobile home
developments. Many existing mobile home developments within the City of Phoenix are
considered nonconforming. Many were annexed from Maricopa County or were
developed under different zoning requirements which rendered them nonconforming. An
expansion of a nonconforming use is limited to a structure housing a nonconforming
single-family residential use or an accessory structure for a nonconforming single-family
residential use. Existing mobile home developments are frozen in time at the time they
became nonconforming. Any expansions or changes would require bringing the site into
compliance with existing requirements for offsite manufactured home developments,
adding significant costs for improvements. The proposed text amendment would allow
existing mobile home developments to expand by adding additional units through an
administrative review to ensure that the added units meet the intent of adequate
setback between units, perimeter setbacks, and other development standards that are
consistent with that mobile home development.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED TEXT
The proposed text provides an administrative process for existing legal nonconforming
mobile home developments to increase the number of mobile homes units that existed
legally before July 1, 2023, up to 50%. The administrative review would include
adequate setbacks between units, perimeter setbacks, and other development
standards that are consistent with that mobile home development.

CONCLUSION
The proposed text amendment will allow existing mobile home developments to
increase the number of units by 50% with administrative review and approval by the
Zoning Administrator.

Page 680
Z-TA-3-23-Y
June 1, 2023 Planning Commission

Staff recommends approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y as proposed in Exhibit A.

Writer
T. Gomes
4/21/23

Exhibits
A. Proposed Language
B. Research Report City Manager’s Office dated 2/23/23




Page 681
EXHIBIT A
Text Amendment Z-TA-3-23-Y:
Expansion of Nonconforming Mobile Home Developments

Proposed Language:

Amend Chapter 9, Section 902 (Expansion of Nonconforming Use) as follows:

A nonconforming use shall not be expanded or extended beyond the floor area or lot area
that it occupied on the effective date of these regulations, the effective date of any
amendment to these regulations, or the effective date of annexation into the City
rendering such use nonconforming, except that:

A. A structure housing a nonconforming single-family residential use may be
expanded up to fifty percent beyond the floor area or lot area that it occupied on
the date it was rendered nonconforming, subject to obtaining a use permit in
accordance with the procedures and standards of section 307; and

B. An accessory structure for a nonconforming single-family residential use may be
expanded up to fifty percent beyond the floor area or lot area that it occupied on
the date it was rendered nonconforming, subject to obtaining a use permit in
accordance with the procedures and standards of section 307.

C. AN EXPANSION OF A MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED
TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF MOBILE HOME UNITS BY UP TO FIFTY
PERCENT OF THE UNITS THAT LEGALLY EXISTED BEFORE JULY 1, 2023
WITH ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE ZONING
ADMINISTRATOR. THE ZONING ADMINISTRATOR SHALL REVIEW AND HAVE
DISCRETION TO ENSURE THAT THE ADDED UNITS MEET THE INTENT OF
ADEQUATE SETBACK BETWEEN UNITS, PERIMETER SETBACKS, AND
OTHER DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS THAT ARE CONSISTENT WITH THAT
MOBILE HOME DEVELOPMENT.

No provision in this chapter shall be construed to permit expanding or extending a
nonconforming use beyond the confines of the lot or parcel of land upon which it was
located on the date the use became nonconforming or to permit any expansion of a
nonresidential or multiple-family residential nonconforming use.
***




Page 682
EXHIBIT B




RESEARCH REPORT
CITY MANAGER’S OFFICE DATE ISSUED
2/23/23
TO: FROM:
SUBJECT
Mobile Home Resident and Mobile Home Park Displacement Options


Introduction

Residents of mobile home communities throughout the City of Phoenix have faced displacement
due to the redevelopment of mobile home park sites. Residents of three communities, including
Periwinkle, Weldon Court, and Las Casitas, are under imminent threat of displacement. Many
residents of these communities have contacted the City of Phoenix to seek assistance. In
response to these concerns and in coordination with the Mayor and City Council, an internal
work group was formed on Sept. 28, 2022, to determine how the City of Phoenix can assist
families facing imminent displacement and to identify measures to reduce this risk in the future.

Background

The Work Group is comprised of City staff from throughout the organization and includes the
Phoenix Industrial Development Authority (IDA). The team was charged with evaluating all legal
and financial assistance the City could offer to the tenants of the three properties mentioned
earlier in this report. The team also reviewed and evaluated options to develop long-term
strategies to prevent this issue from happening in the future.

This report details programs, initiatives, and strategies to address the displacement of mobile
home residents in the City of Phoenix. However, due to limitations from Arizona State Statutes,
the City is constrained from taking certain actions. This report includes legal analysis and also
covers approaches taken by other jurisdictions to address similar challenges in their
communities. Each proposed program and strategy is detailed in this report along with a set of
recommended actions. Recommended programs and strategies are organized by the following:

1. Immediate Solutions - Financial Assistance and Support Services;
2. Medium Term Solutions - Planning and Zoning Initiatives;
3. Long Term Solutions - Ownership and Acquisition Strategies.



Page 250
Staff also recommends supporting Arizona State legislative changes that would increase the
State-administered displacement funds for each resident that is impacted by redevelopment of
mobile home parks, as well as any legislative changes that would allow for a Right of First
Refusal Purchase by the existing residents when mobile home park developments are offered
for sale.

The section entitled Viable Options details the actions staff recommends the City implement to
assist families facing displacement. The section entitled Non-Viable Options provides
information on programs and strategies that were evaluated but determined to be non-viable
options. Attachment A provides an overview of staff recommendations as well as the evaluated
programs which were determined to be non-viable options, based on legal analysis and the
research conducted by the Work Group.

Legal Analysis and Discussion

The Work Group on mobile home parks asked the Law Department to analyze the legal risks of:

1. Imposing a development moratorium on redeveloping mobile home parks;
2. Eliminating non-mobile home park zoning entitlements from existing mobile homes;
3. Requiring mobile home park landlords to pay relocation assistance exceeding the amount
required by Arizona Revised Statute;
4. Using City funds to pay residents additional relocation assistance exceeding the amount
required by Arizona Revised Statute.

First, the City cannot impose a development moratorium on any private property, including
mobile home parks, without clear justification. The Arizona State Legislature has declared
development moratoriums a matter of statewide concern, because moratoriums could negatively
affect property rights and property owners. The City would have to determine that a moratorium
is justified (e.g., a lack of adequate infrastructure, among other things), and limit the location and
duration of any moratorium.

Second, the City can eliminate non-mobile home park zoning entitlements from an existing
mobile home park without exposing the City to potentially significant claims for diminution of
property value under Prop. 207. However, any land use law that diminishes a landowner’s
existing rights to use, divide, sell or possess their land would require the City to compensate the
landowner for the diminished value.

Third, the State established a regulatory system for all mobile landlord-tenant relationships,
including a relocation fund to pay relocation assistance to tenants displaced from a mobile home
park. Thus, the City is potentially preempted from requiring landlords to pay more than what is
available from the site relocation fund.





Page 251
Finally, the Arizona Constitution prohibits the City from giving or loaning its public resources
(e.g., general fund dollars) to aid, donate, or subsidize individuals or companies. The City may
be subject to a challenge for violation of the gift clause if the City expends general funds to
provide additional relocation assistance to mobile home park tenants.

Viable Options

This section details recommended actions for the City of Phoenix to implement to assist
individuals and families facing displacement from mobile home communities.

Immediate Solutions: Financial Assistance and Support Services

1. Rental/Utility Deposit and Rental Payment Assistance

Staff recommends two financial assistance programs which can be implemented
immediately to support impacted residents. Using already approved American Rescue
Plan Act (ARPA) Tranche One and remaining Emergency Rental Assistance (ERA)
funds, the proposed programs include rent and utility (water/sewer, gas and electric)
deposits, and rental/utility payments for up to 15 months (inclusive of three months
forward rent and utility credits) or 12 months lump sum rental payment.

The following eligibility requirements will be used for deposit and payment assistance:
• Must be a Phoenix resident.
• Must have an income at or below 120 percent of Area Median Income (AMI) or
$106,560 for a family of four.
• Must qualify for unemployment benefits, experience a reduction in income, or
experience other financial hardships caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.
• Must demonstrate risk of homelessness or housing instability.
• Must have incurred rent (including deposits, move-in costs, legal and late fees) and
utility bills after March 13, 2020. (If rent has not been charged, they are not eligible
for assistance beyond help securing a new dwelling unit.)

2. Case Management and Housing Navigation Services

Staff recommends a new program to provide case management and housing navigation
services in partnership with a local, community-based non-profit that specializes in
providing these types of services. If approved, the Human Services Department will
request Council Approval to enter into an Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA) for up to
$300,000 using American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Tranche One funding with the City of
Phoenix Industrial Development Authority (IDA) to contract with Helping Families in Need
(HFIN). Currently, Trellis is providing these services through a contract with Grand
Canyon University (GCU) for Periwinkle residents.

With Council approval, HFIN would provide services to residents of the Las Casitas and
Weldon Court communities. The services would include case management that supports


Page 252
housing needs, access to physical healthcare, behavioral healthcare, nutrition
assistance, cash assistance, workforce development, emergency rental assistance and
vouchers, etc.

3. Emergency Housing Vouchers (EHV)
Staff recommends providing Emergency Housing Vouchers (EHV) to assist individuals and
families facing displacement from mobile home parks. The EHV program is available
through the American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) via the U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD). The vouchers are available to assist individuals and families
who are homeless, at risk of homelessness, recently homeless or have a high risk of
housing instability. The program is managed through a direct referral process from the
Continuum of Care (CoC) regional Coordinated Entry (CE) System and could potentially be
utilized by displaced residents, pending availability and meeting eligibility requirements.

Eligibility for use of the voucher program is determined through the CoC CE System. At
least one family member must be a U.S. Citizen or eligible non-citizen to utilize the
program. Once eligibility has been determined, referrals are made to the Housing
Department through designated coordinated entry points. This resource is limited and will
be utilized until exhausted.

4. Communication Strategy and Action Protocol
Staff recommends developing a communication strategy and action protocol to inform
residents of critical information related to their potential displacement as well as available
assistance programs and other resources.

In 2019, the City of Apache Junction and Arizona State University completed a study on
Mobile Home Parks. The study focused on preserving affordable housing, improving the
conditions of mobile home parks, increasing the quality of life for residents, and promoting
the redevelopment of parks when appropriate. One of the key recommendations was the
creation of a communication strategy and action protocol for the notification and provision of
resource assistance for mobile home residents when the park in which they reside
becomes available for sale.

This recommendation is to develop communication strategies that connect mobile home
residents with resources and inform residents at risk of displacement of opportunities for
other affordable housing options. The information would include an overview of the rights of
mobile home residents, approved programs within this report and other available resources,
such as the State of Arizona’s Mobile Home Relocation Fund. This fund provides monetary
assistance to mobile home owners when mobile home parks are closed or redeveloped.
The fund provides moving expense assistance, through direct payment to an installer, of up
to $7,500 for a single-wide or $12,500 for a multi-section home.



Page 253
5. Homeownership Down Payment Assistance

A. Open Doors Down Payment Assistance Program

Staff recommends providing residents information and assistance to participate in the
Open Doors Down Payment Assistance program, which is designed to assist eligible first-
time homebuyers with the purchase of an affordable home in the City of Phoenix.
The program, funded by the federal HOME Investment Partnerships Program, provides
down payment and/or closing cost assistance to households earning at or below 80
percent of the Area Median Income (AMI). The beneficiary must be a U.S. citizen or
eligible non-citizen. To utilize program funding for a manufactured home purchase, the
home must be affixed as real property, on a permanent foundation and connected to
permanent utility hook-ups.

Total assistance is based on eligibility and individual need. Homebuyers will be required
to attend pre-purchasing counseling provided by a U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development (HUD) certified housing counseling agency and certified housing
counselor. Homeownership down payment assistance funds are offered as a deferred
payment loan that:
• Has an interest rate of 0 percent with no monthly principal payments;
• Provides up to 10 percent of the purchase price of a home;
• Is fully forgiven after the period of affordability;
• Can be layered with other homeownership down payment assistance programs.

B. Additional Support through Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)

Staff also recommends pursuing the possibility of supplementing the Housing
Department’s Open Doors Down Payment Assistance Program with available CDBG
funding. The additional assistance could be provided to eligible families interested in
homeownership. Beneficiary must be a U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen.

CDBG funds can assist low- to moderate-income households with the following
homeownership activities for the purchase of single-family homes:

• 50 percent of the lender required down payment;
• Payment of closing costs, which must be deemed reasonable;
• Subsidized interest rates and mortgage principal amounts.



Note: The following medium- and long-term recommended solutions would be included
in the City’s overall strategy to assist residents of mobile home communities. However,
these recommendations would not address the current concerns related to the imminent
displacement of residents at the three identified communities.



Page 254
Medium Term Solutions: Planning and Zoning Initiatives

6. Modify Existing Special Permit Mobile Home Park Development Requirements

Staff recommends the consideration of modifying existing Special Permit Mobile Home
Park Development requirements to make it easier to continue to operate, expand, or
create new mobile home parks. This could be done by modifying the existing special
permit allowances.

Staff recommends modifying the existing special permit allowances for mobile home
parks through a text amendment to the zoning ordinance. This text amendment would
address current zoning ordinance requirements to look for ways to increase market
viability so that developers could develop new mobile home parks. This amendment
would look at zoning requirements for items such as but not limited to minimum acreage
size, spacing between units, and common open space. It could also allow other housing
types within the new mobile home park. This could allow for new parks to be built that
would offer more affordable housing than traditional homes. The expansion could include
additional relocation requirements if developed under the new text amendment
provisions.

7. Create A Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay Incentive District

Staff recommends the consideration of drafting a Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay
Incentive District with incentives for property owners of existing mobile home parks to opt
into the overlay and operate as a mobile home park.

With the Overlay District, property owners could “opt in” and obtain greater property
entitlements in one of two ways. The first option would be the property owner would
maintain the existing mobile home park for (e.g., 10 years) in exchange for additional
density, height, or setbacks, etc. after the specified timeframe was met. The second
option would allow the property owner to redevelop the site in exchange for additional
density, height, or setbacks, etc., before the specified timeframe was met, if onsite
affordable housing was provided or funds were allocated for relocation fees. In order for
this option to be viable, logistical challenges would need to be remedied through robust
stakeholder meetings and feedback, to discuss any potential incentive for additional
setbacks, height requirement, density, etc. As a result, there could be significant
challenges associated with this option.

Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) 12-1134 precludes the City from requiring the overlay
be applied to existing mobile home parks but incentivizes the maintenance of existing
mobile home parks.
8. Modify Legal Non-Conforming Zoning Ordinance Provisions

Staff recommends modifying Legal Non-Conforming Zoning Ordinance provisions to
allow for expansion of existing mobile home parks. Staff recommends a text amendment
that specifically allows for the expansion of legal non-conforming zoning rights to cite

Page 255
additional mobile home units and other types of units like tiny homes in existing mobile
home parks. This effort will also allow for a review of the on-site development code and
infrastructure requirements to ensure that minimum requirements are as safe and
efficient as possible. Staff recommends expanding the allowable housing types such as
tiny homes (Park Models) to replace existing mobile homes. Tiny homes provide an
affordable alternative to mobile or manufactured homes. Currently, Phoenix Zoning
Ordinance allows existing mobile home parks to replace older mobile homes (built prior to
June 15, 1976) with a manufactured home (built after June 15, 1976, per U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) standards) by right.

Additionally, most existing mobile home parks are considered nonconforming. Many were
annexed from Maricopa County or were developed under different zoning requirements
which rendered them nonconforming. An expansion of a nonconforming use is limited to
a structure housing a nonconforming single-family residential use or an accessory
structure for a nonconforming single-family residential use. Existing mobile home parks
are frozen in time at the time they became nonconforming. Any expansions or changes
would require bringing the site into compliance with existing requirements for mobile
home parks, adding significant costs for improvements. An amendment to the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance to allow existing mobile home parks to expand by adding additional
units and make proportional improvements could also be considered.

9. Explore Opportunities to Partner with Qualified Opportunity Fund (QOF)

Staff recommends exploring opportunities to partner with a Qualified Opportunity Fund
(QOF) to invest in purchasing mobile home park land when a property owner desires to
sell for redevelopment. Purchase by the fund would allow for additional time to help
impacted mobile home residents move to another location or pursue other options. Any
purchased land would take advantage of the Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay Incentive
District allowances to enhance their interest in purchasing the parcel.

Long Term Solutions: Ownership and Acquisition Strategies

10. Partner with Nonprofit(s) to Purchase Mobile Home Parks

Staff recommends working to identify nonprofit partners to purchase existing mobile
home parks to stabilize the existing park operations and/or allow for redevelopment of the
property that limits displacement of existing residents.

If redevelopment is pursued, the City can partner by offering funding assistance for new
affordable housing development that prioritizes new housing options for mobile home
park residents. Available funding for purchase and/or redevelopment must be identified
and may have residency requirements. Due to the timing associated with redevelopment,
residents may need to be temporarily relocated and potentially pursue alternative housing
options.




Page 256
The Phoenix Industrial Development Authority (IDA) has agreed to work with the City to
develop financing options that may assist non-profits or other community partners in their
purchasing efforts.

11. Establish Resident Owned Communities (ROC USA)

Staff recommends engaging with ROC USA, which is a national nonprofit that assists
existing mobile homeowners in forming a cooperative entity to finance the purchase of a
mobile home park.

ROC USA works with regional technical assistance affiliates to study the feasibility of
purchasing mobile home parks, helping residents form a cooperative association, and
identifying funding sources for the purchase. ROC USA may be able to provide loans to
assist with the resident purchase of a mobile home park. To pursue resident purchase of
a mobile home park, park ownership concurrence and traditional and/or nonprofit funding
sources must be identified. Increasing land values and potential for park redevelopment
could make it difficult to find park owners who are willing to participate in this program.

12. Develop a Comprehensive Strategy and Action Plan

Staff recommends the development of a Comprehensive Strategy and Action Plan
related to mobile home communities and manufactured housing. This Comprehensive
Strategy and Action Plan would be developed through the formation of a steering
committee comprised of City staff, community members, and housing experts.

The City of Boulder, Colorado developed a Manufactured Housing Strategy with an
Action Plan focused on efforts that encourage the preservation of existing manufactured
home communities, facilitating the development of new manufactured home
communities, increasing opportunities for Resident Owned Communities (ROCs),
reducing or eliminating health and safety issues, and rehousing displaced households.

By engaging in a comprehensive study and analysis the City will be better prepared to
take a proactive approach in assisting residents of mobile home and manufactured
housing communities.

Non-Viable Options

This section provides information on the programs and strategies that were evaluated by staff
but determined to be non-viable options to assist individuals and families facing displacement
from mobile home communities.

Financial Assistance and Support Services

1. City of Phoenix Affordable Housing Units and Housing Choice Vouchers



Page 257
Staff evaluated the possibility of providing displaced mobile home residents access to
public housing or affordable units by housing displaced communities at City properties.
Staff also evaluated providing Housing Choice Vouchers to eligible individuals and
families. Both strategies were determined to be non-viable solutions.

Currently all public housing and affordable housing properties have high occupancy rates
and a wait list of interested residents. Similarly, the Housing Choice Voucher wait list is
currently closed. The current U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) approved Administrative Plan for wait list local preferences does not include
private displacement action, therefore mobile home park residents being displaced by
private action could not be directly placed into vacant units or provided a Housing Choice
Voucher.

Ownership and Acquisition Strategies

2. City Purchase of At-Risk Mobile Home Parks

Staff evaluated the possibility of the City of Phoenix purchasing mobile home parks that
are at risk of investor purchase, which would potentially result in the displacement of
residents. This option would prevent resident displacement and increase stability while
preserving affordable housing.

However, staff determined this was a non-viable solution due to the following challenges:
• Current park owners would need to agree to sell to the City of Phoenix.
• There is a high number of mobile home parks Citywide.
• There would be additional costs including required infrastructure improvements,
replacement of unsafe units, contract with third-party management companies, etc.
• It would be inconsistent with previous community planning efforts.
• Long-term financial costs associated with being a mobile home park owner are not in
line with City priorities.

3. City Acquisition of Land for Mobile Home Use

Staff evaluated the possibility of the City of Phoenix purchasing land for mobile home
use. This option would increase affordable housing options. However, staff determined
this was a non-viable solution due to the following challenges:
• It would be an inefficient use of land and subsidy when higher density housing could
be developed to address the current housing shortage more effectively.
• There is limited availability of suitable sites (10-acre minimum, correct zoning, etc.).
• There would be additional costs including required infrastructure improvements,
replacement of unsafe units, contract with third-party management company, etc.
• It would be inconsistent with previous community planning efforts.


Page 258
4. City-Owned Property for Use as Manufactured/Mobile Home Park or Tiny Homes

Staff reviewed the list of City-owned properties for use as a manufactured home park and
the requirements for use including development, relocation of units, and
management. The minimum site size for development of an average 100-space park is
seven and one-half acres.

Staff concluded the use of City-owned property for use as a manufactured home park is
non-viable since the City does not have excess land suitable for this purpose.
Furthermore, the high cost and risk associated with this type of development, as well as
ongoing management and maintenance, are impediments to using City-owned
property. The current inventory of City-owned land is comprised of sites that are either
too small to accommodate a manufactured home park or larger sites set aside for
affordable housing, future fire stations, water facilities, other public uses, or located within
a residential neighborhood and originally planned for a neighborhood park.

Utilizing City-owned property would require homes currently facing displacement to be
physically moved from their current locations. This type of move is estimated to cost
approximately $10,000 to relocate a mobile home. In most situations, moving
professionals have been unwilling to relocate these structures due to the age and
associated risk of moving these units. Additionally, development cost of a 100-space
manufactured home park is estimated to be approximately $1.8 million. Considering the
gift clause, the use of City-owned land as a manufactured home park would require
leases at market rent. Management fees are generally seven to ten percent of collected
rents, plus ongoing operation and maintenance costs, reserves for replacement, liability,
and risk. As a result, residents would still face affordability challenges. For these reasons,
staff determined the utilization of City-owned property is a non-viable option.

Planning and Zoning Initiatives

5. Exclusive Zoning District for Mobile Home Parks

Staff does not recommend the consideration of drafting a Mobile Home Park Zoning
District and rezoning existing mobile home parks because it would be a new land use that
diminishes the value of the properties zoning entitlements, and the City would be required
to pay for the diminished value under Arizona Revised Statute (A.R.S.) 12-1134.

This exclusive zoning district would limit the allowed land use to mobile home parks and
accessory uses for the park (e.g., clubhouse, pool, etc.). Most existing mobile home
parks are entitled with multifamily or commercial zoning which makes the land extremely
vulnerable to redevelopment, loss of low-income housing options, and contributes further
to resident displacement. This approach was found not to be a regulatory taking in the
State of Washington under LAUREL PARK COMMUNITY v. CITY OF TUMWATER;
however, the City is liable to diminution of property value under Arizona Revised Statute

Page 259
(A.R.S.) 12-1134 if new zoning district is applied retroactively, meaning landowners
would need to be compensated. American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds are likely not a
source of compensation for affected landowners.

Recommendations

Based on legal analysis and the research conducted by the Work Group:

Staff recommends the following immediate programs:
• Utilizing American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) and Emergency Rental Assistance (ERA)
funding for Rental/Utility Deposit, Rental Payment Assistance, Case Management and
Housing Navigation Services. It is important to note that the amount of funds available is
limited, as is the timeframe the funds are available.
• Providing Emergency Housing Vouchers (EHV) to individuals facing displacement.
• Developing a Communication Strategy and Action Protocol.
• Focusing outreach efforts of the Open Doors Down Payment Assistance Program to
benefit mobile home park residents, and possibly supplementing the program with
Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funding.

Staff recommends the following medium-term programs:
• Addressing existing Special Permit Mobile Home Park Development requirements,
making it easier for landowners to continue to operate, expand, or create new mobile
home parks.
• Creating a Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay Incentive District to provide incentives for
property owners to delay redevelopment of existing mobile home parks.
• Addressing Legal Non-Conforming Zoning Ordinance provisions to allow expansion of
existing mobile home parks and tiny homes.
• Explore opportunities to partner with a Qualified Opportunity Fund (QOF) to invest in
purchasing mobile home park land when a property owner desires to sell for
redevelopment.

Staff recommends the following long-term programs:
• Partnering with nonprofit(s) to purchase mobile home parks.
• Working with residents at risk of displacement to engage with and create Resident
Owned Communities (ROC USA).
• Developing a comprehensive strategy and action plan to take a proactive approach in
assisting residents of mobile home and manufactured housing communities.

Staff also recommends supporting Arizona State legislative changes that would the State-
administered displacement funds for each resident that is impacted by the redevelopment of
mobile home parks, as well as any legislative changes that would allow for a Right of First
Refusal Purchase by the existing residents when mobile home park developments are offered
for sale.



Page 260
Attachment A

Based on legal analysis, staff recommends the following proposed programs and strategies to
assist mobile home residents in the City of Phoenix:

RECOMMENDED PROGRAMS TIMELINE
Rental/Utility Deposit and Rental Payment Assistance Immediate
Case Management and Housing Navigation Services Immediate
Emergency Housing Vouchers (EHV) Immediate
Communication Strategy and Action Protocol Immediate
Homeownership Down Payment Assistance Immediate
Modify Existing Special Permit Mobile Home Park Development
Medium Term
Requirements
Create A Mobile Home Park Zoning Overlay Incentive District Medium Term
Modify Legal Non-Conforming Zoning Ordinance Provisions Medium Term
Explore Opportunities to Partner with Qualified Opportunity Fund
Medium Term
(QOF)
Partner with Nonprofit(s) to Purchase Mobile Home Parks Long Term
Establish Resident Owned Communities (ROC USA) Long Term
Develop a Comprehensive Strategy and Action Plan Long Term

Staff evaluated the following programs and strategies but determined they are non-viable
options to assist families facing displacement from mobile home communities:

EVALUATED PROGRAMS – NON-VIABLE OPTIONS TIMELINE
City Affordable Housing Units and Housing Choice Vouchers N/A
City Purchase of At-Risk Mobile Home Parks N/A
City Acquisition of Land for Mobile Home Parks N/A
City Property for Manufactured/Mobile Home Park or Tiny Homes N/A
Exclusive Zoning District for Mobile Home Parks N/A





Page 261
ATTACHMENT C
TA-3-23: Nonconforming Mobile Home Developments
-
Village Planning Committee Summary Results

Village Date Recommendations Vote
Paradise Valley Approved, per the staff recommendation with
direction to to require that any expansion of
illegal and legal non-conforming parks have
5/1/23 11-2
site improvements for improved safety,
including lighting, signage, walls and
landscaping
Encanto Approved, per the staff recommendation with
5/1/23 a modification to add a use permit 11-3
requirement
Camelback East 5/2/23 Denied 9-5-3
Desert View Approved, per the staff recommendation with
a modification to add a notification
5/2/23 requirement for administrative review and to 9-0
strengthen the provisions related to the
review.
Central City 5/8/23 No Quorum N/A
Laveen 5/8/23 Denied 4-3
Rio Vista 5/9/23 Continued to June 13, 2023 6-0
6/13/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 3-1
South Mountain 5/9/23 No Quorum N/A
Maryvale 5/10/23 No Quorum N/A
Deer Valley 5/11/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 7-1
North Gateway 6/8/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 5-0
Estrella 5/16/23 No Quorum N/A
North Mountain 5/17/23 Approved, per the staff recommendation 13-0
Ahwatukee Foothills 5/22/23 No Quorum N/A
Alhambra 5/23/23 No Quorum N/A




Page 695 6/14/2023
ATTACHMENT D




Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 22, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum

VPC DISCUSSION:
No quorum.

Staff comments regarding VPC Recommendation:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 696
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y


Date of VPC Meeting May 23, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

No quorum.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 697
REVISED
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 2, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Denial
VPC Vote 9-5-3


VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

STAFF PRESENTATION

Sarah Stockham provided a presentation on mobile home developments, the status,
background and non-conforming conditions and text amendment changes. Ms.
Stockham mentioned that existing mobile homes originally in the County were not built
to City standards and had limitations for expansion. Ms. Stockham stated that mobile
homes would be allowed to expand but still be required to meet standards and would
still be subject to administrative review to be consistent with the text amendment.

QUESTIONS FROM COMMITTEE:

Ms. Eichelkraut asked about the administrative review and noted concern about safety
and conditions of mobile home parks, displaced residents and the City’s response. Ms.
Stockham responded that increasing density would require an administrative review for
compliance with site standards by the Zoning Administrator. Ms. Eichelkraut asked if
site conditions would be taken into consideration for the review. Ms. Stockham
mentioned that all conditions would be considered for safety and access.

Ms. Jurayeva ask if a two- or three-story development could be added to increase
density. Ms. Stockham responded that it would depend on the standards of the zoning
district they are in.

Ms. Schmieder asked if a mobile home could currently be added to a residential zoned
district to increase density for a future expansion and what is the time frame to be
considered non-conforming. Ms. Stockham responded that the date for a legal non-
conforming addition is July,1 2023.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 698
Mr. Grace asked about density on a site and if you can add other alterative home types
on a site. Ms. Stockham responded that it would depend on the density and the space
depending on the development type.

Ms. Schmieder asked about parking standards on a site. Ms. Stockham responded
that parking requirements would have to follow underlying standards for the zoning
district.

Ms. Nye stated that this amendment does not seem to address housing needs and only
intends to respond to site requirements.

Mr. O’Malley stated that this amendment as presented is going to raise public concerns
and he is not in support of the measure and this should have been brought to the
Committee a couple of times to frame the problem and explore solutions and engage
with other parties.

Mr. Sharaby stated that more information is needed for this text amendment.

PUBLIC COMMENTS:

Neal Haddad with the Arcadia Osborn Neighborhood Association introduced himself
and provided background on the text amendment and noted that cities are responding
to legislative actions to eliminate local control of zoning. Mr. Haddad stated that there is
a push because cites do not operate fast enough and the administrative review will be
very important in the text amendment process in moving forward.

STAFF RESPONSE:

Ms. Stockham responded that the intent is to address displacement of residents and
for the issue of timing that the Council wants to hear this matter before the summer
break.

FLOOR/PUBLIC DISCUSSION CLOSED: COMMITTEE DISCUSSION AND VOTE:

Chair Swart stated that he agrees with Mr. Sharaby when it comes to text amendment
introductions and movement and there are concerns because the details need to be
vetted and there needs to be time for review. Chair Swart stated that amendments need
time and members cannot support these measures if they have not studied the actions.

Ms. Stockham stated that all the Committee comments will be shared and noted that
the Committee expressed a need to hear the amendments as information only prior to
voting.

MOTION:

Committee member Vic Grace motioned to recommend denial of T-TA-3-23-Y.
Committee member Sharon Schmieder seconded the motion.

VOTE:



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 699
9-5-3; motion to recommend denial Z-TA-3-23-Y passed with Committee members
Baumer, Eichelkraut, Garcia, Grace, Paceley, Schmider, Sharaby, Fischbach, and
Swart in favor, Committee Member Augusta, Beckerleg Thraen, Langmade, Miller, Nye
in opposition, and Committee Member Abbott, Jurayeva and O’Malley in abstention.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 700
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 8, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum



VPC DISCUSSION:

No quorum.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3 rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 701
REVISED
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y



Date of VPC Meeting May 11, 2023
Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
Request
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 7-1

No members from the public registered to speak on this item.

VPC DISCUSSION:
Mr. Matteo Moric, staff, provided an overview of the proposed text amendment.

Keith Greenberg asked what legal nonconforming meant.

Mr. Moric explained that it meant a structure was built legally at the time of construction
- either it was done while it was part of the County or when the City rules were different,
but no longer complied to the requirements of today. Mr. Moric explained that not all the
parks would be able to expand the 50 percent.

Will Novak stated that homes in his neighborhood were legal nonconforming and asked
if this would be to allow more units.

Mr. Moric stated that the applicant would have to submit a site plan for review by the
Zoning Administrator.

Racelle Escolar, staff, explained that this is more of an opportunity for more options
where they could go. Ms. Escolar indicated that the City Managers Report shows how
there are many efforts related to mobile home parks, and this is just one effort.

PUBLIC COMMENTS:
None.

MOTION:
Brandon Shipman motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y per the staff
recommendation. Will Novak seconded the motion.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 702
Deer Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y



VOTE:
7-1; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y per the staff recommendation
passes with Committee Members Davenport, Greenberg, Novak, Shipman, Virgil and
DiLeo in favor; and Field in opposition.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 703
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y


Date of VPC Meeting May 2, 2023
Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
Request
address nonconforming mobile home developments
Approval, per the staff recommendation with
VPC Recommendation
modifications
VPC Vote 9-0


VPC DISCUSSION:

One member of the public registered to speak on this item.

STAFF PRESENTATION
Anthony Grande, staff, described the proposed text amendment and provided an
overview of the purpose and intent of the request and the details of the proposed
changes to the text.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE
Vice Chair Lagrave asked about setback requirements and about the process. Mr.
Grande stated that the Zoning Administrator would review and that the intent would be
to maintain existing setbacks.

Chair Bowser asked about a process to ensure that manufactured homes will follow
life and safety requirements. Mr. Grande replied that the developments would all be
reviewed to ensure safety.

Committee Member Dickson asked about notification requirements. Mr. Grande
replied that the process would be administrative and would not require notifications.

Committee Member Reynolds expressed concern that the proposed text could lead
to further displacement as property owners make changes to their existing mobile
home parks. Mr. Grande stated that the intent was to allow additional units, which
would expand affordable housing options.

Committee Member Israel asked about the potential for stacking units vertically. Mr.
Grande stated that vertically stacking units would go beyond the definition of
manufactured homes and would be considered multifamily housing.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882

Page 704
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y
May 2, 2023
Page 2



Committee Member Kollar asked about density limits for developments approved for
expansion and about the rationale for allowing a 50 percent increase. Mr. Grande
replied that density limits may not be relevant for nonconforming developments, but
that each instance would be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Racelle Escolar,
staff, stated that the 50 percent increase is the same as what the code allows for
expansion of nonconforming single-family uses.

Committee Member Kollar noted that the example mobile home park in the
presentation seemed dense and may not be appropriate for expansion. Mr. Grande
replied that the example aerial photo demonstrates that the Zoning Administrator would
have to review and determine if any additional mobile homes were appropriate, rather
than simply allow the 50 percent increase.

Chair Bowser asked for clarification on how mobile homes are nonconforming. Mr.
Grande replied that it could be that they are in a district that doesn’t allow mobile
homes or that they don’t meet the development standards in the code.

Committee Member Kirkilas asked about the number of nonconforming mobile home
parks in Phoenix. Mr. Grande replied that staff wasn’t able to provide that number.

Committee Member Nowell asked about setbacks and whether the Desert View
Village has any mobile home parks. Mr. Grande replied that setbacks would be based
on the existing perimeter of the development, rather than a fixed standard in the code,
noting that nonconforming mobile home parks often wouldn’t have a standard to
reference in their zoning district. Committee Member Dickson stated that there is one
mobile home park in Desert View.

Vice Chair Lagrave stated that any reference to allowing the Zoning Administrator to
enforce requirements should be changed to make it a mandate.

Committee Member Kollar asked about compliance with the rest of the code for
mobile home parks allowed to expand. Mr. Grande stated that they would not
necessarily be required to meet all the site and development standards.

Chair Bowser provided a hypothetical example of a mobile home park with some
unused space that could be filled in with some additional units, noting that it would be
difficult to bring the rest of the site up to code.

Committee Member Nowell noted there is significant cost with site improvements and
that is an issue for providing affordable housing.

Committee Member Reynolds stated that the application of setbacks and other
standards should not be discretionary.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 705
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y
May 2, 2023
Page 3


Committee Member Kirkilas asked whether nonconforming setbacks would be
allowed to continue and apply to new units in this scenario. Mr. Grande replied that the
setbacks would be related to the existing build-out of the site, rather than a fixed
standard in the code. Chair Bowser noted the example that it might not make sense to
apply standards from an industrial district to a mobile home use if a nonconforming
mobile home park were in that district.

Vice Chair Lagrave suggested that the language in the proposed text should be
changed to “Zoning Administrator shall review and mandate that the added units”
rather than “Zoning Administrator shall review and have discretion to ensure that the
added units.”

Committee Member Dickson stated that a notification requirement should be included
in the text, noting that the existing residents of the community deserve to be notified.

Committee Member Kollar suggested that the proposed text should be changed to
“meet the existing setbacks,” rather than “meet the intent of adequate setbacks.”

Committee Member Reynolds suggested revising the word “shall” to “may” in the first
sentence of the added text and asked about the height requirements. Mr. Grande
replied that height would be included in the development standards under review in this
process.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
Lee Reynolds introduced himself and stated that he supported the modifications
discussed by the committee members to remove discretion from the process.

STAFF RESPONSE
None

MOTION
Vice Chair Lagrave made a motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y with
modifications. Committee Member Israel seconded the motion.

Modifications:
1. “An expansion of a mobile home development shall may be permitted to increase
the number of mobile home units by up to fifty percent of the units that legally
existed before July 1, 2023 with administrative review and approval by the Zoning
Administrator. The Zoning Administrator shall review and have discretion to ensure
mandate that the added units meet the intent of adequate existing setback between
units, perimeter setbacks, and other development standards that are consistent with
that mobile home development.”

2. That language is added for a requirement that all residents of a mobile home park
be notified prior to any changes and provided the opportunity to make comments to
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 706
Desert View Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y
May 2, 2023
Page 4


the Zoning Administrator.

VOTE
9-0, motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y with modifications passed;
Members Barto, Dickson, Israel, Kirkilas, Kollar, Nowell, Reynolds, Lagrave, and
Bowser in favor.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 707
REVISED
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 1, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 11-3

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

STAFF PRESENTATION

John Roanhorse, staff, provided a presentation on Z-TA-3-23-Y. Mr. Roanhorse
explained that the request to allow the expansion of non-conforming mobile home
developments which includes increasing the number of mobile home units, review by
the Zoning Administrator and allowing alternative units. Mr. Roanhorse discussed the
schedule for moving the text amendment to the Planning Commission and City Council.

QUESTIONS FROM THE COMMITTEE

John Roanhorse, staff, provided a presentation on Z-TA-3-23-Y. Mr. Roanhorse
explained that the request to allow the expansion of non-conforming mobile home
developments which includes increasing the number of mobile home units, review by
the Zoning Administrator and allowing alternative units. Mr. Roanhorse discussed the
schedule for moving the text amendment to the Planning Commission and City Council.

Committee Member Drew Bryck asked how the underlying zoning for density would
be addressed and would there be any requirements to rezone a site. Mr. Roanhorse
said that development standards would still be applicable and the amendment is to
allow flexibility for mobile home residents.

Committee Member Jorge Picos inquired about the addition of tiny homes and
container homes and if they are viable options that can be brought into existing parks.
Mr. Bednarek responded that it would be allowable but they would be subject to
development standards.

Committee Member Paul Benjamin questioned the status of mobile home parks and
the situations for owners and residents who lease the space and how the expansion
would impact them. Mr. Bednarek stated that the changes are intended to provide
flexibility and to include mobile and manufactured homes as affordable home options.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 708
Committee Member Paul Benjamin referenced the distinction of manufactured homes
and how they are treated in trailer parks where they are commonly more expensive.

Committee Member Jeremy Thacker asked if park owners could increase lease prices
and drive out residents, are there any protections to prevent divestment, and will there
be a shift away from mobile homes. Mr. Thacker asked how costs for changes would be
handled. Mr. Bednarek stated that the amendment is to provide housing options and
development and changes are subject to review and approval.

Committee Member Rick Mahrle asked will this change effect lots where mobile
homes are leased and will property lines be created to identify individual homes. Mr.
Roanhorse stated that any changes or additions would be subject to development
standards so it not expected that there will be substantial changes in current mobile
home parks.

Committee Member Drew Bryck asked are the text amendments clear and ready to
move forward, and can they be brought back at a later date. Mr. Bednarek stated that
the amendments are set for Council review and that the process for developing the
language has been extensive and they are ready to move forward.

Chairperson Opal Wagner asked is there a map of where mobile homes are located,
and how many units are located in the City. Committee Chair Opal Wagner mentioned
that the text amendment allows the Zoning Administrator to make decisions on zoning
issues and there should be more public input. Mr. Roanhorse responded that there is
no current inventory of mobile parks and the amendment will allow improvements and
continued use as available housing. Mr. Bednarek stated that they are bringing the text
amendments to all the Villages expect to get feedback in the process.

Chair Opal Wagner asked is there a map of where mobile homes are located and is it
known how many units are located in the City. Chair Wagner mentioned that the text
amendment allows the Zoning Administrator to make decisions on zoning issues and
there should be more public input. Mr. Roanhorse responded that there is no current
inventory of mobile parks and the amendment will allow improvements and continued
use as available housing. Mr. Bednarek stated that they are bringing the text
amendments to all the Villages and expect to get feedback in the process.

PUBLIC COMMENT

None.

MOTION:

Committee Brent Kleinman made a motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y
per the staff recommendation. Committee Member Paul Benjamin seconded to the
motion.

DISCUSSION:

None.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 709
VOTE:

11-3; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y per the staff recommendation
passes with Committee Members Benjamin, Bryck, Jewett, Kleinman, Matthews,
Procaccini, Schiller, Searles, Tedhams, Thacker, and Chair Wagner in favor; and
Committee Members Cothron, Mahrle, and Picos opposed.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 710
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 16, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum


VPC DISCUSSION:
No quorum.

Staff comments regarding VPC Recommendation:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 711
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y


Date of VPC Meeting May 8, 2023
Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
Request
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Denied
VPC Vote 4-3

VPC DISCUSSION:

Committee Member Rebecca Perrera entered during this item, bringing quorum to 7.

Staff Presentation:

Nayeli Sanchez Luna, staff, described the proposed text amendment and provided an
overview of the purpose and intent of the request and the details of the proposed
changes to the text. Mrs. Sanchez Luna concluded the presentation by providing
staff’s recommendation and the text amendment hearing dates.

Questions from the committee:

Dean Chiarelli noted that the meeting agenda had ‘by 50 percent’ and the
presentation had ‘up to 50 percent’ and asked for what language would be used when
making a motion. Mrs. Sanchez Luna stated that the language proposed in the staff
report would be language used. Mr. Chiarelli asked for clarification on the language in
the staff report. Tricia Gomes, the Deputy Director for the Planning and Development
Department, stated that the language was ‘up to 50 percent’. Ms. Gomes added that
the intent would be to allow up to 50 percent but there would still have to be an
analysis based on technical requirements.

Patrick Nasser-Taylor noted that the example could allow up to 15 additional units
but wanted clarification on where those units would be located. Mr. Nasser-Taylor
stated that most mobile home developments were at capacity and asked if all units
within one development would be moved to accommodate the additional units. Ms.
Gomes noted that the example was not presented to the City Council, but the
example was an existing mobile home park within the city. Ms. Gomes noted that
some mobile home parks will be at capacity and will not allow for any additional units,
but others would. Ms. Gomes added that the current example will probably not have
the capacity for 15 additional units. Ms. Gomes stated that many nonconforming
mobile home parks came in through the county and in the mid 1960’s and 1970’s the
requirements for mobile home developments changed significantly. Ms. Gomes noted
200 West Washington Street, 3 rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 712
Laveen Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y
May 8, 2023
Page 2

that additional research would be required to determine the number of units allowed.
Mr. Nasser-Taylor asked how this would affect nonconforming mobile home parks.
Ms. Gomes stated that nonconforming means that it currently doesn’t meet current
standards. Ms. Gomes noted that whatever was permitted legally in the past code,
then that would be analyzed.

JoAnne Jensen asked what the review process would be and what involvement
would village planning committees have in the process. Ms. Gomes stated that the
entire review process has not been finalized, but that it would be done
administratively. Ms. Gomes stated that staff would review the requests. Ms. Jensen
asked for clarification on the committee’s role in the process. Ms. Gomes stated that
the committee’s role would be to provide a recommendation for the proposed text
amendment. Ms. Gomes stated that the proposal would be like a site plan review
where numerous staff reviewing a proposal.

Mr. Nasser-Taylor asked if the City has done any research on the impact on mobile
home parks based on distance requirements and other design requirements. Ms.
Gomes stated that each proposal will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. Ms.
Gomes noted that there were numerous items to be reviewed.

Carlos Ortega stated that any text amendment approved should also protect
individuals living in existing mobile home parks. Mr. Ortega asked for additional
policies to protect mobile home renters.

Mr. Nasser-Taylor asked if a property owner could remove all existing units and
redevelop the site with the 50 percent additional units and displace individuals. Ms.
Gomes stated that if someone owns the mobile home and rents the space, the owner
can’t sell the mobile home unit. Ms. Gomes noted that if the property owner also owns
the mobile home unit, then they can remove the old unit and create a new one. Ms.
Gomes reiterated that the property owner cannot remove a mobile home unit if it
owned by a different individual. Mr. Nasser-Taylor stated that if an individual owns the
mobile home but not the lot, the owner could still evict the individual. Ms. Gomes
stated that the proposed text amendment would not change who owns the property.

Rebecca Perrera stated that proposed text amendment could incentivize mobile
home park owners to redevelop their properties, creating displacement. Ms. Gomes
stated that redevelopment would eliminate any nonconforming rights. Ms. Gomes
noted that the text amendment would maintain existing parks by allowing a modest
expansion.

Mr. Ortega noted that the example provided was a poor.

Ms. Perrera stated that she would like to see some sort of staff policy in the review
process to prevent property owners from pushing out existing renters. Vice Chair
Hurd stated that it hard to understand the review process since one hasn’t been
finalized.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 713
Laveen Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y
May 8, 2023
Page 3

Mr. Nasser-Taylor stated that an analysis of all mobile home parks could help with
the assessment. Ms. Gomes stated that existing mobile home parks cannot expand
their number of units. Ms. Gomes summarized numerous design features that would
be reviewed for any additional units.

Public Comment:

Phil Hertel asked if an existing mobile home park development is nonconforming,
would any changes have to meet current code requirements. Ms. Gomes stated that
staff would be reviewing the distances between units and other requirements. Mr.
Hertel asked if the new units would have to meet the nonconforming standards. Ms.
Gomes stated that there would be a staff analysis on spacing, access, but that the
setbacks would be to the nonconforming standards. Mr. Hertel asked if the number of
units would change if a double-wide mobile home was removed and replace it with two
single units. Ms. Gomes stated that staff is looking at the number of units. Mr. Hertel
asked if only a portion of the site was modified, then the other half would be
nonconforming. Ms. Gomes noted that each additional unit would be reviewed by staff
through the administrative process.

Jon Kimoto stated that the majority of mobile home parks in Laveen are
nonconforming. Mr. Kimoto added that he would like to see improvements in existing
mobile home parks and requested a public hearing process to review any changes to
mobile home parks. Ms. Gomes clarified that the text amendment would allow the
expansion through an administrative review and not a public hearing process. Ms.
Gomes stated that the intent is not to cram units into one development but to allow for
a modest expansion.

Staff Response:

None.

Committee Discussion:

Vice Chair Stephanie Hurd asked for clarification on the intent of Z-TA-3-23-Y. Ms.
Gomes stated that it would allow existing mobile home parks up to a 50 percent
expansion and the requirements are reviewed through an administrative process in a
case by cases basis to improve existing parks.

JoAnne Jensen asked for clarification if the purpose would be to improve existing
mobile home parks. Ms. Gomes stated that if the existing units don’t meet the
requirements, then staff would work with the property owner, so all units meet
standards.

Mr. Ortega stated that the text amendment would be an opportunity to improve
existing mobile home parks.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 714
Laveen Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y
May 8, 2023
Page 4

Mr. Nasser-Taylor stated that the allowed expansion of 50 percent would encourage
property owners to evict existing renters. Mr. Nasser-Taylor asked if there are
existing nonconforming mobile home parks in Laveen. Ms. Gomes stated that the City
does not map mobile home park locations. Mr. Nasser-Taylor stated that the idea
was great in theory but that there would be a lot of unintended consequences to this
text amendment.

Vice Chair Hurd asked if the analysis would consider the type of mobile home units
proposed to avoid displacing people. Ms. Gomes stated that the review would include
setbacks, building code, and other requirements.

Motion:
Francisco Barraza made a motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y, per the
staff recommendation. Carlos Ortega seconded the motion.

Vote:
3-4-0, Motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-2-23-Y, per the staff recommendation,
did not passed with Committee Members Barraza, Ortega, and Hurd in favor and
Committee Members Chiarelli, Jensen, Nasser-Taylor, and Perrera in opposition.

Mr. Chiarelli stated that he voted no because he would like to see some opportunity
to remove hazards and improve existing mobile home developments and bring them
up to current code. Mr. Chiarelli stated that the proposal is a good idea, but it needs
modifications to prevent unprecedented consequences. Ms. Jensen voiced her
agreement.

Mr. Nasser-Taylor stated that he voted no because of the proposal could lead to
exploitation based on the vagueness of the language.

Ms. Perrera stated that she voted no because she had concerns with the proposal
creating more harm than good.

Ms. Perrera asked if the committee could make a motion with a recommendation. Ms.
Jensen asked why the motion failed. Ms. Gomes stated that the proposed motion
failed. Ms. Perrera stated that the committee could make a motion to recommend
denial or a motion to recommend approval with a certain recommendation. Ms.
Jensen stated that the committee should recommend denial or approval.

Vice Chair Hurd asked if a new motion needed to be made. Mrs. Sanchez Luna
stated that if the committee did not make a new motion, then there would be no
recommendation since the previous motion failed. Ms. Sanchez Luna stated that if the
committee did not support the text amendment, the committee could make a motion to
recommend denial.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 715
Laveen Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y
May 8, 2023
Page 5

Motion:
JoAnne Jensen made a motion to recommend denial of Z-TA-3-23-Y. Patrick
Nasser-Taylor seconded the motion.

Vote:
4-3-0, Motion to recommend denial of Z-TA-2-23-Y passed with Committee Members
Chiarelli, Jensen, Nasser-Taylor, and Perrera in favor and Committee Members
Barraza, Ortega, and Hurd in opposition.

Vice Chair Hurd asked if both motions will be provided to Planning Commission. Mrs.
Sanchez Luna confirmed that the village planning committee summary would include
both motions. Vice Chair Hurd asked if the reasoning would also be included. Mrs.
Sanchez Luna confirmed.

Mr. Ortega asked if this would go through all villages. Vice Chair Hurd confirmed.

Vice Chair Hurd asked what recommendations were received by the other villages.
Ms. Gomes stated that the majority recommended approval, but others have
approved with recommendation or modifications. Ms. Gomes noted that one other
village has recommended denial.

Mr. Nasser-Taylor stated that more research should be done on the current land uses
and existing mobile home developments.

Vice Chair Hurd stated that the text amendment would still go to Planning
Commission and City Council and that members could still provide comments at the
public hearings. Mr. Ortega voiced his agreement.

Staff comments regarding VPC Recommendation:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 716
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 10, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum

VPC DISCUSSION:
No quorum.

Staff comments regarding VPC Recommendation:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 717
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 11, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Meeting was cancelled
VPC Vote Meeting was cancelled


VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

None.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

Meeting was cancelled due to a lack of quorum.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 718
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting June 8, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 5-0


VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

Staff Presentation:
Mr. Zambrano provided an overview of text amendment case Z-TA-3-23-Y, describing
the request and the purpose and intent of the request. Mr. Zambrano shared the
proposed changes and displayed an example of an existing nonconforming mobile
home park. Mr. Zambrano shared the upcoming hearing schedule, noting that the
Planning Commission already heard this item on June 1, and that this item was
supposed to be heard by the Committee last month, but was not able to be heard due to
the meeting being cancelled because of a lack of quorum. Mr. Zambrano then stated
that staff recommends approval per the language in Exhibit A of the staff report.

Questions from Committee:
None.

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response to Public Comment:
None.

Discussion:
None.

MOTION – Z-TA-3-23-Y:
Mr. Johnson motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y, per the staff
recommendation. Ms. Simon seconded the motion.

VOTE – Z-TA-3-23-Y:
5-0; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y passes with Committee members
French, Johnson, Simon, Ricart and Read in favor.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 719
North Gateway Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 720
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 17, 2023
Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
Request
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 13-0-0

VPC DISCUSSION:

No speaker cards were received on this case.

STAFF PRESENTATION

Mr. Klimek, staff, provided an overview of the text amendment and the staff
recommendation.

APPLICANT PRESENTATION
None.

QUESTIONS FROM COMMITTEE

Committee Members noted the example should be replaced with one that does not
appear so overcrowded and expressed concern that the proposal may allow non-
conforming mobile home parks to replace their amenity areas with new units and that
parks without amenity areas would not be required to install amenities. Committee
Members O’Hara and Freeman noted that the staff report clearly states that amenities
are required and that non-conforming parks will need to be brought into compliance
before adding additional units.

PUBLIC COMMENTS
None.

APPLICANT RESPONSE
None.

FLOOR/PUBLIC DISCUSSION CLOSED



200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 721
North Mountain Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

MOTION:
Committee Member Matthews made a motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y
per the staff recommendation. Committee Member Perez seconded the motion.

DISCUSSION:
None.

VOTE: 13-0-0, motion to approve Z-TA-3-23-Y per the staff recommendation passes
with Committee Members Alauria, Freeman, Larson, Matthews, McBride, O’Connor,
O’Hara, Perez, Member Veidmark Whitney, Wiedoff, Vice Chair Fogelson, and Chair
Jaramillo in favor; none in opposition, and none abstaining.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 722
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y



Date of VPC Meeting May 1, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation, with direction
VPC Vote 11-2


VPC DISCUSSION:


Staff Presentation:

Mr. Zambrano provided an overview of text amendment case Z-TA-3-23-Y, describing
the request and the purpose and intent of the request. Mr. Zambrano shared the
proposed changes and displayed an example of an existing nonconforming mobile
home park. Mr. Zambrano shared the upcoming hearing schedule and stated that staff
recommends approval per the language in Exhibit A of the staff report.

Questions from the Committee and Discussion:

Ms. Sepic asked how there could be a 50% increase for the mobile home park example
if it is already nonconforming and not meeting minimum requirements and who would
cover the price of relocating mobile home residents. Mr. Zambrano responded that the
request is a change to the nonconforming section of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance and
that there are provisions that allow other nonconforming developments to expand to a
certain extent. Mr. Zambrano stated that the request is to allow the same kind of
expansion that other nonconforming developments are already allowed.

Mr. Goodhue asked if the request would also make existing violations of mobile home
parks exceeding their maximum allowed density to become legalized administratively.
Mr. Zambrano responded that he was unsure if that was part of the intent of the
request, but that theoretically they would become legalized as long as it does not
exceed the 50% expansion.

Ms. Gerst asked what prompted the initiation of this text amendment. Mr. Zambrano
responded that the Planning Commission initiated this request to address the housing
crisis and housing affordability. Mr. Zambrano stated that the request is addressing
200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 723
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

equity as well to allow existing nonconforming mobile home parks to expand as other
types of nonconforming developments are already allowed per Chapter 9 of the Phoenix
Zoning Ordinance. Ms. Gerst asked if the 50% expansion would allow mobile home
parks to expand as long as they stay within the required setbacks and do not overcrowd
the property. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, adding that some mobile home
parks may have been built while under Maricopa County jurisdiction, and when annexed
into the City of Phoenix jurisdiction, it did not meet the current standards for the City of
Phoenix, making it legal non-conforming. Mr. Zambrano added that they can remain
legal non-conforming and expand up to 50% with the proposed text amendment. Mr.
Zambrano stated that if a mobile home park were illegally non-conforming, the City
would need to verify how the park existed during annexation to verify what needs to
come into conformance.

Ms. Stockham stated that part of the request is the Zoning Administrator administrative
review which will look at certain requirements such as setbacks, landscaping,
separation requirements, access, and safety. Ms. Stockham stated that with the
expansion there still has to be the administrative review which would look at all these
elements.

Mr. Gubser asked if review of legal non-conforming mobile home park expansions
would look at other items that may be non-conforming, such as landscaping. Ms.
Stockham stated that it depends on proportionality and depends on what part of the
site is non-conforming, and that the Zoning Administrator may ask to bring it up to code
depending on the specific site in question. Mr. Gubser asked for clarification that the
administrative review may potentially ask to bring certain items up to code. Ms.
Stockham responded that it depends on how much the property owner wants to
change on the site.

Abram Bowman asked if there is a push to have a greater number of smaller dwelling
units, such as tiny homes. Ms. Stockham responded that the request is just to allow
more density where possible in these types of developments.

Vice Chair Anita Mortensen asked if a mobile home could be removed and replaced
with two tiny homes. Ms. Stockham responded that she believes the intent is to allow a
mobile home park to expand if they have enough vacant land to expand.

Mr. Gubser recommended that a better example be used.

Mr. Wise stated he believes the request may allow a place for residents to relocate to
from mobile home parks that are being closed down and redeveloped.

Chair Popovic concurred.

Ms. Sepic stated that she would like to make a motion that the language be updated to
have a maximum limitation on illegal non-conforming mobile home parks and to require
code violations to be brought up to code. Ms. Sepic stated that a lot of mobile home
parks that are being developed have a lot of issues such as insufficient lighting and

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 724
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

landscaping. Ms. Sepic stated that she believes it should be a requirement that these
items should be improved. Ms. Sepic stated that pushing more people into an unsafe
neighborhood does not benefit anyone.

Mr. Zambrano asked for clarification if Ms. Sepic was only referring to illegal non-
conforming mobile home parks. Ms. Sepic responded affirmatively, adding that other
non-conforming mobile home parks should also require lighting improvements and a
minimum standard for landscaping improvements.

Mr. Goodhue added that signage should also be improved to City code standards.

Ms. Sepic stated that there is an old mobile home park on 40th Street and McDowell
Road which has fencing that is falling down, insufficient lighting, and overgrown and
excessive weeds. Ms. Sepic stated that the proposed language is generic and needs to
address major City code issues that exist in these older parks so they can be brought
up to code.

Ms. Stockham asked if Ms. Sepic was referring to the entire site being brought up to
code. Ms. Sepic responded affirmatively. Ms. Stockham asked for clarification that Ms.
Sepic was referring to both illegal and legal non-conforming mobile home parks. Ms.
Sepic responded affirmatively. Ms. Sepic reiterated that adding density alone does not
help these communities if they are already crowded and not designed well. Ms. Sepic
stated that she does not believe it helps the situation to remove a mobile home and
place two tiny homes in its spot without doing anything else to improve those residents’
lives.

Mr. Goodhue stated that the use permit is reviewed by several departments, including
the Neighborhood Services Department, and that if there were an active violation case,
the Neighborhood Services Department would advise the Hearing Officer to stipulate
the improvements per the violation. Mr. Goodhue stated that if there are any violations
that the City is aware of, it would be taken care of during the use permit review process.

Ms. Sepic stated that if the special permit process was kept, it would be required to go
through a more in-depth analysis.

Ms. Stockham stated that a special permit is a rezoning case.

Mr. Zambrano stated that the use permit goes to the Zoning Hearing Officer also at a
public hearing, but is a quasi-judicial process, whereas the special permit would require
three different public hearings that the rezoning process requires.

Ms. Sepic stated that she will have to change her vote to be opposed to the prior
request, Z-TA-2-23-Y, based on that information.

Public Comment

None.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 725
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Staff Response:

None.

MOTION – Z-TA-3-23-Y:

Ms. Sepic motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y, per the staff
recommendation, with direction to require that any expansion of illegal and legal non-
conforming parks have site improvements for improved safety, including lighting,
signage, walls and landscaping. Ms. Gerst seconded the motion.

Discussion:

Ms. Hall stated that she cannot understand the purpose for this text amendment. Ms.
Hall stated that adding 50% more density to non-conforming mobile home parks is a lot.
Ms. Hall stated that the previous text amendment allowed more flexibility for these types
of parks to come in and that now this text amendment is allowing older mobile home
parks to add a lot more smaller units.

Mr. Goodhue clarified that the 50% allowance does not mean they would be allowed up
to 50% due to varying factors.

Ms. Hall stated that she is not comfortable with the request.

Mr. Goodhue stated that various mobile home parks may have added more units over
the years without City approval, and the request is a way of now allowing those
additional units. Ms. Hall responded that it would be awarding bad behavior.

Mr. Goodhue stated that the 50% increase allowance is misleading because there are
other factors to consider.

Ms. Sepic stated that theoretically more units could be added if the mobile homes are
being changed to tiny homes.

Mr. Goodhue stated that it could be possible to add more units to a park if removing
mobile homes and replacing them with tiny homes but would depend on if the property
owner wants to go through redevelopment of the property.

Ms. Sepic stated that the request is allowing that additional density and with a very
limited public process. Ms. Sepic stated that she believes that is very important and that
the language needs to be clarified to understand if the unit would be affixed or not, if
units would be moving in and out of the park and having all the different types of
housing options in the park. Ms. Sepic stated that tiny homes could constantly be
coming in and out of the park versus manufactured homes that are affixed. Mr.
Goodhue responded that manufactured homes are not affixed. Mr. Goodhue stated that
modular homes are built to building code standards and are affixed whereas
manufactured homes are on a chassis with skirting to block the view underneath them.

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 726
Paradise Valley Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Mr. Goodhue stated that manufactured homes could be permanent, but in mobile home
parks they are not permanent and can be moved out. Mr. Goodhue stated that
manufactured homes are more permanent than park models were, which were
seasonal, but are now more long-term and tiny homes are now falling into these parks.
Ms. Sepic responded that she has a problem with those definitions being lumped
together and believes it should be updated to differentiate all the different types of
housing.

Mr. Bowman asked if staff knows how many non-conforming park developments there
are for the Paradise Valley Village. Mr. Zambrano responded that staff does not know
and that the request is general City-wide.

VOTE – Z-TA-3-23-Y:

11-2; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y, per the staff recommendation,
with direction, passes with Committee members Bustamante, DeMoss, Gerst, Goodhue,
Gubser, Mazza, Sepic, Soronson, Wise, Mortensen and Popovic in favor and
Committee members Bowman and Hall opposed.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 727
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting May 9, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Continued
VPC Vote 6-0


VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

MOTION:
Jeff Riederer motioned to continue Z-TA-3-23-Y to the next Rio Vista Village Planning
Committee meeting date. Massimo Sommacampagna seconded the motion.

VOTE:
6-0; motion to continue Z-TA-3-23-Y to the next Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
meeting date passes with Committee members Holton, Riederer, Scharboneau,
Sommacampagna, Virgil and Lawrence in favor.

STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

The committee members continued the item because the meeting facility was closing
and there was no time to hear the case..




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 728
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Date of VPC Meeting June 13, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation Approval, per the staff recommendation
VPC Vote 3-1


VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

Staff Presentation:
Mr. Zambrano provided an overview of text amendment case Z-TA-3-23-Y, describing
the request and the purpose and intent of the request. Mr. Zambrano shared the
proposed changes and displayed an example of an existing nonconforming mobile
home park. Mr. Zambrano shared the upcoming hearing schedule, noting that the
Planning Commission already heard and voted on the item on June 1, and that the
Committee was supposed to hear and vote on this item last month but had to continue it
due to time constraints. Mr. Zambrano then stated that staff recommends approval per
the language in Exhibit A of the staff report.

Questions from the Committee:
Chair Lawrence asked for clarification that mobile home park owners would be allowed
the additional units but would not be able move all the units and separate them. Chair
Lawrence asked how it would be allowed and stated he does not see the benefit of
increasing the number of units.

Mr. Virgil stated that another text amendment to allow a reduction in parking may allow
them to add additional units in place of the parking spaces.

Chair Lawrence stated that mobile home parks are already tight enough as they are
and asked why they should be allowed an increase of units by 50%. Mr. Zambrano
responded that 50% is the theoretical number of units that could be added, but that they
would still need to comply with setbacks and other development standards. Mr.
Zambrano added that although they would be allowed a 50% increase in units, it would
not mean that they would be able to fit in that many units. Chair Lawrence asked about
the intent of the text amendment. Mr. Zambrano responded that it is trying to address
housing affordability by allowing mobile home parks to expand if they have enough
room. Chair Lawrence asked what makes a mobile home park considered to be
nonconforming. Mr. Zambrano responded that it means that certain development

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 729
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

standards are not being met, such as setbacks or lot coverage. Chair Lawrence stated
that he does not see how spending all the money to reconfigure the lots would address
affordability, unless there is vacant land on a property. Mr. Zambrano responded that in
the presentation example, they likely would not be able to fit many more units on the
property. Chair Lawrence asked if there are existing zoning development standards for
mobile home parks. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, adding that new mobile
home parks are currently limited to the R-2 and R-3 zoning districts. Chair Lawrence
stated that he understands that it would provide more affordable housing units in the
City but does not understand how owners of these developments would be able to
spend all the money to reconfigure their site and still keep it affordable. Chair Lawrence
added that the presentation example does not meet fire access. Mr. Zambrano
responded that those items would be reviewed by the Zoning Administrator and other
City departments to ensure that the development is still meeting required vehicular
access and circulation, in addition to life and safety requirements.

Mr. Virgil asked where the mobile home park in the presentation example is located.
Mr. Zambrano responded that he does not know.

Vice Chair Perreira stated that he does not think of crammed modular home
developments when thinking about his vision of Phoenix. Vice Chair Perreira
acknowledged that there is a housing shortage but stated that this proposal is not a
permanent solution and is not fixing the problem.

Mr. Zambrano stated that the text amendment is also trying to address a problem that
has been occurring with nonconforming mobile home developments. Mr. Zambrano
stated that many nonconforming mobile home developments have wanted to expand
but were not allowed to with the current provisions in the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance.
Mr. Zambrano continued that what has happened is that nonconforming mobile home
developments are being redeveloped and are displacing all of the lower-income people
that lived in the nonconforming mobile home developments. Mr. Zambrano stated that
the main intent behind this text amendment is to help avoid displacement of lower-
income people.

Chair Lawrence stated that he is supportive of nonconforming mobile home parks
being able to add units as long as they meet requirements for fire and life and safety.
Chair Lawrence added that he does not understand how it would make sense financially
to revamp a mobile home development to be able to add additional units.

Mr. Virgil added that if mobile home developments would need to spend money to
revamp the site to add additional units, it will not be low-income housing anymore
because they would want to get top dollar for their housing units after having to spend
that much money.

Mr. Zambrano clarified that not every nonconforming mobile home development would
be able to expand and that it would be reviewed on a case-by-case basis based on if
there is enough room to allow that expansion.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 730
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Vice Chair Perreira stated that he has a problem with the language because of the
potential being a 50% increase. Vice Chair Perreira added that he would be more
supportive if it was a 25% increase.

Chair Lawrence added that the language could say that the expansion is allowed
based on what would realistically be able to fit on an individual site.

Mr. Zambrano stated that density is the same, since a maximum density allows a
certain number of units, but based on the size of the lot, setbacks, lot coverage, and
building height limitations, sometimes developers are not always able to get the
maximum density allowed on a lot.

Chair Lawrence stated that the 50% expansion would only require administrative
review by the Zoning Administrator, indicating that no one else would look at it except
the City of Phoenix internally. Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, stating that the
Zoning Administrator and other designated staff in the City would be reviewing these
requests to ensure they are still meeting life and safety requirements.

Mr. Virgil stated that the City has not denied any project that have come through.

Chair Lawrence stated that he would support the proposal if it resulted in
improvements to the park. Chair Lawrence asked how many mobile home
developments would be successful in following this process. Mr. Zambrano responded
that in the presentation example, they may only be able to add a couple units, but in
other mobile home developments across the City, they may have more room to be able
to expand.

Vice Chair Perreira stated that the picture of the mobile home park development in the
presentation example looks like the homes are already crammed into the site and
indicated a different example could have helped the Committee to better understand
how many additional units would be able to fit in an existing nonconforming mobile
home park.

Chair Lawrence stated that this proposal is only for nonconforming mobile home parks.
Mr. Zambrano responded affirmatively, stating that a development is considered
nonconforming because they are not meeting certain development standards, such as
perimeter setbacks. Chair Lawrence asked if the additional units would have to
conform to current standards. Mr. Zambrano responded that they could conform with
the development standards of the nonconforming mobile home park. Chair Lawrence
asked if there are existing development standards for RV parks. Mr. Zambrano
responded that RV parks are different because they are actual vehicles with wheels. Mr.
Zambrano stated that mobile homes would be on a chassis and typically would be
skirted. Chair Lawrence asked what the existing development standards would be for a
new mobile home park. Mr. Zambrano responded that new mobile home parks are
currently only allowed in the R-2 and R-3 zoning districts, and that the previous text
amendment, Z-TA-2-23-Y, was to allow new mobile home developments in all
multifamily and commercial zoning districts. Mr. Zambrano added that with the previous

200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 731
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

text amendment, it would change the process to require a Use Permit, which would be a
public hearing process. Mr. Zambrano clarified that the text amendment currently being
discussed would be for existing nonconforming mobile home developments. Chair
Lawrence asked if the intent is to try to improve existing nonconforming mobile home
developments so they can become conforming. Mr. Zambrano responded that it would
allow nonconforming mobile home developments to expand to a certain number of
units, reiterating that mobile home parks have wanted to expand, but cannot with the
current Phoenix Zoning Ordinance provisions, so they are being closed and sold to
developers, resulting in displacement of all the low-income people that lived in those
parks. Mr. Zambrano added that there is a housing affordability issue as well which
does not help this problem.

Vice Chair Perreira stated that the residents would still be displaced if the owners of
these mobile home developments have to spend so much money to reconfigure and
rearrange their site to be able to fit the additional units, which would result in the owners
wanting a higher rent or mortgage for the homes, especially if the newer homes look a
lot nicer.

Mr. Virgil stated that the City would get more money.

Mr. Zambrano stated that it would only allow a 50% increase, and after that it would
require the site to be brought up to current standards.

Vice Chair Perreira asked how the City currently addresses nonconforming mobile
home developments. Mr. Zambrano responded that currently nonconforming mobile
home developments are not allowed to add any additional units.

Chair Lawrence stated that this allowed expansion could potentially keep some of
these nonconforming mobile home developments from being sold.

Mr. Zambrano stated that the 50% increase comes from the existing nonconformities
chapter of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance, which allows nonconforming single-family
homes to expand up to 50%.

Chair Lawrence stated that adding additional square footage to a house is different
than adding additional units, and that for a development with 100 units, it would allow 50
more units. Chair Lawrence added that he likes the idea of trying to save the mobile
home developments from being sold to developers that would redevelop them. Chair
Lawrence stated that he would want to ensure these developments are still meeting fire
and life and safety requirements. Mr. Zambrano responded that those requirements
would still be reviewed by the Zoning Administrator and designated staff in those
disciplines.

Mr. Sommacampagna asked what the Planning Commission vote was. Mr. Zambrano
responded that the Planning Commission recommended approval, per the staff
recommendation.


200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 732
Rio Vista Village Planning Committee
Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y

Public Comments:
None.

Staff Response:
None.

MOTION – Z-TA-3-23-Y:
Mr. Virgil motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y, per the staff
recommendation. Mr. Sommacampagna seconded the motion.

VOTE – Z-TA-3-23-Y:
2-2; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y per the staff recommendation fails
with Committee members Sommacampagna and Virgil in favor and Committee
members Perreira and Lawrence opposed.

MOTION – Z-TA-3-23-Y:
Chair Lawrence motioned to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y, per the staff
recommendation. Mr. Virgil seconded the motion.

VOTE – Z-TA-3-23-Y:
3-1; motion to recommend approval of Z-TA-3-23-Y per the staff recommendation
passes with Committee members Sommacampagna, Virgil and Lawrence in favor and
Committee member Perreira opposed.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION:

None.




200 West Washington Street, 3rd Floor • Phoenix, Arizona 85003-1611 • (602) 262-6882
Page 733
Village Planning Committee Meeting Summary
Z-TA-3-23-Y
Date of VPC Meeting May 9, 2023
Request Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to
address nonconforming mobile home developments
VPC Recommendation No quorum
VPC Vote No quorum

VPC DISCUSSION & RECOMMENDED STIPULATIONS:

No quorum.


STAFF COMMENTS REGARDING VPC RECOMMENDATION & STIPULATIONS:

None.




Page 734
ATTACHMENT E


REPORT OF PLANNING COMMISSION ACTION
June 1, 2023

ITEM NO: 14
DISTRICT NO.: Citywide
SUBJECT: Text Amendment

Application #: Z-TA-3-23-Y
Proposal: Amend Chapter 9 of the Phoenix Zoning Ordinance to address
nonconforming mobile home developments.
Applicant: City of Phoenix, Planning Commission
Representative: City of Phoenix, Planning and Development Department

ACTIONS:

Staff Recommendation: Approval, per Exhibit A.

Village Planning Committee (VPC) Recommendation:
Ahwatukee Foothills 5/22/2023 No Quorum.
Alhambra 5/23/2023 No Quorum.
Camelback East 5/2/2023 Denial. Vote: 9-5-3.
Central City 5/8/2023 No Quorum.
Deer Valley 5/11/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation. Vote: 7-1.
Desert View 5/2/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation with modifications. Vote: 9-0.
Encanto 5/1/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation with a modification. Vote: 11-3.
Estrella 5/16/2023 No Quorum.
Laveen 5/8/2023 Denial. Vote: 4-3.
Maryvale 5/10/2023 No Quorum.
North Gateway 5/11/2023 Meeting Canceled.
North Mountain 5/17/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation. Vote: 13-0.
Paradise Valley 5/1/2023 Approval, per the staff recommendation with direction. Vote: 11-2.
Rio Vista 5/9/2023 Continued to June 13, 2023. Vote: 6-0.
South Mountain 5/9/2023 No Quorum.

Planning Commission Recommendation: Approval, per the staff recommendation.

Motion Discussion: N/A

Motion details: Commissioner Jaramillo made a MOTION to approve Z-TA-3-23-Y, per the staff
recommendation.

Maker: Jaramillo
Second: Gorraiz
Vote: 7-1 (Perez)
Absent: Howard
Opposition Present: No

This publication can be made available in alternate format upon request. Please contact Angie
Holdsworth at (602) 329-5065, TTY use 7-1-1.




Page 735

Supporting documents

No supporting documents stored.


View on Agenda Online ↗

171 item(s)